CLUB CORP INTERNATIONAL
10-K, 1999-03-25
MEMBERSHIP SPORTS & RECREATION CLUBS
Previous: KNIGHT TRANSPORTATION INC, 8-K, 1999-03-25
Next: T NETIX INC, PRER14A, 1999-03-25






                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K
                               __________________

[  X  ]     ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE  ACT  OF  1934

                   FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 29, 1998
                                       OR
[    ]     TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE  ACT  OF  1934
             For the transition period from __________ to _________

       Commission file numbers 33-89818, 33-96568, 333-08041 and 333-57107

                                 CLUBCORP, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


              DELAWARE                                   75-2626719
     (State or other jurisdiction                     (I.R.S. employer
    of incorporation or organization)                 identification no.)

       3030 LBJ FREEWAY, SUITE 700                   DALLAS, TEXAS  75234
(Address of principal executive offices)                  (Zip Code)



       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (972) 243-6191
        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  NONE
        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  NONE

     Indicate  by  check  mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports
required  to  be  filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such shorter period that the
registrant  was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing  requirements  for  the  past  90  days.  Yes    X      No
                                                      -----       -----

     Indicate  by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best  of  Registrant's  knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form  10-K.  [ X ]

     The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  Registrant's  voting  stock held by
non-affiliates  of  the Registrant at December 29, 1998 (the most recent date on
which  an  appraisal was performed), based on the most recent appraised price of
the  Registrant's  Common  Stock,  was  $75,920,117.

     The  number  of  shares  of the Registrant's Common Stock outstanding as of
February  28,  1999  was  84,629,809.


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

         PART I

Item 1   Business
Item 2   Properties
Item 3   Legal Proceedings
Item 4   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

         PART II

Item 5   Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 6   Selected Financial Data
Item 7   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
         and Results of Operations
Item 7a  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Item 8   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
         and Financial Disclosures

         PART III

Item 10  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
Item 11  Executive Compensation
Item 12  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
Item 13  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

         PART IV

Item 14  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedule, and Reports on Form 8-K


<PAGE>

                                     PART I

ITEM  1.  BUSINESS

GENERAL

     ClubCorp,  Inc.  ("ClubCorp"  (RM)  or  the  "Company"),  formerly ClubCorp
International,  Inc.,  is  a  holding company incorporated under the laws of the
State  of  Delaware  that,  through  its subsidiaries, owns, operates or manages
country clubs, golf clubs, public golf courses, city clubs, city/athletic clubs,
athletic  clubs, resorts and certain related real estate through sole ownership,
partial ownership (including joint venture interests) and management agreements.
The  Company's  operations  are organized into three principal business segments
according  to  the  type  of facility or service: resorts, country club and golf
facilities  and  city  clubs.  The  Company's primary sources of revenue include
membership dues, membership fees and deposits, food and beverage sales, revenues
from  golf  operations  and  lodging.

     ClubCorp  is  the  world's  largest  owner  and  operator  of golf courses,
golf-related  private clubs and resorts and city clubs. As of December 29, 1998,
the  Company's  operations and ventures spanned 32 states and 13 countries.  The
Company's  portfolio  of  225  facilities  included  (i) 127 private golf clubs,
public golf facilities and destination resorts, with a total of 176 golf courses
and  (ii)  98  city,  athletic  and city/athletic clubs, and its membership base
exceeded  200,000  memberships.  Notable  resorts  and  clubs  in  the Company's
portfolio  include  Pinehurst  (RM)  Resort  and  Country Club in North Carolina
("Pinehurst"),  The  Homestead (RM) Resort in Virginia ("The Homestead"), Barton
Creek  Resort and Country Club in Austin, Texas ("Barton Creek"), Firestone (RM)
Country  Club in Akron, Ohio ("Firestone"), Mission Hills Country Club near Palm
Springs,  California ("Mission Hills"), The Metropolitan Club in Chicago and the
Tower  Club  in  Singapore.  Golf  Digest,  Golf  Travel and other golf industry
publications  consistently  rank golf courses at Pinehurst, Barton Creek and The
Homestead  among  the  best  in  the  United  States.

     The  predecessor  corporation  to  ClubCorp was organized in 1957 under the
name  Country  Clubs,  Inc. All references herein to ClubCorp shall also include
Country  Clubs,  Inc.  and  its  successor  corporations.  For  purposes of this
document,  references  to the "Company" include ClubCorp's various subsidiaries.
However,  each  of  ClubCorp  and  its  subsidiaries  is careful to maintain its
separate  legal  existence,  and general references to the Company should not be
interpreted  in any way to reduce the legal distinctions between subsidiaries or
between  ClubCorp  and  its  subsidiaries.

STOCK  INVESTMENT  PLAN  AND  EMPLOYEE  STOCK  OWNERSHIP  PLAN

     The  Company  is  subject  to  the  periodic  reporting requirements of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, pursuant to Section 15(d) thereof, because the
Company  has  filed a registration statement on Form S-1, which became effective
October  24,  1994  pursuant  to  the  Securities Act of 1933 (the "Registration
Statement").  The  Registration  Statement registered participation interests in
the  ClubCorp Stock Investment Plan (the "Plan") and the Company's common stock,
$.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), to be sold to the Plan. Employees
eligible  to  participate  in  the  Plan  were  able  to invest in participation
interests  in  the  Common Stock through payroll deductions of 1% to 6% of their
pretax  compensation, subject to certain limitations. The Company contributes an
amount  on  such  employee's behalf of at least 20% and up to an additional 30%,
for  a  maximum potential total of 50%, of the eligible employee's contributions
to  the Plan with the Company contributions vesting over time. Any contributions
by  the  Company  over the 20% minimum are within the discretion of the Board of
Directors.

     The  Plan  was  amended  and restated into an employee stock ownership plan
effective  generally as of January 1, 1999, known as the ClubCorp Employee Stock
Ownership  Plan  (the  "Amended Plan").  Eligible employees continue to have the
opportunity to invest 1% to 6% of their pretax compensation in the Amended Plan,
subject  to  the  same  certain  limitations.  The  participating  subsidiaries'
matching  contributions  and  vesting  schedule  remained  the  same.

     Funds  that  were in the Plan before January 1, 1999, remain in the Amended
Plan.  Generally,  contributions  to the Amended Plan will be invested in Common
Stock.  A  participant  may elect to diversify a portion of their account assets
into  other investments upon meeting certain age and participation requirements.
The  Amended Plan allows for the transfer of these assets to a Company sponsored
individual  investment  plan.  In  addition,  upon  termination,  retirement  or
permanent  disability,  a  participant or beneficiary may demand distribution of
Common  Stock  in  his  account in lieu of cash.  Pass-through voting rights for
Common  Stock  held  on  behalf  of  participants  is only permitted for certain
events,  not  including  annual Board of Director elections, but is required for
certain  corporate  transactions.

     All  contributions  to the Plan were invested, and a substantial portion of
the  contributions  to the Amended Plan likely will be invested, in Common Stock
(except  for  contributions  temporarily  invested  pending investment in Common
Stock).  The  Plan  purchased, and the Amended Plan likely will purchase, Common
Stock  from ClubCorp and certain of its stockholders at fair market value, which
is  determined  quarterly  by  the  Company  using  a  formula  based on certain
financial  measures  (the  "Formula Price") and confirmed as within the range of
fair market value by Houlihan, Lokey, Howard and Zukin Financial Advisors, Inc.,
an  independent  financial  advisory firm (the "Financial Advisor"). See Item 5,
"Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters". Because
the  Amended  Plan invests primarily in Common Stock, the value of each eligible
employee's  participation  interests in the Amended Plan depends on the value of
the  Common Stock from time to time, which in turn is dependent on the financial
success  of  the  Company. However, in general, no employee participating in the
Plan  or  Amended  Plan,  however,  has any right to vote the Common Stock or to
receive  a  distribution  of  Common  Stock  from  the  Plan  or  Amended  Plan.

OPERATIONS

Background  and  Philosophy
- ---------------------------

     ClubCorp  was  founded  in  1957  to develop Brookhaven Country Club in the
north Dallas area. In the mid-1960s, the Company established its first city club
on  the  belief  that  it could profitably expand its operations by applying its
club  management  skills  and  member-oriented  philosophy  to a related line of
business.  The  Company  commenced international operations in 1980 and recently
extended  its  international  presence  by acquiring a 29.9% interest in the PGA
European  Tour  Courses, PLC ("ETC") and opening the Tower Club in Singapore. In
the  mid-1980s, the Company entered the resort industry when it capitalized on a
turn-around  opportunity  by  acquiring  Pinehurst  and  further diversified its
participation  in  the  golf  industry  when  it  began  developing,  owning and
operating  public  golf  facilities  in  1986.

     Mr.  Dedman  established  ClubCorp  on  the  belief  that  private  clubs
represented  a significant business opportunity for a company that could combine
professional  development  and management skills with the dedication to personal
service  necessary  to  attract  and  retain  members.  This  commitment  to
professionalism  and  personal  service  is  reflected  in  the  Company's
member-oriented philosophy:  create lasting value for members, guests, employees
and  financial  partners  by  providing  facilities  and  services  that  exceed
expectations  and  engender  pride  in  belonging.  ClubCorp's  management  and
employees  recognize that the Company is in a relationship business where member
and  guest satisfaction are essential to long-term growth and profitability. The
Company  is committed to maintaining its leadership position in the golf-related
and  city  club  segments  by  creating an environment where members, guests and
employees  are treated with respect, trust and honesty. ClubCorp's policy is not
to  restrict membership in its facilities on the basis of race, religion, gender
or  other  immutable  characteristics.

     In  directing  the  Company's  growth  since  its formation, Mr. Dedman has
emphasized  quality  service  and  facilities,  endeavoring  to  exceed  the
expectations  of  the  Company's  members and guests. Senior management believes
that  the  Company's  success  depends greatly upon the motivation, training and
experience  of  its  employees.  See  "-Employees".

     From  the  beginning  of  the  Company, Mr. Dedman focused on assembling an
experienced  management  team  to  lead  the  Company. ClubCorp's nine executive
officers  possess  an  average  of  21 years of experience with the Company. The
Company  has  also attempted to attract and retain qualified, dedicated managers
for  its  resorts,  country  club  and golf facilities and city clubs, and these
managers  possess  an  average of nine years of experience with the Company. The
Company  provides  an  extensive,  proprietary  system  of in-house training and
education  for  all  of its employees that is designed to improve the quality of
services  provided  to  members  and  guests.

     The  Company  believes that a factor in its attaining a leadership position
in  the  industry  is the Company's member-oriented philosophy.  Underlying this
philosophy  are  progressive  human  resource values and goals which the Company
believes  have resulted in superior customer service. The Company's managers and
employees  participate  in  extensive,  internally  developed  and  administered
training  and  educational  programs.  The  Company  is committed to creating an
environment  where members, guests and employees are treated with respect, trust
and  honesty.  Management believes that the Company's member-oriented philosophy
and  culture  set it apart from many of its competitors that focus on short-term
returns  which  may  jeopardize member satisfaction and long-term profitability.

Nature  of  Operations
- ----------------------

     The  Company  operates  resorts,  country club and golf facilities and city
clubs  through  sole  ownership, partial ownership and management agreements. In
addition,  the  Company  performs  various corporate services internally and for
third  parties  and  develops  and  sells  real  estate.  See  "-International
Operations,  Real  Estate  and Other Services". With respect to its wholly-owned
operations,  in  some cases the Company owns the real property where the resort,
country club and golf facility and city facility is operated, and in other cases
the  Company  leases  the  real  property  from  third  parties.

     The  Company operated 225 resort, country club and golf facilities and city
clubs  at  December  29,  1998,  serving  approximately  200,000  memberships.
Management  believes that the Company's existing club, resort and other property
locations,  and  its  base of club members, represent a significant value to the
Company. For example, certain of the Company's country clubs that were developed
many  years ago are now located in highly populated areas where development of a
new  facility  would  be  prohibitively  expensive.

     The  success  of  the  Company's  private  club  and  golf club business is
dependent  on  the  Company's  ability  to  attract new members, retain existing
members  and  maintain  or  increase  levels  of club usage.  The success of the
Company's  resort,  golf  club  and  public golf operations is also dependent on
levels  of  usage by the Company's guests.  Although the Company devotes a large
amount  of resources to promote its facilities and services, many of the factors
affecting club membership and usage are beyond the control of the Company. Local
and  federal government laws, including income tax regulations applicable to the
Company  and  its  club  members  and guests, can adversely influence membership
activity.  See  "-Government  Regulation".  Changes  in  consumer  tastes  and
preferences,  local, regional and national economic conditions, including levels
of  disposable  income,  weather and demographic trends can also have an adverse
impact  on  club  membership and usage. See Item 7, "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Seasonality of Demand;
Fluctuations  in  Quarterly  Results".

     The  Company's  operations  are  organized  into  three  principal business
segments according to the type of facility or service: resorts, country club and
golf  facilities  and  city clubs. Lines of business not assigned to a principal
business  segment  include  international  operations  and  real  estate.

Resorts
- -------

     The  Company's  five  destination  resorts  typically  offer  lodging  and
conference  facilities,  dining  and lounge areas, golf, tennis and recreational
facilities  and other resort amenities.  Golf Digest, Golf Travel and other golf
industry  publications consistently rank golf courses at Pinehurst, Barton Creek
and  The  Homestead among the best in the United States.  Pinehurst, the largest
golf  resort  in  the  world, with eight golf courses, will host the 1999 United
States  Golf  Association  Open  Championship  (the  "U.S. Open").  In 1998, the
Company's  resort  segment  had operating revenues of $172.6 million and segment
operating  income  of  $16.8 million.  See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial
statements  of  the  Company  included  in  Item  8.

Country  Club  and  Golf  Facilities
- ------------------------------------

     The  Company's  portfolio includes 109 private country clubs, golf clubs or
public golf facilities. The Company's private country clubs generally provide at
least  one golf course and a combination of one or more of the following: dining
rooms,  lounge  areas,  meeting  rooms,  grills  and  ballrooms,  tennis courts,
swimming  pools  and  pro  shops.  The  Company's  private country clubs include
Firestone, home of the NEC World Series of Golf, one of the three tournaments in
the  new World Golf Championship, Mission Hills, home of the Nabisco Dinah Shore
Classic,  Indian  Wells  Country Club near Palm Springs, California, home of the
Bob  Hope  Chrysler  Classic,  Gleneagles  Country Club near Dallas and Kingwood
Country Club near Houston. The Company's golf clubs generally offer both private
and  public  play, a driving range and food and beverage concessions. Golf clubs
include  Timarron Country Club near Dallas and Golden Bear Club at Indigo Run in
South  Carolina. ClubCorp's public golf facilities are daily fee facilities that
offer  a  "member  for  the  day"  experience  and  generally  provide  the same
facilities  and  services  as  golf clubs.  The Company's public golf facilities
include  Kingwood  Cove  Golf  Club  near  Houston  and  Teal  Bend Golf Club in
Sacramento.  In 1998, the Company's country club and golf facilities segment had
operating  revenues  of  $375.1  million  and  segment operating income of $57.3
million.  See  Note  10  to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company
included  in  Item  8.

City  Clubs
- -----------

     The  Company's  93  city  clubs  consist  of city clubs, athletic clubs and
city/athletic  clubs.  City  clubs provide private and sophisticated settings in
metropolitan  locations  for  dining, business or social entertainment. Athletic
clubs  provide  an  array of facilities, which generally include racquetball and
squash courts, jogging tracks, exercise areas, weight machines, aerobic studios,
swimming  pools  and,  occasionally, tennis and basketball courts. City/athletic
clubs  combine  the ambiance and amenities of a city club with the facilities of
premier  athletic  clubs. The Company's city clubs include The Metropolitan Club
in  Chicago, The Columbia Tower Club in Seattle, The City Club of San Francisco,
The  Athletic  and  Swim  Club  at  Equitable  Center  in  New York City and The
University  Club  in  Houston.  In  1998,  the  Company's city clubs segment had
operating  revenues  of  $255.5  million  and  segment operating income of $24.2
million.  See  Note  10  to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company
included  in  Item  8.

International  Operations,  Real  Estate  and  Other  Services
- --------------------------------------------------------------

International  Operations  and  Real  Estate
- --------------------------------------------

     ClubCorp  International,  Inc. operates seven golf facilities and five city
clubs  outside the United States. The Company's international operations include
the  Tower  Club  in  Singapore,  the Drift Golf Club in Surrey, England and the
Capital  Club  in Beijing. In addition, the Company acquired a 29.9% interest in
ETC  in  March  1998.  ETC owns and manages six golf facilities, with courses in
England,  Sweden,  Spain  and  Portugal,  many of which have hosted premier golf
tournaments,  including  the  British  Masters.

     ClubCorp  develops  and  sells residential real estate adjacent to its golf
facilities,  and  sells  ownership  shares at destination golf clubs through its
Owner's  Club  program.

     In  1998,  the  Company's international operations and real estate business
had combined operating revenues of $29.7 million and an operating loss of ($6.7)
million.

Other  Services
- ---------------

     ClubCorp  performs  a number of services on a company-wide basis, including
certain  centralized  marketing  and purchasing functions and publishing Private
Clubs  (RM),  an  award winning bi-monthly magazine directed at club members and
resort  guests  which  showcases  ClubCorp's  facilities.

Expansion  and  Development
- ---------------------------

     The  Company  continually evaluates opportunities to increase the number of
resorts,  golf  facilities  and  city  clubs  that  it  owns  and  operates both
domestically  and  internationally,  through  acquisitions,  joint  ventures and
development. In particular, management believes that there is significant demand
in  many  international  markets for upscale, non-exclusionary clubs that embody
the  Company's  member-oriented  philosophy.  ClubCorp's  executive  officers
routinely  participate  in the evaluation of strategic opportunities. An example
of  the  Company's  implementation  of  its external growth strategy is its 1998
joint  venture agreement with Jack Nicklaus' Golden Bear International, Inc. The
joint  venture  was  formed to build and operate a variety of private and public
golf  facilities,  including  "The  Bear's  Best", a series of courses that will
feature  replicas  of  the  best  Nicklaus-designed  golf  holes.

     On  January  26,  1999,  as part of the Company's external growth strategy,
ClubCorp  entered  into  a  definitive  agreement  to  acquire approximately 3.3
million shares or 16% of the outstanding common stock of ClubLink Corporation of
Ontario,  Canada,  for  approximately $22.2 million.  This acquisition, combined
with  the  approximately  4.5%  of  ClubLink stock previously held, and expected
participation  in  a  planned  rights offering by ClubLink, is expected to bring
ClubCorp's  total  investment  to  approximately  25%.  In  addition, in a stock
purchase  agreement,  ClubCorp  intends  to acquire a 50% interest in ClubLink's
U.S.  golf holdings, which include loans to or investments in, GolfSouth LLC and
the  Links  Group  Inc.  encompassing  33  golf courses located primarily in the
eastern  United  States.

     In  addition,  ClubCorp  joined  with  American Golf Corporation ("AGC"), a
national  golf  course  management  company, on February 11, 1999 to acquire the
Cobblestone  Golf Group ("Cobblestone") from The Meditrust Companies, in a stock
purchase  agreement, for a total purchase price of approximately $393.0 million.
The  transaction  is  expected  to  close  in  the second quarter of 1999.  Upon
closing of the transaction, ClubCorp and AGC will divide Cobblestone's portfolio
of  45 premier golf facilities.  Through this transaction, ClubCorp will acquire
22  country  club  and  golf  facilities  located  in  Texas,  Florida, Georgia,
California  and  North  Carolina.

     The  success of the Company's external growth strategy will depend upon the
availability  of  suitable  properties  on acceptable terms, the availability of
adequate  financing, and other factors beyond the Company's control. The Company
has  a  committed  staff  to  constantly  evaluate  development  and acquisition
opportunities.  The  success of the Company's external growth strategy also will
depend on the Company's ability to effectively integrate acquired facilities and
development  projects  into  existing  operations, including achieving synergies
between  new  and  existing  operations  and  instilling  its  member-oriented
philosophy.

     Management  believes  that  many of its facilities have unused capacity and
that  the Company has the experience and management skills necessary to increase
the utilization of these facilities while maintaining member satisfaction.  Some
of  the  Company's  facilities  are  at,  or  near, capacity.  For some of these
facilities,  management  believes  it  can  grow  revenues  by adding additional
amenities,  such  as  additional  golf  courses.

Sales  and  Marketing
- ---------------------

     The  Company  advertises  and  markets  its  resorts, country club and golf
facilities and city clubs through diverse media. Among other things, the Company
sponsors  the  Associate  Clubs  (RM)  Program,  which provides members of clubs
owned, leased or managed by the Company with access to other clubs. In addition,
the  Company publishes Private Clubs magazine, which reaches the majority of the
members  at  the  Company's clubs and resorts plus the Company's affiliate clubs
and  resorts,  and  which advertises the Company's facilities.  Regular features
include  unusual  destinations  and  travel  tips,  profiles  of members who are
business  leaders,  investment advice, club profiles, wine reviews, recipes from
club  chefs,  golf and tennis tips, solutions to health and fitness concerns and
humor.  Private  Clubs  magazine  has won numerous awards including several 1997
Maggie  Awards.

     The  Company  hosts  a  number  of professional golf tournaments, which are
intended  to  provide community and charitable involvement and publicity for the
Company's  facilities.  Some  of the most notable tournaments the Company hosted
during 1998 were the National Equipment Corporation ("NEC") World Series of Golf
at Firestone Country Club, the Bob Hope Chrysler Classic at Indian Wells Country
Club, the Nabisco Dinah Shore Classic at Mission Hills Country Club and the J.C.
Penney's  Ladies  Professional Golf Association Skins Game at Stonebriar Country
Club.  In  addition,  Pinehurst  will  host  the  1999  U. S. Open and Pinehurst
Championship Management, the sports marketing division of ClubCorp, was selected
to  manage  the 2001 United States Women's Open Championship at the Pine Needles
Golf  Resort  in  Southern  Pines,  North  Carolina.

     The  Company  believes  it  has  established a strong rapport with numerous
professional  organizations  including  the  following:

- -     United  States  Golf  Association;
- -     Professional  Golf  Association  and  Ladies Professional Golf Association
        Tours;
- -     American  Junior  Golf  Association;
- -     Golf  Course  Owners  Association;
- -     Club  Managers  Association  of  America;
- -     National  Club  Association;
- -     International  Health,  Racquet  &  Sports  Club  Association;  and
- -     National  Restaurant  Association.

     These  special  relationships have enabled the Company to bring distinctive
tournaments and events, such as the U. S. Open and the PGA Tour Championship, as
well  as  numerous  other prestigious events, to the Company's clubs and resorts
throughout  the  world.  The Company hosts many United States Tennis Association
events, including the Rolex Indoor Collegiate Tennis Tournament and the American
Junior  Golf  Association  Tennis  Tournament at Daufuskie Island Club & Resort,
along  with other athletic activities such as swimming, diving, lawn bowling and
croquet.  In  addition,  the  Company's  clubs  have  been  recognized for their
culinary  artistry.  Many  have  earned  distinctive  awards  from  the American
Culinary  Federation.

Government  Regulation
- ----------------------

     The  Company's  operations  are  subject  to  numerous  laws and government
regulations,  including environmental, occupational health and safety, labor and
alcoholic  beverage  control  laws  and  laws  relating  to  access for disabled
persons.  Changes  to  these  laws  or  regulations  could  adversely affect the
Company.  The  Company  has  in  place  policies  designed  to bring or keep its
properties in compliance with all current federal, state and local environmental
laws.

     Operations  at  the  Company's  golf courses involve the use and storage of
various  hazardous  materials such as herbicides, pesticides, fertilizers, motor
oil  and  gasoline.  Under various federal, state and local laws, ordinances and
regulations,  an  owner  or  operator of real property may become liable for the
costs  of  removing  such  hazardous substances that are released on, or in, its
property  and  for remediation of its property. Such laws often impose liability
regardless  of  whether a property owner or operator knew of, or was responsible
for,  the  release  of  hazardous  materials.  In addition, the presence of such
hazardous substances, or the failure to remediate the surrounding soil when such
substances are released, may adversely affect the ability of a property owner to
sell  such  real estate or to pledge such property as collateral for a loan. The
Company  has  not  been  informed  by the Environmental Protection Agency or any
state  or local governmental authority of any non-compliance or violation of any
environmental  laws,  ordinances  or  regulations  likely  to be material to the
Company,  and the Company believes that it is in substantial compliance with all
such  laws,  ordinances  and  regulations  applicable  to  its  properties  and
operations.  See  Item  7,  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations-Factors That May Affect Future Operating
Results".

     The  Company  is  also  subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act and various
state  laws  governing  such  matters as minimum wage requirements, overtime and
other  working  conditions and citizenship requirements. A significant number of
the  Company's  personnel receive the federal minimum wage, and recently adopted
increases  in  the  minimum  wage  have  increased the Company's labor costs. In
addition,  the  Company  is  subject  to  certain  state "dram-shop" laws, which
provide  a  person  injured  by  an  intoxicated individual the right to recover
damages  from an establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the
intoxicated  individual.  The  Company  is  also  subject  to the Americans with
Disabilities  Act  of 1990, which, among other things, may require certain minor
renovations  to  various  of the Company's properties to meet federally mandated
access  and  use  requirements.  The  Company  believes  it  is  operating  in
substantial  compliance  with  applicable  laws  and  regulations  governing its
operations.

     The  Company  has  operations  in  a  number  of  states which regulate the
licensing  of  resorts  and  restaurants,  including  liquor  license grants, by
requiring  registration,  disclosure  statements  and  compliance  with specific
standards  of  conduct. While the Company believes that it is, and will continue
to  be,  in  substantial  compliance  with  these  requirements, there can be no
assurance  that  these requirements will not change or that any such change will
not  adversely  affect  the  Company.

Competition
- -----------

     The  Company  operates  in  a  highly  competitive  industry. The Company's
resorts and clubs compete primarily on the basis of price, management expertise,
featured  facilities,  quality and breadth of services. With respect to resorts,
the  Company  competes on a national and international level with numerous hotel
and  resort  companies.  Competition in this part of the industry is intense and
there  can  be  no  assurance  that  such  competition will not adversely affect
revenues, costs or operating income of the Company's resorts. The Company's city
clubs  compete on a local and regional level with fine dining establishments and
other  clubs  and  the  Company's  country club and golf facilities compete on a
local  and regional level with other country club and golf facilities. The level
of  competition  in  these lines of business varies from region to region and is
subject  to  change  as  existing facilities are renovated or new facilities are
developed.  An  increase  in  the  number  or quality of similar clubs and other
facilities  in  a  particular  region  could significantly increase competition,
which  could  have  a material adverse effect on the Company's results from that
region.  The  Company's results of operations also could be affected by a number
of  additional  competitive  factors,  including the availability of, and demand
for,  alternative  forms  of  recreation.  In  addition,  many  of the Company's
destination  resort  and  public  golf  facility  competitors have substantially
greater  financial  and  other  resources  than  the  Company.

     The  Company  also  competes for the purchase, lease and management of golf
courses  with  national and regional golf course management companies, including
AGC,  real  estate  investment trusts and, less frequently, with individuals and
small  ventures  that typically own one or more golf courses. In the acquisition
of  golf  courses,  companies  compete primarily on the basis of price and their
reputation  for  operating  golf  courses.

     In  the  operation  of its facilities, the Company competes on the basis of
its  reputation to deliver value through the quality of the facility and quality
of services provided to its members and guests. The Company believes it competes
favorably  with  respect  to  these factors. The Company has a program, known as
"Associate  Clubs",  that  allows  members  of  a  club in one market to utilize
Company clubs in different markets, thus enhancing the value of club membership.
Because of the large number of facilities maintained by the Company, a member is
provided  access  to  a  wide  number  of  facilities. The Company believes this
program affords it a competitive advantage over competitors that do not maintain
similar  programs  and  over  other  competitors that have similar programs, but
fewer  facilities.

EMPLOYEES

     As  of  December  29,  1998,  the  Company  employed  approximately  14,000
full-time,  6,000  part-time  and  1,000  seasonal  employees in its operations.

     The success of the Company's business is dependent in part on the Company's
ability  to  attract  and  retain  experienced management and other employees on
economical  terms. Management believes that the Company's employees represent an
important asset; however, the Company is not dependent upon any single employee,
or  a  few  employees,  whose  loss  would have a material adverse effect on the
Company.  Although  the  Company  believes  that  its  labor relations are good,
increased  labor  and  benefit  costs  or a deterioration in the Company's labor
relations could adversely affect the Company's operating results. As of December
29, 1998, approximately 740 of the employees engaged in the Company's operations
were  covered by three collective bargaining agreements, which will expire March
31,  1999,  December  31,  1999  and  June  1,  2002.
CUSTOMERS

     The  Company  is  not dependent upon a single customer, or a few customers,
whose  loss would have a material adverse effect on the Company. In addition, as
of  December 29, 1998, there is no customer to which the Company has sales equal
to  10.0%  or  more  of the Company's consolidated revenues and whose loss would
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company  as  a  whole.

INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY

     The  Company  has  registered  various  service  marks, including the names
CLUBCORP,  CCA,  CLUB  RESORTS,  ASSOCIATE  CLUBS  and PINEHURST with the United
States  Patent  and  Trademark  Office,  and  has applied with the United States
Patent and Trademark Office for the registration of various other service marks.
In addition, the Company has registered certain of its service marks in a number
of  foreign  countries. The Company regards its service marks as valuable assets
and  intends  to  protect  such  service  marks vigorously against infringement.


ITEM  2.  PROPERTIES

     The Company operated 225 resort, country club and golf facilities, and city
clubs  as  of  December 29, 1998.  The following table provides a profile of the
composition  of  the Company's portfolio of facilities from December 27, 1995 to
December  29,  1998.

         ADDITIONS, DIVESTITURES AND RECLASSIFICATIONS OF FACILITIES (1)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                CITY/
                                           COUNTRY    GOLF   PUBLIC    CITY   ATHLETIC   ATHLETIC
                                 RESORTS    CLUBS    CLUBS    GOLF    CLUBS     CLUBS      CLUBS    INTERNATIONAL   TOTAL
                                 --------  --------  ------  -------  ------  ---------  ---------  --------------  ------
<S>                              <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>        <C>        <C>             <C>
AT DECEMBER 27, 1995                   9        75      10       30      76         20          7               9     236
Facilities added during 1996           1         4       2        1       1          -          -               4      13
Facilities divested during 1996        -        (6)      -       (3)     (5)        (1)        (2)             (5)    (22)
Reclassifications during 1996          -        (1)      1        -      (1)         1                          -       -
                                 --------  --------  ------  -------  ------  ---------  ---------  --------------  ------

AT DECEMBER 25, 1996                  10        72      13       28      71         20          5               8     227
Facilities added during 1997           -         1       -        -       1          -          -               3       5
Facilities divested during 1997       (3)       (3)     (1)      (2)     (2)         -         (1)              -     (12)
Reclassifications during 1997          -         -       -        -       -          -          -               -       -
                                 --------  --------  ------  -------  ------  ---------  ---------  --------------  ------

AT DECEMBER 31, 1997                   7        70      12       26      70         20          4              11     220
Facilities added during 1998           1         2       -        1       3          -          -               8      15
Facilities divested during 1998       (1)       (2)      -       (2)     (3)         -         (1)             (1)    (10)
Reclassifications during 1998         (2)        5      (4)       1      (1)         1          -               -       -
                                 --------  --------  ------  -------  ------  ---------  ---------  --------------  ------

AT DECEMBER 29, 1998                   5        75       8       26      69         21          3              18     225
                                 ========  ========  ======  =======  ======  =========  =========  ==============  ======
</TABLE>
____________________________
(1)     Facilities added includes acquisitions of owned, leased, partially owned
or  managed  facilities,  joint  ventures  and  other  investments, such as ETC.
Facilities  divested  includes  sales of owned or partially owned facilities and
other  investments  and terminated leases and management agreements that are not
renewed  or  replaced.

     Facilities  divested  include  expired  or terminated lease arrangements or
management  agreements  which  generally  have  shorter terms than leases, joint
venture agreements or other forms of ownership. The Company generally includes a
termination  clause  in  its  management  agreements  which  imposes a financial
penalty,  paid  to  the  Company  by  the  managed  owner,  to  discourage early
termination  of  management  agreements.

     The  Company  owns, leases or manages the facilities in its portfolio.  The
following  table  summarizes the number and reclassifications in the type of the
Company's  facilities  operated  for  the  periods  indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        WHOLLY OWNED
                                  ------------------------
                                                             PARTIALLY                 FACILITIES
                                     OWNED       LEASED        OWNED       MANAGED        UNDER
                                  FACILITIES   FACILITIES   FACILITIES   FACILITIES   CONSTRUCTION   TOTAL
                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------  ------
<S>                               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
AT DECEMBER 27, 1995                      79          108            6           43              -     236
Facilities added during 1996               4            -            -            1              8      13
Facilities divested during 1996           (1)          (7)           -          (14)             -     (22)
Reclassifications during 1996              2           (1)           1           (2)             -       -
                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------  ------

AT DECEMBER 25, 1996                      84          100            7           28              8     227
Facilities added during 1997               1            -            1            1              2       5
Facilities divested during 1997           (4)          (4)          (1)          (3)             -     (12)
Reclassifications during 1997              1            1            4            -             (6)      -
                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------  ------

AT DECEMBER 31, 1997                      82           97           11           26              4     220
Facilities added through 1998              1            2            6            1              5      15
Facilities divested through 1998          (1)          (4)           -           (4)            (1)    (10)
Reclassifications through 1998             3            1           (1)           -             (3)      -
                                  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -------------  ------

AT DECEMBER 29, 1998                      85           96           16           23              5     225
                                  ===========  ===========  ===========  ===========  =============  ======
</TABLE>

     The  Company  leases  its  executive offices in Dallas, Texas, an office in
Singapore  in  connection with its operations in Southeast Asia and an office in
England  in  connection  with  its  operations  in  England.

     With  respect  to  leased  facilities, the Company generally pays a monthly
base rent, as well as charges for real estate taxes, common area maintenance and
various  other  items.  In some cases, the Company must also pay a percentage of
gross  receipts  or  positive  net cash flow. In most instances, the Company has
full authority over the operation of the leased facilities, operating on a fully
net  basis,  except  in some cases where the owner remains responsible for major
structural  repairs  or  for  property  insurance  or  real  estate  taxes.

     Certain real and personal property and equipment of ClubCorp's subsidiaries
are  pledged  as  collateral on their long-term debt. See Note 8 of the Notes to
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included  under  Item  8.


ITEM  3.  LEGAL  PROCEEDINGS

     The  Company  is  subject  to  certain pending or threatened litigation and
other  claims.  Management,  after  review  and consultation with legal counsel,
believes  the  Company  has meritorious defenses to these legal matters and that
any  potential  liability  from  these  matters  would not materially affect the
Company's  financial  condition  and  results  of operations. See Note 13 of the
Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  included  under  Item  8.


ITEM  4.  SUBMISSION  OF  MATTERS  TO  A  VOTE  OF  SECURITY  HOLDERS

     During  the  fourth  quarter  of 1998, no matter was submitted to a vote of
security  holders  through  the  solicitation  of  proxies  or  otherwise.


                                     PART II


ITEM  5.  MARKET  FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     There  is  currently  no  public market for the Common Stock. In connection
with  certain  employee benefit plans (including the Plan and the Amended Plan),
the  Board of Directors of ClubCorp has periodically established a formula price
for  the  Common  Stock (the "Formula Price"). The Formula Price is based upon a
multiple  of  the  Company's  recurring cash flows from operations, with certain
exceptions  for  specific assets, including certain long-term investments valued
at  the  lower of cost or market.  See Item 1, "Business - Stock Investment Plan
and  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan".

     The table below sets forth the quarterly Formula Price for the Common Stock
during  the  years  ended  December  31,  1997  and  December  29,  1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                FORMULA
1997             PRICE
- ----            --------
<S>             <C>
First Quarter   $  11.94
Second Quarter     13.27
Third Quarter      13.64
Fourth Quarter     14.21

1998
- ----

First Quarter   $  14.44
Second Quarter     15.04
Third Quarter      15.56
Fourth Quarter     16.60
</TABLE>

     The  Financial Advisor has been engaged by the trustees of the Plan and the
Amended  Plan  to  confirm the fairness of the Formula Price for purposes of the
Plan  and  the  Amended  Plan.  The  Financial  Advisor  performs an independent
appraisal  of  the  Company  four  times  each  year,  following delivery of the
Company's  financial  statements after the end of each quarter.  Based upon such
appraisals,  the  Financial  Advisor  confirms  whether or not the Formula Price
falls  within  the range of fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of
each appraisal and at each fiscal year end.  If there is any discrepancy between
the  Formula  Price  and  the  range of fair market value of the Common Stock as
determined  by  the  Financial Advisor, the Company expects that it would adjust
the  Formula  Price  so  that  it falls within the range of fair market value as
determined  by the Financial Advisor.  All purchases of Common Stock by the Plan
were  made, and it is expected that all purchases of Common Stock by the Amended
Plan will be made, on or shortly after an appraisal date at the Formula Price as
confirmed  by  the  Financial  Advisor. See Item 1, "Business - Stock Investment
Plan  and  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan".

As  of  February 28, 1999, there were approximately 330 holders of record of the
Common  Stock.

ClubCorp  has never paid cash dividends on the Common Stock.  Management expects
to  continue its policy of retaining earnings for use in the Company's business,
and,  accordingly,  does  not  expect  to  pay cash dividends in the foreseeable
future.


ITEM  6.  SELECTED  FINANCIAL  DATA

        Set  forth  below  are  the  selected  consolidated income statement and
balance  sheet  data  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  five-year period ended
December  29, 1998. The table presented below should be read in conjunction with
Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations", as well as Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data"
(dollars  in  thousands,  except  per  share  data).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     December 31,    December 31,    December 31,    December 31,    December 29,
                                                       1994 (1)      1995 (1) (2)    1996 (1) (2)    1997 (1) (3)    1998 (1) (3)
                                                    --------------  --------------  --------------  --------------  --------------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
    Continuing operations (4):
        Operating revenues                          $     698,984   $     752,479   $     771,177   $     827,597   $     851,336
        Operating income                            $      43,143   $      10,310   $      47,141   $      65,444   $      66,821
        Income (loss) from continuing operations
            before extraordinary item               $      23,933        ($17,623)  $      16,867   $      87,864   $      39,512
        Income (loss) from continuing
            operations before extraordinary
            item per share (diluted)                $        0.28          ($0.20)  $        0.20   $        1.02   $        0.45

BALANCE SHEET DATA:
    Continuing operations (4):
        Total assets                                $   2,043,406   $   1,830,449   $   1,554,597   $   1,028,674   $   1,110,158
        Long-term debt (including current portion)  $     285,128   $     313,461   $     343,917   $     255,857   $     274,550
        Membership deposits                         $      56,971   $      68,729   $      74,202   $      83,066   $      95,460
        Stockholders' equity                        $     313,482   $     284,095   $     290,552   $     388,615   $     409,036
</TABLE>
______________

(1)     The  Company  reports  its financial results on a 52/53 week basis, with
the  first  three  quarters  consisting  of 12 weeks each and the fourth quarter
consisting  of  either 16 weeks (1994, 1995, 1996, and 1998) or 17 weeks (1997).
Prior  to  1997, the Company reported its year-end results at and as of December
31,  with  acquisitions,  divestitures  and  other  material  transactions  that
occurred  between  the  last  day of the 52/53 week period and December 31 being
recorded  in  that  year.  Effective  January  1,  1997, the Company changed its
reporting  year  from  December  31  to  the  last day of the 52/53 week period.
(2)     The  Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121
for  the  year ended December 31, 1995. In accordance with SFAS 121, the Company
recorded  impairment losses of $23.0 million in 1995 and $2.8 million in 1996 on
long-lived  assets.
(3)     The  Company  has  substantial net operating loss carryforwards ("NOLs")
for  federal  income  tax  purposes.  The  Company  has  experienced  a trend of
increasing  taxable  income  from its continuing operations, which has increased
the  Company's  estimate of future taxable income. Based on these new estimates,
the  Company  decreased  its  valuation  allowance on its deferred tax assets by
approximately  $14.2 million and $66.6 million at December 29, 1998 and December
31,  1997.  The  Company's estimated valuation allowance is based on a number of
assumptions,  one  or  more of which may prove to be incorrect.  There can be no
assurance  that  the  actual  value the Company realizes from its NOLs  will not
differ  materially  from  the  Company's estimate.  See "Management's Discussion
and  Analysis  of  Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Note 15 to
the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of  the  Company.
(4)     Continuing  operations  includes  the Company's three principal business
segments  (resorts,  country club and golf facilities and city clubs). From 1988
through  1996,  the  Company operated in the financial services industry through
Franklin  Federal Bancorp, a Federal Savings Bank ("Franklin"). The Company sold
Franklin  for  $90.0 million in a transaction that was consummated on January 2,
1997.  The  Company's  gain on the sale, net of taxes and minority interest, was
$25.1  million. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and  Results  of Operations - Acquisition and Sale of Franklin Federal Bancorp".
Because  the  Company  has  disposed  of its financial services operations, this
segment is classified as discontinued operations. See Note 2 to the Consolidated
Financial  Statements  of  the  Company.


ITEM  7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF  OPERATIONS

     The  following  discussion  and analysis should be read in conjunction with
Item  6,  "Selected Financial Data" as well as Item 8, "Financial Statements and
Supplementary  Data".

General

     The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of the Company are presented on a
52/53  week  fiscal  year,  with the first three quarters consisting of 12 weeks
each  and  the  fourth  quarter  consisting  of  16  or 17 weeks.  The financial
statements included in Item 8 for the year ended December 29, 1998 are comprised
of  52  weeks, with the first three quarters consisting of 12 weeks each and the
fourth  quarter  consisting  of  16  weeks.

     The  Company  operates  its  business  activities  through  sole  ownership
(including  lease  arrangements),  partial  ownership  (including  joint venture
arrangements)  and management agreements. The Company seeks to achieve growth in
revenues,  earnings,  and  cash  flows  through effective management of existing
facilities  and  through  the acquisition of new facilities via purchases, joint
ventures,  leases  and  management  agreements.

     The  Company  continually evaluates opportunities to increase the number of
resorts,  country  club  and  golf  facilities  and  city clubs that it owns and
operates  both  domestically  and  internationally,  through acquisitions, joint
ventures and development. ClubCorp's executive officers routinely participate in
the  evaluation  of  strategic  opportunities.

     The  Company continually seeks to improve financial performance of existing
facilities  by  determining  an  optimum  business  plan. Management attempts to
create  operating  efficiencies and maximize operating revenues and cash inflows
through  member enhancement and utilization programs.  If efforts to improve the
facility  performance  to  financial  partners'  and  Company  standards are not
successful or financial partners' and Company goals are not being achieved, then
restructuring  its  ownership  position,  leasing  agreements,  and  borrowing
arrangements  are  considered. Facilities generally are divested when management
determines  they  will  be  unable  to  provide  a  positive  contribution  to
profitability,  when  they  no  longer  represent  a  strategic  facility in the
Company's  network  of  affiliated clubs and resorts, when members and financial
partners  no  longer  support  the  facility  or,  in  the case of leases, joint
ventures  and management agreements, when their contractual terms expire without
being  renewed  or  are  terminated.

     The  Company  employs  "same  store"  analysis  techniques for a variety of
management  purposes.  Each  of the Company's facilities is classified in one of
two  categories:  developing  or  mature. Facilities are initially classified as
developing, except for management agreements which are considered mature. At the
beginning  of  each  year,  the  Company  reviews  its developing facilities and
determines  which  facilities,  if  any,  should  be  reclassified  as  mature.
Facilities  are  generally  moved from developing to mature after they have been
operated  for  a  full year by ClubCorp. Facilities divested during a period are
removed  from  the  mature classification for all periods presented. The Company
does  not  reclassify  mature  facilities  as  developing  facilities.

     The distinction between developing and mature facilities allows ClubCorp to
separately  analyze the operating results of its established and new facilities.
Management  believes this ability provides an important analysis tool because it
allows  the  Company  to  assess the results of its organic growth strategies by
tracking  the  performance of its mature facilities without the distortions that
would  be  caused  by  the  inclusion  of  developing  properties, including any
distortion  caused  by  initial  operating  losses  at  turn-around  facilities.

Other  Operating  Information

     The  Company  operated  thirteen  facilities  in  ten  foreign  countries,
including  Canada,  at  December  29,  1998.  One  facility  is  located  in the
Philippines,  two  are in Mexico, two are in South Africa, one is in Panama, one
is  in England, one is in Ecuador, two are in Singapore, one is in China, one is
in  Germany  and  one  is  in Canada.  In addition, the Company acquired a 29.9%
interest  in  ETC in March 1998.  ETC owns and manages six golf facilities, with
courses  in  England,  Sweden, Spain and Portugal.  The Company does not include
its  Canadian  facility  in  international  operations.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 29, 1998 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997

Consolidated  Operations

     Operating  revenues  increased  2.9%  to $851.3 million in 1998 from $827.6
million  in  1997 primarily due to increased usage at mature resorts and country
club  and  golf facilities, acquisitions and increases at developing facilities.
Operating revenues at mature facilities increased 2.6% to $765.1 million in 1998
from  $745.4  million  in  1997.

     Operating costs and expenses, representing direct operating costs, facility
rentals,  maintenance,  and  depreciation  and  amortization,  increased 2.7% to
$713.1  million  in  1998 from $694.2 million in 1997, reflecting an increase in
operating  costs  and  expenses  at  mature and developing facilities. Operating
costs and expenses at mature facilities increased to $659.4 million in 1998 from
$653.4  million  in  1997  or 0.9% due primarily to increased costs of sales for
food  and  beverage  and golf operations offset by a decrease in cash flow based
rent  at  city  clubs  and  the  Company's  success  in  controlling  expenses.

     Interest  expense  decreased to $28.9 million in 1998 from $34.0 million in
1997, or 15.0%, primarily due to the refinancing of approximately $174.9 million
in  existing  debt  and  to  a  lesser extent, 1997 and 1998 divestitures, which
resulted in a decrease in the Company's weighted average interest rate from 8.5%
to  6.6%.

     Other  income of $1.0 million in 1998 was due to the partial reversal of an
accrual  for  pending  litigation  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.

     Income  tax  (provision)  benefit  increased to $(5.2) million in 1998 from
$41.3  million in 1997 mainly due to decrease of $14.2 million and $66.6 million
in  1998  and  1997,  respectively,  in the Company's valuation allowance on its
deferred tax assets, primarily related to net operating loss carryforwards.  See
"-  Factors  That  May  Affect  Future  Operating  Results"  and  Note 15 to the
Company's  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.

     Income  from  continuing  operations before extraordinary item decreased to
$39.5  million  in 1998 from $87.9 million in 1997 due primarily to decreases of
$14.2  million  and  $66.6  million  in the Company's valuation allowance on its
deferred  tax  assets.  If  the  Company  had  not made these adjustments to the
valuation  allowance  of  its  deferred  tax  assets,  income  from  continuing
operations  before  extraordinary item would have been $25.3 million in 1998 and
$21.3  million  in  1997.

SEGMENT AND OTHER INFORMATION

Resorts

     The  following  tables  present  certain summary financial data and lodging
data  for the Company's resorts segment for 1997 and 1998 (dollars in thousands,
except  facility  and  lodging  data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Mature Resorts        Total Resorts
                                                --------------------  ------------------
                                                  1997       1998       1997      1998
                                                ---------  ---------  --------  --------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
Number of facilities                                   4          4          7         5
    Operating revenues                          $156,217   $163,607   $168,099  $172,624
    Operating costs and expenses                 136,757    140,575    156,615   155,835
                                                --------   --------   --------  --------
    Segment operating income                    $ 19,460   $ 23,032   $ 11,484  $ 16,789
                                                =========  =========  ========  ========

Lodging data (3 resorts) (1)
    Room nights available                        407,011    396,217
    Occupancy rate                                  52.3%      54.3%
    Average daily room rate per occupied room   $    173   $    184
    Average daily revenue per occupied room     $    643   $    712
</TABLE>
____________________
(1)     Lodging  data  is  comprised  of  data from Pinehurst, The Homestead and
Barton  Creek.

     Resorts'  operating  revenues  increased 2.7% primarily due to increases at
mature  properties  offset  by  the  effect  of  divestitures.  Mature  resorts'
operating revenues increased 4.7%, reflecting increases of 2.0 percentage points
in the occupancy rate, 10.7% in the average daily revenue per occupied room, and
6.4%  in  the  average daily room rate per occupied room.  Pinehurst, which will
host  the  1999  U.  S.  Open,  experienced  significant  increases in operating
revenues  in  anticipation  of  this  event.  Total resorts' operating costs and
expenses  decreased  slightly  due  to  the  effect  of  divestitures.

     The  difference  in  resorts'  operating  revenues,  operating  costs  and
expenses,  and segment operating income between mature resorts and total resorts
is primarily attributable to the Company's operations at Daufuskie Island Club &
Resort  ("Daufuskie").  ClubCorp  purchased  Daufuskie  at  the  end of 1996 for
nominal  consideration  as  a  turn-around opportunity.  Daufuskie had operating
losses  of  approximately $6.3 and $6.8 million for 1998 and 1997, respectively.

Country  Club  and  Golf  Facilities

     The  following  tables  present  certain  summary  financial and membership
information  for the Company's country club and golf facilities segment for 1997
and  1998  (dollars  in  thousands,  except  facility  and  membership  data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            Mature Country          Total Country
                                               Club and                Club and
                                            Golf Facilities        Golf Facilities
                                        ---------------------  ---------------------
                                          1997       1998        1997       1998
                                        --------  -----------  --------  -----------
<S>                                     <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>
Number of facilities                          98           98       108          109
    Operating revenues                  $342,124  $   354,415  $355,381  $   375,100
    Operating costs and expenses         289,420      297,127   302,212      317,785
                                        --------  -----------  --------  -----------
    Segment operating income            $ 52,704  $    57,288  $ 53,169  $    57,315
                                        ========  ===========  ========  ===========

Membership information (66 clubs) (1):
   Memberships at beginning of period     67,657       69,526
   Memberships added during period        12,532       12,916
   Memberships lost during period         10,663       11,113
                                        --------  -----------
   Memberships at end of period           69,526       71,329
                                        ========  ===========
</TABLE>
____________________
(1)     Number  of  facilities  includes  all  types  of  country  club and golf
facilities  (country  clubs,  golf clubs and public facilities) and all types of
Company ownership. Membership information is comprised of the mature clubs where
the Company received membership initiation deposits or fees and membership dues.

     Total  country  club and golf facilities' operating revenues increased 5.5%
in  1998 compared to 1997 primarily due to increased usage at mature facilities,
acquisitions,  and  increases at developing facilities.  Mature country club and
golf  facilities'  operating  revenues  increased  3.6%  due to the reopening of
several  courses  at existing facilities which were closed for renovation during
the  prior  year  and the acquisition of golf pro shops previously owned by golf
professionals.

          Total  country  club and golf facilities' operating costs and expenses
increased  5.2%  due  to  increased  costs  and  expenses  at mature facilities,
acquisitions,  and increases at developing facilities.  Total mature country and
golf  facilities'  operating  costs and expenses increased 2.7% primarily due to
increased  costs  of sales for food and beverage and golf operations and payroll
increases.

City  Clubs

     The  following  tables  present  certain  summary  financial and membership
information  for  the Company's city clubs segment for 1997 and 1998 (dollars in
thousands,  except  facility  and  membership  data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            Mature City Clubs         Total City Clubs
                                        ------------------------  ------------------------
                                          1997            1998      1997            1998
                                        --------        --------  --------        --------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>       <C>             <C>
Number of facilities                          89              89        94              93
    Operating revenues                  $247,052        $247,092  $249,470        $255,524
    Operating costs and expenses         227,221         221,733   229,920         231,351
                                        --------        --------  --------        --------
    Segment operating income            $ 19,831        $ 25,359  $ 19,550        $ 24,173
                                        ========        ========  ========        ========

Membership information (78 clubs) (1):
    Memberships at beginning of period   108,753         110,729
    Memberships added during period       23,660          25,186
    Memberships lost during period        21,684          22,219
                                        --------        --------
    Memberships at end of period         110,729         113,696
                                        ========        ========
</TABLE>
____________________

(1)     Number  of  facilities  includes  all  types  of city clubs (city clubs,
athletic  clubs  and  city/athletic  clubs)  and all types of Company ownership.
Membership  information  is  comprised  of  the  mature  clubs where the Company
received  membership  initiation  deposits  or  fees  and  membership  dues.

     Total  city  clubs' operating revenues increased 2.4% from 1997 to 1998 due
primarily  to  acquisitions and increases at facilities in development as mature
city  clubs' operating revenues remained constant.  Mature city clubs' operating
costs  and  expenses decreased 2.4% from 1997 to 1998 due to a reduction in cash
flow  based  rent.

International  Operations  and  Real  Estate

     Operating  revenues  for international operations increased to $7.4 million
in  1998  from  $4.9 million in 1997 primarily due to acquisitions and increased
equity  earnings  from an investment in Singapore.  Operating costs and expenses
for  international  operations  increased  to  $13.0  million  in 1998 from $8.2
million  in 1997 primarily due to increased start up and pre-opening expenses at
developing  facilities.

     Real  estate  operating  revenues  decreased  to $22.3 million in 1998 from
$33.7 million in 1997, or 33.8%, primarily due to decreased sales of real estate
in Colorado, Texas, and California, the timing of certain sales at Owner's Clubs
and  a  divestiture.

YEAR  ENDED  DECEMBER  31,  1997  COMPARED  TO  YEAR  ENDED  DECEMBER  25,  1996

Consolidated  Operations

     Operating  revenues  increased  7.3%  to $827.6 million in 1997 from $771.2
million during 1996 due primarily to increases at mature resorts, improvement in
net enrollment at mature country club and golf facilities and city clubs, and an
additional week of operations. The subsidiaries of the Company operate primarily
on  a  52/53  week  fiscal year.  1997 included 53 weeks.  Operating revenues of
mature  facilities  increased to $728.3 million from $676.9 million, an increase
of  7.6%,  due  to improving membership trends, an additional week of operations
and  inflationary  price  increases.

     Operating costs and expenses, representing direct operating costs, facility
rentals,  maintenance,  and  depreciation  and amortization, increased to $694.2
million  in  1997  from  $662.7  million  in  1996  or 4.8%. Operating costs and
expenses  at  mature  facilities  increased  4.9% to $636.9 million in 1997 from
$607.2  million  in 1996, mainly due to increases in costs of sales for food and
beverage  and  golf  operations,  payroll cost increases, and bonus accruals for
facility  level  management.

     Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses increased to $68.0 million
from  $61.3  million or 10.9% due primarily to increased costs for international
new  business  and  development.

     Other  income  of $1.1 million in 1997 is due to the partial reversal of an
accrual  for  pending  litigation  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.

     Income  tax  benefit  (provision)  increased  to $41.3 million in 1997 from
$(2.6)  million  in  1996  due to a decrease in the valuation allowance of $66.6
million  on  its deferred tax assets in 1997, primarily related to net operating
loss  carryforwards.  See  "- Factors That May Affect Future Operating Results".

     Income  from  continuing  operations before extraordinary item increased to
$87.9 million in 1997 from $16.9 million in 1996 due to the Company's success in
controlling  costs  and  growing  revenues  and  a $66.6 million decrease in the
valuation  allowance  on  the Company's deferred tax assets.  If the Company had
not  made this adjustment to the valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets,
income  from  continuing  operations  before  extraordinary item would have been
$21.3  million  in  1997.  See  "-  Factors  That  May  Affect  Future Operating
Results".

SEGMENT  AND  OTHER  INFORMATION

Resorts

     The  following  tables  present  certain summary financial data and lodging
data  for the Company's resorts segment for 1996 and 1997 (dollars in thousands,
except  facility  and  lodging  data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Mature Resorts        Total Resorts
                                                --------------------  ------------------
                                                  1996       1997       1996      1997
                                                ---------  ---------  --------  --------
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
Number of facilities                                   6          6         10         7
    Operating revenues                          $136,950   $155,984   $148,393  $168,099
    Operating costs and expenses                 123,877    136,890    135,707   156,615
                                                --------   --------   --------  --------
    Segment operating income                    $ 13,073   $ 19,094   $ 12,686  $ 11,484
                                                =========  =========  ========  ========

Lodging data (4 resorts) (1)
    Room nights available                        472,074    467,822
    Occupancy rate                                  49.7%      53.7%
    Average daily room rate per occupied room   $    140   $    149
    Average daily revenue per occupied room     $    546   $    584
</TABLE>
_____________________
(1)     Lodging  data is comprised of data from Pinehurst, The Homestead, Barton
Creek  and  Quail  Hollow.

     Resorts'  operating  revenues  increased  13.3%  primarily  due  to  the
acquisition  of  one  resort  late  in  1996 and increases at mature properties.
Mature  resorts' operating revenues increased 13.9%, reflecting increases of 4.0
percentage  points  in the occupancy rate, 7.0% in the average daily revenue per
occupied  room,  and  6.4%  in  the  average  daily room rate per occupied room.
Pinehurst,  which  will  host  the  1999  U.  S.  Open,  experienced significant
increases  in  operating  revenues  in  anticipation  of  this  event.

     The  difference  in  1997 operating revenues, operating costs and expenses,
and  segment  operating  income  between  mature  resorts  and  total resorts is
primarily  attributable  to  the  Company's  operations  at Daufuskie.  ClubCorp
purchased  Daufuskie  at  the  end  of  1996  for  nominal  consideration  as  a
turn-around  opportunity.  Daufuskie had an operating loss of approximately $6.8
million  in  1997.

Country  Club  and  Golf  Facilities

     The  following  tables  present  certain  summary  financial and membership
information  for the Company's country club and golf facilities segment for 1996
and  1997  (dollars  in  thousands,  except  facility  and  membership  data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           Mature Country         Total Country
                                             Club and                Club and
                                           Golf Facilities        Golf Facilities
                                        -------------------    --------------------
                                          1996       1997        1996       1997
                                        --------  -----------  --------  ----------
<S>                                     <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>
Number of facilities                          96           96       113         108
    Operating revenues                  $301,359  $   325,216  $326,586  $  355,381
    Operating costs and expenses         261,599      272,838   289,846     302,212
                                        --------  -----------  --------  ----------
    Segment operating income            $ 39,760  $    52,378  $ 36,740  $   53,169
                                        ========  ===========  ========  ==========

Membership information (62 clubs) (1):
    Memberships at beginning of period    63,368       63,777
    Memberships added during period        9,695       12,684
    Memberships lost during period         9,286       10,027
                                        --------  -----------
    Memberships at end of period          63,777       66,434
                                        ========  ===========
</TABLE>


____________________
(1)     Number  of  facilities  includes  all  types  of  country  club and golf
facilities  (country  clubs,  golf clubs and public facilities) and all types of
Company ownership. Membership information is comprised of the mature clubs where
the Company received membership initiation deposits or fees and membership dues.

     Total  country  club and golf facilities' operating revenues increased 8.8%
in  1997 compared to 1996 primarily due to acquisitions, the opening of new golf
courses or other amenities at certain facilities, improving membership trends at
mature  facilities  and  an additional week of operations.   Mature country club
and  golf  facilities'  operating  revenues  increased  7.9%.

     Total  country  club  and  golf  facilities'  operating  costs and expenses
increased  4.3%  in  1997  compared  to  1996  primarily due to acquisitions and
increases at mature facilities.  Mature facilities' operating costs and expenses
increased 4.3% due to increases in costs of sales for food and beverage and golf
operations,  payroll  increases  and  incentive  bonus  accruals.

City  Clubs

   The  following  tables  present  certain  summary  financial  and  membership
information  for  the Company's city clubs segment for 1996 and 1997 (dollars in
thousands,  except  facility  and  membership  data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            Mature City Clubs         Total City Clubs
                                        ------------------------  ------------------------
                                          1996            1997      1996            1997
                                        --------        --------  --------        --------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>       <C>             <C>
Number of facilities                          93              93        96              94
    Operating revenues                  $238,618        $247,100  $249,689        $249,470
    Operating costs and expenses         221,694         227,221   233,066         229,920
                                        --------        --------  --------        --------
    Segment operating income            $ 16,924        $ 19,879  $ 16,623        $ 19,550
                                        ========        ========  ========        ========

Membership information (81 clubs) (1):
    Memberships at beginning of period   113,185         112,361
    Memberships added during period       21,547          26,262
    Memberships lost during period        22,371          23,578
                                        --------        --------
    Memberships at end of period         112,361         115,045
                                        ========        ========
</TABLE>
____________________
(1)     Number  of  facilities  includes  all  types  of city clubs (city clubs,
athletic  clubs  and  city/athletic  clubs)  and all types of Company ownership.
Membership  information  is  comprised  of  the  mature  clubs where the Company
received  membership  initiation  deposits  or  fees  and  membership  dues.

     Total  city  clubs'  operating revenues increased remained constant in 1997
compared  to  1996  primarily  due  to  improving  membership  trends  at mature
facilities  and  an  additional  week  of  operations  offset  by  the effect of
divestitures.  Total city clubs' operating costs and expenses decreased 1.4% due
to  a  reduction  in cash flow based rent at mature properties and the effect of
divestitures.

International  Operations  and  Real  Estate

     Operating  revenues  for international operations increased to $4.9 million
in  1997  from  $0.8  million in 1996 primarily due to an increase in initiation
fees  from  membership  sales.  Operating  costs  and expenses for international
operations  increased  to  $8.2  million  in  1997 from $3.4 million in 1996 due
primarily  to  increased  start  up  and  pre-opening  expenses  at  developing
facilities.

     Real  estate  operating  revenues  increased  to $33.7 million in 1997 from
$30.8 million in 1996 or 9.4% primarily due to increased sales of real estate in
Texas.

SEASONALITY  OF  DEMAND;  FLUCTUATIONS  IN  QUARTERLY  RESULTS

     The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of the Company are presented on a
52/53  week  fiscal  year. The first three quarters consist of 12 weeks each and
the fourth quarter includes 16 or 17 weeks. The financial statements included in
Item  8 for the year ended December 29, 1998 are comprised of 52 weeks, with the
first  three  quarters  consisting  of  12  weeks  each  and  the fourth quarter
consisting  of  16  weeks.  The  timing of fiscal quarter ends, seasonal weather
conditions  and  other short-term variations cause financial performance to vary
by  quarter.  The Company has historically generated a disproportionate share of
its operating revenue in the second, third and fourth quarters of each year. The
timing  of  purchases or leases of new operating properties and investment gains
and  losses also cause the Company's results of operations to vary significantly
from  quarter  to  quarter.

     The  Company's  results  can  also  be  affected by non-seasonal and severe
weather patterns.  Extended periods of extremely hot, cold or rainy weather in a
given  region  can  be expected to reduce the Company's golf-related revenue for
that  region.  Similarly,  extended  periods of low rainfall can affect the cost
and  availability of water needed to irrigate the Company's golf courses and can
adversely  affect  results  for  facilities  in  the  region  affected.

INFLATION

     Inflation  has  not  had  a significant impact on the Company. As operating
expenses  increase, the Company, to the extent the value of services rendered to
members is not adversely impacted and as industry standards dictate, attempts to
offset  the  adverse  effects  of  increased  costs  by  increasing  prices.

LIQUIDITY  AND  CAPITAL  RESOURCES

     Historically,  the  Company  has  financed  its  operations  and  capital
expenditures  primarily  through  cash flows from operations and long-term debt.
The Company distinguishes capital expenditures to refurbish and replace existing
property  and  equipment (i.e., capital replacements) from discretionary capital
expenditures  such  as  the  expansion  of  existing  facilities  (i.e., capital
expansions)  and acquisition or development of new facilities and investments in
joint  ventures.  Most  capital expenditures other than capital replacements are
considered  discretionary  and  could  be curtailed in periods of low liquidity.
Capital  replacements  are  planned expenditures made each year to maintain high
quality  standards  of  facilities  for the purpose of meeting existing members'
expectations  and  to attract new members. Capital replacements have ranged from
3.8%  to  7.1%  of  operating  revenues  during  the last three years.   Capital
expansions  are discretionary expenditures which create new amenities or enhance
existing  amenities  at facilities.  Development of the Company's new facilities
and  planned  expansions  at existing properties are expected to require capital
expenditures  of  approximately  $73.1 and $60.7 million, respectively, over the
next two years to be financed with external financing of ClubCorp, Inc. and cash
flows  from  operations.

     On  May  27,  1998,  the  Company entered into an agreement with a group of
banks for a five-year $300.0 million unsecured senior revolving credit facility.
The  Company's  obligations under this facility are guaranteed by certain of its
subsidiaries.  The  interest  rate  is  determined  using  a LIBOR-based pricing
matrix  as defined in the agreement.  The Company used the facility to refinance
approximately  $174.9  million  in existing debt and related accrued interest of
certain  of its subsidiaries.  In conjunction with this refinancing, unamortized
loan  costs  and  discounts on long-term debt totaling $1.8 million are shown in
the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations as an extraordinary item -
loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt.  The  Company is also using the facility for
working capital, capital expenditures, and acquisitions.  The amount outstanding
under  this  agreement,  including  letters  of  credit  of $14.7 million, as of
December  29,  1998,  and  March  22,  1999,  was  $204.9  and  $233.9  million,
respectively,  at  an  interest  rate  of  LIBOR  plus  0.625%.

     The  Company  has  committed  to  provide  updated technology to all of its
facilities.  This technology will include installation of point-of-sale hardware
and  software,  replacement of computer hardware and software to provide network
capabilities,  the  purchase  of  new  accounting software and hardware, and the
installation  of  electronic  time  management systems which will interface with
accounting  software.  In  January of 1998, the Company signed an agreement with
Oracle  Corporation to purchase new software for its accounting, purchasing, and
human  resources  applications.  The  decision  to  upgrade  technology was made
primarily  to  better  enable  management  to improve operating efficiencies and
profits  and  to  exceed  member  expectations by re-engineering processes using
enterprise  resource  planning  software.  Executive  management  has pledged to
allocate  the  necessary resources to develop additional technology applications
and  tools  that  will  allow  the  properties  to  operate more effectively and
efficiently  and to increase the value of membership in conjunction with service
excellence.  Completion  of  the technology upgrade, including conversion of the
existing  software,  is expected to require approximately $12.0 to $18.0 million
in  additional expenditures, of which $9.0 to $15.0 million will be capitalized.
The Company expects to fund these additional expenditures through capital leases
with  a  bank  over  a  four to five year period and cash flows from operations.

     Net  cash  flows from continuing operations decreased $29.0 million for the
year  ended  December 29, 1998 due primarily to capital expenditures made during
1998, including investments in joint ventures (i.e., ETC), acquisitions, capital
replacements,  capital  expansions,  and development of real estate ventures and
facilities.

     As  of  March 22, 1999, the Company was in the final stages of negotiations
to  acquire  three  properties  and  to  build  one  property.  The  Company  is
considering  several  ownership  structures  for  the properties including lease
arrangements,  sole  ownership,  and  partial ownership (including joint venture
interests).  The consummation of the acquisition of these properties is expected
to  require  approximately $15.0 to $20.0 million in capital expenditures, to be
funded  primarily  by  cash  flows  from  operations  and  external financing of
ClubCorp,  Inc.  The  eventual  outcome of the negotiations cannot be accurately
predicted  at  this  time.

     On  January  26,  1999,  ClubCorp  entered  into  a definitive agreement to
acquire  approximately 3.3 million shares or 16% of the outstanding common stock
of  ClubLink  Corporation  of  Ontario, Canada, for approximately $22.2 million.
This  acquisition, combined with approximately 4.5% of ClubLink stock previously
held,  and expected participation in a planned rights offering by ClubLink, will
bring  ClubCorp's  total  investment  to  approximately  25%.  ClubCorp's
participation  in  the  planned  rights  offering  is  expected  to  require  an
additional  investment of approximately $8.0 to $9.0 million.  In addition, in a
stock  purchase  agreement,  ClubCorp  intends  to  acquire  a  50%  interest in
ClubLink's  U.S.  golf  holdings,  which  include  loans  to  or investments in,
GolfSouth  LLC  and  the  Links  Group Inc. encompassing 33 golf courses located
primarily  in  the  eastern United States.  This purchase is expected to require
approximately  $15.0 million to be funded through cash flows from operations and
external  financing  of  ClubCorp,  Inc.

     On  February  11,  1999,  ClubCorp  joined  with  American Golf Corporation
("AGC"),  a  national golf course management company, to acquire the Cobblestone
Golf  Group  ("Cobblestone")  from  The Meditrust Companies, in a stock purchase
agreement,  for  a  purchase  price  of  approximately  $393.0  million.  The
transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 1999.  Upon closing of
the  transaction,  ClubCorp  and  AGC  will divide Cobblestone's portfolio of 45
premier  golf  facilities.  Through  this  transaction, ClubCorp will acquire 22
golf  facilities  located  in  Texas,  Florida,  Georgia,  California, and North
Carolina.  The  purchase  is expected to require approximately $210.0 million to
be  funded  with  external  financing  of  ClubCorp,  Inc.

     Membership  dues, which are generally billed monthly, are expected to cover
the  costs  of  providing  future  membership  services.  Membership  deposits
represent  advance  initiation  deposits  for  the  right to become a member and
generally  are  refundable a fixed number of years (generally 30 years) from the
date  of  acceptance  as  a  member.  Management does not consider maturities of
membership  deposits over the next five years to be significant.  The difference
between  the  amount  of  the  membership  deposit  and the present value of the
obligation  is  deferred and recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over
the  expected  average  life  of  an  active membership.  The membership deposit
liability  accretes  to  interest  expense  over  the  refundable term using the
interest  method.

     The provisions of certain subsidiary lending and other agreements limit the
amount of dividends that may be paid to ClubCorp.  Under the most restrictive of
these  limitations,  at  December  29,  1998,  approximately  $110.0  million of
retained  earnings  was  available  for  the  declaration  of  dividends.

     As  a  means  of providing liquidity to the trustees of the Amended Plan to
meet  their  fiduciary obligations to distribute cash to participants requesting
withdrawals,  ClubCorp  has  provided  the  trustees  the right (the "Redemption
Right")  to cause the Company to redeem Common Stock, held in trust on behalf of
the  Amended  Plan,  at  the  most  recent  appraised price as necessary to meet
certain  requirements.  Withdrawals  by  participants and terminations by and/or
resignations  from  the  Company of participants in excess of anticipated levels
could  give rise to the exercise of withdrawal rights in substantial amounts and
place significant demands on the liquidity of the Company. In such an event, the
resources  available  to  meet business expansion or other working capital needs
could  be  adversely  affected.  As  of  December  29,  1998,  the  value of the
Redemption  Right  was  $65.3  million.  The  most recent appraised price of the
Common Stock was $16.60 as of December 29, 1998.  The Redemption Right has never
been  exercised  by  the Plan, although the Company has repurchased Common Stock
into  treasury  from  certain stockholders. The Company does not expect that the
Redemption  Right  will  be  exercised  to  a  significant  extent  in  1999.

     The  Company  maintains  a  first right of refusal with the majority of its
stockholders  and,  accordingly,  it  has  historically  purchased  shares  from
stockholders  when  offered  for  sale  back to the Company. During fiscal years
1996,  1997  and  1998,  treasury stock purchases of ClubCorp from stockholders,
sales  of stock (which were primarily to the Plan), and other shares issued were
as  follows  (dollars  in  millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    December 31,          December 31,          December 29,
                                                        1996                  1997                  1998
                                                   --------------       ---------------       ---------------
<S>                                                <C>                  <C>                   <C>
Purchase of treasury stock                         $        (4.4)        $        (5.6)        $        (7.6)
Stock issued in connection with purchases
  by benefit plan                                            0.3                     -                   0.2
Stock issued in connection with bonus plans                  1.1                   0.7                   1.0
Stock issued in connection with exercise of
  stock options                                                -                     -                   0.5
                                                   --------------        --------------        --------------
                                                   $        (3.0)        $        (4.9)        $        (5.9)
                                                   ==============        ==============        ==============
</TABLE>

See  the Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity included in Item 8 for a
summary  of  stockholder  equity  transactions.

FACTORS  THAT  MAY  AFFECT  FUTURE  OPERATING  RESULTS

     This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  contains "forward-looking statements"
within  the  meaning  of  Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.  All  statements  other  than  statements  of historical fact should be
considered  "forward-looking  statements"  for  purposes  of  these  provisions,
including  statements  that  include  projections  of,  or  expectations  about,
earnings,  revenues  or  other  financial  items, statements about the plans and
objectives  of  management for future operations, statements concerning proposed
new  products  or  services,  statements regarding future economic conditions or
performance,  statements  regarding  Year  2000  issues,  and  statements  of
assumptions  underlying  any  of  the foregoing.  In some cases, forward-looking
statements  can  be  identified by the use of terminology such as "may," "will,"
"expects,"  "plans,"  "anticipates,"  "estimates," "potential" or "continue," or
the  negative  thereof  or  other  comparable terminology.  Although the Company
believes  that  the expectations reflected in its forward-looking statements are
reasonable,  it  can  give  no  assurance  that  such expectations or any of its
forward-looking  statements  will  prove  to  be  correct.  Actual  results  and
developments  are  likely  to be different from, and may be materially different
from,  those  expressed  or implied by the Company's forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, some
of  which  are  summarized  in  this  section.

     Enhanced  enrollment  and retention of members and increased utilization of
existing  facilities  by members and guests are core components of the Company's
organic  growth  strategy.  Management  believes  that providing its members and
guests  with  high  quality,  personalized  service  will  increase  demand  for
ClubCorp's  services.  The  Company  seeks  to  achieve  a  high level of member
satisfaction  by  creating  and  executing business plans for each facility. The
Company  provides incentives to club and resort managers to exceed business plan
goals  by linking their compensation to member and guest satisfaction as well as
the financial performance of the facility.  The Company's success depends on its
ability  to  attract  and  retain  members at its clubs and maintain or increase
usage  of  its  facilities.  The  Company  has  experienced  varying  levels  of
membership  enrollment  and  attrition  rates  and,  in certain areas, decreased
levels  of  usage  of  its  facilities  during  its operating history.  Although
management  devotes  substantial efforts to ensuring that members and guests are
satisfied,  many of the factors affecting club membership and facility usage are
beyond the Company's control and there can be no assurance that the Company will
be  able  to  maintain  or  increase  membership or facility usage.  Significant
periods  where  attrition  rates  exceed  enrollment rates, or where facilities'
usage  is  below  historical  levels would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's  business,  operating  results,  and  financial  condition.

     Changes  in  membership  levels  and  facilities'  usage can be caused by a
number  of  factors.  In  the  past, federal tax law changes in the treatment of
business entertainment expenses and real estate expenses have adversely affected
general  industry  demand  and membership and facilities usage.  There can be no
assurance  that  similar  changes  that would have an adverse effect on revenues
will not occur in the future.  A substantial portion of the Company's revenue is
derived  from  discretionary  or  leisure  spending by the Company's members and
guests  and  such  spending  can be particularly sensitive to changes in general
economic  conditions.  A  significant  adverse  shift  in  general  economic
conditions,  whether  regional or national, would likely have a material adverse
effect  on  the  Company's business, operating results, and financial condition.
Changes  in  consumer  tastes  and preferences, particularly those affecting the
popularity  of golf and private dining, and other social and demographic trends,
could  also  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the  Company.

     The  Company  has  policies  in  place  designed to bring its properties in
substantial  compliance with current federal, state and local environmental laws
and laws relating to access for disabled persons.  The Company is not subject to
any  recurring  costs associated with managing hazardous materials or pollution.
In  addition,  management  does not believe that the Company will incur expenses
for  infrequent or non-recurring cleanup, based upon the Company's due diligence
inspection,  employee  training, standards of operations and on-site assessments
performed  and  maintained  for  each  facility.  However, the Company is in the
process of replacing approximately 11 underground storage tanks with aboveground
contained storage systems. It is unlikely that any remediation will be required.
The  Company  is  permitted under various state laws to recover a portion of its
costs  of  remediation  through  various  state  superfunds  created  to address
environmental  cleanups.  The Company is not subject to any remediation mandates
related  to  previously  contaminated  sites.  See  Item  1,
"Business-Operations-Government  Regulation".

     ClubCorp files a consolidated federal income tax return. See Note 15 of the
Notes  to  the  Consolidated Financial Statements.  ClubCorp's federal and state
income  taxes  are  as  follows  (dollars  in  millions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  December 31,    December 31,    December 29,
                                      1996            1997            1998
                                 --------------  --------------  --------------
<S>                              <C>             <C>             <C>
Income tax (provision) benefit:
    Federal
        Current                  $         0.1   $        (0.7)  $        (0.2)
        Deferred                          (1.2)           44.1            (2.9)
                                 --------------  --------------  --------------
                                          (1.1)           43.4            (3.1)
    State                                 (1.5)           (2.1)           (2.1)
                                 --------------  --------------  --------------
                                 $        (2.6)  $        41.3   $        (5.2)
                                 ==============  ==============  ==============
</TABLE>

     The  Company  operates  in  32  states and, as a result, its operations are
subject to tax by many state and local taxing authorities. The Company generates
substantial  taxable income in various states including Ohio, North Carolina and
Florida.  As  state  and local taxing authorities raise tax rates and change tax
codes  to  increase tax revenues, the Company has experienced increased exposure
to  state  and  local  income  taxes  over  the  past  few  years.

     Since  the  acquisition  of  Franklin  in  1988,  ClubCorp  has  reduced or
eliminated  its  current  federal  tax  liability  (to 2% of alternative minimum
taxable  income)  by  using  net operating loss carryforwards that resulted from
Franklin's  operations.  ClubCorp has estimated net operating loss carryforwards
at  the  end  of  1998  of  $485.9  million  and  $70.9  million for regular and
alternative  minimum taxes, respectively.  As a result, the Company will be able
to  continue  to reduce its estimated tax liability to 2% of alternative minimum
taxable income until such alternative minimum tax net operating losses are fully
utilized  or  expire.  These  net  regular and alternative minimum tax operating
losses expire from 2004 to 2010 and 2007 to 2010, respectively.  These estimates
are based upon certain assumptions concerning the Company's 1998 operations from
an  alternative  minimum  tax  perspective  and  may  be revised at the time the
Company  prepares  its  federal  income  tax  return.

     The  Company  has  substantial  regular  net  operating  loss carryforwards
available.  Based  on  the  Company's  historical  pretax earnings, adjusted for
significant  nonrecurring  items  such  as  gains  (losses)  on  divestitures,
management  believes  it  is  more  likely than not the Company will realize the
benefit  of the deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance, existing at
December  29,  1998.  The  Company has experienced a trend of increasing taxable
income  from  its continuing operations which in turn has increased estimates of
future  taxable income.  Based on these new estimates, the Company decreased its
valuation  allowance by $14.2 million for the year ended December 29, 1998.  The
Company's  federal  income  tax  returns  for 1991 and 1992 were examined by the
Internal  Revenue  Service.  In  connection  with  the closing of this audit, in
1998,  the  Company  reduced  its  regular  net  operating  losses and valuation
allowance  by  $45.0  million,  8.1% of year end 1997 net operating losses.  The
assumptions  used  to  estimate the realizability of the deferred tax assets are
subjective  in  nature  and  involve  uncertainties and matters with significant
judgment.  There can be no assurance that the Company will generate any specific
level  of  continuing earnings. The Company will receive benefits in the form of
tax  credits  in  the  future  to  the extent of alternative minimum taxes paid.

     In  addition  to  the regular and alternative minimum tax NOLs, the Company
has  approximately $166.4 million regular and $150.3 million alternative minimum
tax  Separate  Return  Limitation  Year ("SRLY") NOLs which expire in 2003.  The
Company's  December  29,  1998 deferred tax asset does not include any value for
its  SRLY  NOLs.

     The  Company's  federal  income  tax  returns  for  1993 and 1994 are under
examination by the Internal Revenue Service.  Because many types of transactions
are  susceptible  to  varying  interpretations under federal income tax laws and
regulations,  the  net  operating  loss carryforwards and net deferred tax asset
reported  in  the Consolidated Financial Statements could change at a later date
upon  final  determination  by  the taxing authorities.  Management believes the
Company  will  prevail  on  any  significant  interpretation  issues.

     In  April  1998,  the  American  Institute  of Certified Public Accountants
issued  Statement  of  Position  (SOP) 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up
Activities".  SOP 98-5 requires that the costs of start-up activities, including
organizational  costs,  be expensed as incurred.  SOP 98-5 will be effective for
the  Company  in  its  fiscal  year  ending  in  1999.  Due to the nature of the
operations of the Company, the effect of the implementation of SOP 98-5 will not
have  a significant impact on the financial position or results of operations of
the  Company.

     In  June  1998,  the  FASB  issued SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments  and  Hedging Activities" which establishes accounting and reporting
standards  for  derivative  instruments  and for hedging activities. It requires
that  all  derivatives  be  recognized  as either assets or liabilities and such
instruments  be  measured  at  their  fair value. The Statement is effective for
years  beginning after June 15, 1999. Based on the Company's current operations,
the  effect  of  implementation of  this new statement is not expected to have a
significant effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

YEAR  2000  READINESS  DISCLOSURE

A.     State  of  Readiness

     Assessment

     The  Year  2000  issue  affects computers, software and other equipment the
Company  uses,  operates or maintains for use in its operations.  While ClubCorp
has commenced a company-wide upgrade of its computer systems that is designed to
address  internal Year 2000 issues, this upgrade is not expected to be completed
by  December  31, 1999.  IT Systems (defined below) that will not be upgraded in
time  are  being  reprogrammed  to  accommodate  the  century  date change.  MCI
Systemhouse  is  leading  the  initiative  to  remediate  and  then  to test the
reprogrammed  systems to validate that they are Year 2000 ready.  It is expected
that  the  testing  of  reprogrammed  systems will be completed during the third
quarter  of  1999.

     The  Company  has  undertaken  various  initiatives intended to ensure that
prior  to  the  completion  of  its  company-wide  upgrades, its IT Systems will
function  properly  with  respect to dates in the Year 2000 and thereafter.  The
term  "IT Systems" includes information technology systems that the Company uses
in  its  business  including  accounting,  data processing, time management, and
point-of-sale systems that use computer equipment and software.  Non-information
technology ("Non-IT") equipment the Company uses, operates or maintains may also
be affected by embedded chip technology, such as microprocessors.  An assessment
is currently underway to determine what Non-IT equipment may be impacted by Year
2000  issues.  Although  the  upgrade  of  ClubCorp's  computer  systems  is not
expected  to  be  completed  until  the  end  of  Year 2000, it is expected that
approximately 50% of the initiatives which management believes will be necessary
to  fully address potential Year 2000 issues relating to IT and Non-IT exposures
should  be materially completed on or about June 30, 1999.  The Company's target
is  to  have  the balance of the work completed no later than December 31, 1999.

     IT  System  Remedial  Initiative

     As  noted  above,  the Company is currently upgrading or replacing hardware
that is not Year 2000 ready, upgrading purchased software to compliant releases,
and  remediating  internally  developed  software.  The  Company expects this IT
Systems remediation effort to be completed during the third quarter of 1999. The
existing  accounting  systems  that are not going to be replaced by December 31,
1999 are being reprogrammed to be Year 2000 ready since the company wide upgrade
is not expected to be completed until the end of Year 2000.  Much of the work to
make  the  existing  systems  Year 2000 ready has been completed.  The effort to
finish the remediation of the existing hardware and software is being led by MCI
Systemhouse  with  significant involvement by ClubCorp employees.  The principal
effort  involves  recompiling  programs  using  a  Year 2000 compliant compiler.
ClubCorp expects the necessary modifications to the software and unit testing to
be  completed  during  the  second  quarter  of  1999  and  system testing to be
completed  during  the  third  quarter  of 1999.  If the remediation of existing
hardware  and  software  systems  is not completed in a timely manner, Year 2000
issues  could  have  a  material  adverse effect on the Company's operations and
results.

     Non-IT  Remedial  Initiative

     ClubCorp  has  undertaken  an  initiative  to  assess  the  impact  of  its
significant vendors, suppliers, landlords and other third-party relationships on
its  business.  As  of  December  29,  1998,  the Company has compiled a list of
critical  relationships.  Letters are expected to be mailed by March 31, 1999 to
these  critical  third parties to assess the risk of a disruption in service and
the extent to which such a disruption would affect ClubCorp's operations.  While
management does not believe it directly depends, to a significant extent, on any
third party's computer systems or ability to operate in general, there can be no
assurance that Year 2000 problems encountered by companies with whom the Company
does  business will be resolved in a timely manner or that such other companies'
failure  to  resolve  such  problems would not have a material adverse effect on
ClubCorp.

     The  Company  has  evaluated  its critical Non-IT Systems and believes that
certain systems and functions are mission critical including, but not limited to
the  following:  fire/life  safety  systems,  electrical  systems, communication
systems,  air-conditioning/heating  systems,  security  controls,  vertical
transportation  systems,  voice grade communication systems, facility management
systems,  hotel  management  systems  and  restaurant  equipment.

     Vendors  or  providers  of these systems are included on ClubCorp's list of
critical relationships and will be assessed as described above.  The Company has
set  July  31, 1999 as the target date to complete the assessment of these third
party  relationships.

     Company  Wide  IT  System  Upgrade

     ClubCorp  has  commenced a company wide upgrade of its computer systems and
accounting  systems.  ClubCorp  is replacing its accounting systems with Oracle.
A  combined team from ClubCorp and KPMG LLP is managing the Oracle installation.
Part  of  the  IT System remedial process will include end to end testing of the
new  systems  to  validate  that these systems are Year 2000 ready as warranted.
The  scope of this work will be initiated by MCI Systemhouse in conjunction with
the  project  installation  team.

B.     Cost

     ClubCorp  has begun, but has not yet completed, an analysis of problems and
costs (including loss of revenue) that would be reasonably likely to result from
the  failure  by  the  Company  and  certain  third  parties to complete efforts
necessary  to  achieve  Year  2000  readiness  on  a  timely  basis.

     In  addition to the remaining cost of the company wide upgrade, the Company
estimates  that  the  cost  of  upgrading  current  systems, upgrading purchased
software  and  remediating  internally  developed software will be approximately
$2.5  million.  Management  estimates  that  an  additional $0.6 million will be
spent  in  hiring  resources  to  assess  and  address the Year 2000 risk on the
Company's  operations  (additional  personnel,  attorneys  and  consultants).

C.     Risk

     In  a  reasonably  likely worst case scenario, the Company's remediation of
existing  IT  Systems  and  Non-IT  equipment  may  not be completed in a timely
manner, or Year 2000 problems of material third parties may not be resolved in a
timely manner. Such worst case scenarios could involve loss of revenues relating
to  the  loss  of business as a result of the Company's inability to operate its
facilities  through  hardware,  software  or equipment failures due to Year 2000
problems.  While  management  believes the Company does not directly depend to a
significant  extent  on  any  third  party's  computer  systems, it does rely on
certain  vendors  and landlords to supply uninterrupted goods and services.  The
estimated  loss of revenue, if any, has not and may not be able to be identified
until after the Year 2000.  As described above, active efforts have been and are
underway  to  assess  and  minimize  any  disruption in operations.  The Company
relies extensively on computer systems to monitor and coordinate its operations.
If ClubCorp's computer systems cease to function, function improperly, or if its
vendors  or customers cannot perform as agreed for a significant time period, it
is  likely that the Company's operations and results will be adversely affected.

D.     Contingency  Plans

     Management  will  develop  contingency plans to be implemented as a part of
its  efforts  to  identify and correct Year 2000 problems.  The scheduled target
date for completion of the contingency plans is September 30, 1999.  Many of the
Company's  operations have contingency plans in place for natural disasters such
as  earthquakes,  floods, hurricanes and the like, which provide a basis for its
Year  2000  contingency  plans.  These  plans may also include short term use of
backup equipment and software, increased work hours for Company personnel and/or
use of contract personnel and/or orderly shut down of the buildings and/or clubs
on  December  31, 1999 and January 1, 2000 in order to perform tests of critical
systems.

E.     Disclaimer

     The discussion of ClubCorp's efforts and expectations relating to Year 2000
compliance  are  forward  looking  statements and the dates on which the Company
believes  it  will  complete such efforts are based on its best estimates, which
were  derived  using numerous assumptions regarding future events, including the
continued  availability of certain resources and other factors.  There can be no
assurance  that these estimates will prove to be accurate and the actual results
could differ materially from those currently anticipated.  Specific factors that
could  cause  such  material  differences  include,  but are not limited to, the
availability  and  cost of personnel trained in Year 2000 issues, the ability to
identify,  assess,  remediate and test all relevant computer codes, and embedded
technology  and  similar  uncertainties.  In  addition,  the  variability  of
definitions  of  "compliance  with  Year 2000" relating to products and services
sold  to  or  relied  on  by  management  may lead to claims whose impact on the
Company  is  currently not as estimable.  In addition, the Company does not have
any  control  over external infrastructures, for example, failure of power grids
or  economic perturbations that might overall impact its operations or revenues.
No  assurance  can  be  given that the aggregate cost of defending and resolving
such  claims, if any, will not materially adversely affect the Company's results
of  operations.

ACQUISITION  AND  SALE  OF  FRANKLIN  FEDERAL  BANCORP

     From  1988  to 1996, the Company operated in the financial services segment
through  Franklin  Federal  Bancorp,  a  Federal Savings Bank ("Franklin").  The
Company purchased Franklin with the intent to utilize certain of its real estate
holdings  in its golf-related line of businesses.  The Company sold Franklin for
$90.0  million  in  a  transaction that was consummated on January 2, 1997.  The
Company's  gain  on  the  sale,  net  of  taxes and minority interest, was $25.1
million.  Because the Company has disposed of its financial services operations,
this  segment  is  presented  as  discontinued  operations  in  the Consolidated
Financial  Statements.  See  Note  2  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated Financial
Statements.


ITEM  7A.  QUANTITATIVE  AND  QUALITATIVE  DISCLOSURES  ABOUT  MARKET  RISK

     The  Company  is  exposed  to  interest  rate  changes and foreign currency
fluctuations.  The  Company  is  exposed to interest rate changes primarily as a
result  of  its  senior  revolving  credit  facility  and long-term debt used to
maintain  liquidity  and  fund  capital  replacements  and discretionary capital
expenditures.  The Company's interest rate risk management objective is to limit
the  impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flows and to lower its
overall  borrowing  costs.  To  achieve  its  objectives,  the  Company  borrows
primarily  at variable rates and may enter into derivative financial instruments
such  as  interest  rate  swaps in order to mitigate its interest rate risk on a
related  financial  instrument.  The  Company  does not enter into derivative or
interest  rate  transactions  for  speculative  or  trading  purposes.

     The  Company's  objective  in  managing  the  exposure  to foreign currency
fluctuations  is  to  reduce  earnings  and cash flow volatility associated with
foreign  exchange rate changes to allow management to focus its attention on its
core  business.  The  Company  has  historically  managed  this risk through the
diversity  of  the  foreign  economies  in  which it operates and the relatively
limited  amount  of  its  investments in these foreign economies.  The Company's
international  operations  represent  less  than  10% of the total assets of the
Company  as  of  December  29,  1998.

     The  Company's  interest  rate  risk  is  monitored  using  a  variety  of
techniques.  The  table  below  presents the principal and interest (for capital
leases  only)  amounts, weighted average interest rates and fair values required
by year of expected maturity to evaluate the expected cash flows and sensitivity
to  interest  rate  changes  (dollars  in  thousands).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                              Fair
                                       1999     2000     2001     2002      2003    Thereafter     Total     Value
                                      -------  -------  -------  -------  --------  -----------  ---------  --------
<S>                                   <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>          <C>        <C>
Fixed rate debt                       $13,480  $32,935  $12,882  $10,897  $  2,947  $    10,708  $  83,849  $ 79,930
Weighted average interest rate                                                                     8.27  %

Variable rate debt (primarily LIBOR)    5,153       --       --       --   190,000           --    195,153   195,153
Weighted average interest rate                                                                     5.93  %

   Totals                             $18,633  $32,935  $12,882  $10,897  $192,947  $    10,708  $ 279,002  $275,083
                                      =======  =======  =======  =======  ========  ===========  =========  ========
</TABLE>

     The  table  below  presents the notional amounts, pay rates, receive rates,
mark-to-market  value,  and  maturity  dates of the Company's interest rate swap
agreements  (dollars  in  thousands).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                   <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Notional Amount       $      10,000   $       4,539   $     100,000   $       5,000   $       5,000   $      10,000

Pay Rate                      7.865%           5.98%           5.79%           5.63%           5.53%           5.25%

Receive Rate           90 day LIBOR    30 day LIBOR    30 day LIBOR    30 day LIBOR    30 day LIBOR    30 day LIBOR

Mark-to-Market Value  $        (334)  $         (90)  $      (2,284)  $         (81)  $         (60)             --

Maturity Date              01/18/00        08/01/01        06/30/03        09/02/03        09/02/03        09/02/03


<S>                   <C>
Notional Amount       $       5,000

Pay Rate                       5.43%

Receive Rate           30 day LIBOR

Mark-to-Market Value  $         (39)

Maturity Date              09/02/03
</TABLE>

     As  the  tables  incorporate only those exposures that exist as of December
29,  1998,  they  do not consider those exposures or positions which could arise
after  that  date.  Moreover,  because firm commitments are not presented in the
tables above, the information presented herein has limited predictive value.  As
a  result, the Company's ultimate realized gain or loss with respect to interest
rate fluctuations will depend on the exposures that arise during the period, the
Company's  hedging  strategies  at  that  time,  and  interest  rates.


ITEM  8.  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  SUPPLEMENTARY  DATA

     The  Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes begin on
Page  F-1  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.


ITEM  9.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL  DISCLOSURES

     None.


                                    PART III

ITEM  10.  DIRECTORS  AND  EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS  OF  THE  REGISTRANT

     The  following table sets forth certain information regarding the directors
and  executive  officers  of  the  Company  as  of  December  29,  1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NAME                           AGE                           POSITION
- -----------------------------  ---  -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>  <C>
Robert H. Dedman                72  Chairman of the Board
Robert H. Dedman, Jr. (1) (2)   41  Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
James M. Hinckley (1) (2)       42  Chief Operating Officer and Director
Patricia Dedman Dietz           42  Director
Robert H. Johnson               51  Chief Operating Officer, International
James P. McCoy, Jr. (1)         52  Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President
Terry A. Taylor (1)             42  Chief Legal Officer, Executive Vice President and Secretary
James E. Maser (1)              60  Executive Vice President
Mark W. Dietz                   44  Executive Vice President
Albert E. Chew, III             44  Executive Vice President
</TABLE>
____________________
(1)     Member  of  the  Executive  Committee
(2)     Member  of  the  Audit  Committee

     The  Company  Board is currently comprised of the Chairman of the Board and
three  directors.  Each  of  the  current  directors  was initially elected as a
director  on  July  16,  1998  and each such person was a director of ClubCorp's
predecessor.  All  directors  of  the  Company hold office until the next annual
meeting  of  stockholders  and until their successors have been duly elected and
qualified.  Executive  officers  of the Company are elected by the Company Board
and  serve  until  their  successors  are  duly  elected  and  qualified.

     The  Executive  Committee  (formerly  referred  to  as  the  "Investment
Committee")  is  comprised  of two members of the Company Board and three of the
Company's  executive  officers.  The  Executive Committee has been delegated the
authority by the Company Board for a variety of matters, including the authority
to  approve  certain  acquisitions  and  dispositions.  Where  the Company Board
desires  to delegate certain authority to the Executive Committee and applicable
law  prevents  the  delegation  of  such  authority to a committee that includes
persons  in addition to directors, the authority is exclusively delegated to the
directors  who  are  members of the Executive Committee.  The Audit Committee is
comprised  of  two  members  of  the  Company  Board  and  one  officer.

     Robert  H.  Dedman,  Jr. and Patricia Dedman Dietz are siblings and are the
children  of  Robert  H. Dedman.  Mark W. Dietz is the spouse of Patricia Dedman
Dietz  and  the  son-in-law and brother-in-law of Robert H. Dedman and Robert H.
Dedman,  Jr.  respectively.

     Robert  H.  Dedman  has been Chairman of the Board of the Company since its
inception in 1957 and Chief Executive Officer from 1957 through 1997. Mr. Dedman
is a director of United Meridian Corporation and an advisory director of Stewart
Information  Services  Corporation.

     Robert  H. Dedman, Jr. joined the Company in 1980 and served as Director of
Corporate Planning from 1980 until 1984. From 1984 until 1987, Mr. Dedman was an
Associate  at  Salomon  Brothers Inc., specializing in mergers and acquisitions.
Mr.  Dedman  returned  to  the  Company  in  1987  as Chief Financial Officer of
ClubCorp.  Since  1989,  Mr.  Dedman  has  served  as  President and director of
ClubCorp.  Mr.  Dedman  served  as Chief Operating Officer of ClubCorp from 1987
through  1997.  Effective  January  1,  1998,  Mr. Dedman became Chief Executive
Officer  of  ClubCorp.

     James  M.  Hinckley  joined the Company in 1970, and since that time he has
held  various  positions  and  offices with the Company. Mr. Hinckley has been a
director  of ClubCorp since 1989. Mr. Hinckley has also been the Chief Operating
Officer  of  the  Company  since  February  1992.  Mr.  Hinckley is President of
ClubCorp  USA,  Inc.  and  ClubCorp  Resorts,  Inc.

     Patricia Dedman Dietz has been a director of ClubCorp since 1982. Ms. Dietz
has  been  a  psychotherapist  in  private  practice  for  the  last  14  years.

     Robert  H. Johnson joined the Company in 1975 and has served the Company in
various  positions. Mr. Johnson was a director of ClubCorp from 1988 to July 16,
1998.  Effective  January 1, 1998, Mr. Johnson became Chief Operating Officer of
International  Operations.  Mr.  Johnson is President of ClubCorp International,
Inc.

     James  P.  McCoy,  Jr.  joined  the  Company  in  1973,  and served as Vice
President  and Treasurer during 1983. He was a director of ClubCorp from 1994 to
July  16,  1998.  From  1983  to  1986,  Mr.  McCoy was the Manager of Corporate
Financial  Services for Merrill Lynch. Mr. McCoy returned to the Company in 1986
as  the  Treasurer  of  ClubCorp  and  has  been  the Chief Financial Officer of
ClubCorp  since 1988. Effective January 1, 1998, Mr. McCoy became Executive Vice
President  of  ClubCorp.

     Terry  A.  Taylor  has  been  Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of ClubCorp
since  1990.  Effective  August  12,  1998,  Mr. Taylor became an Executive Vice
President  of  the  Company.  Mr. Taylor was a director of ClubCorp from January
1994  to  July  16,  1998.

     James  E.  Maser  has been associated with the Company since 1965 and was a
director  from  1971  to  July  16,  1998.

     Mark  W.  Dietz  has  been  an  Executive  Vice President of ClubCorp since
January  1995.  Mr.  Dietz  was  a director of the Company from 1986 to July 16,
1998.

     Albert  E.  Chew,  III  joined  the  Company  in  1988 as Director of Human
Resources  for  resorts.  In  1992,  Mr. Chew was elected as a Vice President of
ClubCorp.  Mr. Chew served as a director of ClubCorp from 1994 to July 16, 1998.
In  1997,  Mr.  Chew  became  Executive  Vice  President  of  ClubCorp.


ITEM  11.  EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION
- ----------------------------------

Summary  Compensation  Table

     The  following  table  sets  forth the compensation paid by ClubCorp to its
chief  executive  officer  and  its four other most highly compensated executive
officers  (collectively,  the "Named Executive Officers") during the years ended
December  31,  1996,  December  31,  1997  and  December  29,  1998:

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                  Annual Compensation                             Long-Term       Compensation
                             -----------------------------                     -----------------  --------------
                                                                                    Awards           Payouts
                                                                               -----------------  --------------

                                                              Other Annual        Restricted           LTIP         All Other
Name and Principal Position   Year   Salary (1)    Bonus    Compensation (2)   Stock Awards (3)    Payouts (4)     Compensation
- ---------------------------  ------  -----------  --------  -----------------  -----------------  --------------  --------------
<S>                          <C>     <C>          <C>       <C>                <C>                <C>             <C>
Robert H. Dedman, Jr.          1996  $   288,400  $118,441  $              --  $              --  $       75,015  $    8,946 (6)
 Chief Executive Officer,      1997      349,297   108,800                 --                 --              --         705 (6)
   President and Director      1998      498,077   352,088                 --                 --              --       4,800 (6)

James M. Hinckley              1996      283,250   100,044                 --                 --          66,246       2,662 (7)
 Chief Operating Officer       1997      297,359   112,686                 --                 --              --       4,750 (7)
   and Director                1998      330,574   248,866                 --                 --              --       4,513 (7)

Robert H. Dedman               1996      302,820        --                 --                 --          94,244       7,000 (5)
 Chairman of the Board         1997      347,831        --                 --                 --              --             --
   and Founder                 1998      341,371     1,318                 --                 --              --             --

Douglas T. Howe                1996      160,000    48,432                 --                 --              --       7,947 (8)
 Executive Vice President,     1997      167,969    63,043                 --                 --              --       4,003 (8)
   ClubCorp USA, Inc.          1998      199,231   126,569                 --                 --              --       4,000 (8)

Beryl E. Artz                  1996      160,000    65,840                 --                 --          22,332       4,112 (7)
 Executive Vice President,     1997      167,969    72,694                 --                 --              --       4,072 (7)
   ClubCorp USA, Inc.          1998      199,231   126,568                 --                 --              --       4,363 (7)
</TABLE>
_____________________

(1)     The  Company  operates on a 52/53 week year. Salaries for 1996, 1997 and
1998  include  52,  53  and  52  weeks,  respectively.
(2)     There was no other annual compensation equal to the lesser of $50,000 or
10%  of  the  total  annual  salary  and bonus reported for each Named Executive
Officer  in  1996,  1997  or  1998.
(3)     No restricted stock was awarded for 1996, 1997 or 1998 and there were no
unvested  restricted  stock  awards  as  of  December  29,  1998.
(4)     Reflects  the  dollar  value  of payouts in 1996 (based upon the Formula
Price  at  the  date  of  the  payout)  relating to restricted stock awarded for
periods  prior  to 1995, as follows: Robert H. Dedman - 9,415 shares; Robert  H.
Dedman,  Jr. - 7,494 shares; James M. Hinckley - 6,618 shares; and Beryl E. Artz
- -  2,231  shares.
(5)     Represents  amounts  paid  to  Mr.  Dedman  for  services  rendered as a
director  of  Franklin.  See  "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition  and  Results of Operations - Acquisition and Sale of Franklin Federal
Bancorp".
(6)     The  Company's Stock Investment Plan (the "SIP"), which became effective
on  January  1,  1993,  permits eligible employees to purchase SIP participation
interests  through  payroll  deductions.  In  addition,  ClubCorp contributes an
amount  that  vests  over  time  on  each participant's behalf equal to 20% (the
"Basic  Matching  Contribution") and up to an additional 30% (the "Discretionary
Matching  Contribution") of the participant's contribution. All contributions to
the  SIP  are  invested  in  Common  Stock (except for contributions temporarily
invested  in cash pending investment in Common Stock). Consists of $646 in 1996,
$705  in  1997,  and  $4,800  in  1998  in  Basic  Matching  Contributions  and
Discretionary  Matching  Contributions  made  by ClubCorp on Mr. Dedman's behalf
pursuant  to  the  SIP.  In  addition, $8,300 was paid to Mr. Dedman in 1996 for
services  rendered  as  a  director  of  Franklin.
(7)     Represents  Basic  Matching  Contributions  and  Discretionary  Matching
Contributions  made  by  ClubCorp  on  Mr.  Hinckley's  and  Mr.  Artz's behalf,
respectively,  pursuant  to  the  SIP.
(8)     Represents  Basic  Matching  Contributions  and  Discretionary  Matching
Contributions  of  $4,107  in  1996,  $4,003 in 1997, and $4,000 in 1998 made by
ClubCorp  on  Mr.  Howe's  behalf  pursuant  to  the SIP.  In addition, Mr. Howe
received  $3,840  for  relocation  expenses  in  1996.


SAR  Exercise  and  Value  Table

     The  following  table  summarizes  for  each  Named  Executive  Officer the
aggregated  SAR exercises during the fiscal year ended December 29, 1998 and the
value  of  all  SARs  for  each Named Executive Officer as of December 29, 1998:


                AGGREGATED SAR EXERCISES AND YEAR-END SAR VALUES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            Number of Shares                 Value of
                                                             Of Common Stock                Unexercised
                                                          Underlying Exercised            In-the-Money SARs
                                                            SARs at Year-End                At Year-End (1)
                                                    -------------------------------  ----------------------------
                              Shares
                             Acquired      Value
Name                        On Exercise  Realized     Exercisable     Unexercisable  Exercisable   Unexercisable
- --------------------------  -----------  ---------  ----------------  -------------  ------------  --------------
<S>                         <C>          <C>        <C>               <C>            <C>           <C>
Robert H. Dedman, Jr.                --  $      --                --             --  $         --  $           --

James M. Hinckley (2)
 Grant of January 1, 1988         6,000     48,240                --             --            --              --
 Grant of January 1, 1989            --         --                --          6,000            --          60,600
 Grant of January 1, 1990            --         --                --          6,000            --          56,160

Robert H. Dedman                     --         --                --             --            --              --

Douglas T. Howe                      --         --                --             --            --              --

Beryl E. Artz                        --         --                --             --            --              --
</TABLE>
___________________________

(1)     Based  upon  the  difference between the fair market value of the Common
Stock  on  the  date  of grant and on December 29, 1998. The Formula Price as of
December  29,  1998 was $16.60 per share. The fair market value per share of the
Common  Stock  as of January 1, 1989 and 1990 was $6.50 and $7.24, respectively.
(2)     These  SARs were awarded under the Club Corporation of America (renamed
ClubCorp  USA, Inc.) Stock Appreciation Rights Program. They vest over a 10-year
period  with  10%  of each SAR vesting on each anniversary of the date of grant.
Except  under  certain  circumstances,  such  as  termination of the executive's
employment,  no  payout may be made until a SAR is fully vested (i.e., ten years
after  the  date of grant). At the time of payout, the Company may pay the value
of the SAR in the form of cash or an equivalent number of shares of Common Stock
(based  upon  the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of payment).

Option  Grants  in  Last  Fiscal  Year

     The following table summarizes for each Named Executive Officer, each grant
of  stock  options  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  29,  1998:


                        OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                     Individual Grants
- -------------------------------------------------------------
                                      Percent of
                        Number of        Total
                       Securities       Options
                       Underlying     Granted to     Exercise
                         Options     Employees in     or Base                      Grant Date
Name                   Granted (1)  Fiscal Year (1)    Price    Expiration Date  Fair Value (2)
- ---------------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                    <C>          <C>              <C>        <C>              <C>
Robert H. Dedman, Jr.      240,000           12.90%  $   14.21         02/01/08  $     1,725,600
James M. Hinckley          110,000            5.91       14.21         02/01/08          790,900
Robert H. Dedman                --              --          --               --               --
Douglas T. Howe             40,000            2.15       14.21         02/01/08          287,600
Beryl E. Artz               40,000            2.15       14.21         02/01/08          287,600
</TABLE>
_____________________
(1)      The  ClubCorp Omnibus Stock Plan (the "Omnibus Stock Plan") was adopted
to  be effective February 1998.  The Omnibus Stock Plan provides for granting to
key  employee partners options to purchase shares of common stock at a price not
less  than  fair  market  value  at  the  date  of  grant.  The  vesting will be
determined  at the time of grant and will generally be three to five years.  The
initial  grant  was  1,739,000  options  with a five year vesting and a ten year
expiration  date.  A  total  of 1,860,000 options were granted in 1998.  None of
these  options  are  currently  exercisable.
(2)      Fair value was calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.
Use  of  this  model should not be viewed in any way as a forecast of the future
performance  of  the  Company's Common Stock, which will be determined by future
events  and unknown factors.  The estimated values under the Black-Scholes model
are  based upon certain assumptions as to variables such as interest rate, stock
price  volatility,  dividend  yield  and  term.


Aggregated  Option  Exercises  and  Fiscal  Year-End  Option  Value  Table

     The  following  table  summarizes  for  each  Named Executive Officer, each
exercise of stock options during the fiscal year ended December 29, 1998 and the
fiscal  year-end  value  of  unexercised  options:

             AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES AND YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Number of Shares                    Value of
                                                        Of Common Stock                   Unexercised
                                                     Underlying Exercised             In-the-Money Options
                                                     Options at Year-End               At Year-End (1) (2)
                                               --------------------------------  ------------------------------
                         Shares
                        Acquired      Value
Name                   On Exercise  Realized    Exercisable     Unexercisable     Exercisable    Unexercisable
- ---------------------  -----------  ---------  -------------  -----------------  -------------  ---------------
<S>                    <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>                <C>            <C>
Robert H. Dedman, Jr.           --  $      --        114,000            506,000  $     736,440  $     2,291,960
James M. Hinckley               --         --        114,000            376,000        736,440        1,981,260
Robert H. Dedman                --         --             --                 --             --               --
Douglas T. Howe                 --         --         27,500            112,500        178,300          566,550
Beryl E. Artz                   --         --         27,500            112,500        178,300          566,550
</TABLE>
____________________

(1)      The  ClubCorp Executive Stock Option Plan (the "Executive Option Plan")
was  adopted on August 31, 1995. The Executive Option Plan provides for granting
options  to  purchase  shares  of  common stock to key management personnel at a
price  not  less  than  the  fair market value at the date of grant. The options
fully  vest  the  end  of  ten  years  from the date the option is granted.  The
Executive  Option  Plan  provides for accelerated vesting, not to exceed 10% per
year,  if  the  employee maintains a certain performance level as defined in the
Executive  Option  Plan.  Each  of the Named Executive Officers met the required
performance level defined in the Executive Option Plan for 1996, 1997, and 1998.
Thus,  approximately  30%  of  the  shares  granted  are vested and exercisable.
(2)      The  ClubCorp Omnibus Stock Plan (the "Omnibus Stock Plan") was adopted
to  be effective February 1998.  The Omnibus Stock Plan provides for granting to
key  employee partners options to purchase shares of common stock at a price not
less  than fair market value at the date of grant.  The vesting is determined at
the  time  of  grant and is five years with a ten year expiration date.  None of
these  options  are  currently  exercisable.


COMPENSATION  OF  DIRECTORS

     Directors  who  are  not  officers  of  the  Company  receive $200 for each
ClubCorp  board  meeting  attended.


COMPENSATION  COMMITTEE  INTERLOCKS  AND  INSIDER  PARTICIPATION

     In  1998,  ClubCorp had no Compensation Committee or other committee of the
Board  of  Directors  performing  similar  functions.  Decisions  concerning
compensation  of  executive  officers were made by the Chairman of the Board and
the  President  of  ClubCorp.


EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENTS;  KEY-MAN  LIFE  INSURANCE

     The  Company  does  not  have  any  material employment agreements with its
officers  or employees. The Company does have non-disclosure and non-competition
agreements  with  the majority of its salaried employees, excluding the Chairman
of  the  Board and Chief Operating Officer and certain other executive officers.
In  addition,  the  Company does not maintain key-man life insurance policies on
any  of  its  officers  or  employees.


INDEMNIFICATION

     ClubCorp  and  many  of  its subsidiaries, including ClubCorp USA, Inc. and
ClubCorp  Resorts,  Inc.,  have  adopted  charter  and/or  bylaw provisions that
require  such corporations to indemnify, to the maximum extent permissible under
applicable  law, each of their directors, officers, employees and agents against
any  liability  that  they  may  incur  in connection with or resulting from any
threatened,  pending  or  completed legal proceeding inquiry or investigation by
reason  of the fact that any such person is or was a director, officer, employee
or  agent  of  the  corporation.

     ClubCorp  maintains  an  executive  liability and indemnification insurance
policy  with  an  annual  limit of liability of $5,000,000. The insurance policy
generally covers the wrongful acts of the directors and officers of ClubCorp and
its  subsidiaries  (excluding  First  Federal Financial Corporation). The policy
coverage is subject to a number of exclusions, which include:  (1) violations of
federal  or  state securities laws; (2) violations of federal or state antitrust
laws;  (3)  violations of federal or state environmental laws; (4) violations of
the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act;  (5) libel or slander; and (6)
stockholder  derivative  actions. The Company purchases such insurance policy on
an  annual  basis,  with the current policy period expiring on October 19, 2000.


ITEM  12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT

     The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  concerning  the
beneficial ownership of ClubCorp's Common Stock, as of December 29, 1998, by (i)
each  Named Executive Officer, (ii) each person or group known by ClubCorp to be
the  beneficial  owner  of more than 5.0% of the outstanding Common Stock, (iii)
each  director  of  ClubCorp  and  (iv)  all directors and executive officers of
ClubCorp  as  a  group:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       Shares of Common Stock
                                       Beneficially Owned (1)
                                       -----------------------

Name                                           Number           Percentage
- -------------------------------------  -----------------------  -----------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>
Robert H. Dedman (2)                                45,335,269       53.6 %
Patricia Dedman Dietz (7)                           15,264,487       18.0
Mark W. Dietz (6)                                   15,264,487       18.0
Robert H. Dedman, Jr. (5)                           15,229,676       18.0
James E. Maser (3) (4)                                 176,000          *
Robert H. Johnson                                       54,107          *
James M. Hinckley                                       29,444          *
Terry A. Taylor                                         23,932          *
Beryl E. Artz                                           18,251          *
Douglas T. Howe                                         12,133          *
James P. McCoy, Jr.                                      8,590          *
Albert E. Chew, III (4)                                  2,344          *
All directors and executive officers                76,123,849       89.9
    as a group (10 persons)
</TABLE>
____________________
*     less  than  1.0%

(1)      Except as otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table have sole
voting  and investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock shown as
beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable.
All  beneficial owners of more than 5.0% of the Common Stock can be contacted at
3030  LBJ  Freeway,  Suite  700,  Dallas,  Texas 75234. Percentages are based on
84,629,809  shares  of  Common  Stock  outstanding  as  of  December  29,  1998.
(2)      Includes  122,421  shares  pledged  to  a  not-for-profit  institution.
(3)      Excludes  14,478,733  shares  owned by trusts for the benefit of Robert
H. Dedman, Jr. and 14,573,033 shares owned by trusts for the benefit of Patricia
Dedman  Dietz,  for  which  James  E. Maser, among others, serves as trustee and
shares  voting  and  investment  power.
(4)      Excludes  3,932,459  shares  owned  by  the Plan for the benefit of the
participants  in  the  Plan,  for  which James  E. Maser and Albert E. Chew, III
serve  as  trustees  and  share  voting  and  investment  power.
(5)      Includes  14,478,733  shares  owned by trusts for the benefit of Robert
H.  Dedman,  Jr.  (see  note  (3)  above),  and 9,246 shares owned by Robert  H.
Dedman,  Jr.'s  wife, Rachael Dedman. Excludes 14,573,033 shares owned by trusts
for  the  benefit of Patricia Dedman Dietz and 60,410 shares owned by trusts for
the  benefit  of  the Dietz's minor children, Christina Dedman, Jonathan Dedman,
and Jeffrey Patrick Dedman, for which Robert  H. Dedman, Jr. serves as a trustee
and  shares  voting  and  investment  power.
(6)      Includes 619,533 shares owned by Mark  W. Dietz's wife, Patricia Dedman
Dietz, 14,573,033 shares owned by trusts for the benefit of Mrs. Dietz (see note
(3)  above)  and  60,410  shares  owned by trusts for the benefit of the Dietz's
minor  children,  Christina Dedman, Jonathan Dedman, and Jeffrey Patrick Dedman,
for  which  Mrs.  Dietz  is  a  trustee  and shares voting and investment power.
(7)      Includes  11,511  shares owned by Patricia Dedman Dietz's husband, Mark
W.  Dietz,  14,573,033 shares owned by trusts for Mrs. Dietz's benefit (see note
(3)  above),  and  60,410  shares owned by trusts for the benefit of the Dietz's
minor  children,  Christina Dedman, Jonathan Dedman, and Jeffrey Patrick Dedman,
for  which  Mrs.  Dietz  is  a  trustee  and shares voting and investment power.
Excludes  14,478,733 shares owned by trusts for the benefit of Robert H. Dedman,
Jr.,  for  which Mrs. Dietz is a trustee and shares voting and investment power.


     Robert  H.  Dedman  and  his  family currently own approximately 90% of the
Common  Stock.  The  holders  of a majority of the Common Stock can elect all of
ClubCorp's  directors  and  approve  or disapprove certain fundamental corporate
transactions,  including  a  merger  or sale of all of the Company's assets. The
transfer  of  a  substantial  portion  of Mr. Dedman's common stock, including a
transfer  upon his death, could result in a change in control of the Company and
could  affect  the  management  or  direction  of  the  Company.


ITEM  13.  CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS

     During  the  period from January 1, 1998 to March 22, 1999, a trust for the
benefit  of  Robert H. Dedman, Jr., the President, Chief Executive Officer and a
director  of  ClubCorp, sold 89,363 shares of Common Stock, for consideration of
approximately  $1,312,000.  A  trust for the benefit of Patricia Dedman Dietz, a
director  of  ClubCorp,  sold 89,363 shares of Common Stock for consideration of
approximately  $1,312,000.  A trust for the benefit of James E. Maser, Executive
Vice  President,  sold  112,825  shares  of  Common  Stock  for consideration of
approximately  $1,787,000.  All  of  such  sales  were  made at the then-current
Formula Price and were purchased by either the Plan or the Company.  See Item 5,
"Market  for  Registrant's  Common  Equity  and  Related  Stockholder  Matters".

          On  June 15, 1995, Robert H. Dedman, Chairman of the Board, made loans
of  $3.0  million and $5.0 million, respectively, to two subsidiaries. The notes
were  repaid  in  1998.

     On  July  28,  1997,  Robert  H.  Dedman,  Chairman  of  the Board, made an
additional  loan of approximately $2.6 million to one of the above subsidiaries.
The  note  was  repaid  in  1998.


                                     PART IV

ITEM  14.  EXHIBITS,  FINANCIAL  STATEMENT  SCHEDULE,  AND  REPORTS  ON FORM 8-K

(a)(1)     The  following  audited Consolidated Financial Statements of ClubCorp
and  its subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and December 29, 1998, and for the
years  ended  December  31,  1996,  December  31, 1997 and December 29, 1998 are
included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  beginning  on  Page  F-1:

          Independent  auditors'  report

          Consolidated  balance  sheet

          Consolidated  statement  of  operations

          Consolidated  statement  of  stockholders'  equity  and  comprehensive
            income

          Consolidated  statement  of  cash  flows

          Notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements


(a)(2)    The following financial statement schedule is included in this Annual
Report  on  Form  10-K,  beginning  on  Page  S-1:

          Independent  auditors'  report  on  financial  statement  schedule

          Schedule  II  Valuation  and  qualifying  accounts

     All other schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable
or  the information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the
notes  thereto.

(a)(3)   See  Index  to  Exhibits on page 39. Exhibits 10.4 through 10.6, 10.9
through  10.12,  and  10.15  through  10.17  are  compensatory  plans.

(b)      Reports  on  Form  8-K

     Form  8-K  was  filed  on  May  8,  1998 relating to a change in accounting
periods.

(c)     Exhibits
          See  Index  to  Exhibits  on  page  39.

(d)     Financial  Statement  Schedule

          The  financial statement schedule required by paragraph (d) of Item 14
is  presented  on  page  S-2.


SUPPLEMENTAL  INFORMATION

     The  Registrant  has not furnished to its security holders an annual report
covering the Registrant's last fiscal year or any proxy statement, form of proxy
or  other  proxy soliciting material with respect to any annual or other meeting
of  security  holders  other  than  a  proxy  for  the  election of officers and
directors at the annual shareholders meeting if the security holder did not plan
to  attend.


<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES


     Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized.

CLUBCORP,  INC.


By:             **
     -----------------------------
     Robert  H.  Dedman,  Jr.
     Chief  Executive  Officer
     and  President


By:             **
     -----------------------------
     James  P.  McCoy,  Jr.
     Chief  Financial  Officer/
     Chief  Accounting  Officer

Date:   March  25,  1999
        ----------------


     Pursuant  to  the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and
in  the  capacities  and  on  the  dates  indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SIGNATURE                                          TITLE                              DATE
- ---------------------------  --------------------------------------------------  --------------
<S>                          <C>                                                 <C>

           *
- ---------------------------
Robert H. Dedman, Sr.        Chairman of the Board                               March 25, 1999

           *
- ---------------------------
Robert H. Dedman, Jr.        Chief Executive Officer, President and Director     March 25, 1999

           *
- ---------------------------
James M. Hinckley            Chief Operating Officer and Director                March 25, 1999

           *
- ---------------------------
Patricia Dedman Dietz        Director                                            March 25, 1999

/s/ James P. McCoy, Jr.
- ---------------------------
James P. McCoy, Jr.          Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer   March 25, 1999
                             (Principal Executive Officer)

By:  /s/James P. McCoy, Jr.
- ---------------------------
  James P. McCoy, Jr.
 Attorney-in-Fact

</TABLE>
___________________
*     Power  of  Attorney  authorizing  James  P. McCoy, Jr. to sign this annual
report  on  Form  10-K  on  behalf  of the directors and certain officers of the
Company  is  being  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.


                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit
 Number   Exhibit
- --------  -------
<C>       <S>

 3.1*     Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of ClubCorp, Inc.
 3.2*     Bylaws, as amended, of Club Corporation International
 4.1*     Specimen Certificate evidencing Common Stock of Club Corporation International
 4.3      Certificate of Incorporation of ClubCorp, Inc.
 4.4**    Bylaws of ClubCorp, Inc.
10.1      ClubCorp Employee Stock Ownership Plan
10.2~     Agreement among Club Corporation International, First Federal Financial Corporation, Franklin Federal
            Bancorp, a Federal Savings Bank, and Norwest Corporation regarding the sale of certain assets and
            assumption of certain liabilities of Franklin Federal Bancorp
10.3      Executive Liability and Indemnification Policy, effective October 19, 1998
10.4*     Club Corporation International Executive Bonus Plan for 1992 - 1994
10.5^^    ClubCorp Comprehensive Compensation Plan
10.6*     Club Corporation of America Stock Appreciation Rights Program
10.7*     Form of Stockholder Agreement for Club Corporation International
10.8      ClubCorp Employee Stock Ownership Trust
10.9^     Club Corporation International Executive Stock Option Plan
10.10++   First Amendment to the Club Corporation International Executive Stock Option Plan
10.11#    Second Amendment to the Club Corporation International Executive Stock Option Plan
10.12     Third Amendment to the Club Corporation International Executive Stock Option Plan
10.13#    $300,000,000 Credit Agreement Among Club Corporation International and Certain Lenders and
            Co-Agents dated May 27, 1998
10.14     First Amendment to $300,000,000 Credit Agreement
10.15^^^  Club Corporation International Omnibus Stock Plan
10.16     First Amendment to the Club Corporation International Omnibus Stock Plan
10.17     First Amendment to the ClubCorp Employee Stock Ownership Plan
            and ClubCorp Employee Stock Ownership Trust
10.18     Commitment Letter for $200,000,000 Senior Credit Facility between ClubCorp, Inc. and Certain Lenders
            dated March 3, 1999
10.19     Form of Stock Purchase Agreement dated February 10, 1999 between Meditrust Corporation,
            Meditrust Operating Company and Golf Acquisitions, L.L.C.
21.1      Subsidiaries of ClubCorp, Inc.
23.1      Consent of KPMG LLP
23.3      Consent of Houlihan, Lokey, Howard and Zukin Financial Advisors, Inc.
24.1      Power of Attorney
99.1      Opinion of Houlihan, Lokey, Howard and Zukin Financial Advisors, Inc. related to December 29, 1998 valuation of the
            Common Stock
</TABLE>
_____________________
*     Incorporated  by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
        S-1 (Registration  No.  33-83496)
**    Incorporated by reference to the Company's Post-Effective Amendment No. 1
        to Form S-8 (Registration Nos. 33-89818,
        33-965568,  333-08041  and  333-57107)
++    Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
        the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995
^     Incorporated  by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
        S-8 (Registration No. 33-96568)
^^    Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
        S-8 (Registration No. 333-08041)
^^^   Incorporated  by  reference  to  the Company's Registration Statement on
        Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-57107)
~     Incorporated  by  reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
       for the fiscal period ended June 30, 1996
#     Incorporated  by  reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
        for the fiscal period ended June 17, 1998


INDEPENDENT  AUDITORS'  REPORT
- ------------------------------



The  Board  of  Directors
ClubCorp,  Inc.



We  have  audited  the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of ClubCorp, Inc.
and  subsidiaries  (ClubCorp),  formerly  Club  Corporation International, as of
December 31, 1997 and December 29, 1998, and the related consolidated statements
of  operations, stockholders' equity and comprehensive income and cash flows for
each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period ended December 29, 1998. These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  ClubCorp's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express an opinion on these consolidated
financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant estimates made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a  reasonable  basis  for  our opinion.

In  our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial position of ClubCorp as of
December 31, 1997 and December 29, 1998, and the results of their operations and
their  cash  flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December
29,  1998  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.




                                       KPMG  LLP




Dallas,  Texas
February  26,  1999

<PAGE>


CLUBCORP,  INC.
CONSOLIDATED  BALANCE  SHEET
December  31,  1997  and  December  29,  1998
(Dollars  in  thousands,  except  share  amounts)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       Assets                             1997         1998
                       ------                          -----------  -----------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>
Current assets:
        Cash and cash equivalents                      $  101,419   $   72,423
        Membership and other receivables, net              76,522       84,915
        Inventories                                        14,954       18,082
        Other assets                                       14,968       17,587
                                                       -----------  -----------
                Total current assets                      207,863      193,007

Property and equipment, net                               677,227      751,070
Other assets                                              143,584      166,081
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                       $1,028,674   $1,110,158
                                                       ===========  ===========

        Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
        ------------------------------------

Current liabilities:
        Accounts payable and accrued liabilities       $   57,996   $   58,826
        Long-term debt - current portion                   74,621       18,633
        Other liabilities                                  79,995       97,127
                                                       -----------  -----------
                Total current liabilities                 212,612      174,586

Long-term debt                                            181,236      255,917
Other liabilities                                         109,493      109,880
Membership deposits                                        83,066       95,460

Redemption value of common stock held by benefit plan      53,652       65,279

Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, $.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares
   authorized, 90,219,408 issued in 1997 and 1998,
   85,003,839 and 84,629,809 outstanding
   in 1997 and 1998, respectively                             902          902
Additional paid-in capital                                 10,607       11,205
Accumulated other comprehensive income                        260         (119)
Retained earnings                                         419,061      445,770
Treasury stock                                            (42,215)     (48,722)
                                                       -----------  -----------
                Total stockholders' equity                388,615      409,036
                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                       $1,028,674   $1,110,158
                                                       ===========  ===========
</TABLE>

See  accompanying  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.

<PAGE>

CLUBCORP,  INC.
CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENT  OF  OPERATIONS
Years  Ended  December  31,  1996  and  1997  and  December  29,  1998
(Dollars  in  thousands,  except  per  share  amounts)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           1996       1997       1998
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
Operating revenues                                                       $771,177   $827,597   $851,336
Operating costs and expenses                                              662,692    694,165    713,093
Selling, general and administrative expenses                               61,344     67,988     71,422
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------

Operating income                                                           47,141     65,444     66,821

Gain (loss) on divestitures                                                (2,392)     4,729     (5,718)
Interest and investment income                                             11,092      9,643     12,092
Interest expense                                                          (34,044)   (34,044)   (28,901)
Other income (expense)                                                     (2,974)     1,118      1,025
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------

Income from continuing operations before income taxes,
   minority interest and extraordinary item                                18,823     46,890     45,319

Income tax (provision) benefit                                             (2,498)    41,264     (5,807)

Minority interest                                                             542       (290)         -
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------

Income from continuing operations before extraordinary item                16,867     87,864     39,512

Discontinued operations:
   Operating income of discontinued financial services
     segment, net of income tax benefit of $95                              1,446          -          -
   Income (loss) on disposal of financial services segment, net of
     income taxes of $8,425 and $(15,221) in 1996 and 1997, respectively  (13,083)    25,146          -
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          (11,637)    25,146          -
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------

Income before extraordinary item                                            5,230    113,010     39,512

Extraordinary item - gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt, net of
    income taxes of $(83) and $634 in 1996 and 1998, respectively             335          -     (1,176)
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------

Net income                                                               $  5,565   $113,010   $ 38,336
                                                                         =========  =========  =========


Basic earnings per share:
    Income from continuing operations before extraordinary item          $    .20   $   1.03   $    .46
    Discontinued operations                                                  (.13)       .29          -
    Extraordinary item - gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt                  -          -       (.01)
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net income                                                           $    .07   $   1.32   $    .45
                                                                         =========  =========  =========

Diluted earnings per share:
    Income from continuing operations before extraordinary item          $    .20   $   1.02   $    .45
    Discontinued operations                                                  (.14)       .29          -
    Extraordinary item - gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt                  -          -       (.01)
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net income                                                           $    .06   $   1.31   $    .44
                                                                         =========  =========  =========
</TABLE>

See  accompanying  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.

<PAGE>

CLUBCORP,  INC.
CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENT  OF  STOCKHOLDERS'  EQUITY  AND  COMPREHENSIVE  INCOME
Years  Ended  December  31,  1996  and  1997  and  December  29,  1998
(Dollars  in  thousands,  except  share  amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Common stock (100,000,000 shares
                                                 authorized, par value $.01 per share)
                                             --------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          Accumulated
                                                          Treasury                         Additional        Other
                                               Shares      Stock        Shares      Par      Paid-in     Comprehensive
                                               Issued      Shares    Outstanding   Value     Capital        Income
                                             ----------  ----------  ------------  ------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>     <C>          <C>
Balances at December 31, 1995                90,219,408  4,552,376    85,667,032   $  902  $    10,075  $      (11,863)
Purchase of treasury stock                            -    408,487      (408,487)       -            -               -
Stock issued in connection with:
    Purchases by benefit plan                         -    (24,258)       24,258        -           71               -
    Bonus plans                                       -   (110,438)      110,438        -          234               -
Comprehensive income:
    Net income                                        -          -             -        -            -               -
    Foreign currency translation adjustment           -          -             -        -            -              (3)
    Market adjustment                                 -          -             -        -            -          11,766

        Total comprehensive income
Change in redemption value of common
  stock held by benefit plan                          -          -             -        -            -               -
                                             ----------  ----------  ------------  ------  -----------  ---------------
Balances at December 31, 1996                90,219,408  4,826,167    85,393,241   $  902  $    10,380  $         (100)

Purchase of treasury stock                            -    447,850      (447,850)       -            -               -
Stock issued in connection with bonus plans           -    (58,448)       58,448        -          227               -
Comprehensive income:
    Net income                                        -          -             -        -            -               -
    Foreign currency translation adjustment           -          -             -        -            -             314
    Market adjustment                                 -          -             -        -            -              46

        Total comprehensive income
Change in redemption value of common
  stock held by benefit plan                          -          -             -        -            -               -
                                             ----------  ----------  ------------  ------  -----------  ---------------
Balances at December 31, 1997                90,219,408  5,215,569    85,003,839   $  902  $    10,607  $          260

PURCHASE OF TREASURY STOCK                            -    506,549      (506,549)       -            -               -
STOCK ISSUED IN CONNECTION WITH:
    PURCHASES BY BENEFIT PLAN                         -    (11,084)       11,084        -           78               -
    BONUS PLANS                                       -    (71,935)       71,935        -          436               -
    EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTIONS                         -    (49,500)       49,500        -           84               -
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:
    NET INCOME                                        -          -             -        -            -               -
    FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT           -          -             -        -            -            (379)

        TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
CHANGE IN REDEMPTION VALUE OF COMMON
  STOCK HELD BY BENEFIT PLAN                          -          -             -        -            -               -
                                             ----------  ----------  ------------  ------  -----------  ---------------
BALANCES AT DECEMBER 29, 1998                90,219,408  5,589,599    84,629,809   $  902  $    11,205  $         (119)
                                             ==========  ==========  ============  ======  ===========  ===============



                                                                          Total
                                              Retained    Treasury    Stockholders'
                                              Earnings     Stock         Equity
                                             ----------  ----------  ---------------
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
Balances at December 31, 1995                $ 318,724   $ (33,743)  $      284,095
Purchase of treasury stock                           -      (4,356)          (4,356)
Stock issued in connection with:
    Purchases by benefit plan                        -         183              254
    Bonus plans                                      -         816            1,050
Comprehensive income:
    Net income                                   5,565           -            5,565
    Foreign currency translation adjustment          -           -               (3)
    Market adjustment                                -           -           11,766
                                                                     ---------------
        Total comprehensive income                                           17,328
Change in redemption value of common
  stock held by benefit plan                    (7,819)          -           (7,819)
                                             ----------  ----------  ---------------
Balances at December 31, 1996                $ 316,470   $ (37,100)  $      290,552

Purchase of treasury stock                           -      (5,568)          (5,568)
Stock issued in connection with bonus plans          -         453              680
Comprehensive income:
    Net income                                 113,010           -          113,010
    Foreign currency translation adjustment          -           -              314
    Market adjustment                                -           -               46
                                                                     ---------------
        Total comprehensive income                                          113,370
Change in redemption value of common
  stock held by benefit plan                   (10,419)          -          (10,419)
                                             ----------  ----------  ---------------
Balances at December 31, 1997                $ 419,061   $ (42,215)  $      388,615

PURCHASE OF TREASURY STOCK                           -      (7,606)          (7,606)
STOCK ISSUED IN CONNECTION WITH:
    PURCHASES BY BENEFIT PLAN                        -          94              172
    BONUS PLANS                                      -         584            1,020
    EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTIONS                        -         421              505
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:
    NET INCOME                                  38,336           -           38,336
    FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION ADJUSTMENT          -           -             (379)
                                                                     ---------------
        TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME                                           37,957
CHANGE IN REDEMPTION VALUE OF COMMON
  STOCK HELD BY BENEFIT PLAN                   (11,627)          -          (11,627)
                                             ----------  ----------  ---------------
BALANCES AT DECEMBER 29, 1998                $ 445,770   $ (48,722)  $      409,036
                                             ==========  ==========  ===============
</TABLE>

See  accompanying  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.

<PAGE>

CLUBCORP,  INC.
CONSOLIDATED  STATEMENT  OF  CASH  FLOWS
Years  Ended  December  31,  1996  and  1997  and  December  29,  1998
(Dollars  in  thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        1996        1997        1998
                                                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operations:
        Net income                                                                   $   5,565   $ 113,010   $  38,336
        Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash flows provided from operations:
                Depreciation and amortization                                           48,948      47,314      54,161
                Loss (gain) on divestitures                                              2,392      (4,729)      5,718
                Minority interest in net loss (income) of subsidiaries                    (542)        290           -
                Gain on disposal of financial services segment                               -     (25,146)          -
                Extraordinary item - loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt                (418)          -       1,810
                Equity in losses (earnings) of joint ventures                            2,084        (852)     (1,007)
                Amortization of discount on membership deposits                          5,029       5,777       6,559
                Deferred income taxes                                                    1,207     (44,045)      2,898
                Decrease in real estate held for sale                                   16,919      14,828       9,265
                Increase in membership and other receivables, net                       (7,986)     (3,033)     (9,271)
                Increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities                     6,055       2,017       2,000
                Increase in deferred membership revenues                                 4,641       2,823       8,057
                Other                                                                    4,643      (1,223)     (5,012)
                Net change in operating assets of discontinued operations               17,067           -           -
                                                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------
                            Cash flows provided from operations                        105,604     107,031     113,514

Cash flows from investing activities:
        Additions to property and equipment                                            (47,982)    (58,768)   (100,035)
        Development of new facilities                                                   (4,306)     (5,775)    (19,120)
        Development of real estate ventures                                            (17,329)     (9,563)     (8,575)
        Acquisition of facilities                                                      (39,685)     (6,436)     (9,038)
        Investment in affiliates                                                          (747)     (6,123)    (21,930)
        Proceeds from disposition of subsidiaries and assets, net                        1,216      13,026      10,768
        Proceeds from disposal of financial services segment, net                            -      89,968           -
        Other                                                                            6,685       7,371       6,429
        Investing activities of discontinued operations                                305,772           -           -
                                                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------
                            Cash flows provided from (used by) investing activities    203,624      23,700    (141,501)

Cash flows from financing activities:
        Borrowings of long-term debt                                                    57,606      19,441     238,959
        Repayments of long-term debt                                                   (33,336)   (103,730)   (232,709)
        Membership deposits received, net                                                  350       1,744       3,820
        Treasury stock transactions, net                                                (4,102)     (5,568)     (6,929)
        Repayment of Federal Home Loan bank advances                                         -      (3,153)          -
        Dividend paid to minority shareholder of financial services segment                  -     (12,500)     (4,150)
        Financing activities of discontinued operations                               (324,834)          -           -
                                                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------
                            Cash flows used by financing activities                   (304,316)   (103,766)     (1,009)
                                                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------

Total net cash flows                                                                     4,912      26,965     (28,996)
                                                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------
Net cash flows from discontinued operations                                            (13,632)          -           -
                                                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------
Net cash flows from continuing operations                                               18,544      26,965     (28,996)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                                        55,910      74,454     101,419
                                                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                                           $  74,454   $ 101,419   $  72,423
                                                                                     ==========  ==========  ==========
</TABLE>

See accompanying Notes 2, 3, 4, and 8 for supplemental disclosure of non-cash
activities.
See  accompanying  notes  to  consolidated  financial  statements.

<PAGE>

CLUBCORP,  INC.
NOTES  TO  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS

NOTE  1.  SUMMARY  OF  SIGNIFICANT  ACCOUNTING  POLICIES
- --------------------------------------------------------
Consolidation
- -------------
The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  include the accounts of ClubCorp, Inc.
(Parent)  and  its  subsidiaries  (collectively  ClubCorp)  except  for  certain
subsidiaries  of Franklin Federal Bancorp, a Federal Savings Bank (Franklin). On
January  2,  1997,  Franklin  sold  certain  assets  and  transferred  certain
liabilities  to  Norwest  Corporation.  Thus,  Franklin  is  classified  as  a
discontinued  operation  (Note  2)  and Franklin's loss from operations and cash
flow  activity  are  segregated in the accompanying financial statements. Unless
otherwise  indicated, all financial information in the Notes to the Consolidated
Financial  Statements  excludes  the  discontinued  operation.

Investments  in  affiliates  are  accounted  for on the equity method. Under the
equity  method,  original  investments  are  recorded  at  cost  and adjusted by
ClubCorp's  share  of  the  undistributed earnings or losses of these affiliates
(Note  4).

All  material  intercompany  balances  and  transactions  have  been eliminated.

No  minority  interest  is recorded for minority stockholders of two city clubs,
one  golf  club  in  development,  one  resort  subsidiary  and  one real estate
development  subsidiary because of deficit capital positions and a joint venture
partner's  deficit  capital  position. The deficit capital position of the joint
venture  partner  is  included  as  a  reduction  of other liabilities. Minority
stockholders'  share  of  these  entities'  cumulative  and  1998  losses  which
approximate  $4,208,000  and  $766,000,  respectively,  have  been recognized by
ClubCorp.  Future  earnings of these subsidiaries will be recognized by ClubCorp
to  the  extent  of  minority  interest  losses  previously  absorbed.

Nature  of  operations
- ----------------------
ClubCorp,  Inc. is a holding company incorporated under the laws of the State of
Delaware  that,  through  its  subsidiaries,  has  historically  operated in two
distinct business industries; hospitality and financial services.  The financial
services  operations  are  presented  as  discontinued  operations for financial
reporting  purposes (Note 2).  ClubCorp's operations in the hospitality industry
involve  the  operation  of  resorts,  country club and golf facilities and city
club  through  sole   ownership,  partial  ownership  (including  joint  venture
interests)  and  management  agreements.

In  June  1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of
an  Enterprise  and  Related  Information".  SFAS  131 establishes standards for
reporting  information  about operating segments in interim and annual financial
statements. It also establishes standards for related disclosures about products
and  services,  geographic areas, and major customers. Effective fiscal year-end
1998,  ClubCorp  adopted  SFAS  131  (Note  10).

Fiscal  year
- ------------
Effective January 1, 1997, ClubCorp changed its fiscal year from a calendar year
ending  December  31 to a 52/53 week fiscal year ending on  the  last  Wednesday
of  December.   The  hospitality  subsidiaries  were  previously  reported  on a
52/53  week  fiscal  year  with  acquisitions,  divestitures  and other material
transactions of the hospitality operations during the period  from  December 25,
1996 to December 31, 1996 recorded in these statements. The accounts of Franklin
are  included  for  all  of  the  calendar  year  in 1996.   Fiscal year 1997 is
comprised of the  53  weeks  ended  December  31,  1997.

ClubCorp  decided to modify its accounting periods effective in fiscal year 1998
from  the  fiscal year ending on the last Wednesday to the fiscal year ending on
the  last  Tuesday of December.  ClubCorp's 1998 fiscal year is comprised of the
52  weeks  ended  December  29,  1998.

Estimates
- ---------
The  preparation  of  financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure of
contingent  assets  and  liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual
results  could  differ  from  those  estimates.

Cash  and  cash  equivalents
- ----------------------------
ClubCorp's  policy  is  to  invest  cash  in excess of operating requirements in
income producing investments. For purposes of the Consolidated Statement of Cash
Flows,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash on hand and interest-bearing
deposits  in  financial institutions, substantially all of which have maturities
of  180  days  or  less.  Cash equivalents at December 31, 1997 and December 29,
1998  were  approximately  $53,041,000  and  $30,488,000,  respectively.

Impairment  of  long-lived  assets  and  intangible  assets
- -----------------------------------------------------------
Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles to be held and used by an
entity  are  reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.

ClubCorp assesses the recoverability of long-lived assets by determining whether
the  fixed asset balance plus any intangibles for each property can be recovered
over  its  remaining life through undiscounted future operating cash flows. Fair
value,  for  purposes of calculating impairment, is measured based on discounted
future  operating  cash  flows  using  a  risk-adjusted  discount  rate.

Intangible  assets
- ------------------
Identifiable  intangible  assets  represent  primarily the excess cost over fair
value  of  net assets of businesses acquired and public golf leasehold interests
which  are  amortized  using  the  straight-line  method  over  5  to  40 years.

Property  and  equipment
- ------------------------
Property  and  equipment  is  stated at cost. Land and land improvements include
nondepreciable  golf  course  improvements including fairways, roughs and trees.

ClubCorp  capitalizes  costs  which  both  materially  add value and appreciably
extend  the  useful  life of an asset. With respect to golf course improvements,
only  costs associated with original construction, complete replacements, or the
addition  of new trees, sandtraps, fairways or greens are capitalized. All other
related  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.

Depreciation  is  provided primarily using the straight line method based on the
following  estimated  useful  lives:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                   <C>
Depreciable land improvements             20 years
Building and recreational facilities      40 years
Furniture and fixtures                3 - 10 years
Machinery and equipment               3 - 10 years
</TABLE>

Leasehold  improvements  and assets under capital leases are  amortized over the
period  of  the  respective  leases  using  the  straight  line  method.

Inventories
- -----------
Inventories,  which  consist primarily of food and beverage and merchandise held
for  resale,  are  stated  at  the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or
market  value.

Real  estate  held  for  sale
- -----------------------------
Real estate held for sale consists primarily of land, land development costs and
related amenities if they are to be left with the project upon completion. Costs
are  allocated to project components based on the specific identification method
whenever  possible. Otherwise, costs are allocated based on their relative sales
value. At December 31, 1997 and December 29, 1998, real estate held for sale was
$28,180,000  and $26,591,000, respectively, and is included in other non-current
assets  in  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheet

Sales  of real estate generally are accounted for under the full accrual method.
Under  that  method,  a  gain  is not recognized until the collectibility of the
sales  price  is  reasonably  assured  and  the  earnings  process  is virtually
complete.  One  real estate subsidiary has a project that is accounted for under
the  percentage-of-completion  method since the subsidiary has obligations under
sales  contracts  to  provide improvements after the property is sold. Under the
percentage-of-completion  method,  the  gain  on  the  sale is recognized as the
related  obligations  are  fulfilled.

Income  taxes
- -------------
Income  taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this
method  deferred  tax  assets  and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial  statement
carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates expected
to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are
expected  to  be  recovered  or  settled.

Deferred  membership  dues
- --------------------------
Deferred  membership  dues  represent lifetime membership dues and prepaid dues.
Lifetime membership dues are recognized as income using the straight-line method
over 20 years, the estimated average life of a lifetime membership. Prepaid dues
are  recognized  as  income  over  the  prepayment  period.

Foreign  currency  translation
- ------------------------------
Assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in foreign currencies are translated into
U.S.  dollars  at  the current exchange rate in effect at year-end.  All foreign
income and expenses are translated at the weighted average exchange rates during
the  year.

Translation  gains  and  losses  are  reported  separately  as  a  component  of
comprehensive  income.  Realized  foreign  currency transaction gains and losses
are  reflected  in  the  statement  of  operations.

Treasury  stock
- ---------------
Purchases  of  treasury  stock  are recorded at the cost of the shares acquired.
When  treasury  stock is subsequently issued, the difference between the cost of
shares  issued, using the average cost method, and the sales price is charged or
credited  to  additional  paid-in  capital.

Stock-based  compensation
- -------------------------
Stock-based  compensation  is  accounted  for  using Accounting Principles Board
Opinion  (APB)  No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees". Under APB 25
if  the  exercise  price  of  the options is greater than or equal to the market
price  at  the  date  of  grant,  no compensation expense is recorded. Effective
fiscal  year-end  1996,  ClubCorp adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS
123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-based  Compensation"  (Note  12).

Revenue  recognition
- --------------------
Revenue  from  green  fees,  lodging,  cart rentals, food and beverage sales and
merchandise  sales  are  generally  recognized  at  the time of sale or when the
service  is  provided.

Revenues from membership dues are generally billed monthly and recognized in the
period  earned.  The  monthly  dues  are expected to cover the cost of providing
future  membership  services.  Membership  deposits represent advance initiation
deposits  paid  by members and are refundable a fixed number of years (generally
30  years)  after the date of acceptance as a member. The difference between the
amount  of  the  membership  deposit  and the present value of the obligation is
deferred  and  recognized  as  revenue on a straight line basis over the average
expected life of an active membership. Nonrefundable initiation fees and related
incremental  direct  selling  costs  of  membership initiation deposits and fees
(primarily commissions) are recorded in the same manner.  The membership deposit
liability  accretes  over  the  refundable  term using the interest method.  The
accretion  is  recorded  to  interest  expense  in the accompanying Consolidated
Statement  of  Operations.

At  December  29,  1998,  the  amount  of membership deposits  contractually due
and payable during the next 5 years is not significant.

Divestiture  of  subsidiaries
- -----------------------------
Gain  (loss)  on  divestitures includes gains and losses from the disposition of
assets  and  subsidiaries.  Subsidiaries are divested when management determines
they  will   be  unable  to  provide  a positive contribution to cash flows from
operations   in   future   periods.   Gains   from   divestitures  are generally
recognized  in  the  period  in which operations cease and losses are recognized
when  they  become  apparent.

Interest  rate  swap  agreements
- --------------------------------
ClubCorp  enters  into  interest  rate  swap  agreements  to  limit  exposure to
fluctuations  in  interest  rates related to long-term debt.   ClubCorp accounts
for these swap agreements by recording the net interest paid  or  received as an
increase  or  reduction  in  interest  expense.

Earnings  per  share
- -------------------
Earnings  per  share  is  computed  using  the weighted average number of common
shares  outstanding  of  85,601,163,  85,283,231  and  84,935,699  for basic and
85,854,088,  85,946,231  and  86,649,991  for  diluted  for 1996, 1997 and 1998,
respectively.  The  weighted  average shares outstanding used in the calculation
of  diluted  earnings  per share includes options to purchase common stock (Note
12).

Reclassifications
- -----------------
Certain  amounts  previously reported have been reclassified to conform with the
current  year  presentation.

Recent  pronouncements
- ----------------------
In  April  1998,  the  American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued
Statement  of  Position  (SOP)  98-5,  "Reporting  on  the  Costs  of  Start-Up
Activities".  SOP 98-5 requires that the costs of start-up activities, including
organizational  costs,  be expensed as incurred.  SOP 98-5 will be effective for
ClubCorp  in  fiscal year 1999.  Due to the nature of the operations, the effect
of  the  implementation  of  SOP  98-5  will  not  have  a significant impact on
ClubCorp's  Consolidated Statement  of  Operations.

In  June  1998,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  133,  "Accounting  for Derivative
Instruments  and  Hedging Activities" which establishes accounting and reporting
standards  for  derivative  instruments and hedging activities. It requires that
all  derivatives  be recognized as either assets or liabilities on  the  balance
sheet and such instruments be measured at their fair value.    The Statement  is
effective for all quarters of years beginning  after  June 15, 1999.   Based  on
ClubCorp's  current  operations,  the  effect  of  implementation  of  this  new
statement  is  not  expected  to have a significant effect on ClubCorp's balance
sheet  or  statement  of  operations.  SFAS  133 will be reflected in ClubCorp's
first  quarter  2000  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.


NOTE  2.  DISCONTINUED  OPERATIONS
- ----------------------------------
On  August 7,  1996,  Franklin  entered into an agreement to sell certain assets
and transfer certain liabilities of  Franklin  to  Norwest  Corporation  pending
regulatory  approval.    The  sale  was  consummated  on  January  2,  1997  for
$89,968,000. ClubCorp's total cash investment in Franklin was $25,000,000.   For
the  year  ended  December  31, 1997, ClubCorp's gain on the sale, net of income
taxes  and  minority  interest,  was  $25,146,000.

In  January  1997,  Franklin  paid $62,500,000 in dividends to its shareholders.
ClubCorp  used  a  majority  of  its  dividend  to  repay  long-term  debt.

The  financial   loss   from  discontinued  operations  is   segregated  in  the
accompanying  financial  statements,  net  of  minority  interest. The condensed
statement  of  operations  of the discontinued segment is as follows (dollars in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Statement of Operations
- -----------------------

                           1996
                         ---------
<S>                      <C>
Net interest income      $ 20,308
Other expenses             43,374
Income tax benefit          8,520
                         ---------
    Net loss              (14,546)
Minority interest          (2,909)
                         ---------
ClubCorp's interest      $(11,637)
                         =========
</TABLE>

In  1996,  in  conjunction  with  the sale, Franklin's Board of Directors made a
decision  to  sell  fixed-rate  mortgage-backed  securities and use the funds to
prepay the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances. A write down of the portfolio
was  recognized  due  to  the  decision  to  sell the fixed-rate mortgage-backed
securities  and  the  decline in their value deemed other than temporary. Losses
recognized  as  of  December  31, 1996 on the sale of fixed-rate mortgage-backed
securities  and  write  down  on  the  remaining  securities  to be sold totaled
$21,500,000.  The  proceeds on the sale of these investments allowed Franklin to
prepay  a  majority  of  the  FHLB  advances.


NOTE  3.  ACQUISITIONS
- ----------------------
During  1996,  ClubCorp  purchased  substantially  all  the assets of three golf
clubs,  two  country  clubs  and  two  resorts.

During  1997,  ClubCorp purchased the stock of a golf club and substantially all
the  assets  of  a  country  club  and  a hotel.  The hotel is an addition to an
existing  resort  subsidiary  of  the  Parent.

During  1998,  ClubCorp  purchased  substantially  all the assets of two country
clubs.

These  acquisitions  were  accounted  for  using  the  purchase  method  and,
accordingly,  the  acquired  assets and liabilities were recorded based on their
estimated  fair  values  at  the dates of acquisition. A summary of the combined
assets  and  liabilities  on  the  acquisition  dates  is as follows (dollars in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     1996     1997     1998
                                   --------  -------  ------
<S>                                <C>       <C>      <C>
Inventories and other assets       $ 1,227   $    39  $   72
Property and equipment              46,439     9,587   7,627
Excess of cost over net assets
  acquired, net                      7,754       732   1,530
Deposit on purchase                 (5,000)        -       -
                                   --------  -------  ------
        Total assets acquired      $50,420   $10,358  $9,229
                                   ========  =======  ======

Accounts payable and
  accrued liabilities              $   591   $ 1,003  $   80
Long-term debt                       8,310     2,919     111
Other liabilities                    1,834         -       -
                                   --------  -------  ------
        Total liabilities assumed  $10,735   $ 3,922  $  191
                                   ========  =======  ======

        Cash paid                  $39,685   $ 6,436  $9,038
                                   ========  =======  ======
</TABLE>

The  deposit on purchase is an advance payment made in 1995 on the purchase of a
golf  club.  The  purchase  was  finalized  during  1996.

The  following unaudited proforma financial information for ClubCorp assumes the
acquisitions  in  1997  and  1998  occurred at the beginning of their respective
acquisition  year  and  the  preceding  year.  This  proforma  summary  does not
necessarily reflect the results of operations as they would have occurred or the
results  which  may  occur in the future (dollars in thousands, except per share
data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              1997      1998
                            --------  --------
<S>                         <C>       <C>
Operating revenues          $829,390  $852,501
                            ========  ========

Net income                  $112,860  $ 38,379
                            ========  ========

Diluted earnings per share  $   1.31  $    .44
                            ========  ========
</TABLE>


NOTE  4.  INVESTMENTS  IN  AFFILIATES
- -------------------------------------
During  1998,  ClubCorp  entered  into  a  joint  venture agreement to build and
operate a country club. In addition, ClubCorp acquired common stock interests in
two  golf  operating  companies,  ClubLink  Corporation  and  PGA  European Tour
Courses,  PLC.

ClubCorp's  other  investments  in  affiliates  include  joint  ventures for the
operation  of  four real estate developments, four country clubs, two golf clubs
and  two  city  clubs.

ClubCorp   does   not   have   operational   or  financial  control  over  these
entities;  therefore, the entities are accounted for using the equity method and
the  investment  balances  are  included  in  other  non-current  assets  in the
accompanying  financial  statements.

A  summary  of  the  significant  financial  information of affiliated companies
accounted  for  on  the  equity  method  is  as  follows (dollars in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                1997      1998
                               -------  --------
<S>                            <C>      <C>
Cash                           $13,259     7,664
Property and equipment, net     47,287   281,712
Land held for resale             3,877       494
Other assets                    15,909    93,151
                               -------  --------
        Total assets           $80,332  $383,021
                               =======  ========

Long-term debt                 $19,879    57,102
Membership deposits              5,063     6,313
Other liabilities               30,551   102,117
Venturers' capital              24,839   217,489
                               -------  --------
        Total liabilities and
           venturers' capital  $80,332  $383,021
                               =======  ========

Operating revenues             $37,650  $ 95,867
Operating income               $ 4,067  $ 20,184
Net income                     $ 2,285  $ 11,596

ClubCorp's equity in:
    Venturers' capital         $14,117  $ 31,598
    Net income                 $   852  $  1,007
</TABLE>


NOTE  5.  FAIR  VALUE  OF  FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS
- -------------------------------------------------
Fair  value  estimates  are  made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
information  about  the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any
premium  or  discount  that  could  result  from  offering  for sale at one time
ClubCorp's  entire  holdings  of  a  particular financial instrument. Because no
market  exists for certain financial instruments, fair value estimates are based
on  management's  judgment  regarding  future  expected loss experience, current
economic  conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and
other  factors.  These fair value estimates are subjective in nature and involve
uncertainties  and  matters  of  significant  judgment  and  therefore cannot be
determined  with  precision.  Changes  in assumptions could significantly affect
estimates.

At  December  31,  1997 and December 29, 1998, ClubCorp's estimate of fair value
approximates  the  carrying  value  of its financial instruments except as noted
below.

The  following  methods  and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of
each  class of financial instrument for which it is practicable to estimate that
value:

Cash  and  cash  equivalents
- ----------------------------
The  carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value due to
the  short  maturity  of  these  instruments.

Long-term  debt
- ---------------
Fair  values  for  fixed  rate and other obligations are based on the discounted
value of contractual cash flows using ClubCorp's incremental borrowing rates for
similar  types  of debt arrangements.  The fair value calculated at December 31,
1997  and  December  29,  1998  approximates  the  carrying  value.  ClubCorp's
fluctuating  rate  and  capital  lease obligations' carrying amounts approximate
fair  value.

Membership  deposits
- --------------------
The  estimated  fair  value  of  membership  deposits  was  $137,294,000  and
$169,656,000  at  December  31,  1997  and December 29, 1998, respectively.  The
carrying value at December 31, 1997 and December 29, 1998 of membership deposits
was  $83,066,000  and  $95,460,000,  respectively.  The fair value of membership
deposits  is  estimated  at the assumed purchase price for essentially risk free
U.S.  Treasury securities that would be required to extinguish future maturities
of membership deposits in a manner similar to an in-substance defeasance.  These
assumptions are only used to estimate fair value; management has no intention to
defease  these  obligations.

Interest  rate  swaps
- ---------------------
The  estimated fair value of interest rate swaps was $(503,000) and $(2,888,000)
at  December 31, 1997 and December 29, 1998, respectively.  The notional amounts
were  $14,747,000  and  $139,539,000 at December 31, 1997 and December 29, 1998,
respectively.  Fair  value  was  based  on  quotes from a broker.  The Company's
interest  rate  swaps  are not recorded in the accompanying Consolidated Balance
Sheet.


NOTE  6.  PROPERTY  AND  EQUIPMENT
- ----------------------------------
Property  and  equipment  consists  of  the  following  at  year-end (dollars in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          1997        1998
                                       ----------  -----------
<S>                                    <C>         <C>
Land and land improvements             $ 298,571   $  318,865
Buildings and recreational facilities    280,692      295,081
Leasehold improvements                   102,866       96,781
Furniture and fixtures                    99,483       96,257
Machinery and equipment                  169,279      175,342
Construction in progress                  24,110       52,263
                                       ----------  -----------
                                         975,001    1,034,589
Accumulated depreciation
  and amortization                      (297,774)    (283,519)
                                       ----------  -----------
                                       $ 677,227   $  751,070
                                       ==========  ===========
</TABLE>


NOTE  7.  CURRENT  LIABILITIES
- ------------------------------
Current liabilities consist of the following at year-end (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                             1997      1998
                                           --------  --------
<S>                                        <C>       <C>
Accounts payable                           $ 27,527  $ 24,139
Accrued compensation
  and employee benefits                      18,689    22,546
Other accrued liabilities                    11,780    12,141
                                           --------  --------
        Accounts payable
          and accrued liabilities            57,996    58,826

Long-term debt - current portion             74,621    18,633

Deferred membership revenue                  31,440    39,746
Other deferred revenue                       20,772    33,993
Property taxes payable                       11,070    11,561
Other current liabilities                    16,713    11,827
                                           --------  --------
        Other liabilities                    79,995    97,127
                                           --------  --------

                Total current liabilities  $212,612  $174,586
                                           ========  ========
</TABLE>


NOTE  8.  LONG-TERM  DEBT  AND  LEASES
- --------------------------------------
Long-term  borrowings  are summarized below with weighted average interest rates
of  8.4%  and  6.6%  at  year-end  1997 and 1998, respectively, and the range of
maturity dates for debt outstanding at December 29, 1998 in parentheses (dollars
in  thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         1997      1998
                                       --------  --------
<S>                                    <C>       <C>
Notes payable to
  financial institutions:
        Fixed rate (2000-2017)         $ 64,077  $ 26,736
        Fluctuating rate (1999-2010)    128,501   195,153
Notes payable to
  developers and landlords:
        Fixed rate (1999-2013)            8,857     2,818
Capital lease obligations (1999-2043)    15,972    24,431
Other obligations (1999-2010)            38,450    25,412
                                       --------  --------
                                        255,857   274,550
Less current portion                     74,621    18,633
                                       --------  --------
                                       $181,236  $255,917
                                       ========  ========
</TABLE>

Certain  real  and  personal  property  and  equipment  of Parent's subsidiaries
are  pledged  as  collateral  on  their  long-term  debt.

On  May  27, 1998, Parent finalized a five-year $300,000,000 unsecured revolving
credit  facility  agreement  with  a group of banks.  The obligations under this
facility  are  guaranteed  by certain of its subsidiaries.  The interest rate is
determined  using  a LIBOR-based pricing matrix as defined in the agreement.  As
of  December  29, 1998, Parent has used this facility to refinance approximately
$174,944,000  in existing debt and related accrued interest of its subsidiaries.
In  conjunction  with  this refinancing, unamortized loan costs and discounts on
long-term  debt  totaling  $1,810,000 are shown in the accompanying Consolidated
Statement  of  Operations  as  an extraordinary item - loss on extinguishment of
debt.  As  of  December  29,  1998, the amount outstanding under this agreement,
including  letters of credit of $14,681,000, is $204,910,000 at an interest rate
of  LIBOR  plus  0.625%.

The  amounts  of long-term debt maturing in each of the four years subsequent to
1999  are  as  follows  (dollars  in  thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Year
- ----
<S>   <C>
2000  $ 32,935
2001    12,882
2002    10,897
2003   192,947
</TABLE>

The  provisions  of  certain  subsidiary  lending and lease agreements limit the
amount  of  dividends  that may be paid to Parent. Under the most restrictive of
these  limitations, at December 29, 1998, approximately $110,000,000 of retained
earnings  was  available  for  the  declaration  of  dividends  to  Parent.

The  amount  of  cash paid for interest in 1996, 1997 and 1998 was approximately
$26,000,000,  $24,700,000  and  $21,400,000,  respectively.

ClubCorp  has  entered  into interest rate swap agreements with a total notional
amount  of approximately $140,000,000.  Under these agreements which mature from
2000  to 2003, ClubCorp will receive interest at the 30 to 90 day LIBOR rate and
pay  interest  at  rates  ranging  from  5.25%  to  7.865%.

ClubCorp  leases  operating  facilities  under  agreements  ranging from 1 to 44
years.  These  agreements  normally  provide  for minimum rentals plus executory
costs.  In  some  cases,  ClubCorp must pay contingent rent generally based on a
percentage  of  gross  receipts  or  positive  cash flow as defined in the lease
agreements.  Future  minimum  lease payments required at December 29, 1998 under
operating  leases  for  buildings  and  recreational  facilities  with  initial
noncancelable  lease  terms  in  excess  of  one year are as follows (dollars in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Year
- ----
<S>                    <C>
1999                   $ 23,618
2000                     22,750
2001                     22,445
2002                     20,876
2003                     19,903
Thereafter              100,856
                       --------
Total future minimum
    payments required  $210,448
                       ========
</TABLE>

Total  facility rental expense (including contingent rent) during 1996, 1997 and
1998 was $35,816,000, $32,018,000 and $30,868,000, respectively. Contingent rent
during  1996,  1997  and  1998  was  $7,565,000,  $6,750,000  and  $5,931,000,
respectively.


NOTE  9.  OTHER  LIABILITIES
- ----------------------------
Other  liabilities  consist of the following at year-end (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                               1997      1998
                             --------  --------
<S>                          <C>       <C>
Deferred membership revenue  $ 82,672  $ 89,902
Insurance reserves             15,867    14,160
Other                          10,954     5,818
                             --------  --------
    Total other liabilities  $109,493  $109,880
                             ========  ========
</TABLE>


NOTE  10.  SEGMENT  REPORTING
- -----------------------------
ClubCorp  operations  are  organized  into  three  principal  business  segments
according  to  the  type of facility or service provided:  Country club and golf
facilities,  City  clubs  and  Resorts.

Management  has  determined  that  the  operations  of these three segments have
similar  economic  characteristics  and  meet  the  criteria  which  permit  the
operations  to  be  aggregated  into  these  reportable segments.  Management of
ClubCorp  relies  primarily  on  operating  income generated from its properties
within  the  three  reportable  segments  for purposes of making decisions about
allocating  resources  and  assessing  segment  performance.

The  primary sources of revenue for all segments are membership revenue and food
and beverage sales.   Additionally, country club and golf facilities and resorts
have  significant  golf  operations revenue and resorts have significant lodging
revenue.

Country  club and golf facilities operations consist of domestic private country
clubs,  semi-private  golf  clubs  and  public golf facilities.  Private country
clubs  provide  at  least one 18-hole golf course and various other recreational
amenities  that  are  open  only  to members and their guests. Semi-private golf
clubs  provide  both  private and public golf play and usually offer fewer other
recreational  amenities.  Public  golf  facilities  are  open  to the public and
generally  provide  the  same  services  as  semi-private  golf  clubs.

City  club  operations  consist  of domestic city clubs, city/athletic clubs and
athletic  clubs.  City  clubs  provide  a setting for dining, business or social
entertainment  that  is  available  only  to members and their guests.  Athletic
clubs provide a variety of recreational facilities available only to members and
their  guests.  City/athletic  clubs  provide  a  combination  of  the amenities
available at city clubs and athletic clubs and are available only to members and
their  guests.

Resorts  offer  a  wide variety of amenities including golf courses, lodging and
conference  facilities, dining areas and other recreational facilities.  Resorts
are  open  to  the  public  and  offer  optional  membership.

Other  operations  consist  of  international  and  real  estate  businesses.
International  operations include golf and city clubs located outside the United
States.  The  primary sources of operating revenues are consistent with those of
domestic  golf  and  city  clubs.  Real  estate  operations  are  comprised  of
residential  real  estate  development and sales, primarily in areas adjacent to
golf  facilities.  Operating  revenues  are  provided  almost entirely from real
estate  sales.

Acquisitions  and  development  of  new  facilities consist of the fair value of
property  and  equipment  for  acquisitions at the date of purchase (Note 3) and
cash  paid  for  property  and  equipment  related  to  the  development  of new
facilities.

Additions  to  property  and  equipment  consist  of  capital  replacements  and
improvements  at  existing  clubs.

Total  assets of Corporate services and eliminations for 1996 include the assets
of  Franklin.

Financial information for the segments is as follows (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                   1996         1997         1998
                                                                                -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                             <C>          <C>          <C>
Operating revenues:
    Country club and golf facilities                                            $  326,586   $  355,381   $  375,100
    City clubs                                                                     249,689      249,470      255,524
    Resorts                                                                        148,393      168,099      172,624
    Other operations                                                                31,535       38,610       29,707
                                                                                -----------  -----------  -----------
        Total operating revenues for reportable segments                           756,203      811,560      832,955
    Corporate services and eliminations                                             14,974       16,037       18,381
                                                                                -----------  -----------  -----------
        Consolidated operating revenues                                            771,177      827,597      851,336
                                                                                ===========  ===========  ===========

Depreciation and amortization:
    Country club and golf facilities                                                28,649       26,838       29,152
    City clubs                                                                       8,417        7,992       10,966
    Resorts                                                                          8,192        9,628        9,675
    Other operations                                                                 1,135        1,219        1,552
                                                                                -----------  -----------  -----------
        Total depreciation and amortization for reportable segments                 46,393       45,677       51,345
    Corporate services and eliminations                                              2,555        1,637        2,816
                                                                                -----------  -----------  -----------
        Consolidated depreciation and amortization                                  48,948       47,314       54,161
                                                                                ===========  ===========  ===========

Operating income:
    Country club and golf facilities                                                36,740       53,169       57,315
    City clubs                                                                      16,623       19,550       24,173
    Resorts                                                                         12,686       11,484       16,789
    Other operations                                                                (1,664)       3,080       (6,704)
                                                                                -----------  -----------  -----------
        Total operating income for reportable segments                              64,385       87,283       91,573
    Corporate services and eliminations                                            (17,244)     (21,839)     (24,752)
                                                                                -----------  -----------  -----------
        Consolidated operating income                                               47,141       65,444       66,821
                                                                                ===========  ===========  ===========

Acquisitions and development of new facilities:
    Country club and golf facilities                                                22,099        4,096       19,688
    City clubs                                                                           -          172        2,552
    Resorts                                                                         21,824        3,529            -
    Other operations                                                                 6,822        7,565        4,507
                                                                                -----------  -----------  -----------
        Acquisitions and development of new facilities for reportable segments      50,745       15,362       26,747
                                                                                ===========  ===========  ===========

Additions to property and equipment:
    Country club and golf facilities                                                26,003       36,860       36,767
    City clubs                                                                       8,602       10,585       13,515
    Resorts                                                                         15,448       16,210       38,338
    Other operations                                                                   604        1,879           78
                                                                                -----------  -----------  -----------
        Additions to property and equipment for reportable segments                 50,657       65,534       88,698
    Corporate services and eliminations                                              2,005        3,602       27,656
                                                                                -----------  -----------  -----------
        Consolidated additions to property and equipment                            52,662       69,136      116,354
                                                                                ===========  ===========  ===========

Total assets:
    Country club and golf facilities                                               554,528      591,148      647,435
    City clubs                                                                     182,434      183,942      187,589
    Resorts                                                                        187,297      168,353      203,424
    Other operations                                                               101,294      125,427      152,399
                                                                                -----------  -----------  -----------
        Total assets for reportable segments                                     1,025,553    1,068,870    1,190,847
    Corporate services and eliminations                                            529,044      (40,196)     (80,689)
                                                                                -----------  -----------  -----------
        Consolidated total assets                                               $1,554,597   $1,028,674   $1,110,158
                                                                                ===========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>


NOTE  11.  INTERNATIONAL  OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------
ClubCorp's  international  operations  consist  of  the  following  (dollars  in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        1996      1997      1998
                      --------  --------  --------
<S>                   <C>       <C>       <C>
Identifiable assets   $24,743   $35,668   $59,251
                      ========  ========  ========

Operating revenues    $ 8,987   $13,017   $15,977
                      ========  ========  ========

Loss from continuing
  operations before
  income taxes        $(3,965)  $(5,580)  $(6,783)
                      ========  ========  ========

Net loss              $(3,735)  $(5,878)  $(6,845)
                      ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>

International  operations  are  included  in  the  other  category  for  segment
reporting  (Note  10)  except  for  one resort property which is included in the
Resorts  segment.


NOTE  12.  BENEFIT  PLANS
- -------------------------
ClubCorp  maintains  a  qualified  contributory profit sharing plan (the "Plan")
covering  substantially  all  eligible  employees  of  its  various  domestic
subsidiaries  that  elect  to  participate.  The  profit  sharing  plan  allows
participants  to  contribute  a  maximum  of  6%  of  their annual compensation.
Participant  contributions  are  matched by the participating subsidiary ranging
from  20% of the participant's contributions to 50% based on improvements in the
value  of  ClubCorp's  common stock.  The matching contribution vests over time.

All  of the assets of the Plan are invested in ClubCorp common stock, except for
temporary  investments  of  cash.  Since ClubCorp's common stock is not publicly
traded,  ClubCorp  has  granted  the  trustees  of the Plan the right to require
ClubCorp  to  purchase  ClubCorp  common  stock  held by the Plan (3,775,673 and
3,932,459  shares  at  December 31, 1997 and December 29, 1998, respectively) at
the current appraised value ($14.21 and $16.60 at December 31, 1997 and December
29,  1998,  respectively)  as necessary in order to meet the requirements of the
Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  and  the  Plan.  Accordingly,  the
redemption  value  of  ClubCorp's  common  stock  held  by  the  Plan  has  been
reclassified  out  of  stockholders'  equity  in  the  accompanying Consolidated
Balance  Sheet  and  changes  in  the  redemption  value are charged to retained
earnings.  This  redemption  right has never been exercised by the trustees, and
management does not believe that the trustees have any intention to exercise the
redemption  right  in  the  foreseeable  future.

The  Plan  was  amended  and  restated  into  an  employee  stock ownership plan
effective  as of January 1, 1999, known as the ClubCorp Employee Stock Ownership
Plan  (the "Amended Plan").  Eligible employees continue to have the opportunity
to invest 1% to 6% of their pretax compensation, subject to certain limitations.
The  participating  subsidiaries'  matching  contributions  and vesting schedule
remained  the  same.

Funds  that were in the Plan before January 1, 1999, remain in the Amended Plan.
Generally, contributions to the Amended Plan will be invested in ClubCorp stock.
Participants  may  elect  to  diversify  a  portion of their account assets upon
meeting  certain  age  and  participation  requirements.  In  addition,  upon
termination,  retirement  or  permanent disability, a participant or beneficiary
may  demand  distribution  of  ClubCorp  common  stock  in  lieu  of  cash.

ClubCorp  maintains  a second qualified contributory profit sharing plan for all
eligible  employees of certain domestic subsidiaries. Assets in the Amended Plan
may  be  transferred  to  this  plan  which  allows participants to invest their
contributions  among  five  investment  fund  options.

The  ClubCorp,  Inc.  Executive  Stock  Option Plan was adopted August 31, 1995.
Under  the  plan,  4,000,000  options  to purchase shares of common stock may be
granted  to  key management personnel at a price not less than fair market value
at  the date of grant. The options fully vest 120 days prior to their expiration
date. The plan provides for accelerated vesting, not to exceed 10%  per year, if
the  employee  maintains  a  certain  performance  level as defined in the plan.
Employees  are  required  to maintain a minimum ownership level of company stock
holdings,  as  set  forth  in  the  plan,  to sell stock acquired from exercised
options.  In January 1996, 190,000 options were granted at $10.01 per share with
an  expiration date of December 31, 2006.  In January 1997, 150,000 options were
granted  at  $12.04  per share with an expiration date of December 31, 2007.  No
options  were  granted  under  this  plan  in  1998.

The ClubCorp, Inc. Omnibus Stock Plan was adopted to be effective February 1998.
The Omnibus Stock Plan provides for granting to key employee partners options to
purchase  shares  of  common stock at a price not less than fair market value at
the  date of grant.  The vesting will be determined at the time of the grant and
will  generally  be three to five years.  In fiscal year 1998, 1,860,000 options
were  granted at a weighted average of $14.30 per share with a five year vesting
and  a  ten  year  expiration  date.  None  of  these  options  are  currently
exercisable.

ClubCorp  applies  APB  25  in  accounting  for  the option plans; therefore, no
compensation expense has been recognized for the options. In accordance with the
requirements  of  SFAS  123, the fair value of the options granted was estimated
using  the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions for
the  1996,  1997  and  1998  grants:  risk-free interest rates of 5.6%, 5.8% and
5.5%,  respectively, an expected volatility of 25%, an expected life of 10 years
and  zero  dividend yield. A summary of the status of the options outstanding as
of  fiscal  year-end 1996, 1997 and 1998 and changes during the fiscal years are
as  follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Average
                                              Exercise
                                    Shares      Price
                                  ----------  ---------
<S>                               <C>         <C>
Outstanding at December 31, 1995  2,945,000   $   10.14
Granted                             190,000       10.01
Forfeited                          (125,000)      10.14
                                  ----------
Outstanding at December 31, 1996  3,010,000       10.13

Granted                             150,000       12.04
Forfeited                           (50,000)      10.14
                                  ----------
Outstanding at December 31, 1997  3,110,000       10.22

GRANTED                           1,860,000       14.30
FORFEITED                          (406,500)      10.14
EXERCISED                           (49,500)      10.14
                                  ----------
OUTSTANDING AT DECEMBER 29, 1998  4,514,000       11.87
                                  ==========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              1996      1997      1998
                            --------  --------  --------
<S>                         <C>       <C>       <C>
Options exercisable
   at year end:
    Number of options        282,000   573,000   761,000
    Weighted average
       exercise price       $  10.14  $  10.14  $  10.17
Fair value of options
   granted during the year  $   5.05  $   6.14  $   7.21
</TABLE>

If  compensation cost for the option plans had been determined based on the fair
value at the grant dates for the options consistent with the method of SFAS 123,
ClubCorp's  net  income  and net income per share would have been reduced to the
following  pro  forma  amounts (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        1996     1997     1998
                       ------  --------  -------
<S>                    <C>     <C>       <C>
Net income             $4,033  $111,399  $36,805

Net income per share
    assuming dilution  $  .05  $   1.30  $   .42
</TABLE>


NOTE  13.  COMMITMENTS  AND  CONTINGENCIES
- ------------------------------------------
ClubCorp  is  subject  to  certain  pending  or  threatened litigation and other
claims.  Management,  after review and consultation with legal counsel, believes
ClubCorp  has  meritorious  defenses  to  these  matters  and that any potential
liability  arising  from  resolution of these matters will not materially affect
ClubCorp's  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.


NOTE  14.  INTEREST  AND  INVESTMENT  INCOME
- --------------------------------------------
Interest and investment income consists of the following (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                    1996     1997      1998
                   -------  -------  --------
<S>                <C>      <C>      <C>
Interest income    $ 6,815  $9,663   $ 8,118
Investment income    3,392       -     4,101
Other                  885     (20)     (127)
                   -------  -------  --------
                   $11,092  $9,643   $12,092
                   =======  =======  ========
</TABLE>


NOTE  15.  INCOME  TAXES
- ------------------------
Income  from  continuing  operations  before income taxes, minority interest and
extraordinary  item  consists  of  the  following  (dollars  in  thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

            1996      1997      1998
          --------  --------  --------
<S>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Domestic  $20,500   $50,710   $53,493
Foreign    (1,677)   (3,820)   (8,174)
          --------  --------  --------
          $18,823   $46,890   $45,319
          ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>

The  income  tax  (provision)  benefit  consists  of  the  following (dollars in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                1996      1997      1998
              --------  --------  --------
<S>           <C>       <C>       <C>
Federal
    Current   $    95   $  (674)  $  (228)
    Deferred   (1,207)   44,045    (2,898)
              --------  --------  --------
               (1,112)   43,371    (3,126)
State          (1,469)   (2,107)   (2,047)
              --------  --------  --------
              $(2,581)  $41,264   $(5,173)
              ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>

The  differences  between income taxes computed using the U.S. statutory Federal
income  tax  rate  of  35%  and  actual income tax provision as reflected in the
accompanying  Consolidated  Statement  of  Operations are as follows (dollars in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              1996      1997       1998
                            --------  ---------  ---------
<S>                         <C>       <C>        <C>
Expected Federal income
    tax provision           $(6,588)  $(16,412)  $(15,862)
Effect of consolidated
    operations and income
    taxes of foreign and
    other entities not
    consolidated for
    Federal tax purposes     (2,544)    (3,508)    (2,664)
State taxes, net
    of Federal benefit         (955)    (1,370)    (1,331)
Change in valuation
    allowance allocated to
    income tax expense       10,725     66,566     14,233
Other, net                   (3,219)    (4,012)       451
                            --------  ---------  ---------
                            $(2,581)  $ 41,264   $ (5,173)
                            ========  =========  =========
</TABLE>

Based  on  ClubCorp's  historical  pretax  earnings,  adjusted  for  significant
nonrecurring  items  such as gains (losses) on divestitures, management believes
it is more likely than not ClubCorp will realize the benefit of the deferred tax
assets,  net of the valuation allowance, existing at December 29, 1998. ClubCorp
has  experienced  a  trend  of  increasing  taxable  income  from its continuing
operations  and,  accordingly, has increased estimates of future taxable income.
Based  on  these  estimates,  ClubCorp  decreased  its  valuation  allowance  by
$14,233,000 for the year ended December 29, 1998.  ClubCorp's Federal income tax
returns  for  1991  and  1992 were examined by the Internal Revenue Service.  In
connection  with  this  audit, ClubCorp reduced its regular tax operating losses
and  valuation  allowance  by  $45,013,000,  8.1%  of  year-end 1997 regular tax
operating  losses.  The  assumptions  used  to estimate the realizability of the
deferred  tax  assets  are  subjective  in  nature and involve uncertainties and
matters  with significant judgment. There can be no assurance that ClubCorp will
generate  any  specific  level  of  continuing  earnings.

ClubCorp has approximately $4,000,000 of tax credits available to offset regular
taxes  payable  which  expire  in  varying  amounts  from  1999  to  2003.

ClubCorp's  net operating loss carryforwards at December 29, 1998, after current
year  utilization  of  net  operating  loss  carryforwards,  were  approximately
$485,898,000  and  $70,915,000  for  regular  tax  and  alternative minimum tax,
respectively.  These  regular tax and alternative minimum tax net operating loss
carryforwards are available to offset future taxable income and will expire from
2004  to  2010  and  2007  to  2010,  respectively.

ClubCorp's Federal income tax returns for 1993 and 1994 are under examination by
the Internal Revenue Service. Because many types of transactions are susceptible
to  varying  interpretations  under Federal income tax laws and regulations, the
net  operating  loss  carryforwards  and  net deferred tax asset reported in the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements  could  change  at  a  later date upon final
determination  by  the  taxing  authorities.  Management  believes ClubCorp will
prevail  on  any  significant  interpretation  issues.

The  components  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  and deferred tax liabilities at
December  31,  1997 and December 29, 1998 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1997      1998
                                             --------  --------
<S>                                          <C>       <C>
Deferred tax assets:
    Regular tax operating
      loss carryforwards                     $194,632  $170,064
    Other                                      15,129    14,058
                                             --------  --------
            Total gross deferred tax assets   209,761   184,122

Valuation allowance                            48,880    18,892
                                             --------  --------
                                              160,881   165,230
Deferred tax liabilities:
    Property and equipment                     15,634    20,244
    Discounts on membership
      deposits and acquired notes             104,140   106,592
    Other                                      17,406    17,591
                                             --------  --------
            Total gross deferred
               tax liabilities                137,180   144,427
                                             --------  --------

            Net deferred tax asset           $ 23,701  $ 20,803
                                             ========  ========
</TABLE>


NOTE  16.  SELECTED  QUARTERLY  FINANCIAL  DATA,  (UNAUDITED)
- -------------------------------------------------------------
Operations  for the first three quarters consist of 12 weeks each and the fourth
quarter  includes  17  weeks  in  1997  and  16  weeks  in  1998.

Interim  results  are  not  necessarily  indicative  of  fiscal year performance
because  of the impact of seasonal and short-term variations. Selected quarterly
financial data are summarized is follows (dollars in thousands, except per share
data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                QUARTERS
                                               ----------------------------------------
                                                 FIRST      SECOND    THIRD     FOURTH
                                               ----------  --------  --------  --------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>
Fiscal Year 1997
- ----------------
Operating revenues                             $ 157,086   $197,572  $192,084  $280,855
Income (loss) from continuing operations          (4,693)    23,052     2,144    67,361
Income from discontinued operations,
   net of income taxes                            25,146          -         -         -
                                               ----------  --------  --------  --------
Net income                                     $  20,453   $ 23,052  $  2,144  $ 67,361
                                               ==========  ========  ========  ========

Basic earnings per share:
    Income (loss) from continuing operations   $    (.05)  $    .27  $    .03  $    .78
    Discontinued operations                          .29          -         -         -
                                               ----------  --------  --------  --------
    Net income                                 $     .24   $    .27  $    .03  $    .78
                                               ==========  ========  ========  ========

Diluted earnings per share:
    Income (loss) from continuing operations   $    (.05)  $    .27  $    .03  $    .77
    Discontinued operations                          .29          -         -         -
                                               ----------  --------  --------  --------
    Net income                                 $     .24   $    .27  $    .03  $    .77
                                               ==========  ========  ========  ========

FISCAL YEAR 1998
- ----------------
OPERATING REVENUES                             $ 171,848   $211,496  $196,831  $271,161
INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING
   OPERATIONS BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM             (662)    12,980     2,128    25,066
                                               ----------  --------  --------  --------
NET INCOME (LOSS)                              $    (662)  $ 11,804  $  2,128  $ 25,066
                                               ==========  ========  ========  ========

BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE:
    INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING
       OPERATIONS BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM    $    (.01)  $    .15  $    .03  $    .29
                                               ----------  --------  --------  --------
    NET INCOME (LOSS)                          $    (.01)  $    .14  $    .03  $    .29
                                               ==========  ========  ========  ========

DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:
    INCOME (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING
       OPERATIONS BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM    $    (.01)  $    .15  $    .03  $    .28
                                               ----------  --------  --------  --------
    NET INCOME (LOSS)                          $    (.01)  $    .14  $    .03  $    .28
                                               ==========  ========  ========  ========
</TABLE>

ClubCorp  recorded significant tax adjustments in the fourth quarter of 1997 and
1998  (Note  15).


NOTE  17.  SUBSEQUENT  EVENTS
- -----------------------------
On  January  26,  1999,  ClubCorp entered into a definitive agreement to acquire
approximately  16%  of  the  outstanding common stock of ClubLink Corporation of
Ontario,  Canada,  for approximately $22,200,000.  This acquisition and expected
participation  in  a  planned  rights offering by ClubLink will bring ClubCorp's
total  investment  to  approximately  25%.  In  addition,  in  a  stock purchase
agreement,  ClubCorp  intends  to  acquire, for approximately $15,000,000, a 50%
interest  in  ClubLink's U.S. golf holdings, which include GolfSouth LLC and the
Links  Group  Inc.

On  February  11,  1999, ClubCorp joined with American Golf Corporation (AGC) to
acquire  the  Cobblestone  Golf  Group  from The Meditrust Companies, in a stock
purchase  agreement,  for  a total purchase price of approximately $393,000,000.
The  transaction  is  expected  to  close  in  the second quarter of 1999.  Upon
closing  of  the  transaction,  ClubCorp  and  AGC  will  divide the Cobblestone
portfolio  of  45  premier  golf facilities.  Through this transaction, ClubCorp
will  acquire  22  golf  facilities  for  approximately  $210,000,000.

<PAGE>

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
                          ----------------------------


The  Board  of  Directors
ClubCorp,  Inc.:

Under  date  of February 26, 1999, we reported on the consolidated balance sheet
of  ClubCorp, Inc. and subsidiaries, formerly Club Corporation International, as
of  December  31,  1997  and  December  29,  1998,  and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders' equity and comprehensive income and cash
flows  for  each  of the years in the three-year period ended December 29, 1998,
which  are  included in the annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December  29,  1998.  In  connection  with  our  audits  of  the  aforementioned
consolidated  financial  statements,  we  also  audited the related consolidated
financial  statement  schedule included in the annual report on Form 10-K.  This
financial  statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement schedule
based  on  our  audit.

In  our  opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation
to  the  basic  consolidated  financial  statements  taken  as a whole, presents
fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  information  set  forth  therein.


                                       KPMG  LLP



Dallas,  Texas
February  26,  1999

<PAGE>

CLUBCORP,  INC.
Schedule  II  -  Valuation  and  Qualifying  Accounts

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                    ADDITIONS
                                                  -------------
                                    BALANCE AT       CHARGED       CHARGED                            BALANCE AT
                                   BEGINNING OF     TO COSTS      TO OTHER                              END OF
DESCRIPTION                           PERIOD      AND EXPENSES    ACCOUNTS         DEDUCTIONS           PERIOD
                                   -------------  -------------  -----------       -----------       ------------
<S>                                <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>  <C>          <C>  <C>
Year Ended December 31, 1996:
  Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  $   3,648,816  $   2,985,125  $         0       $ 2,734,278  (A)  $  3,899,663
  Tax Valuation Allowance            126,171,000              0            0        10,725,000  (B)   115,446,000

Year Ended December 31, 1997:
  Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  $   3,899,663  $   3,602,747  $         0       $   999,175  (A)  $  6,503,235
  Tax Valuation Allowance            115,446,000              0   66,566,000  (B)            0         48,880,000

Year Ended December 29, 1998:
  Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  $   6,503,235  $   3,459,832  $         0       $ 6,030,162  (A)  $  3,932,905
  Tax Valuation Allowance             48,880,000              0   14,233,000  (B)   15,755,000  (B)    18,892,000
</TABLE>



(A)  Accounts  receivable  charged  off.
(B)  Utilization  and  disallowance  of  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  or
decrease in tax valuation allowance due to change in estimates of future taxable
income.














                                   EXHIBIT 4.3

     CERTIFICATE  OF  AMENDMENT  OF  CERTIFICATE  OF  INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                          CLUBCORP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                          ----------------------------

It  is  hereby  certified  that:

          1.  The name of the corporation (hereinafter called the "corporation")
is  ClubCorp  International,  Inc.

          2.    The  certificate  of  incorporation of the corporation is hereby
amended  by  striking  out Article 1 thereof and by substituting in lieu of said
Article  the  following  new  Article:

          "THE  NAME  OF  THE  CORPORATION  IS  CLUBCORP,  INC.".

          3.  The amendment of the certificate of incorporation herein certified
has  been duly adopted and written consent has been given in accordance with the
provisions  of  Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State
of  Delaware.


          The effective time and date of the amendment herein certified shall be
upon  filing.



Signed  on  this  11th  day  January,  1999.

                                   By:  /s/Robert  H.  Dedman,  Jr.
                                        ---------------------------
                                        Robert  H.  Dedman,  Jr.,  President

                                   By:  /s/Terry  A.  Taylor
                                        ---------------------------
                                        Terry  A.  Taylor,  Secretary






                                  EXHIBIT 10.1


                     CLUBCORP EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
                                    ("ESOP")


                    GENERALLY EFFECTIVE AS OF JANUARY 1, 1999


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS


ARTICLE  1    PURPOSE  AND  AMENDMENT  OF  THE  PLAN
1.01          Amendment  of  the  Plan
1.02          Purpose
1.03          Trust  Agreement
ARTICLE  2    DEFINITIONS
ARTICLE  3    REQUIREMENTS FOR ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
3.01          Eligibility
3.02          Employment  with  a  Predecessor  Employer
3.03          Change  in  Status  of  Eligible  Employee
3.04          Participation  in  the  Plan
3.05          Military  Service
ARTICLE  4    CONTRIBUTIONS
4.01          Employer  Contributions
4.02          Matching  Contributions
4.03          Date  of  Payment  of  Matching  Contributions,  Discretionary
                Contributions  and  Pre-Tax  Contributions
4.04          Pre-Tax  Contributions;  Change  of  Election
4.05          Limitation  on  Pre-Tax  Contributions  for  Highly  Compensated
                Employees
4.06          Distribution  of  Excess  Deferrals
4.07          Limitation  on  Pre-Tax  Contributions
4.08          General  Withdrawal  from  After-Tax  Contribution  Account
4.09          General  Withdrawal  of  Pre-Tax  Contributions  and Distributions
                Restrictions
4.10          Hardship  Withdrawals  from  After-Tax  Contribution  Account
                and  Pre-Tax  Contribution  Account
4.11          Procedure  for  Withdrawal
4.12          Discretionary  Contributions
4.13          Securities  Law  Limitations  on  Contributions
ARTICLE  5    ALLOCATION  TO  PARTICIPANTS'  ACCOUNTS
5.01          Trust  Accounts
5.02          Contribution  Allocations  to  Accounts
5.03          Time  of  Allocating  Contributions
5.04          Accounts  of  Participants  Transferred  to  an Affiliated Company
                Which  has  Not  Adopted  the  Plan
5.05          Treatment  of  Company  Stock  Purchased  under  an  Exempt  Loan
5.06          Limitation  on  Annual  Additions  Under  Code  Section  415
5.07          Limitations  on  Annual  Additions  for  Employers  or  Affiliated
                Companies  Maintaining  other  Defined  Contribution  Plans
5.08          Limitations  on  Annual  Additions  for  Employers  or Affliliated
                Companies  Maintaining  Defined  Benefit  Plans
5.09          Definitions  for  Purposes  of  Determining  the  Annual  Addition
                Limitations
5.10          Cessation  of  Eligible  Employee  Status
5.11          Inclusion  of  Ineligible  Employee  and  Erroneous  Allocations
ARTICLE  6    VALUATION  OF  TRUST  FUND
6.01          Valuation  of  the  Trust  Fund  and  Account  Statements
6.02          Forfeitures
6.03          Trust  Fund
6.04          Voting  of  Shares;  Exercise  of  Other  Rights
6.05          Put  Option  with  Respect  to  Company  Stock
6.06          Exempt  Loan  to  Purchase  Company  Stock;  Certain  Conditions
                Applicable  to  Such  Company  Stock
6.07          Diversification  of  Participant's  Account
6.08          Emergency  Valuation
ARTICLE  7    RETIREMENT  BENEFITS
ARTICLE  8    DISABILITY  BENEFITS
8.01          Disability  Retirement
8.02          Determination  of  Disability
ARTICLE  9    DEATH  BENEFITS
9.01          Death  Benefits
9.02          Designation  of  Beneficiaries
ARTICLE  10   EMPLOYMENT  TERMINATION  BENEFITS
10.01         Vesting  upon  Termination  of  Employment
10.02         Determination  of  Vesting  Years  of  Service
10.03         Vesting  on  Divestiture  of  an  Employer
10.04         Forfeiture  of  Employer  Contributions  Account
10.05         Restoration  of  Forfeited  Accounts
ARTICLE  11   PAYMENT  OF  BENEFITS
11.01         Method  of  Payment
11.02         Time  for  Distribution  of  Benefits
11.03         Limitations  on  Timing
11.04         Restrictions  on  Distribution
11.05         Payments  on  Personal Receipt Except in Case of Legal Disability
11.06         Benefits Payable Pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order
11.07         Direct  Rollovers
ARTICLE  12   MISCELLANEOUS  PROVISIONS  RESPECTING  PARTICIPANTS
12.01         Participants  to  Furnish  Required  Information
12.02         Participants'  Rights  in  Trust  Fund
12.03         Inalienability  of  Benefits
12.04         Conditions  of  Employment  Not  Affected  by  Plan
12.05         Address  for  Mailing  of  Benefits
12.06         Unclaimed  Account  Procedure
12.07         No  Rollovers
ARTICLE  13   ADMINISTRATION  OF  THE  PLAN
13.01         Plan  Administrator
13.02         Compensated  Expenses  of  the  Plan  Administrator
13.03         Agents  of  the  Plan  Administrator
13.04         Reliance  on  Directions  of  Plan  Administrator
13.05         Authority  of  Plan  Administrator
13.06         Authorization  of  Loan  Transactions
13.07         General  Administrative  Powers
13.08         Additional  Powers
13.09         Duties  of  Administrative  Personnel
13.10         Designation of named Fiduciaries and Allocation of Responsibility
13.11         Action  by  Fiduciaries
13.12         Appointment of Professional Assistants and the Investment Manager
13.13         Bond
13.14         Indemnification
13.15         Payment  of  Expenses
ARTICLE  14   PARTICIPATION  BY  EMPLOYERS
14.01         Adoption  of  Plan  by  Affiliated  Company
14.02         Rights  and  Obligations  of  the  Company  and  the  Employers
14.03         Withdrawal  from  Plan
ARTICLE  15   AMENDMENT  OF  THE  PLAN
ARTICLE  16   PERMANENCY  OF  THE  PLAN
16.01         Right  to  Terminate  Plan
16.02         Merger  of  Consolidation  of  Plan  and  Trust
16.03         Continuance  be  Successor  Company
ARTICLE  17   DISCONTINUANCE  OF  CONTRIBUTIONS  AND  TERMINATION
17.01         Suspension  of  Contributions
17.02         Discontinuance  of  Contributions
17.03         Termination  of  Plan  and  Trust
17.04         Participant's  Rights  to  Benefits  upon  Termination or Partial
                Termination of Plan or Complete Discontinuance of Contributions
ARTICLE  18   EXCLUSIVE  BENEFIT  OF  THE  PLAN
18.01         Limitation  on  Reversions
18.02         Unallocated  Amounts  upon  Termination  of  Plan  and  Trust
18.03         Mistake  of  Fact  or  Disallowance  of  Deduction
ARTICLE  19   TOP  HEAVY  PLAN  RULES
19.01         Definitions
19.02         Determination  of  Top  Heaviness
19.05         Minimum  Requirements
19.04         Minimum  Benefits  for  Employers  or  Affiliated  Companies
                Maintaining  Defined  Benefits  Plan
19.5          Super  Top  Heavy  Plans
ARTICLE  20   MISCELLANEOUS
20.01         Effect of Bankruptcy and Other Contingencies Affecting an Employer
20.02         Benefits  Payable  by  Trust
20.03         Withholding
20.04         Provisions Hereof for Sole Benefit of Parties
20.05         Article  and  Section  Headings
                Hereto and Participants
20.06         Formal  Action  by  Employer
20.07         APPLICABLE  LAW


                CLUBCORP  EMPLOYEE  STOCK  OWNERSHIP  PLAN


ARTICLE  1-  PURPOSE  AND  AMENDMENT  OF  THE  PLAN

1.01    Amendment  of  the  Plan.    Brookhaven  Country  Club, Inc. adopted and
established  a profit sharing plan known as the Profit Sharing Plan and Trust of
Brookhaven  Club,  Inc.  effective  as of January 1, 1968, which was thereafter,
amended,  restated, and renamed into the CCA Associate Clubs Profit Sharing Plan
effective  January  1,  1976  (the "Prior Plan").  Subsequent thereto, the Prior
Plan  was  amended  from  time  to  time.    Sponsorship  of  the Prior Plan was
transferred  to  Club  Corporation  International  (now  known  as  ClubCorp
International,  Inc.)  (the "Company") effective February 1, 1992.  Effective as
of  January  1,  1993,  the  Company  amended and restated the Prior Plan in its
entirety  as the "ClubCorp Stock Investment Plan (the "SIP")."  The SIP was last
amended  and  restated  effective  generally  as of January 1, 1997.  The SIP is
hereby  again  amended  and  restated  into  an  employee  stock  ownership plan
effective  generally as of January 1, 1999, to be known as the ClubCorp Employee
Stock  Ownership  Plan  ("Plan").

Except  as otherwise provided herein, and subject to the following sentence, the
provisions  of  this  Plan  as  contained herein are applicable to Employees and
Participants  who receive a distribution of their benefits under this Plan on or
after  January  1,  1999.   Except as otherwise provided herein, any Employee or
Participant  who died, retired, suffered Disability or Termination of Employment
prior  to January 1, 1999 and received a distribution of their benefits prior to
January 1, 1999, shall receive any benefits to which he or she is entitled based
upon  the  provisions  of  the  SIP  as  in  effect  prior  to  January 1, 1999.

1.02   Purpose.  The purposes of the Plan are: to provide retirement benefits to
Participants  and  their  Beneficiaries; to encourage Eligible Employees to save
for retirement; to provide Participants the opportunity to share in the value of
the  Company,  and  to  enhance  employee  ownership  of  the  Company.

It  is  the  intention  of  the  Employers that the Plan as amended and restated
herein shall meet all of the requirements necessary or appropriate to qualify it
as  an employee stock ownership plan  under Code Sections 401(a) and 4975(e) and
that  the  Trust  made  a part hereof shall continue to be exempt from tax under
Code  Section 501(a) and that the Plan satisfy applicable requirements of ERISA,
and  all  provisions  hereof  shall  be  interpreted  accordingly.

1.03    Trust  Agreement.   In furtherance of this Plan, the Company has entered
into  the  ClubCorp  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Trust Agreement effective as of
January 1, 1999, which is made a part hereof, for the purpose of maintaining the
Trust  to  fund  the  benefits  of  this  Plan  as  hereinafter  set  forth.


ARTICLE  2  -  DEFINITIONS


As  used  in  the  Plan:

2.01  "Account" or "Accounts" means all or any of the Company Stock Account, the
Other  Investments  Account,  the Employer Divestiture Account, the QDRO Account
and  any other account maintained by the Plan Administrator under the provisions
of the Plan to record a Participant's interest (or the undistributed interest of
a  Beneficiary  or Alternate Payee) in the Trust Fund, as adjusted in accordance
with  ARTICLE  6.

2.02    "Affiliated  Company" means any of the following:  the Company and (i) a
member  of  a controlled group of corporations of which the Company is a member,
(ii)  an unincorporated trade or business which is under common control with the
Company  as  determined  in  accordance with Code Section 414(c) and regulations
issued thereunder, (iii) a member of an "affiliated service group" as determined
in  accordance  with  Code  Section 414(m) and regulations issued thereunder, of
which  the Company or an Employer is a member, or (iv) any other entity which is
required  to  be  aggregated  with the Company or an Employer in accordance with
Code  Section  414(o)  and  the  regulations issued thereunder.  Subject to Code
Section  415(h),  a  "controlled  group of corporations" shall mean a controlled
group  of  corporations  as  defined  in  Code  Section  414(b).

2.03  "After-Tax Contribution Account" means the separate account maintained for
each Participant reflecting the After-Tax Contributions made by such Participant
to  this Plan, as adjusted in accordance with the provisions of ARTICLE 6 of the
Plan.

2.04    "After-Tax  Contributions"  means  the amount prior to July 1, 1995 each
Participant  elected  to contribute to the SIP pursuant to SECTION 4.08 thereof.

2.05    "Allocation  Date"  means  the  last  day  of  each  calendar  quarter.

2.06   "Alternate Payee" means an individual or trust entitled to benefits under
the  Plan  pursuant  to  a  Qualified  Domestic  Relations  Order.

2.07    "Beneficiary"  means  any  person or entity entitled to receive benefits
which  are  payable  upon  or after a Participant's death pursuant to ARTICLE 9.

2.08   "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company, as from time to time
constituted,  acting  pursuant  to  delegated  authority.

2.09    "Code"  means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time.   References to any Section of the Internal Revenue Code shall include any
successor  provision  thereto.

2.10    "Company"  means  ClubCorp  International,  Inc.,  or  its  successor.

2.11    "Company  Stock Account" means the separate accounts maintained for each
Participant  under  his  Pre-Tax  Contribution Account and Employer Contribution
Account,  which  are  invested  in  Company  Stock.

2.12    "Company  Stock"  means the common stock of the Company, par value $.01.

2.13    "Compensation"  means  with respect to all Participants except for those
Participants  employed  by  ClubCorp  International  Resource  Company  who  are
nonresident  aliens  who  receive  no  earned income (within the meaning of Code
Section  911(d)(2))  which  is  U.S.  source  income (within the meaning of Code
Section  861(a)(3)), a Participant's total compensation for services rendered to
an  Employer  during  a Plan Year, as reported on Form W-2 or other federal wage
statement  as  taxable  for federal income tax purposes; provided, however, that
Compensation  shall  not  include  any Compensation paid for any period prior to
participation  in  the  Plan  or  any  of  the  following forms of Compensation:
relocation  allowances, geographic differentials, car allowances, income imputed
for  use  of  a  car,  noncash  compensation,  and  stock  appreciation  rights.

Notwithstanding anything in this SECTION 2.13 to the contrary, Compensation with
respect  to  only those employees of ClubCorp International Resource Company who
are  nonresident aliens who receive no earned income (within the meaning of Code
Section  911(d)(2))  which  is  U.S.  source  income (within the meaning of Code
Section  861(a)(3))  shall  mean  (i) such Participant's wages, salaries, earned
income  (only if an employee within the meaning of Code Section 401(c)(1)) which
includes  foreign  earned  income (as defined in Code Section 911(b)) whether or
not  excludable  from gross income under Code Section 911, foreign earned income
(as  defined in Code Section 911(b)) whether or not excludable from gross income
under  Code  Section  911,  fees  for  professional  services, and other amounts
received  from an Employer for personal services actually rendered in the course
of employment with an Employer as an Employee to the extent that the amounts are
includible  in  gross  income  (including,  but not limited to, commissions paid
salesmen,  overtime  pay, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage
of  profits,  commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits,
and  reimbursements  or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan, as
described  in  Treasury  Regulations  Section 1.62-2(c)), but determined without
regard  to  the  exclusions  found  in  Code  Sections  931 and 933, (ii)amounts
received  by  such  Participant described in Code Sections 104(a)(3), 105(a) and
105(h),  but  only  to the extent that these amounts are includable in the gross
income  of the Employee, (iii)amounts paid or reimbursed by the Employer to such
Participant  for  moving  expenses incurred by such Participant, but only to the
extent  that  at  the  time  of  payment  it is reasonable to believe that these
amounts  are not deductible by such Participant under Code Section 217, (iv) the
value of nonqualified stock options granted to such Participant, but only to the
extent  that  the  value of the option is includable in the gross income of such
Participant for the taxable year in which granted, and (v) the amount includable
in  the  gross  income of such Participant upon making the election described in
Code  Section  83(b),  but  excluding  the  following:

2.13(1)  Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation to the extent
contributions  are  not  included  in  gross  income  of the Participant for the
taxable year in which contributed, and any distributions from a plan of deferred
compensation  whether  or  not includable in the gross income of the Participant
when  distributed;

2.13(2)    Employer  contributions  made  on  behalf  of  the  Participant  to a
simplified  employee  pension  described  in  Code  Section  408(k);

2.13(3)    amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock option, or
when  restricted  stock  (or  property)  held  by the Participant becomes freely
transferable  or  is  no  longer  subject  to  a substantial risk of forfeiture;

2.13(4)   amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock
acquired  under  a  qualified  stock  option;  and

2.13(5)  amounts that receive special tax benefits, or contributions made by the
Employer  (whether  or  not  under  a  salary  reduction  agreement) towards the
purchase of an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not
the  contributions  are  excludable  from  the gross income of the Participant);
provided, however, that Compensation shall not include any Compensation paid for
any  period  prior to participation in the Plan or any of the following forms of
Compensation:   relocation allowances, geographic differentials, car allowances,
income  imputed  for  use  of a car, noncash compensation and stock appreciation
rights.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Compensation shall include the amount of
a  Participant's  elective  salary  reductions  or  salary  deferrals  under any
Employer's  cafeteria  plan  established  pursuant  to  Code  Section  125 or an
Employer's  plan  established  pursuant  to  Code  Section  401(k).

2.14    Date  of Employment" or "Date of Reemployment" means the day on which an
Employee  first  commences employment or reemployment following a Termination of
Employment,  as  the  case  may be, with any Affiliated Company by performing an
Hour  of  Service.

2.15  "Disability" means a physical or mental condition which, in the opinion of
the  Plan  Administrator,  pursuant  to consistently applied guidelines, medical
reports,  and  other  evidence  satisfactory to the Plan Administrator, causes a
Participant  to  be  unable to engage in any substantial gainful employment with
the  Employer for an indefinite period; provided, however, the Participant shall
not  be  deemed  to  have  incurred a Disability if the Participant's Disability
arises  under  any  of  the  following  circumstances:

2.15(1)    Injury or disease sustained as a result of excessive and habitual use
of  drugs,  intoxicating  liquors,  or  narcotics.

2.15(2)    Injury or disease sustained while willfully participating in any acts
of  violence,  riots,  civil  insurrection,  or  while  committing  a  felony.

2.15(3)    Injury or disease sustained while serving in the Armed Forces or as a
result  of  warfare.

2.15(4)   Injury or disease sustained while rendering services as an employee to
an  employer  other  than  the  Employer  or  an  Affiliated  Company.

2.15(5)    Any  intentional  or  self-inflicted  injury.

2.16   "Discretionary Contribution" means the amount contributed by the Employer
to  the  Plan  on  behalf  of  a  Participant  pursuant  to  SECTION  4.12.

2.17    "Effective  Date" means January 1, 1999, except as specifically provided
otherwise  in  the  Plan.

2.18  "Election Period" means two (2) enrollment periods, each approximately one
month  in  duration,  to be held during the Plan Year as determined annually and
announced  by  the  Plan  Administrator.

2.19  "Eligibility Year of Service" means an Employment Period during which such
Employee  performs  one thousand (1,000) or more Hours of Service.  For purposes
of  determining  an  Employee's  Eligibility  Year  of  Service,  the  initial
"Employment Period" to be used shall be the twelve (12) consecutive month period
beginning  on  an  Employee's  Date  of Employment and thereafter the Plan Year,
beginning  with  the  Plan  Year  within  which  occurs  the  Employee's  first
anniversary  of  his  Date of Employment.  Any Employee who is credited with one
thousand  (1,000) or more Hours of Service with any Affiliated Company in either
the  initial  twelve  (12)  month  period  beginning  on such Employee's Date of
Employment  or  the Plan Year within which such initial twelve (12) month period
ends,  shall  be  credited  with an Eligibility Year of Service. For purposes of
determining  an  Employee's  Eligibility  Year  of  Service,  an  Employee, upon
completion  of  an  Hour  of  Service  for an Employer, shall receive credit for
service  with  any  club  which is not an Affiliated Company but which is a club
managed by the Company or a club which the Company manages or owns pursuant to a
joint  venture  with  another  entity,  but  only for service while such club is
managed  or  partially  owned.

2.20    "Eligible Employee" means any Employee except the following individuals:
(i)  any Employee who is included in a unit of employees covered by a collective
bargaining  agreement  between  employee  representatives  and  one  (1) or more
Employers  if  retirement  benefits  were  the  subject of good faith bargaining
between  such  representatives  and  employees, unless the collective bargaining
agreement  expressly  provided  for  the inclusion of such Employees as Eligible
Employees  under  this  Plan,  (ii)  except  as provided in this SECTION 2.20, a
nonresident  alien  who  receives  no  earned  income within the meaning of Code
Section  911(d)(2))  which  is  U.S.  source  income (within the meaning of Code
Section 861(a)(3)), and (iii) except as provided in SECTION 3.02, any person who
is  not  treated  as  an  employee  on the payroll of an Employer, regardless of
whether  such  person is considered a leased employee within the meaning of Code
Sections  414(n)  and  414(o).    Notwithstanding  anything  in  the Plan to the
contrary,  all  employees  of  ClubCorp  International Resource Company shall be
classified  and  treated  as  Eligible  Employees  regardless  of  whether  such
Employees  are  nonresident  aliens  who  receive  no  earned income (within the
meaning  of  Code  Section  911(d)(2))  which  is U.S. source income (within the
meaning  of  Code  Section  861(a)(3)).

2.21    "Employee"  means  any  person who is employed by one or more Affiliated
Companies,  and whose remuneration from an Affiliated Company is subject to FICA
withholding; provided, however, that a person employed by ClubCorp International
Resource  Company  who  is  a  nonresident  alien  who receives no earned income
(within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section  911(d)(2)) which is U.S. source income
(within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)) shall be deemed to be an Employee
regardless of whether such person's remuneration is subject to FICA withholding.
Any  leased  employee  shall  be  considered an "Employee" under the Plan to the
extent  required by Code Sections 414(n) or 414(o), but shall not be eligible to
participate  in  the  Plan  unless and until he actually becomes employed on the
payroll  of  an Employer and otherwise meets the eligibility criteria of ARTICLE
3.

2.22    "Employer"  means  the  Company or any corporation that is an Affiliated
Company  which  adopts  the  Plan  pursuant  to  ARTICLE  14.

2.23   "Employer Contribution Account" means the separate account maintained for
each  Participant  comprised  of  his Company Stock Account and Other Investment
Account reflecting the Matching Contributions and/or Discretionary Contributions
made  on behalf of such Participant.  The Employer Contribution Account shall be
credited  with  all  Matching  Contributions  allocated  to  such  Participant,
Discretionary  Contributions  allocated  to  such  Participant,  profit  sharing
contributions allocated to the Participant prior to January 1, 1993, if any, and
employer  matching  contributions  made  to  the  Club  Corporation  of  America
Employees  Savings  and  CCA  Investment  Plan prior to January 1, 1993, if any,
which  were  transferred  to  the  Plan,  as  adjusted  in  accordance  with the
provisions  of  ARTICLE  6.

2.24   "Employer Contribution" means the amount contributed by the Employer as a
Matching  and/or  Discretionary Contribution and allocated to either the Company
Stock  Account  or  the  Other  Investment  Account  of  each  Participant,  as
appropriate.

2.25    "Employer  Divestiture  Account"  means a separate, fully vested account
which is maintained for a Participant who transfers from one Employer to another
Employer as a result of the divestiture of the original Employer, as provided in
SECTION  10.03.

2.26    "Entry  Date"  means  each  January  1  and  July  1.

2.27    "ERISA"  means  the  Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time.  References to any Section of ERISA shall include any
successor  provision  thereto.

2.28    "Exempt  Loan"  means a loan which is used to purchase Company Stock and
which  meets  all  of  the  requirements  of  SECTION  6.06.

2.29    "Hour  of  Service"  means  the  following:

2.29(1)   Performance of Duties.  Each hour for which an Employee is directly or
indirectly  paid,  or  entitled  to  payment  by  an  Affiliated Company for the
performance  of  duties.    Each  such  Hour of Service shall be credited to the
Employment Period (as defined in SECTION 2.19) or the Plan Year, as the case may
be,  in  which  the  duties  were  performed.  For purposes of this Section, the
applicable  Employment  Period  or  Plan Year, as the context requires, shall be
referred  to  as  the  "Computation  Period."

2.29(2)   Back Pay.  Each hour for which back pay (irrespective of mitigation of
damages)  has  been  either awarded or agreed to by an Affiliated Company.  Each
such  Hour  of  Service shall be credited to the Computation Period to which the
agreement  or award for back pay pertains, rather than to the Computation Period
in  which  the  award,  agreement,  or  payment  is made.  If back pay is either
awarded  or agreed to for a period of time during which no duties are performed,
the  provisions  of  SUBSECTIONS  2.29(3)(A)  through  (C)  shall  apply  to the
calculation  and  crediting  of  Hours  of  Service  for  such  period  of time.

2.29(3)    Non-Working  Time.    Each  hour for which an Employee is directly or
indirectly  paid,  or  entitled to payment, by an Affiliated Company for reasons
other  than  the  performance  of duties (irrespective of whether the employment
relationship  with  such  Affiliated Company has terminated) (such as vacations,
holidays,  illness,  disability,  layoff,  jury duty, military duty, compensated
Leave  of  Absence,  or  similar  periods).   Each such Hour of Service shall be
calculated  and  credited  on  the  following  basis:

(a)    Units  of  Time.    If payments for reasons other than the performance of
duties are calculated on the basis of units of time, such as hours, days, weeks,
or  months, the number of Hours of Service to be credited shall be the number of
regularly  scheduled working hours included in the units of time on the basis of
which the payments are calculated.  In the case of an Employee without a regular
work  schedule,  such  Employee  shall  be credited with Hours of Service on the
basis  of  the  equivalency  schedule set forth in SUBSECTION 2.29(8). Each such
Hour  of Service shall be credited to the Computation Period in which the period
during  which  no  duties are performed occurs, beginning with the first unit of
time  to  which  the  payment  relates.

(b)    No  Units of Time.  If payments for reasons other than the performance of
duties  are  not  calculated  on  the  basis  of units of time (such as lump sum
disability  payments  for  an  injury),  the  number  of  Hours of Service to be
credited  shall  be equal to the amount of the payment divided by the Employee's
most recent hourly rate of compensation before the period during which no duties
are  performed.

(i)  In the case of an Employee whose compensation is determined on the basis of
a  fixed  rate  for  specified periods of time (other than hours), such as days,
weeks,  or  months,  such  Employee's  hourly rate of compensation shall be such
Employee's  most  recent  rate  of  compensation  for a specified period of time
(other  than  hours), divided by the number of hours regularly scheduled for the
performance  of duties during such period.  In the case of an Employee without a
regular  work schedule, such Employee's rate of compensation shall be calculated
on  the  basis  of  the  schedule  of  equivalent  hours set forth in SUBSECTION
2.29(8).

(ii)    In  the  case of an Employee whose compensation is not determined on the
basis of an hourly rate or on the basis of a fixed rate for specified periods of
time,  such  Employee's  hourly  rate of compensation shall be the lowest hourly
wage  paid  to employees in the same job classification as that of such Employee
or,  if  no  employees  in  the  same  classification  have  an  hourly  rate of
compensation,  the  minimum  wage as established from time to time under Section
6(a)(1)  of  the  Fair  Labor  Standards  Act  of  1938,  as  amended.

Each  such  Hour of Service shall be credited to the Computation Period in which
the  period  during  which  no  duties are performed occurs, except that if such
period  extends  beyond  one  of such Computation Periods, such Hours of Service
shall  be  allocated  by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, between
not  more  than  the first two of such Computation Periods on a reasonable basis
which  is consistently applied with respect to all Employees within the same job
classification,  reasonably  defined.

(c)    Exclusions.    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing:

(i)    An  Employee shall not be credited on account of a period during which no
duties are performed with a number of Hours of Service which is greater than the
number  of  hours  regularly scheduled for the performance of duties during such
period.

(ii)   In no event shall the number of Hours of Service attributable to a single
continuous period (whether or not such period involves more than one Computation
Period) for which no duties are performed exceed five hundred one (501) Hours of
Service.

(iii)  Hours of Service shall not be credited to a period for which payments are
made  to  an  Employee  where  those payments solely reimburse such Employee for
medical  or  medically  related  expenses  incurred  by  such  Employee.

(iv)    Hours  of  Service  shall not be credited for a period to which payments
pertain  if such payments are made or due under a plan maintained solely for the
purpose  of  complying  with  applicable  worker's  compensation,  unemployment
compensation,  or  disability  insurance  laws.

2.29(4)  No Duplication of Credit.  An Employee shall not be credited with Hours
of Service under both (i) SUBSECTION 2.29(1) or 2.29(3), as the case may be, and
(ii)  SUBSECTION  2.29(2).

2.29(5)    Overlapping  Payroll  Periods.  In the case of Hours of Service to be
credited  to an Employee for a period of no more than thirty-one (31) days which
overlaps  two  (2)  Computation  Periods,  all  such  Hours  of Service shall be
credited  to  either  the first or the second of such Computation Periods as the
Plan  Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine on a consistent basis
with  respect  to  all  Employees within the same job classification, reasonably
defined.

2.29(6)    Maternity or Paternity Absences.  Notwithstanding any other provision
of  this  SECTION to the contrary, solely for purposes of determining whether an
Employee  has  a One-Year Break in Service, Hours of Service shall include hours
during  which an Employee is absent from work for any period:  (i)  by reason of
(a)  the  Employee's  pregnancy,  (b) the birth of the Employee's child, (c) the
placement  of  a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such
child  by  the  Employee, or (ii) for the purpose of caring for such child for a
period  beginning  immediately  following  such  birth  or  placement.  Hours of
Service  shall  be  credited for purposes of this SUBSECTION to the Plan Year in
which  the absence from work begins, provided crediting of such Hours of Service
in  such Plan Year would prevent the Participant from incurring a One-Year Break
in  Service  in  such Plan Year solely because of the crediting of such Hours in
such  Plan  Year.    In  any  other case, Hours of Service shall be credited for
purposes  of  this SUBSECTION to the immediately following Plan Year.  The Hours
of  Service  credited for purposes of this SUBSECTION shall be those hours which
otherwise normally would have been credited but for such absence or, in any case
in  which  the  Plan  Administrator  is  unable  to determine the hours normally
credited,  Hours  of Service shall be calculated on the basis of the schedule of
equivalent  hours  set forth in SUBSECTION 2.29(8). The total number of Hours of
Service  required  to  be  credited for any absence described in this SUBSECTION
shall not exceed five hundred one (501).  Notwithstanding the provisions of this
SUBSECTION,  no  Hours  of  Service  credit  shall  be  given  pursuant  to this
SUBSECTION  unless  the  Employee  furnishes  the  Plan  Administrator with such
information  as the Plan Administrator shall require to establish:  (i) that the
absence from work was for the reasons referred to herein, and (ii) the number of
days  for  which  there  was  such  an  absence.

2.29(7)    Uncompensated  Leaves of Absence.  Solely for purposes of determining
whether  an  Employee  has  a  One-Year  Break in Service, Hour of Service shall
include each hour (credited on the basis of the schedule of equivalent hours set
forth in SUBSECTION 2.29(8)) for which an Employee is not paid but is on a Leave
of  Absence.

2.29(8)  Determination of Hours of Service to be Credited to Salaried Employees.
With  respect  to  salaried employees whose hours are not required to be counted
and  recorded  by the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, the determination of the
Hours  of  Service  which must be credited to an Employee in accordance with the
provisions  of  this  SECTION shall be based upon an equivalency schedule of ten
(10)  Hours  of  Service  for each day on which the Employee performs an Hour of
Service.

2.30    "Leave  of  Absence"  means  an absence from the active employment of an
Employer  by reason of an approved absence granted by such Employer on the basis
of  a  uniform  policy  applied by such Employer without discrimination.  Such a
Leave  of  Absence  will not constitute a Termination of Employment provided the
Employee  returns  to  the  active employment of the Employer at or prior to the
expiration  of his leave or, if not specified therein, within the period of time
which  accords  with  such Employer's policy with respect to permitted absences.
If  the Employee does not return to the active employment of such Employer at or
prior  to  the  expiration  of  his  Leave  of  Absence,  his employment will be
considered  terminated  as  of  the  date  on  which  his  leave  expires.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of  this  SECTION, absence from the
active  service of the Employer because of military service will be considered a
Leave of Absence granted by an Employer and will not terminate the employment of
an  Employee  if  he  returns to the active employment of an Employer within the
period  of  time  during  which  he has reemployment rights under any applicable
federal  law  or  within  sixty (60) days from and after discharge or separation
from  such  military  service  if  no  federal  law  is applicable.  However, no
provision  of  this  SECTION  or  of  the  remainder  of  the Plan shall require
reemployment  of  any  Employee  whose  active  service  with  an  Employer  was
terminated  by  reason  of  military  service.

2.31    "Matching  Contributions"  means  the amount the Employer contributes on
behalf  of  each  Participant  pursuant  to  SECTION  4.02.

2.32    "Normal  Retirement Date" means the date on which occurs the sixty-fifth
(65th)  birthday  of  a  Participant.

2.33    "One-Year Break in Service" means a Plan Year during which a Participant
has  no  Hours  of  Service.

2.34    "Other  Investments  Account" means the separate accounts maintained for
each  Participant  under  his  Pre-Tax  Contributions  Account  and  Employer
Contributions  Account  which  are  not  invested  in  Company  Stock.

2.35    "Participant" means an Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan as
provided  in  ARTICLE  3.

2.36    "Plan" means the ClubCorp Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as set forth in
this  document,  and  as  hereafter  amended.

2.37    "Plan  Year"  means  the  twelve (12) consecutive month period ending on
December  31.

2.38    "Pre-Tax Contribution Account" means the separate account maintained for
each  Participant  comprised  of  his Company Stock Account and Other Investment
Account  consisting  of  the  Pre-Tax  Contributions  made  by  the  Employer in
accordance  with  SUBSECTION  4.04(1),  and  including as applicable, a separate
subaccount  for  Qualified  Nonelective Contributions, as adjusted in accordance
with  the  provision  of  ARTICLE  6  of  the  Plan.

2.39    "Pre-Tax Contributions" means the amount each Participant has elected to
contribute  to  the  Plan  pursuant  to  SUBSECTION  4.04.

2.40    "QDRO  Account"  means  that  part  of  any other Account which has been
segregated from such Account for the benefit of an Alternate Payee pursuant to a
Qualified  Domestic  Relations  Order.

2.41    "Qualified  Domestic  Relations  Order"  means an order or decree which:

2.41(1)  Relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital
property  rights  to  a  spouse, child, or other dependent of a Participant; and

2.41(2)    Is  made  pursuant  to  a  state  domestic relations law (including a
community  property  law);  and

2.41(3)    Creates or recognizes the existence of an Alternate Payee's right to,
or  assigns  to an Alternate Payee the right to, receive all or a portion of the
benefits  payable  with  respect  to  a  Participant  under  the  Plan;  and

2.41(4)    Is  determined  by  the  Plan  Administrator  to  meet all applicable
requirements pursuant to the procedure established by the Plan Administrator for
determining  whether  an  order  is  a  Qualified  Domestic  Relations  Order.

2.42    "Qualified  Nonelective  Contribution"  or  "QNEC(s)"  shall  mean  a
contribution  (other  than  Pre-Tax  Contributions,  Matching  Contributions,
Discretionary Contributions, or any contribution required pursuant to SUBSECTION
10.05(2)),  if any, (i) made by the Employer in its sole and absolute discretion
for  the  benefit  of  Non-Highly Compensated Employees (and thus, satisfies the
requirements  of Code Section 401(a)(4)), (ii) which are allocable in accordance
with  SUBSECTION 4.05(3)(C), and (iii) which shall be nonforfeitable and treated
for  all  purposes  as  Pre-Tax Contributions (including for purposes of SECTION
4.09  but  not  for  purposes  of hardship withdrawals as provided in SUBSECTION
4.10).

QNECs  shall,  in accordance with SUBSECTION 4.05(3)(C) and Treasury Regulations
Sections  1.401(k)-1(b)(5)  and  1.401(m)-1(b)(5):    (i)  be  allocated  to the
Employee's  Pre-Tax  Contribution  Account  as of the last day of the Plan Year,
(ii)  not  be  contingent  upon  the  Employee's  participation  in  the Plan or
performance of services on any date subsequent to the date as of which QNECs are
allocated  and (iii) shall be actually paid to the Plan no later than the end of
the  twelve  (12) month period immediately following the Plan Year to which such
contribution  relates; provided however, that if several plans are aggregated in
accordance  with Code Section 410(b) and if the Plan Year of the Plan is changed
to satisfy the requirement that plans have the same plan year, the QNECs for the
short  Plan  Year  created  must  also  (iv)  be treated as if they were Pre-Tax
Contributions and, (v) be related to the Total Compensation that would have been
received  by  such  Employee during that short Plan Year but for such Employee's
election  under  SECTION  4.04, or (vi) be attributable to services performed by
the  Employee  in  that  short Plan Year, and but for the Employee's election to
defer  under  SECTION  4.04, would have been received by the Employee within two
and  one-half  months  after  the  close  of  that  short  Plan  Year.

2.43  "Quarterly Stock Valuation Date" means December 31 and such other dates as
of  which  Company  Stock  is  valued,  as  specified by the Plan Administrator.

2.44    "Required  Beginning  Date"  means,  in  the case of the Participant who
attains age seventy and one-half (70 1/2) prior to January 1, 1999: (i) April 1
of  the  calendar  year  following  the  calendar year in which the Participant
attains age seventy and one half or (ii) April 1 of the calendar year following
the  calendar  year  in  which  the  Participant retires, as the Participant so
elects.   With  respect to all other Participants Required Beginning Date means
the  calendar  April  1  of  year  following  the  calendar  year  in which the
Participant retires.

2.45   "Termination of Employment" shall mean the termination of employment with
all  Employers,  whether voluntarily or involuntarily, other than by reason of a
Participant's  retirement  after  attaining  his Normal Retirement Date or after
sustaining  Disability,  or  death,  or  transfer  to  a non-adopting Affiliated
Company.

2.46   "Trust" means the legal entity resulting from the Trust Agreement between
the  Company and the Trustee who receives contributions, and holds, invests, and
disburses  funds  to or for the benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries.
Unless  the  context specifically indicates otherwise, the terms "Trust," "Trust
Agreement,"  "Trust  Fund,"  and  "Trustee"  refer to all such trusts, trustees,
trust  agreements,  and  trust  funds  in  the  aggregate.

2.47   "Trust Agreement" means the instrument establishing the Trust, as amended
from  time  to  time.

2.48    "Trust  Fund" means all assets of whatsoever kind or nature from time to
time  held by the Trustee pursuant to the Trust Agreement without distinction as
to  income  and  principal.

2.49    "Trustee"  means the party or parties, individual or corporate, named in
the  Trust  Agreement  and any duly appointed additional or successor Trustee or
Trustees  acting  thereunder.

2.50   "Vesting Year of Service" means a Plan Year, beginning with the Plan Year
in  which  the Employee commenced employment or reemployment with any Affiliated
Company,  during  which  a  Participant  has  completed at least one (1) Hour of
Service  with an Affiliated Company.   For purposes of determining an Employee's
Vesting Years of Service, an Employee, upon completion of an Hour of Service for
an  Employer,  shall  receive  credit  for service with any club which is not an
Affiliated  Company  but  which is a club managed by the Company or a club which
the Company manages or owns pursuant to a joint venture with another entity, but
only  for  service  while  such  club  is  managed  or  partially  owned.

2.51   Wherever appropriate, words used in the Plan in the singular may mean the
plural,  the  plural  may  mean  the  singular,  and  the masculine may mean the
feminine.

2.52    The  words  "herein,"  "hereof,"  and  "hereunder"  refer  to  the Plan.

2.53    The expressions listed below have the meanings stated in the SECTIONS or
SUBSECTIONS  hereof  respectively  indicated:

"Actual Contribution Percentage" or "ACP"         Subsection  4.07(4)(a)

"Actual  Deferral  Percentage"  or  "ADP"         Subsection  4.05(4)(a)

"Aggregate  Limit"                                Subsection  4.05(2)

"Annual  Additions"                               Section  5.06(1)

"Computation  Period"                             Section  2.29(1)

"Current  Value"                                  Subsection  6.01(1)

Defined  Benefit  Plan"                           Subsection  5.09(2)

Defined  Benefit  Plan  Fraction"                 Subsection  5.09(3)

Defined  Contribution  Plan"                      Subsection  5.09(4)

Defined  Contribution  Plan  Fraction"            Subsection  5.09(5)

Determination  Date"                              Subsection  19.01(3)

Direct  Rollover"                                 Subsection  11.07(2)(d)

Distributee"                                      Subsection  11.07(2)(c)

Eligible  Employee"                               Section  2.20;
                                                  Subsection  4.05(4)(e);
                                                  Subsection  4.07(4)(d)

Eligible  Participants"                           Section  5.03

Eligible  Retirement  Plan"                       Subsection  11.07(2)(b)

Eligible  Rollover  Distribution"                 Subsection  11.07(2)(a)

Employment  Period"                               Section  2.19;  4.12

Excess  Aggregate  Contributions"                 Subsection  4.07(2)

Excess  Contributions"                            Subsection  4.05(4)(b)

Excess  Deferrals"                                Section  4.06

Forfeiture"                                       Subsection  10.04(6)

Highly  Compensated  Employee"                    Subsection  4.05(4)(c);
                                                  Subsection  4.07(4)(b)

"Key  Employee"                                   Subsection  19.01(4)

"Key  Employee  Participant"                      Subsection  19.01(5)

"Limitation  Year"                                Subsection  5.09(6)

"Limitation  Year  Compensation"                  Subsection  5.09(7);
                                                  Subsection  19.01(6)

"Named  Fiduciaries"                              Section  13.10

"Non-Key  Employee"                               Subsection  19.01(7)

"Permissive  Aggregation  Group"                  Subsection  19.01(8)

"Permitted  Purpose"                             Subsection  4.10(6)

"Plan  Administrator"                            Section  13.01

"Prior  Plan"                                    Section  1.01

"Qualified  Consent"                             Subsection  9.02(2)

"Required  Aggregation  Group"                   Subsection  19.01(9)

"Retirement  Plan"                               Subsection  5.09(1)

"Securities  Act"                                Section  4.13

"Super  Top  Heavy  Plan"                        Subsection  19.02(2)

"Top  Heavy  Plan"                               Subsection  19.02(1)

"Top  Heavy  Ratio"                              Subsection  19.02(3)

"Total  Compensation"                            Subsection  4.05(4)(f);
                                                 Subsection  4.07(4)(e)

"Valuation  Date"                                Subsection  19.01(10)


ARTICLE  3  -  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ELIGIBILITY  AND  PARTICIPATION


3.01   Eligibility.  Any Employee who met the eligibility requirements under the
Plan,  as  it existed prior to this amendment and restatement, shall be eligible
to  participate in the Plan as of January 1, 1999.  Each other Eligible Employee
shall  be  eligible  to participate as of the Entry Date coinciding with or next
following  the  date  upon which such Eligible Employee completes an Eligibility
Year of Service, provided he is an Eligible Employee on such Entry Date.  In the
event  an  Eligible Employee has a Termination of Employment prior to completing
an  Eligibility Year of Service, the Eligible Employee may participate as of the
first Entry Date following completion of an Eligibility Year of Service.  In the
event  an  Eligible Employee has a Termination of Employment after completing an
Eligibility Year of Service but prior to the Entry Date upon which such Eligible
Employee  would have been eligible to participate in the Plan, and such Eligible
Employee  is  reemployed  by  an  Employer  after  the Entry Date upon which the
Eligible  Employee  would  have participated in the Plan, such Eligible Employee
will be eligible to participate as of the Entry Date which next follows his Date
of Reemployment, provided he is an Eligible Employee on such date.  In the event
a  Participant has a Termination of Employment and is reemployed by an Employer,
he  will automatically be reinstated as a Participant as of the Entry Date which
next  follows  his  Date of Reemployment, provided he is an Eligible Employee on
such  date.

3.02    Employment with a Predecessor Employer.  If the Plan had previously been
maintained  by a predecessor of an Employer, whether a corporation, partnership,
sole  proprietorship,  or  other  business entity, any period of employment with
such  predecessor  shall  be treated as a period of employment with an Employer.
If  the Plan had not been previously maintained by a predecessor of an Employer,
employment  with such predecessor shall not be taken into account, except to the
extent  required  pursuant  to  regulations  prescribed  by the Secretary of the
Treasury  or  his  delegate.

3.03    Change  in  Status  of  Eligible  Employee.

3.03(1)    In  the  event an Employee who is not an Eligible Employee becomes an
Eligible  Employee, such individual shall be eligible to participate in the Plan
as of the next following Entry Date, provided he is an Eligible Employee on such
date  and he has met the other requirements for eligibility set forth in SECTION
3.01.

3.03(2)    In the event a Participant, who ceased to be an Eligible Employee but
who  did  not terminate his employment with any Affiliated Company, subsequently
becomes an Eligible Employee again, such Eligible Employee will be reinstated as
a  Participant  as  of  the date he again becomes an Eligible Employee as of the
next  following  Entry  Date,  provided he is an Eligible Employee on such date.

3.04  Participation in the Plan.  Each Eligible Employee must, in order to elect
Pre-Tax  Contributions  and  become  a Participant, file an election pursuant to
SECTION  4.04,  with  the Plan Administrator within the Election Period prior to
the  Entry  Date  as of which such Eligible Employee is to become a Participant.
If  an Eligible Employee fails to file such an election for the first Entry Date
on  which  he is eligible to participate, he may elect to begin participation in
the  Plan  as  of  any subsequent January 1 or July 1 by filing such an election
during  the  applicable Election Period, subject to the eligibility requirements
of  SECTIONS 3.01, 3.02, and 3.03. Each Eligible Employee shall be provided with
such  information  as  is  required  by  ERISA  within  the  time prescribed for
providing  such  information.    In addition, each Participant shall be provided
with  a designation of Beneficiary form which shall provide for a designation of
one  or more Beneficiaries to receive benefits in the event of the Participant's
death.

3.05    Military  Service.    Notwithstanding  any provision of this Plan to the
contrary,  contributions,  benefits and service credit with respect to qualified
military  service  will  be  provided  in  accordance  with Code Section 414(u).


ARTICLE  4  -  CONTRIBUTIONS


4.01    Employer Contributions.  Subject to SECTIONS 4.07 and 5.06 through 5.09,
each  Employer's  Contribution  shall  consist  of  (i)  a Matching Contribution
attributable  to its Employees, (ii) a Discretionary Contribution in such amount
as the Board in its sole discretion may authorize for those Participants who are
employed  by an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, (iii)any contribution
required  pursuant  to  SUBSECTION  10.05(2), and (iv) any Qualified Nonelective
Contribution  made  to  satisfy the ACP test.  In no event, however, shall total
Employer  Contributions  exceed  the  maximum deductible contribution under Code
Section  404(a),  including  any  amount which may be deductible by the Employer
under the carryover provisions of the Code.  All Employer Contributions shall be
made  in  the form of cash or shares of Company Stock, as determined in the sole
discretion  of  the  Board.    Notwithstanding  the  preceding, the Employees of
Operations  Company  for  Homestead,  Inc.  shall  not  be eligible to receive a
Matching  Contribution  or  a  Discretionary  Contribution  under  this  Plan.

4.02    Matching  Contributions.  Subject to SECTION 4.07 and 5.06 through 5.09,
the  Employer  shall  contribute  to  the  Trust  Fund an amount equal to twenty
percent  (20%)  of  each  Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions (to the extent not
previously  withdrawn) made during the calendar quarter which shall be allocated
(i)  if  in  cash, to the Other Investments Account of the Employer Contribution
Account;  and  (ii)  if  in  Company  Stock, to the Company Stock Account of the
Employer  Contribution  Account  of  the Participant whose Pre-Tax Contributions
were  so  matched.

4.03  Date of Payment of Matching Contributions, Discretionary Contributions and
Pre-Tax  Contributions.   Matching Contributions shall be paid to the Trust on a
quarterly  basis.    Discretionary  Contributions,  if any, shall be paid to the
Trust  for  a  Plan  Year  on  or before the last date, including any extensions
thereof,  for  filing  its  federal income tax return for its fiscal year ending
with, or after the last day of such Plan Year and shall be deemed made as of the
last  day  of the Plan Year for which they are made.  An Employer shall make all
Pre-Tax  Contributions  as  provided in SECTION 4.04 hereof to the Trust Fund as
soon as administratively practical following the close of the payroll period for
which  the  Participant's  elections  are  applicable.

4.04    Pre-Tax  Contributions;  Change  of  Election.

4.04(1)    Subject  to  the provisions of SECTION 4.05, a Participant may elect:

(a)    To  receive  his  entire  Compensation  in  cash;  or

(b)    To  defer  a  portion  of his Compensation, as a Pre-Tax Contribution, in
specified whole percentages, that is not less than one percent (1%) or more than
six  percent  (6%)  of  his  Compensation  for each payroll period.  The Pre-Tax
Contributions  shall  not exceed $10,000 (ten thousand dollars) (or such greater
amount  allowed  pursuant  to  cost  of  living  adjustments  prescribed  by the
Secretary  of  the  Treasury)  during  a  calendar year.  The amount deferred as
Pre-Tax  Contributions  shall  be  allocated:    (i)  if  in  cash, to the Other
Investments  Account of the Pre-Tax Contribution Account; and (ii) if in Company
Stock,  to  the  Company  Stock  Account of the Pre-Tax Contribution Account.  A
Participant's  Pre-Tax Contributions shall, at all times and for all purposes be
fully  vested  and  nonforfeitable.

Any  amount a Participant elects to defer under this SUBSECTION 4.04(1) shall be
contributed by his Employer to the Trust as a Pre-Tax Contribution and allocated
to  the  Pre-Tax  Contribution  Account.   The dollar limitation in this SECTION
shall  be  decreased by any salary deferrals under Code Section 401(k) made by a
Participant  under any related plan, to the extent that any Excess Deferrals are
allocated  to  this  Plan  pursuant  to  SECTION  4.06.

4.04(2)    Each Employee who becomes eligible or who at a given time is about to
become  eligible to participate in the Plan shall elect at such time and in such
form  as  the  Plan  Administrator  shall  in  its  sole and absolute discretion
determine,  to  defer the receipt of a portion of his Compensation or to receive
his  entire  Compensation  in  cash, in accordance with SUBSECTION 4.04(1).  The
Plan  Administrator  shall  establish  and  communicate to Employees uniform and
nondiscriminatory  procedures  for  the election of percentage rates of  Pre-Tax
Contributions,  including  procedures  regarding  the  effective  date  of  such
election, and may change said procedures at such times and in such manner as the
Plan  Administrator may determine to be necessary or desirable.  Any such change
in  procedures  shall  be  communicated  to  Employees.

A  Participant  who  has previously elected to defer the receipt of a portion of
his Compensation pursuant to this SECTION 4.04 may elect to change the amount of
the  deferral  of  his  Compensation effective on the first day of the July 1 or
January  1 next following the date notice is received by the Plan Administrator;
provided,  however, that a notice of the change in election must be delivered to
the  Plan  Administrator in the form prescribed by the Plan Administrator within
the  applicable  Election  Period.

4.05    Limitation  on  Pre-Tax  Contributions for Highly Compensated Employees.
Each  Plan  Year,  the  Plan  shall  satisfy the nondiscrimination tests in Code
Section  401(k)(3).

4.05(1)    Notwithstanding  the  provisions of SECTION 4.04, the Actual Deferral
Percentage  (or  "ADP") for the Highly Compensated Employees with respect to any
Plan  Year  shall  not  exceed  the  greater  of  (a)  or  (b):

(a)    The  Actual  Deferral Percentage for the Non-Highly Compensated Employees
multiplied  by  1.25,  or

(b)    The  Actual  Deferral Percentage for the Non-Highly Compensated Employees
multiplied  by  2.0;  provided, however, that the Actual Deferral Percentage for
the  Highly  Compensated Employees may not exceed the Actual Deferral Percentage
for the Non-Highly Compensated Employees by more than two (2) percentage points,
but  subject  to  the  aggregate  limitation  rules  of  SUBSECTION  4.05(2).

4.05(2)    If  one  or  more  Highly  Compensated Employees are eligible to make
Pre-Tax  Contributions  and  are also eligible for contributions that are tested
under  Code  Section  401(m),  multiple  use  of  the Actual Deferral Percentage
alternative  limit  set  forth in SUBSECTION 4.05(1)(B) shall be limited so that
the  sum  of Actual Deferral Percentage of all such Highly Compensated Employees
and the Actual Contribution Percentage of such Highly Compensated Employees does
not  exceed  the  aggregate limit.  For purposes of this SECTION, the "aggregate
limit"  shall  be  the  greater  of:

(a)    The  sum  of

(i)   1.25 multiplied by the greater of the Actual Deferral Percentage or Actual
Contribution  Percentage  of  the  Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
Year,  and

(ii)    Two  plus  the  lesser  of  the Actual Deferral Percentage or the Actual
Contribution  Percentage  of  the  Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
Year; provided, however, that this amount shall not exceed 2.0 multiplied by the
lesser  of  the Actual Deferral Percentage or the Actual Contribution Percentage
of  the  Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees  for  the  Plan  Year;  or

(b)    The  sum  of

(i)    1.25 multiplied by the lesser of the Actual Deferral Percentage or Actual
Contribution  Percentage  of  the  Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
Year;  and

(ii)    Two  plus  the  greater  of  the  Actual  Deferral  Percentage or Actual
Contribution  Percentage  of  the  Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
Year; provided, however, that this amount shall not exceed 2.0 multiplied by the
greater  of  the Actual Deferral Percentage or Actual Contribution Percentage of
the  Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees  for  the  Plan  Year.

(iii)    Amounts  in  excess  of  the aggregate limit shall be treated as Excess
Contributions  or  Excess  Aggregate Contributions (or a combination of both) as
determined  in  the  sole  discretion  of the Plan Administrator and adjusted as
provided  in  SUBSECTION  4.05(3)  or 4.07(3), whichever may be applicable.  For
purposes of applying this multiple use limit, the Actual Contribution Percentage
and  the  Actual  Deferral  Percentage  shall  be  determined after any required
distributions of Excess Contributions, Excess Aggregate Contributions and Excess
Deferrals  under  SUBSECTIONS  4.05(3)  and  4.07(3)  and  SECTION  4.06.

4.05(3)    If at any time during a Plan Year, the Actual Deferral Percentage for
the  Highly  Compensated Employees exceeds or is reasonably expected by the Plan
Administrator  to  exceed  the  amounts  allowed  under  SUBSECTIONS  4.05(1) or
4.05(2),  the Plan Administrator, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall, as
often  as it elects, do one or more of the following, provided, however, that if
this  Plan is aggregated with one or more plans in accordance with Code Sections
401(a)(4),  410(b)  or  401(k),  such Highly Compensated Employee shall have the
right  (in  accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator) to
direct  the Plan Administrator with respect to whether correction of such excess
(or  expected  excess)  will  occur  under  this SUBSECTION 4.05(3) or under the
applicable  provisions  of  the  other  aggregated  plans:

(a)   Prospectively and in the same proportion reduce the amount of Compensation
to  be  deferred  pursuant  to  SUBSECTIONS  4.04(1)  or  4.04(2) by each Highly
Compensated  Employee who has elected pursuant to SUBSECTIONS 4.04(1) or 4.04(2)
to  defer a portion of his Compensation until the Actual Deferral Percentage for
Highly  Compensated  Employees  equals  (by  rounding  up) for the Plan Year the
greater  of  (a) or (b) of SUBSECTION 4.05(1), as limited by SUBSECTION 4.05(2).

(b)    (i)  Refund  the  portion  of  each Highly Compensated Employee's Pre-Tax
Contribution  that constitutes a portion of the Excess Contribution for the Plan
Year,  plus earnings (or less losses) on such amount for the Plan Year until the
Actual  Deferral  Percentage  for  the  Highly  Compensated Employees equals (by
rounding  up)  the  greater  of  (a) or (b) of SUBSECTION 4.05(1), as limited by
SUBSECTION 4.05(2), with all refunds to be charged:  (i) first against the Other
Investments  Account  of  the Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution Account for the
calendar  year  that  includes  the  first  day  of the Plan Year; (ii) secondly
against  the  Company  Stock  Account  of the Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution
Account  for the calendar year that includes the first day of the Plan Year, and
then,  to  the  extent  necessary;  (iii)  thirdly  against the Other Investment
Account  of the Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution Account for the calendar year
that  includes  the last day of the Plan Year; and (iv) then finally against the
Company  Stock Account of the Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution Account for the
calendar  year  that  includes  the last day of the Plan Year.  All such refunds
shall  be  distributed  by  the  Trustee to the Employee within two and one-half
months  after the close of the Plan Year in which the Excess Contribution arose,
if  administratively  possible, and within twelve (12) months after the close of
such  Plan  Year  at  the  latest.

The amount of Excess Contributions for each Highly Compensated Employee is to be
determined  by  the  following  leveling method, under which the Actual Deferral
Percentage  of  the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest Actual Deferral
Percentage is reduced to the extent required to:  (i) enable the Plan to satisfy
the  limitations  of  SUBSECTIONS 4.05(1) and 4.05(2); or (ii) cause such Highly
Compensated  Employee's  Actual Deferral Percentage to equal the Actual Deferral
Percentage  of  the  Highly  Compensated  Employee  with the next highest Actual
Deferral  Percentage,  whichever  occurs  first.   This process must be repeated
until  the  Plan  satisfies  the limitations of SUBSECTIONS 4.05(1) and 4.05(2).

The  provisions of this SECTION shall be applied after the provisions of SECTION
4.06  are applied and the amount of any Excess Contributions refunded under this
SECTION  shall be reduced by Excess Deferrals, if any, attributable to such Plan
Year  previously distributed to the Employee.  Any distribution made pursuant to
this SUBSECTION 4.05(3)(B)(I) may be made notwithstanding any other provision of
this  Plan.

Notwithstanding  any  Plan provision to the contrary, in no event shall Matching
Contributions  remain  allocated  to a Highly Compensated Employee's account and
such  amounts shall be treated as forfeitures (in the same manner as provided in
SUBSECTION  4.07(2)(C)(II))  if  the Pre-Tax Contributions which were matched by
such  Matching  Contributions  are  refunded  as Excess Contributions under this
SUBSECTION  4.05(3)(B)(I).

(ii)          The  earnings  or losses allocable to Excess Contributions for the
applicable  Plan  Year  shall  be determined by multiplying the total income (or
loss) allocable the Pre-Tax Contribution Account for the applicable Plan Year by
a  fraction,  the numerator of which is the Excess Contribution on behalf of the
Participant  for  the  applicable  Plan Year and the denominator of which is the
balance of the Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution Account on the last day of the
applicable  Plan  Year  (prior  to  any  refund  or  redistribution  of  Excess
Contributions),  reduced  by  the  income  or  gain  (or  increased by the loss)
allocable  to  such  total  amount  for  the  Plan  Year.

(iii)          The  income  allocable  to  Excess Contributions, for purposes of
SUBSECTIONS  4.05(3)(B)(I)  and  4.05(3)(B)(II),  shall include all earnings and
appreciation,  including  such  items  as  interest, dividends, rent, royalties,
gains  from  the  sale  of  property, appreciation in the value of stock, bonds,
annuity  and  life  insurance  contracts,  and other property, without regard to
whether  such  appreciation  has  been  realized.

(c)    In  addition  to  or  in  lieu of the above procedures to conform Pre-Tax
Contributions  to the limitations of SUBSECTION 4.05(1), the Employer may make a
QNEC  on  behalf of any Non-Highly Compensated Employee.  In the event a QNEC is
to  be  allocated  to  a  Participant under either this SUBSECTION 4.05(3)(C) or
SUBSECTION  4.07(2)(D)  such allocation shall equal the maximum amount which can
be  allocated  to that Participant without causing the total amount allocated to
the  Participant  under  the  Plan  to  exceed  the  limitation of SECTION 5.06,
provided  that  QNECs  shall  be  allocated  first  to the account of Non-Highly
Compensated  Employees  who have the lowest Compensation for the Plan Year, then
as  the  Actual Deferral Percentages (or, if applicable, the Actual Contribution
Percentages)  of  those  Participants increase, allocations shall be made to the
accounts  of  Non-Highly Compensated Employees with the next lowest Compensation
and  so  on  until  the  entire  QNEC  has  been  allocated.

4.05(4)    For  purposes  of  this  SECTION  4.05:

(a)    "Actual Deferral Percentage" (or "ADP") shall mean for Eligible Employees
the  average  (arithmetic  mean)  of  the  ratio (calculated separately for each
Eligible  Employee  to  the  nearest  one-hundredth  of  one  percent)  of:

(i)    the sum of the Pre-Tax Contributions actually contributed to the Trust on
behalf  of  such  Employee and allocated to his Pre-Tax Contribution Account for
such  Plan  Year,  plus

(A)    the  Qualified Nonelective Contributions, if any, actually contributed to
the  Trust  on behalf of such Employee and allocated to his Pre-Tax Contribution
Account  for  such  Plan  Year,  and

(B)    the  Matching  Contributions  (other  than  Qualified  Nonelective
Contributions),  if  any,  actually  contributed  to the Trust on behalf of such
Employee  and  allocated  to his Pre-Tax Contribution Account for such Plan Year
that  qualify  for  aggregation  under  Code  Section  401(k)(3)(D)(ii)  and are
designated  by the Plan Administrator as includable in this computation for this
Plan  Year,  to

(ii)    the  Total  Compensation  received by the Employee during the Plan Year,

such  average  of  ratios  being  multiplied  by  one  hundred  (100).

Any Pre-Tax Contributions taken into account for purposes of the Actual Deferral
Percentage  shall:    (i)  (but  for  the  election  which such Employee made in
accordance  with SECTION 3.04) relate to Total Compensation that would have been
received  by  such  Employee  during  the  Plan Year; or (ii) be attributable to
services  performed  by  the Employee in the Plan Year and (but for the election
which  such  Employee  made  in  accordance  with  SECTION 3.04) would have been
received  by  the  Employee  within two and one-half months after the end of the
Plan Year; and (iii) be allocated to the Employee's Pre-Tax Contribution Account
as  of  a  date  within  the  Plan  Year;  and  (iv)  not be contingent upon the
Employee's  participation  in  the  Plan  or performance of services on any date
subsequent  to  the  date  as of which such contributions are allocated; and (v)
shall  be  actually  paid  to  the Plan no later than the end of the twelve (12)
month  period  immediately  following  the  Plan Year to which such contribution
relates.

To  the  extent  that  the  Plan  Administrator  elects,  pursuant  to the above
paragraph,  to  take  Matching  Contributions  (other than Qualified Nonelective
Contributions)  for such Plan Year, that meet the requirements of the applicable
Regulations,  into  account  in  computing  the  Actual Deferral Percentage, the
Actual  Contribution Percentage tests under SECTION 4.07 must still be completed
and  satisfied  separately,  and  in  doing  so the Employer shall disregard the
Matching Contributions used in computing the Actual Deferral Percentage for such
Plan  Year.    Any  Matching  Contributions  taken  into account for purposes of
determining  the Actual Deferral Percentage shall be:  (i) allocated only to the
accounts  of  Participants  who  are  not Non-Highly Compensated Employees; (ii)
allocated to such Employees' Pre-Tax Contribution Account (and at the discretion
of  the  Plan  Administrator  to  the  subaccount  for  Qualified  Nonelective
Contributions);  and  (iii) shall be nonforfeitable and treated for all purposes
as  Pre-Tax  Contributions,  including  for  purposes  of the directly preceding
paragraph  of  this SUBSECTION 4.05(4)(A) and SECTION 4.09 but such amounts will
be  prohibited  from  being  withdrawn  as  hardship  withdrawals as provided in
SUBSECTION  4.10.

For purposes of this SECTION, the ratio calculated for any Eligible Employee who
is  a  Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have
Pre-Tax  Contributions  allocated  to  his  account  under  two or more plans or
arrangements  described  in  Code  Section  401(k)  that  are  maintained by the
Employer  shall  be  determined  as  if all such contributions were made under a
single  arrangement.    Further,  in  the  event  that  this  Plan satisfies the
requirements  of  Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) only if aggregated with one
or  more  other plans, or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of
Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) only if aggregated with this Plan, the Actual
Deferral  Percentage  shall  be  determined  by  calculating  the ratio for each
Eligible  Employee  as  if  all  such  plans were a single plan.  If the Plan is
permissively  aggregated  with  another  plan  in  order  to  comply  with  the
limitations  of  SUBSECTION  4.05(1),  such  aggregated plans must also meet the
requirements  of  Code  Sections  401(a)(4)  and  410(b)  as  a  single  plan.

(b)    "Excess  Contributions"  shall  mean,  with respect to any Plan Year, the
excess  of  (i)  the  aggregate  amount of Contributions, if any, included under
SUBSECTION 4.05(4)(A) in the Actual Deferral Percentage computation for the Plan
Year  that  were actually paid over to the Trust on behalf of Highly Compensated
Employees  for  such  Plan  Year,  over  (ii) the maximum amount of such Pre-Tax
Contributions  permitted  under  the  limitations  of  SUBSECTIONS  4.05(1)  and
4.05(2).

(c)    "Highly  Compensated  Employee" shall mean any Eligible Employee who is a
highly  compensated  employee  as  defined  in  Code  Section  414(q)  and  the
regulations  thereunder  using the calendar year election of Treasury Regulation
Section 1.414(q)-1T, Q&A 14(b).  Generally, a Highly Compensated Employee is any
Employee  who:

(i)   was at any time a 'five percent owner,' as defined in Section 416(i)(1) of
the  Code,  during  the  Plan  Year for which the definition is being applied or
during  the  preceding  Plan  Year  with  respect  to  an  Employer;

(ii)    for  the  preceding  Plan  Year  -

(A)    received  Compensation  from  the  Employer  in excess of Eighty Thousand
Dollars ($80,000.00) as indexed at the same time and in the same manner as under
Code  Section  415(d),  and;

(B)    if  the Employer elects, was in the group of Employees of an Employer and
all  Participating  Companies  consisting of the top twenty percent (20%) of the
Employees  when  ranked  on the basis of Compensation paid during the Plan Year.
For  purposes  of  determining  the  number  of Employees in the top-paid group,
Employees  who  have not completed six (6) months of Service, normally work less
than seventeen and one-half (17 1/2) hours per week, normally  work  during  six
(6) or less months per year,  have  not attained the age of twenty-one (21), are
nonresident  aliens  with no earned income from sources within the United States
(within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code), or are included in a unit
of  employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement (except to the extent
provided  in  regulations),  shall  not  be  included.

(d)   "Non-Highly Compensated Employee" means any Eligible Employee who is not a
Highly  Compensated  Employee.

(e)   "Eligible Employee" shall mean for or during a Plan Year each Employee who
is  eligible to become a Participant, including those Employees who are eligible
to  but  fail  to file the election required by SECTION 3.04; provided, however,
that  those  Employees  of  ClubCorp  International  Resource  Company  who  are
nonresident  aliens  who  receive  no  earned income (within the meaning of Code
Section  911(d)(2))  which  is  U.S.  source  income (within the meaning of Code
Section  861(a)(3))  shall  not be treated as Eligible Employees for purposes of
this  SECTION  4.05.

(f)    "Total  Compensation" means any payments received by an Eligible Employee
for  the  Plan  Year  in  question  from  an  Affiliated  Company which meet the
definition  of Total Compensation chosen by the Plan Administrator for that Plan
Year.    Any  such definition chosen by the Plan Administrator shall satisfy the
requirements  of  Code  Section 414(s) and all related Treasury Regulations.  In
the  event  an  Employee  begins,  resumes, or ceases to be an Eligible Employee
during  a  Plan  Year,  the  amount of the Employee's Total Compensation for the
entire  Plan  Year  shall  be  taken  into  account for purposes of this SECTION
4.05(4)(F).   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Total Compensation shall be limited
to One Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars ($160,000.00) or such amount to which such
amount  shall  be  adjusted  by  the  Secretary  of the Treasury or his delegate
pursuant  to  Code  Section  401(a)(17).

4.06  Distribution of Excess Deferrals.  If a Participant is required to include
in  his  gross income for a calendar year elective deferrals (as defined in Code
Section  402(g)(3)) which exceeded $10,000 (or such greater amount as determined
by  the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to cost-of-living increases) for such
year,  such  amounts  shall  be  referred  to as "Excess Deferrals" and shall be
distributed  to  the  Participant.  The Plan Administrator shall distribute such
Excess  Deferral,  adjusted  for  any  income or losses allocable to such amount
(determined in accordance with the principles of SUBSECTION 4.05(3)(B)), for the
Plan  Year  in  question  not  later  than  the time determined under SUBSECTION
4.05(3)(B),  provided,  however,  that  the  amount  of  Excess  Deferrals to be
distributed  shall  be reduced by Excess Contributions previously distributed in
accordance  with  SUBSECTION  4.05(3)(B) to the Employee from the Plan which are
attributable  to such Plan Year.  Any distribution made pursuant to this SECTION
may  be  made  notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Plan.

4.07    Limitation  on  Matching  Contributions.  Each Plan Year, the Plan shall
satisfy  the  nondiscrimination  tests  in  Code  Section  401(m).

4.07(1)    Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this  Plan,  the  "Actual
Contribution  Percentage"  (or "ACP") of Matching Contributions made to the Plan
for  Highly  Compensated  Employees  during  the  Plan Year shall not exceed the
greater  of  the  limitations  indicated  below:

(a)    One  hundred  twenty-five  percent  (125%)  of the ACP for all Non-Highly
Compensated  Employees;  or

(b)    The  lesser  of:    (i) the sum of the ACP for all Non-Highly Compensated
Employees  plus  two percent (2%); or (ii) two hundred percent (200%) of the ACP
for  all  Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees.

If  one or more Highly Compensated Employees are eligible for contributions that
are  tested under both this SECTION and SECTION 4.05, multiple use of the Actual
Contribution  Percentage alternative limit set forth in SUBSECTION 4.05(2) shall
apply.

4.07(2)   In the event that following the end of the Plan Year, it is determined
by  the  Plan  Administrator that the Matching Contributions allocated to Highly
Compensated  Employees  exceed  the  limitations of SUBSECTION 4.07(1), then the
amount  in  excess  of  such  limitation ("Excess Aggregate Contributions") (and
income  thereon)  shall  be  corrected  in  accordance with the following rules.

(a)   The Excess Aggregate Contributions shall first be applied to reduce by one
percent  (1%)  the  percentage  rate  or  by One Dollar ($l) the amount of those
Highly  Compensated Employees who have the highest ACP, shall then be applied to
reduce  by one percent (1%) the percentage rate or by One Dollar ($l.00) the ACP
of  all  those  Highly  Compensated  Employees  (including those employees whose
percentage  rate  or dollar amount was previously reduced) with the next highest
ACP, and shall thereafter continue to be applied to the extent necessary in like
manner  in  descending order on the basis of ACP until the reductions enable the
Matching  Contributions  to  conform  to  the limitations of SUBSECTION 4.07(1).

(b)  The amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions to be distributed or forfeited
with  respect to each affected Highly Compensated Employee shall be equal to the
Matching  Contributions  made  on behalf of such Employee (prior to reduction of
the  Excess  Aggregate  Contributions),  less the product of such Employee's ACP
(after reduction of the Excess Aggregate Contributions) times such Participant's
Total  Compensation,  rounded  to  the  nearest  one  cent  ($.01).

(c)   Matching Contributions which constitute Excess Aggregate Contributions (i)
with  respect  to  those  Highly  Compensated  Employees  who are vested in such
amounts,  shall  be distributed to such Employees within two and one-half months
after  the  close  of the Plan Year in which such Excess Aggregate Contributions
occurred,  if administratively possible, and within the twelve (12) month period
following  the  close  of  the  Plan  Year  in  which  such  Excess  Aggregate
Contributions  occurred  at  the  latest  and  (ii) with respect to those Highly
Compensated  Employees  who  are  not  vested  in  such amounts, excess Matching
Contributions  shall  be treated as Forfeitures and forfeited not later than the
last day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which such Excess Aggregate
Contributions  occurred.

(d)    In  addition  to  or  in lieu of the above procedures to conform Matching
Contributions  to the limitations of SUBSECTION 4.07(1), the Employer may make a
QNEC on behalf of any Non-Highly Compensated Employee to the extent necessary to
insure  the  limitations  of  SUBSECTION  4.07(1)  are met.  Such QNECs shall be
included  in  the calculations under SUBSECTION 4.07(1) only if the requirements
of  Treasury  Regulation Section 1.401(m)-l(b)(5) (or any successor thereto) are
met.   In addition, the Plan Administrator may designate that all or part of the
Pre-Tax  Contributions  shall  be  included in the calculations under SUBSECTION
4.07(1)  (any  such  amounts  shall  not  be  included in the calculations under
SUBSECTION 4.05(1)) provided such use complies with the requirements of Treasury
Regulation  Section  1.401(m)-l(b)(2)  (or  any  successor  thereto).


4.07(3)    In  determining  the  amount  of income allocable to Excess Aggregate
Contributions  which  are  being  distributed  or forfeited, the following rules
shall  apply:

(a)  The income allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Plan Year in
which the contributions are made is the income for the Plan Year with respect to
the  Highly  Compensated  Employee's  Matching  Contributions  multiplied  by  a
fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions
made  on  behalf  of  the  Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and the
denominator  of which is the balance of the Participant's Matching Contributions
as  of  the  end of the Plan Year before adjustment of his Employer Contribution
Account  in  accordance  with the provisions of ARTICLE 6.  For purposes of this
SUBSECTION  4.07(3),  the  income of the Plan shall mean all earnings, gains and
losses  computed  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  ARTICLE  6.

(b)    No  income  allocable  to  Excess  Aggregate Contributions for the period
between  the  end  of  the  Plan  Year and the date of the distribution shall be
refunded.

4.07(4)    For  purposes  of  this  SECTION  4.07:

(a)    "Actual  Contribution  Percentage"  (or  "ACP")  shall  mean for Eligible
Employees  the average (arithmetic mean) of the ratio (calculated separately for
each  Eligible  Employee  to  the  nearest  one-hundredth  of  one  percent) of:

(i)    the  sum  of  Matching Contributions actually contributed to the Trust on
behalf  of  such Employee and allocated to his Employer Contribution Account for
the  Plan  Year,  plus

(ii)   the Qualified Nonelective Contributions actually contributed to the Trust
on behalf of such Employee and allocated to his Pre-Tax Contribution Account for
the  Plan  Year,  plus

(iii)   the Pre-Tax Contributions actually contributed to the Trust on behalf of
such  Employee  and  allocated  to his Pre-Tax Contribution Account for the Plan
Year,

that  qualify for aggregation under Code Section 401(m)(3) and are designated by
the  Plan Administrator as includable in this computation for this Plan Year, to

(iv)    the Total Compensation, as defined in SUBSECTION 4.05(4)(F), received by
the  Employee  during  the  Plan  Year,

such  average  of  ratios  being  multiplied  by  one  hundred  (100).

To  the  extent  that  the  Plan  Administrator  elects,  pursuant  to the above
paragraph,  to  take  Pre-Tax  Contributions (and other contributions) listed in
SUBSECTION  4.05(4)(A)  into  account  in  computing  the  Actual  Contribution
Percentage for such Plan Year, the Actual Deferral Percentage test under SECTION
4.05 must be satisfied separately, disregarding Pre-Tax Contributions (and other
contributions)  listed in SUBSECTION 4.05(4)(A) but used in computing the Actual
Contribution  Percentage  for  such  Plan  Year.

In calculating ACP, all Pre-Tax Contributions taken into account for purposes of
determining the Actual Contribution Percentage shall:  (i) (but for the election
which  such  Employee  made  in  accordance  with  SECTION 3.04) relate to Total
Compensation  that  would  have  been  received by such Employee during the Plan
Year;  or (ii) be attributable to services performed by the Employee in the Plan
Year  (but  for the election which such Employee made in accordance with SECTION
3.04)  and  would  have  been  received  by the Employee within two and one-half
months  after the end of the Plan Year; and (iii) be allocated to the Employee's
Pre-Tax Contribution Account (and at the discretion of the Plan Administrator to
the  subaccount for Qualified Nonelective Contributions) as of a date within the
Plan  Year;  and (iv) not be contingent upon the Employee's participation in the
Plan  or  performance of services on any date subsequent to the date as of which
such  contributions are allocated; and (v) shall be actually paid to the Plan no
later  than  the  end  of the twelve (12) month period immediately following the
Plan  Year  to which such contribution relates; and (vi) shall be considered for
purposes  of  the  ACP  with  respect  to  amounts allocated only to the Pre-Tax
Contribution  Accounts  of  Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees.

In  calculating  ACP,  a Matching Contribution shall be taken into account for a
Plan  Year  only  if  such Matching Contribution:  (i) is made on account of the
Employee's    Pre-Tax  Contribution  for the Plan Year; (ii) is allocated to the
Employee  as of a date during such Plan Year; and (iii) is paid to the Trust not
later  than the last day of the twelfth (12th) month following the close of such
Plan  Year.

In  calculating  ACP,  all  employee  contributions  and  employer  matching
contributions  (as  defined in Code Section 401(m)(4)) of any Highly Compensated
Employee  who  participates  in  more  than one plan maintained by an Affiliated
Company  shall  be  aggregated  for  purposes  of  determining  such percentage.

In  calculating  ACP,  all  employee  contributions  and  employer  matching
contributions  (as defined in Code Section 401(m)(4)) to any plan required to be
aggregated  with the Plan for purposes of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410(b) shall
be  treated  as  if made under the Plan.  If the Plan is permissively aggregated
with another plan in order to comply with the limitations of SUBSECTION 4.07(1),
such aggregated plans must also meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4)
and  410(b)  as  a  single  plan.

(b)    "Highly Compensated Employee" shall mean a Highly Compensated Employee as
defined  in  SUBSECTION  4.05(4)(C).

(c)    "Non-Highly  Compensated  Employee"  shall  mean a Non-Highly Compensated
Employee  as  defined  in  SUBSECTION  4.05(4)(D).

(d)    "Eligible  Employee"  shall  mean  an  Eligible  Employee  as  defined in
SUBSECTION  4.05(4)(E).

(e)    "Total  Compensation"  shall  mean  compensation as defined in SUBSECTION
4.05(4)(F).

4.08   General Withdrawal from After-Tax Contribution Account.  Upon application
by  the  Participant  received  by the Plan Administrator, a Participant may, in
accordance  with  SECTION  4.11,  withdraw all or a portion of the value of such
Participant's  After-Tax Contribution Account; provided, however, that:  (i) all
partial  withdrawals  must  be for a minimum of Five Hundred Dollars ($500); and
(ii)  all  partial  withdrawals over Five Hundred Dollars ($500) must be made in
Two Hundred Fifty Dollar ($250) increments.  Withdrawals under this SECTION 4.08
shall be paid as soon as practicable following receipt by the Plan Administrator
of  the  application  for  withdrawal. A Participant shall be limited to two (2)
withdrawals  under  this  SECTION  4.08, per year.  General withdrawals shall be
valued  and  the  amounts  of  the  withdrawal  shall  be  subtracted  from  the
Participant's  After-Tax  Contribution  Account  as  of  the  Allocation  Date
immediately  preceding  the  date the withdrawal request is received by the Plan
Administrator,  after  allocation  of  earnings,  losses,  appreciation  and
depreciation  since  the  last  Allocation  Date.

4.09  General Withdrawal of Pre-Tax Contributions and Distribution Restrictions.

4.09(1)    Notwithstanding  any  Plan  provisions to the contrary, and except as
provided  in  SECTION 4.10 amounts held in a  Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution
Account  are  not  distributable  prior  to  the  earliest  of:

(i)    his  separation  from  service (as defined in Code Section 401(k) and the
Treasury  Regulations  thereunder)  pursuant  to  ARTICLE  10;

(ii)    his  Disability  pursuant  to  ARTICLE  8;

(iii)    his  Death  pursuant  to  ARTICLE  9;

(iv)    his  attainment  of  age  59    pursuant  to  SUBSECTION  4.09(2);

(v)    the  termination  of  the Plan; provided, however, that a distribution is
allowable  under this provision only if neither the Employer nor another company
in  an Affiliated Group with the Employer maintains a successor plan (as defined
in  Treasury  Regulations Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3)) other than an employee stock
ownership  plan  on  the  date  of  distribution;

(vi)   the disposition, to a corporation that is not in an Affiliated Group with
the  Employer,  of substantially all (at least eighty-five percent (85%)) of the
assets  (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2)) used by the Employer in a
trade  or  business  of  the  Employer,  but  only  if the Participant continues
employment  with  the transferee corporation, the Employer continues to maintain
the Plan, and the distribution is in connection with the disposition that causes
the  Participant's  employment  transfer;  or

(vii)   the disposition, to an entity or individual that is not in an Affiliated
Group  with the Employer, of the Employer's interest in a subsidiary (within the
meaning  of  Code  Section  409(d)(3)) in which the Participant is employed, but
only  if  the Participant continues employment with the subsidiary, the Employer
continues  to  maintain the Plan, and the distribution is in connection with the
disposition  that  causes  the  Participant's  employment  transfer.

A  distribution may be made under (v), (vi), or (vii) of SUBSECTION 4.09(1) only
if  it  constitutes  a  total  distribution  of the sum of (i) the Participant's
balances  in  all  of his Accounts and (ii) his account balances under any other
profit  sharing plan of the Employer or of a company in an Affiliated Group with
the  Employer.

4.09(2)    A  Participant  who  has  attained age 59-1/2 may withdraw all or any
portion of the balance of his previously unwithdrawn Pre-Tax Contributions as of
the  Allocation Date coincident with or next following the date such request for
withdrawal  is  received  by  the Plan Administrator.  The actual payment of the
amount to be so withdrawn shall occur as soon as administratively feasible on or
after such date.  Notwithstanding that the Participant has elected to receive an
in-service withdrawal under this paragraph, the Participant shall continue to be
eligible  to  participate  in  the  Plan  on  the  same  basis  as  prior to the
withdrawal.

If,  at  any  time, a Participant withdraws less than the entire amount which is
available for his withdrawal under this SUBSECTION 4.09(2) at such time from his
Pre-Tax  Contribution  Account,  then  such  Participant must withdraw a minimum
amount  equal  to  Five  Hundred  Dollars  ($500.00).

4.10    Hardship  Withdrawals  from  After-Tax  Contribution Account and Pre-Tax
Contribution  Account.

4.10(1)    Upon  application  by  a  Participant, the Plan Administrator may, in
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this SECTION and SECTION 4.11 permit such
Participant  to  withdraw a portion of the value of such Participant's After-Tax
Contribution  Account or Pre-Tax Contribution Account, pursuant to the following
provision.  Of the following provisions, all but SUBSECTIONS 4.10(2) AND 4.10(6)
shall  apply  to  withdrawals  of After-Tax Contributions and all but SUBSECTION
4.10(7)  shall  apply to withdrawals of Pre-Tax Contributions.   Notwithstanding
the  preceding,  a  Participant  shall  in  any  case be precluded from making a
hardship  withdrawal  of  any  amount  in  his  Pre-Tax  Contribution  Account
attributable  to Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Matching Contributions, or
Discretionary  Contributions.

4.10(2)    No  withdrawal  may  be  made  for any purpose other than a Permitted
Purpose,  as  defined  in  SUBSECTION  4.10(6).

4.10(3)    Application for withdrawal must be made in such form as prescribed by
the  Plan  Administrator,  and  must  set  out  in  detail  the  circumstances
establishing  that  the  proposed  withdrawal  is  for  a  Permitted  Purpose.

4.10(4)    Before  the  Plan  Administrator  will permit a Participant to make a
hardship  withdrawal  pursuant  to  this  SECTION,  the  Participant must submit
representation  that  his  financial  need  cannot  be  relieved:    (i) through
reimbursement  or  compensation  by  insurance  or otherwise; (ii) by reasonable
liquidation  of  the  Participant's assets, to the extent such liquidation would
not  itself  cause  an immediate and heavy financial need; (iii) by cessation of
Pre-Tax  Contributions under the Plan; (iv) by other distributions or nontaxable
(at  the time of the loan) loans from plans maintained by the Employer or by any
other  employer;  or  (v)  by  borrowing  from  commercial sources on reasonable
commercial  terms.

4.10(5)  The Plan Administrator's determination of whether the application meets
the  requirements  of  this SECTION shall be final and conclusive, and in making
such  determination,  the  Plan  Administrator  shall  follow  uniform  and
nondiscriminatory  rules.

4.10(6)    The  expression "Permitted Purpose," as used in this SECTION, means a
withdrawal  which is necessary in light of immediate and heavy financial need of
the Participant which is:  (i) for payment of medical expenses described in Code
Section 213 of the Participant, the Participant's spouse, dependents (as defined
in  Code Section 152) or parents as necessary for such persons to obtain medical
care  described  in Code Section 213; (ii) for purchase of a principal residence
of  the  Participant;  (iii) for payment of tuition and related educational fees
for  the next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant
or  such  Participant's  spouse,  children or dependents; (iv) needed to prevent
eviction  of  the Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure on the
mortgage  of  the  Participant's principal residence; (v) for payment of funeral
expenses  for the Participant's spouse, dependents or parents; or (vi) needed to
prevent  the  enforcement  of state or federal tax liens.  Such withdrawal shall
not  be  permitted  unless the Plan Administrator determines the Participant has
obtained  all  distributions  (other  than  hardship  distributions)  and  all
nontaxable  loans  currently  available  under  all  plans  maintained  by  any
Affiliated Company, and in no event will such payment exceed the amount required
to  meet  such  financial  need.

4.10(7)   Hardship withdrawal payments under SUBSECTION 4.10(1) shall not exceed
eighty  percent (80%) of the balance in the Participant's After-Tax Contribution
Account  as of the most currently available Allocation Date and shall be paid as
soon  as  practicable  following  receipt  by  the  Plan  Administrator  of  the
application  for  withdrawal  and  shall  be  subtracted  from the Participant's
After-Tax  Contribution Account as of the date on which the distribution occurs,
prior to allocation of earnings, losses, appreciation and depreciation since the
last  Allocation  Date.

4.10(8)   Hardship withdrawal payments under SUBSECTION 4.10(1) shall not exceed
the  excess  of:   (i) the Participant's actual Pre-Tax Contributions; over (ii)
his  prior  withdrawals  under  SUBSECTION  4.10(1)  as  of  the  most currently
available  Allocation  Date  and  shall be paid as soon as practicable following
receipt by the Plan Administrator of the application for withdrawal and shall be
subtracted  from  the Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions as of the first day of
the  calendar  quarter  in which the distribution occurs, prior to allocation of
earnings,  losses, appreciation and depreciation since the last Allocation Date.

4.11    Procedure  for  Withdrawal.

4.11(1)    All  withdrawals  shall  be  subject  to  the  Plan  Administrator's
determination  that  the requirements for withdrawal are satisfied after receipt
of  a  request  for  withdrawal  on  such  forms as the Plan Administrator shall
prescribe.    If  the Plan Administrator is satisfied that the application meets
the  requirements  of  SECTIONS  4.08,  4.09  or  4.10, the application shall be
granted.

4.11(2)    When an application for withdrawal is granted under the provisions of
this  SECTION,  the Plan Administrator shall give such directions to the Trustee
as  appropriate  to  effectuate  the  distribution  in accordance with the terms
hereof  of  the  interest  being  withdrawn.

4.12  Discretionary Contributions.  The Discretionary Contributions, if any, for
each  Plan  Year  shall  be  in such form (i.e. cash, or Company Stock) and such
amount  as the Board, in its sole discretion, may direct; provided however, that
the  Discretionary  Contributions shall not be less than the amount equal to the
product  of:  (a)  the  amount required to fully amortize any outstanding Exempt
Loan;  minus  (b)  the  amount  already  contributed by the Employer as Matching
Contributions  pursuant to SECTION 4.02.  However, in no event will the total of
Matching Contributions and Discretionary Contributions exceed the maximum amount
deductible  from  the  Employer's  income  for  such taxable year under Sections
404(a)(3)(A) and 404(a)(9) of the Code, including any amounts carried over under
Section  404  of  the  Code.  Discretionary Contributions shall:  (i) if made in
cash,  be  allocated to the Other Investments Accounts of Participants' Employer
Contribution  Account;  and  (ii)  if made in Company Stock, be allocated to the
Company  Stock  Accounts  of  Participants'  Employer  Contribution  Accounts.
Discretionary  Contributions  shall  be allocated as of the last day of the Plan
Year  among  all Participants who are employed by an Employer on the last day of
such  Plan  Year.

If  a  Participant who is an Eligible Employee ceases to be an Eligible Employee
or  is  transferred  from  an  Employer to a non-adopting Affiliated Company, he
shall  not  participate in the allocation of Discretionary Contributions for the
Plan  Year  in  which  the  cessation  or  transfer  took place.  If an Employee
transfers  to  an  adopting  Employer,  such  Employee  shall become an Eligible
Employee  and  eligible  to  receive an allocation pursuant to the terms of this
SECTION  4.12.

4.13    Securities Law Limitations on Contributions. The Plan Administrator may,
in  a  nondiscriminatory  manner  determined  in  its  sole  discretion, reduce,
suspend, or refund contributions, as necessary to ensure that the offer and sale
of  interests  in the Plan and the offer and sale of Company Stock in connection
with  the Plan comply with all requirements under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended  (the  "Securities  Act"),  and  any  other  applicable federal or state
securities  laws.


ARTICLLE  5  -  ALLOCATION  TO  PARTICIPANTS'  ACCOUNTS


5.01  Trust Accounts.  The Plan Administrator shall create and maintain adequate
records to reflect all transactions of the Trust and to disclose the interest in
the  Trust  of  each  Participant, former Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate
Payee  who  has  an  undistributed  interest  in  the  Fund.

5.01(1)    Individual Accounts.  Where appropriate, the Plan Administrator shall
establish  and  maintain  for  each  Participant  a  Pre-Tax  Contribution Stock
Account, an Employer Contribution Account, an After-Tax Contribution Account and
an  Employer  Divestiture  Account  which  Accounts are collectively referred to
herein  as  an  Account.

(a)    Pre-Tax  Contribution  Account.   Each Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution
Account  shall  be  further  subdivided  into  the  following  two  Accounts:

(i)   Company Stock Account.  A Company Stock Account shall be established under
each  Participant's  Pre-Tax Contribution Account and shall be credited with all
Pre-Tax  Contributions  made  by  the  Participant which are invested in Company
Stock.

(ii)    Other  Investments  Account.    An  Other  Investments  Account shall be
established  under  each Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution Account and shall be
credited  with  all  Pre-Tax Contributions made by the Participant which are not
invested in Company Stock and if applicable, Qualified Nonelective Contributions
made  on  the  Participant's  behalf.

(b)    Employer Contribution Accounts.  Each Participant's Employer Contribution
Account  shall  be  further  subdivided  into  the  following  two  Accounts:

(i)   Company Stock Account.  A Company Stock Account shall be established under
each  Participant's Employer Contribution Account and shall be credited with all
Matching  Contributions  and  Discretionary  Contributions  made  on behalf of a
Participant  which  are  invested  in  Company  Stock.

(ii)    Other  Investments  Account.    An  Other  Investments  Account shall be
established  under each Participant's Employer Contribution Account and shall be
credited with all Matching Contributions and Discretionary Contributions made on
behalf  of  a  Participant  which  are  not  invested  in  Company  Stock.

5.01(2)    General  Account.    The  Plan Administrator shall also establish and
maintain  for  the Trust suspense accounts to be known as an Unallocated Company
Stock Account and an Unallocated Other Investments Account, in the event Company
Stock  is  acquired  with  the  proceeds  of  an  Exempt  Loan.

5.01(3)    Rights  in Trust.  The maintenance of individual Accounts is only for
accounting  purposes,  and  a  segregation  of  the  assets of the Trust to each
Account  shall  not  be  required.

5.02    Contribution  Allocations  to  Accounts.

5.02(1)    Pre-Tax  Contribution  Account.

(a)    Company  Stock  Account.    The  Company  Stock  Account  of  the Pre-Tax
Contribution  Account  of  each Participant shall be increased (or decreased) by
his:    (1)  Pre-Tax  Contributions invested in Company Stock; and (2) stock (in
kind)  dividends  on  Company  Stock  held  in  the Company Stock Account of his
Pre-Tax  Contribution  Account.    Such  increase shall be recorded in whole and
fractional shares of Company Stock in order that such Account shall share in any
appreciation  in  the market value of the shares of Company Stock in the Company
Stock  Account,  or  in  any  decreases  in  such  market  value.

(b)    Other  Investments Account.  The Other Investments Account of the Pre-Tax
Contribution Account of each Participant will be increased (or decreased) by the
dollar  value  of his:  (1) Pre-Tax Contributions not invested in Company Stock;
(2)  Qualified  Nonelective  Contributions  made  on his behalf, if any; (3) his
allocable share (determined under SUBSECTION 5.02(4) below) of the net income or
loss  attributable  to  this  Account; (4) appreciation (or depreciation) in the
fair  market  value  of  the  assets  of  the  Trust  (other than Company Stock)
attributable  to  this  Account;  and  (5)  cash  dividends  and other rights or
warrants  allocable  to  Company  Stock held in the Company Stock Account of his
Pre-Tax  Contribution  Account.

5.02(2)    Employer  Contribution  Account.

(a)    Company  Stock  Account.    The  Company  Stock  Account  of the Employer
Contribution  Account  of  each Participant shall be increased (or decreased) by
his  allocable  share  (determined  under  SUBSECTION  5.02(4)  below)  of:  (1)
Matching  Contributions  contributed  in  kind  by  the  Employer or invested in
Company  Stock by the Trust; (2) Discretionary Contributions contributed in kind
by  the  Employer or invested in Company Stock by the Trust; (3) stock (in kind)
dividends  on  Company  Stock  held in the Company Stock Account of his Employer
Contribution  Account;  and  (4)  Company  Stock  released  from the Unallocated
Company  Stock Account.  Such increase shall be recorded in whole and fractional
shares  of  Company  Stock  in  order  that  such  Account  shall  share  in any
appreciation  in  the market value of the shares of Company Stock in the Company
Stock  Account,  or  in  any  decreases  in  such  market  value.

(b)    Other  Investments  Account.    The  Other  Investments  of  the Employer
Contribution  Account  of  each Participant shall be increased (or decreased) by
the  dollar  value  of  his:    (1) Matching Contributions in other than Company
Stock;  (2)  Discretionary    Contributions in other than Company Stock; (3) his
allocable share (determined under SUBSECTION 5.02(4) below) of the net income or
loss  attributable  to  this  Account; (4) appreciation (or depreciation) in the
fair  market  value  of  the  assets  of  the  Trust  (other than Company Stock)
attributable to this Account; (5) proceeds from the disposition of Company Stock
previously  held  in  the  Company  Stock  Account  of his Employer Contribution
Account;  and  (6) his allocable share of cash and other rights or warrants with
respect  to  fractional  shares  of Employer Contributions in Company Stock that
cannot  be  allocated  to the Company Stock Account of his Employer Contribution
Account.    It  will be decreased for:  (1) any payments on purchases of Company
Stock  or  repayment of debt (including principal and interest) incurred for the
purchase  of  Company  Stock  which  are  attributable  to such Account; (2) any
distributions  or  withdrawals;  and  (3) any expenses or Trustee's compensation
paid or reimbursed out of the Trust pursuant to SECTION 13.15 hereof or pursuant
to  the  Trust  Agreement.

(c)    Employer  Contributions.  Notwithstanding SUBSECTIONS 5.02(2)(A)  and (B)
above,  if  in  any Plan Year the foregoing allocation would result in more than
one-third  (1/3)  of  total  Employer  Contributions  for  such  Plan Year being
allocated  to  the  Prohibited  Group,  no  Employer  Contributions in excess of
one-third (1/3) of total Employer Contributions shall be allocated to members of
such  group,  but  such  excess  shall  be  reallocated  to  all  other eligible
Participants  according to the ratio that each such other eligible Participant's
Compensation  bears  to  the  total  Compensation    of  all such other eligible
Participants.    For purposes of this Subsection, the "Prohibited Group" means a
group  of  Participants consisting of highly compensated employees, as described
in  section  414(q)  of  the  Code.

5.02(3)    Unallocated  Company  Stock Account and Unallocated Other Investments
Account.

(a)    Unallocated Company Stock Account.  The Unallocated Company Stock Account
shall  be  increased  as  of  each  Valuation  Date with the number of shares of
Company  Stock  purchased  with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan.  The Unallocated
Company Stock Account shall also be increased as of each Valuation Date with the
stock  (in  kind)  dividends received with respect to Company Stock held in such
Account.  The Unallocated Company Stock Account shall be decreased by the number
of  shares  of  Company  Stock  that  are  to  be  released from such Account in
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  SUBSECTION  5.05(2)  hereof.

(b)    Unallocated Other Investments Account.  The Unallocated Other Investments
Account  will  be  increased  (or  decreased)  by:  (1) the dollar value of such
Account's  allocable share of the net income (or loss) of the Trust attributable
to  such  Account; (2) cash dividends and other rights or warrants received with
respect  to  Company  Stock  in  the  Unallocated Company Stock Account; and (3)
amounts  attributable  to  such  Account  that are used to pay an Exempt Loan in
accordance  with  SUBSECTION  5.05(4)  hereof.

5.02(4)    Earnings  Allocation  Procedures.    Subject  to  SECTION 5.06 below,
Accounts  shall  be  adjusted  in  accordance  with  the  following:

(a)  Income  and  Appreciation  in  Value  of  Other Investments Accounts in the
Trust.  The  income  of  the  Other  Investments Accounts, the Unallocated Other
Investments  Account,  the  Employer  Divestiture  Accounts  and  the  After-Tax
Contribution  Accounts  in the Trust (including the appreciation or depreciation
in  value  of  the  assets  in  the  Other  Investments  Accounts,  the Employer
Divestiture Accounts and the After-Tax Contribution Accounts in the Trust) shall
be  allocated to such Accounts in proportion to the balances in such Accounts as
of  the  next  preceding  Valuation  Date, but after first reducing each Account
balance  by  any  distributions  or  charges  from  such  Account since the next
preceding  Valuation  Date.

Any  dividends  allocated  to  the Unallocated Other Investments Account, to the
extent  not  used  to  pay  principal and interest on an Exempt Loan, shall: (i)
first  be  allocated  as a Matching Contribution pursuant to SECTION 5.05(3)(A);
and  (ii) to the extent such amounts exceed the Employer's Matching Contribution
obligations for the Plan Year shall be allocated as a Discretionary Contribution
pursuant  to  SECTION  5.05(3)(B).

(b)    Income  and Appreciation in Value of Company Stock Accounts in the Trust.
The  income  (except stock (in kind) dividends with respect to Company Stock and
except the unrealized appreciation or depreciation in value of the assets in the
Company  Stock Accounts in the Trust) of both the Company Stock Accounts and the
Unallocated  Company  Stock Account of the Trust shall be allocated to the Other
Investments  Accounts  and  Unallocated  Other  Investments  Account,  as  is
appropriate,  in  proportion  to the balances, as of the last Valuation Date, in
the  respective  Company  Stock Accounts or Unallocated Company Stock Account to
which  the  income  is  attributable  but after first reducing each such Account
balance  by  any  distributions  or  charges  from  such Accounts since the last
Valuation Date.  Cash or stock (in kind) dividends with respect to Company Stock
shall  be  allocated  to the Account which held the Company Stock that generated
the  cash or stock (in kind) dividend; provided, however, that cash or stock (in
kind)  dividends with respect to Company Stock then allocated to the Unallocated
Company  Stock Account or the Unallocated Other Investments Account may first be
used  to  pay  principal  and  interest  on  an  Exempt  Loan.

5.03    Time of Allocating Contributions. Subject to SECTIONS 4.07, 5.06 through
5.09  and  SUBSECTION 19.03(2), Pre-Tax Contributions and Matching Contributions
shall  be  allocated  as  of  the  Allocation  Date  among all Participants (the
"Eligible  Participants")  who  have  made  Pre-Tax Contributions, respectively,
since the last Allocation Date.  Each Participant's allocable share of  Matching
Contributions  shall  equal  twenty  percent (20%) of such Participant's Pre-Tax
Contributions  since  the last Allocation Date.  Discretionary Contributions, if
any,  for each Plan Year shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year.
QNECs  shall  be  allocated  in  accordance  with  SUBSECTION  4.05(3)(C).

5.04    Accounts  of Participants Transferred to an Affiliated Company Which Has
Not  Adopted the Plan.  If a Participant is transferred to an Affiliated Company
which has not adopted the Plan, the amount in the Trust which is credited to his
Accounts  shall  continue  to  share  in  the earnings, losses, appreciation, or
depreciation  of  the  Trust Fund, and such Participant's rights and obligations
with  respect  to  such Accounts shall be governed by the provisions of the Plan
and  Trust.

5.05    Treatment  of  Company  Stock  Purchased  under  an  Exempt  Loan.

5.05(1)    Debt  Purchase  of Company Stock.  Any Company Stock purchased by the
Trust  under  an  Exempt  Loan  shall  be allocated initially to the Unallocated
Company  Stock  Account.

5.05(2)    Release  from  Unallocated  Company Stock Account.  On the Allocation
Date,  there  shall  be  released  from  the Unallocated Company Stock Account a
portion  of  the Company Stock purchased under an Exempt Loan by the Trust equal
to  the number of shares determined by taking the shares so purchased which have
not  theretofore  been  released  from  the  Unallocated  Company  Stock Account
multiplied  by  the ratio of (1) the amount of principal and interest paid under
the  Exempt Loan subsequent to the last Allocation Date, to (2) the total of all
principal  and  interest  to  be  paid  for  the  current  and all future years.
Notwithstanding  the  preceding,  the number of shares released pursuant to this
SECTION  5.05(2)  for  any  Plan Year shall equal the number of shares purchased
under  an  Exempt  Loan  which  have  not  theretofore  been  released  from the
Unallocated  Company Stock Account and multiplied by the ratio of (1) the amount
of  principal  and  interest paid under the Exempt Loan for the Plan Year to (2)
the  total  of  all principal and interest to be paid for the current and future
years.

5.05(3)   Allocation to Company Stock Accounts.  The number of shares of Company
Stock  released pursuant to SUBSECTION 5.05(2) shall be allocated to the Company
Stock  Accounts  of  Participants  pursuant  to  the  following  provisions.

(a)   Matching Contributions.  The total number of shares released and allocable
as  a  Matching Contribution shall be determined by multiplying the total shares
released  by  a  fraction  the  numerator  of  which  is  the amount of the cash
contribution  needed to fund the Employer's Matching Contribution obligation for
the Plan Year (after allocation of dividends pursuant to SUBSECTION 5.02(4)(B)),
and the denominator of which is the total amount of cash contributed to the Plan
as  Matching  Contributions  for  such  Plan Year.  Each Participant's allocable
share  of  the  Company  Stock  released  which  is attributable to the Matching
Contribution  shall  be  determined by multiplying the number of shares released
pursuant  to  the  Matching Contribution by a fraction the numerator of which is
the  Participant's  Matching  Contribution funds for the Plan Year used to repay
principal  and  interest  on  an Exempt Loan and the denominator of which is the
aggregate  of  all  Matching  Contribution funds for the Plan Year used to repay
principal  and  interest  on  an  Exempt  Loan.

(b)    Discretionary  Contributions.    The  total number of shares released and
allocable  as  a  Discretionary  Contribution  shall  equal all remaining shares
released  after  application  of  SUBSECTION  5.05(3)(A).    Each  Participant's
allocable  share  of  the  Company  Stock  released which is attributable to the
Discretionary  Contribution for the Plan Year shall be determined by multiplying
the number of shares released pursuant to the Discretionary Contribution for the
Plan Year by a fraction the numerator of which is the Participant's Compensation
for  the  Plan  Year  and  the  denominator  of which is the Compensation of all
Participants.

5.04(4)    Payments  on an Exempt Loan.  As of each Allocation Date, installment
payments,  including  principal  and interest, made by the Trust out of Matching
Contributions  or  Discretionary    Contributions  since  the  last  preceding
Allocation  Date  under  an  Exempt  Loan,  will  decrease the Other Investments
Accounts  in  the  same proportion that Matching Contributions and Discretionary
Contributions  are  allocated under the provisions of SUBSECTION 5.05(3) hereof.
Dividends  from  the  Unallocated Other Investments Account that are used to pay
principal  and  interest  of  any  installment  payments shall also decrease the
Unallocated  Other Investments Account.  For purposes of determining payments on
an  Exempt  Loan,  to  the  extent  Matching Contributions are not sufficient to
satisfy  all amounts currently due, Discretionary Contributions shall be made in
an  amount  sufficient  to fully satisfy all amounts currently due.  Each Exempt
Loan  shall  provide  for  payment  of  principal  and interest substantially in
accordance with the following:  all income ("specified income") allocable to the
Unallocated Company Stock Account and Unallocated Other Investments Account that
is  attributable  to  collateral  for  the  obligation shall be used, before any
Matching  Contributions  or  Discretionary  Contributions  are  so  used, to pay
principal  amounts  due  under  such  Exempt  Loan;  Matching  Contributions and
Discretionary  Contributions  shall  be first applied to repay interest under an
Exempt  Loan  with  any  excess  used to fund current principal requirements not
otherwise  funded  by  the  specified  income;  if  the  specified income of the
Unallocated  Company  Stock Account and Unallocated Other Investments Account is
not  sufficient  to  pay  principal  due  under  an  Exempt  Loan, then Matching
Contributions  and  Discretionary  Contributions  shall  be  used  to  fund  the
difference;  if  the  specified  income  exceeds  the  amount  necessary  to pay
principal  due  on Exempt Loans for the Plan Year, then such excess amount shall
be  first used to pay interest currently due, if any, with respect to the Exempt
Loan  and  any  remaining  amount  of  income  may,  at the direction and in the
discretion  of  the  Plan  Administrator,  be used to prepay principal due on an
Exempt  Loan  in  succeeding  Plan Years.  Any remaining amount of income not so
used shall be allocated to Participants' Accounts in accordance with SUBSECTIONS
5.02(4)(A)  and  5.02(4)(B).

5.06   Limitation on Annual Additions Under Code Section 415.  The provisions of
Code  Section  415  are  incorporated  by reference, to the extent not expressly
stated  below.

5.06(1)   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the sum of the Annual
Additions  to  a  Participant's Account for any Limitation Year shall not exceed
the  lesser of: (i) Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000) or, if greater, one-fourth
(1/4) of  the  defined  benefit  dollar  limitation  set  forth  in Code Section
415(b)(1)(A)  as  in effect for the Limitation Year; or (ii) twenty-five percent
(25%)  of  such  Participant's  Limitation  Year  Compensation  for  the  entire
Limitation  Year  (even  though such Participant may not have been a Participant
for the entire Limitation Year).  The term "Annual Additions" to a Participant's
Account  for  any  Limitation  Year  shall  mean  the  sum  of:

(a)    such  Participant's  allocable  share  of  the Matching Contributions and
Discretionary  Contributions credited to such Participant within such Limitation
Year  provided,  however,  that any such contributions applied to the payment of
the  interest  portion  of  any  Exempt  Loan  shall not be counted as an Annual
Addition;

(b)   the amount of such Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions under the Plan, put
in  if  any,  for  such  Limitation  Year;

(c)  any amount allocated to an "individual medical account," as defined in Code
Section  415(l)(2),  which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by an
Employer;  and

(d)    any amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31,
1985,  in  the first taxable year for which a reserve is established pursuant to
Code  Section  419A  and  each  subsequent  year,  which  are  attributable  to
post-retirement  medical  benefits  allocated  to  the separate account of a key
employee  (as  defined  in Code Section 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund
(as  defined  in  Code  Section  419(e))  maintained  by  an  Employer.

Provided,  however,  that  the twenty-five percent (25%) limitation set forth in
this  SUBSECTION  5.06(1)(II) shall not apply to amounts described in SUBSECTION
5.06(1)(II)(D).

Solely  for  purposes  of  this  SECTION,  the  determination of a Participant's
Pre-Tax Contributions for a Limitation Year shall exclude the items set forth in
Treasury  Regulations Sections 1.415-6(b)(3)(i)-(iv), and the determination of a
Participant's  allocable  share  of Matching Contributions for a Limitation Year
shall  exclude  any Matching Contributions allocated to such Participant for any
of the reasons set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.415-6(b)(2)(ii)-(vi)
(except  as  otherwise  provided  in  such  Sections).

5.06(2) In the event that as a result of: (i) a reasonable error in estimating a
Participant's Limitation Year Compensation or (ii) other facts and circumstances
which  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  finds  justify  the  availability of the
provisions  of this Subsection and Subsection 5.02(3), it is determined that the
Annual  Additions to a Participant's Account for any Limitation Year will exceed
the  limitations contained herein, such Annual Additions shall be reduced to the
extent  necessary  to  meet  the  limitations contained in Subsection 5.02(1) by
first  reducing,  to  the  extent  necessary,  such  Participant's  After-Tax
Contributions, then by reducing, to the extent necessary, such amounts allocated
to  the  Participant's  Pre-Tax  Contribution  Account,  then by reducing to the
extent  necessary,  his  allocable  share of Matching Contributions for the Plan
Year ending within such Limitation Year.  If such prospective reductions are not
sufficient  to  cure  the  excess  Annual  Additions,  the Participant's Pre-Tax
Contributions  and/or  After-Tax Contributions shall be refunded as necessary to
meet  the  limitations.

5.06(3)    If  the  amount  of  any  Participant's  allocable  share of Matching
Contributions  is  reduced  in accordance with SUBSECTION 5.06(2), the amount of
such  reduction  shall be maintained in a suspense account under the Trust to be
used  to  reduce  Matching  Contributions  for  all  Participants  for  the next
Limitation  Year (and succeeding Limitation Years, if applicable).  Any suspense
account established pursuant to this SUBSECTION shall not be adjusted to reflect
net income, loss, appreciation or depreciation in the value of the Trust Fund as
provided  for  a  Participant's  regular  Accounts  pursuant  to  ARTICLE  6.

5.06(4)    If the amount of any Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions are refunded
in  accordance  with SUBSECTION 5.06(2), the amount of such refund (adjusted for
earnings,  losses,  appreciation,  or  depreciation)  shall  be  disregarded for
purposes  of  the  $10,000  limitation  set  forth  in SUBSECTION 4.04(1)(B) and
SECTION  4.06.

5.06(5)  In the event of termination of the Plan, the suspense account described
in  SUBSECTION 5.06(3) shall revert to the Company to the extent it may not then
be  allocated  to  any  Participant's  Account.

5.07    Limitations  on  Annual  Additions for Employers or Affiliated Companies
Maintaining other Defined Contribution Plans.  In the event that any Participant
in  this  Plan  is  also a participant under any other Defined Contribution Plan
maintained  by  an  Affiliated  Company, the total amount of Annual Additions to
such  Participant's accounts under all such Defined Contribution Plans shall not
exceed the limitations set forth in SUBSECTION 5.06(1).  If such total amount of
Annual  Additions  to  each  Participant's  Accounts  under  all  such  Defined
Contribution  Plans does exceed the limitations set forth in SUBSECTION 5.06(1),
then  the  Annual  Additions  to  a  Participant's  Account in the Plan shall be
reduced  after  contributions  to  all  other qualified plans of the Company are
reduced.

5.08    Limitations  on  Annual  Additions for Employers or Affiliated Companies
Maintaining Defined Benefit Plans.  In the event that any Participant under this
Plan  is  a participant under one or more Defined Benefit Plans maintained by an
Affiliated  Company  (whether  or  not  terminated), then the sum of the Defined
Benefit Plan Fraction for such Limitation Year and the Defined Contribution Plan
Fraction for such Limitation Year shall not exceed one (1.0).  If the sum of the
Defined  Benefit  Plan  Fraction  for  any  Limitation  Year  and  the  Defined
Contribution  Plan Fraction for such Limitation Year does exceed one (1.0), then
the  Annual Additions to a Participant's Accounts in this Plan shall be reduced,
and  such  reduction  shall  be  accomplished  in  accordance with SECTION 5.06.

5.09    Definitions for Purposes of Determining the Annual Addition Limitations.
For  purposes  of SECTIONS 5.06, 5.07, 5.08 and this SECTION 5.09, the following
definitions  shall  apply:

"5.09(1)    Retirement  Plan"  means:  (a) any profit sharing, pension, or stock
bonus plan described in Code Sections 401(a) and 501(a); (b) any annuity plan or
annuity  contract  described  in  Code  Section  403(a)  or  403(b); and (c) any
simplified  employee  pension  plan  described  in  Code  Section  408(k).

5.09(2)  "Defined Benefit Plan" means any Retirement Plan which is not a Defined
Contribution  Plan.

5.09(3)    "Defined  Benefit  Plan  Fraction"  means  a  fraction  calculated in
accordance  with  Code  Section  415(e)(2).

5.09(4)   "Defined Contribution Plan" means a Retirement Plan which provides for
an  individual account for each participant and for benefits based solely on the
amount  contributed  to  the  participant's  account,  and any income, expenses,
gains,  or  losses,  and any forfeitures of accounts of other participants which
may  be  allocated  to  such  participant's  account.

5.09(5)  "Defined Contribution Plan Fraction" means a fraction, the numerator of
which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the participant's accounts under all
the  Defined  Contribution  Plans  (whether or not terminated) maintained by any
Affiliated Company for the current and all prior Limitation Years (including the
Annual  Additions  attributable  to  the  participant's  nondeductible  employee
contributions  to  this and all other Defined Contribution Plans, whether or not
terminated,  maintained by any Affiliated Company), and the denominator of which
is  the  sum  of  the  Maximum  Aggregate  Amounts for the current and all prior
Limitation  Years  of  employment  with  any  Affiliated  Company (regardless of
whether  a  Defined Contribution Plan was maintained by any Affiliated Company).
The  "Maximum  Aggregate  Amount"  in  any  Limitation Year is the lesser of one
hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the dollar limitation in effect under Code
Section 415(c)(1)(A) or one hundred forty percent (140%) of the amount which may
be  taken  into  account  under  Code  Section  415(c)(1)(B).

5.05(6)    "Limitation  Year"  means  the  Plan  Year.

5.09(7)  "Limitation Year Compensation" means a Participant's total compensation
for services rendered to an Employer during a Plan Year, as reported on Form W-2
or  other  federal  wage  statement  as taxable for federal income tax purposes,
except  that for only those Employees of ClubCorp International Resource Company
who  are  nonresident aliens who receive no earned income (within the meaning of
Code  Section 911(d)(2)) which is U.S. source income (within the meaning of Code
Section  861(a)(3),  Limitation  Year  Compensation  shall  mean:    (i)  such
Participant's  wages,  salaries,  earned  income (only if an employee within the
meaning  of  Code  Section  401(c)(1))  which includes foreign earned income (as
defined  in  Code  Section  911(b))  whether or not excludable from gross income
under  Code  Section  911,  foreign  earned  income  (as defined in Code Section
911(b)) whether or not excludable from gross income under Code Section 911, fees
for  professional  services,  and  other  amounts  received from an Employer for
personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with an Employer
as  an  Employee  to  the extent that the amounts are includable in gross income
(including,  but  not  limited  to,  commissions  paid  salesmen,  overtime pay,
compensation  for  services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions
on  insurance  premiums,  tips,  bonuses,  fringe benefits and reimbursements or
other  expense  allowances under a nonaccountable plan, as described in Treasury
Regulations  Section 1.62-2(c)), but determined without regard to the exclusions
found  in  Code  Sections 931 and 933; (ii) amounts received by such Participant
described  in Code Sections 104(a)(3), 105(a) and 105(h), but only to the extent
that  these  amounts  are  includable in the gross income of the Employee; (iii)
amounts  paid  or  reimbursed  by  the  Employer  to such Participant for moving
expenses  incurred  by such Participant, but only to the extent that at the time
of  payment it is reasonable to believe that these amounts are not deductible by
such  Participant  under  Code Section 217; (iv) the value of nonqualified stock
options  granted  to  such Participant, but only to the extent that the value of
the option is includable in the gross income of such Participant for the taxable
year in which granted; and (v) the amount includable in the gross income of such
Participant  upon  making  the  election  described  in  Code Section 83(b), but
excluding  the  following:

(a)    Employer  contributions  to a plan of deferred compensation to the extent
contributions  are  not  included  in  gross  income  of the Participant for the
taxable year in which contributed, and any distributions from a plan of deferred
compensation  whether  or  not includable in the gross income of the Participant
when  distributed;

(b)    Employer  contributions made on behalf of the Participant to a simplified
employee  pension  described  in  Code  Section  408(k);

(c)   amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock option, or when
restricted  stock  (or  property)  held  by  the  Participant  becomes  freely
transferable  or  is  no  longer  subject  to  a substantial risk of forfeiture;

(d)    amounts  realized  from  the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock
acquired  under  a  qualified  stock  option;  and

amounts that receive special tax benefits, or contributions made by the Employer
(whether  or  not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an
annuity  contract  described  in  Code  Section  403(b)  (whether  or  not  the
contributions  are  excludable  from  the  gross  income  of  the  Participant).

5.10   Cessation of Eligible Employee Status.  If any Participant does not incur
a  Termination of Employment but ceases to be an Eligible Employee as defined in
SECTION  2.20,  then, during the period that such Participant is not an Eligible
Employee  as defined in such SECTION 2.20: (i) such Participant's Accounts shall
continue  to share in the earnings, losses, appreciation, or depreciation of the
Trust  Fund; and (ii) such Participant shall receive credit for vesting purposes
pursuant to SECTION 10.01 for any Vesting Years of Service completed during such
period.

5.11    Inclusion  of  Ineligible Employee and Erroneous Allocations.  If in any
Plan  Year  any person who should not have been included as a Participant in the
Plan  is  erroneously included and Pre-Tax Contributions, Matching Contributions
or Discretionary Contributions are mistakenly made on such Participant's behalf,
the Plan records shall be corrected and such Pre-Tax, Matching and Discretionary
Contributions  shall  be  treated  as Forfeitures for the Plan Year in which the
discovery  is  made.


ARTICLE  6  -  VALUATION  OF  TRUST  FUND


6.01    Valuation  of  the  Trust  Fund  and  Account  Statements.

6.01(1)    Within  a  reasonable  time  after  the  Allocation  Date,  the  Plan
Administrator shall have the Trustee prepare a statement of the condition of the
Trust  Fund  as  of the close of business on such Allocation Date setting forth:
(i)  the  assets  of the Trust Fund as of such Allocation Date, and the cost and
current  value  thereof  as defined in ERISA Section 3(26) (the "Current Value")
and  (ii)  all  investments,  receipts,  disbursements  and  other  transactions
effected  by  it.   This statement shall be delivered to the Plan Administrator.
As  soon  as practicable following each June 30 and December 31 Allocation Date,
the  Plan  Administrator  shall  cause  to  be  prepared,  and shall cause to be
delivered  to  each  Participant,  Beneficiary,  or  Alternate  Payee,  a report
disclosing  the  status  of  each  such individual's Accounts in the Trust Fund.

6.01(2)    Notwithstanding  anything  to  the contrary contained herein, Company
Stock  shall  be  valued  by  the  Company in its discretion and confirmed by an
independent  appraiser  selected and retained by the Trustee; provided, however,
that  in the event Company Stock becomes publicly traded, the foregoing sentence
shall  not  apply.

6.01(3)    The  Trustee's  (or,  in  the  case  of Company Stock, the Company's)
determination  of the Current Value of the assets in the Trust Fund and the Plan
Administrator's  charges  or  credits to the individual Accounts with respect to
Participants,  Beneficiaries,  or Alternate Payees, as provided in SECTION 6.02,
shall  be  final  and  conclusive  on  all  persons  ever  interested hereunder.

6.02    Forfeitures.

6.02(1)    Application  of  Forfeitures.    Forfeitures under this Plan shall be
applied  pursuant  to  SECTION  10.04(6).

6.02(2)    Computations.   All of the computations required to be made under the
provisions  of  this  ARTICLE  6,  when  made,  shall be conclusive with respect
thereto and shall be binding upon all the Participants, Beneficiaries, Alternate
Payees,  and  all  other  persons  ever  having  an  interest in the Trust Fund.

6.03    Trust  Fund.    The Trust shall be invested in Company Stock (which is a
qualifying  employer security within the meaning of ERISA), provided that to the
extent  the  Trustee  determines it is required under ERISA to do so, or cash is
needed  for  administrative  expenses or distributions, assets of the Trust Fund
shall  be  invested  in short-term investments in the Trustee's discretion.  All
purchases  of  qualifying employer securities, including Company Stock, shall be
for  no  more  than  the  fair  market  value as determined in good faith by the
Company  and  confirmed  by  an  appraisal submitted by an independent appraiser
selected  and  retained  by  the Trustee and no commission shall be charged with
respect  to  any  purchase  from  a  party  in  interest.

6.04    Voting  of Shares; Exercise of Other Rights.  Shares of Company Stock in
the  Trust  shall  be  voted  by  the  Trustee  as shall be directed by the Plan
Administrator.    With respect to any corporate matter which involves the voting
of  such  shares  at  a  shareholder  meeting  and  which  constitutes a merger,
consolidation,  recapitalization,  reclassification,  liquidation,  dissolution,
sale of substantially all assets of a trade or business or a similar transaction
specified  in  regulations  under  Section  409(e)(3) of the Code, however, each
Participant  (or Beneficiary) will be entitled to give confidential instructions
to the Trustee as to the voting of shares of Company Stock then allocated to his
Company  Stock Account.  In that event, any allocated Company Stock with respect
to  which  voting directions are not given shall be voted, and shares of Company
Stock  held  by  the Trust which are not then allocated to Participants' Company
Stock  Accounts  shall  be  voted  in  the  manner  determined  by  the  Plan
Administrator.    In  the  event  the  Company becomes publicly traded, i.e. the
Company  Stock  is  required to be registered under Section 12 of the Securities
Exchange  Act  of  1934,  each Participant will be entitled to give confidential
instructions to the Trustee as to the voting of all shares of Company Stock then
allocated  to  his Company Stock Account (as outlined above) as to all corporate
matters  requiring  a  shareholder  vote.

6.05  Put Option with Respect to Company Stock.  Any Company Stock, if it is not
publicly  traded,  when  distributed  or is subject to a trading limitation when
distributed,  must  be  subject  to  a  put  option.    The  put option is to be
exercisable  only  by  the  Participant,  the Participant's donees, an Alternate
Payee,  or  by  a  person  (including  an estate or its distribute) to whom the
Company  Stock  passes  by reason of a Participant's death.  The put option must
permit the Participant to put the Company Stock to the Employer.  The put option
must be exercisable during the sixty (60) consecutive days beginning on the date
that the Company Stock subject to the put option is distributed by the Plan, and
for  another sixty (60) consecutive days during the Plan Year next following the
Plan Year in which the shares were distributed.  The put option may be exercised
by  the holder by notifying the Employer in writing that the put option is being
exercised.  The period during which a put option is exercisable does not include
any  period  when a distributee is unable to exercise it because the party bound
by  the put option is prohibited from honoring it by applicable federal or state
law.   The price at which the put option is exercisable is the fair market value
of  the  Company  Stock  on the date of the transaction determined in good faith
based  on  all  relevant  factors.

Payment  pursuant  to  the  put  option  shall  be  made:  (1)  in  the  case of
distribution  of the Participant's entire Account within one taxable year of the
recipient,  no  less  rapidly  than in substantially equal installments at least
annually  over  a  period  beginning  no  later  than thirty (30) days after the
exercise  of  the  put  option and not exceeding five (5) years in all; adequate
security  shall  be  provided  and  reasonable  interest  shall  be  paid on any
installments  outstanding  after  thirty  (30)  days  after  exercise of the put
option;  and  (2) in the case of any other form of distribution not described in
the directly preceding clause (1) of this paragraph in this SECTION 6.05, within
thirty  (30)  days  of  the  exercise  of  the  put option.  Notwithstanding the
preceding, payment pursuant to the put option may be extended to a date no later
than ten (10) years after the earlier of the date the put option is exercised or
the  date  of  final  repayment  of  any  debt  incurred  in connection with the
acquisition of the Company Stock.  The provisions described in this SECTION 6.05
are  nonterminable even if the Exempt Loan is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an
employee  stock  ownership  plan,  or  the custodian or trustee of an individual
retirement  account  described  in  Code  Section  408(a)  established  by  the
Participant  or  his  surviving  spouse.

6.06    Exempt  Loan to Purchase Company Stock; Certain Conditions Applicable to
Such  Company  Stock.    It  is the express purpose of this Plan and its related
Trust  Agreement  to invest substantial sums in Company Stock for the benefit of
Participants in the Plan.  Pursuant to this purpose, it is contemplated that the
Trustee  will  from  time to time, upon the direction of the Plan Administrator,
borrow  funds  either  through  installment purchase contract, loan agreement or
other  instrument  of  indebtedness  (Exempt  Loan) in order to purchase Company
Stock  with  such  indebtedness either guaranteed by the Employer or one or more
Affiliated  Companies  or  made  directly  from  the  Employer  or  one  or more
Affiliated  Companies  to  the  Trust.

6.06(1)    Use  of  Proceeds.  All proceeds of such an Exempt Loan shall be used
within a reasonable time after receipt by the Trustee only for any or all of the
following  purposes:  to  purchase  Company Stock, to repay obligations incurred
under  the  Exempt  Loan  or  to  repay  a  prior  Exempt  Loan.

6.06(2)    Non-Recourse Loans Only.  Any Exempt Loan must be without recourse as
against  the  Plan  and  the  Trust.

6.06(3)    Collateral.  The only assets of the Plan and Trust which may be given
as  collateral  for an Exempt Loan are shares of Company Stock acquired with the
proceeds  of the Exempt Loan and those shares of Company Stock that were used as
collateral on a prior Exempt Loan repaid with the proceeds of the current Exempt
Loan.

6.06(4)    Creditor's Rights to Assets.  No person entitled to payment under the
Exempt  Loan  shall  have  any  right  to assets of the Plan or Trust other than
collateral given for the Exempt Loan, contributions (other than contributions of
Company Stock) that are made under the Plan to meet the Plan's obligations under
the Exempt Loan, and earnings attributable to such collateral and the investment
of  such  contributions.

6.06(5)    Transfers Upon Default.  In the event of default upon an Exempt Loan,
the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Exempt Loan must not
exceed  the  amount  of  default.  If the lender is a "disqualified person," the
Exempt  Loan  must  provide for a transfer of Plan assets upon default only upon
and  to  the extent of the failure of the Plan to meet the repayment schedule of
the  Exempt  Loan.

6.06(6)    Interest.  The interest rate of any Exempt Loan described herein must
not  be  in  excess  of a reasonable rate of interest.  In determining what is a
reasonable  rate of interest, all relevant factors will be considered, including
the  amount  and  duration  of  the  loan,  the  security and guarantee (if any)
involved,  the credit standing of the Plan and Trust and the guarantor (if any),
and the interest rate prevailing for comparable loans.  A variable interest rate
is  permissible  if  determined  to  be  reasonable.

6.06(7)    Release  from  Collateral or Suspense.  The instrument evidencing the
indebtedness shall provide for release from collateral or suspense in accordance
with  the  provisions  of  SUBSECTION  5.05(2)  of  the  Plan.

6.06(8)    Limitation  or Restrictions on Company Stock; Right of First Refusal.
Except    as  provided herein or in SECTION 6.05, no Company Stock acquired with
the  proceeds  of an Exempt Loan may be subject to a put, call, or other option,
or  buy-sell  or similar arrangement while held by and when distributed from the
Plan  or its related Trust, whether or not the Plan is then an "Plan" within the
ambit  of  Section  54.4975-7(b)(1)(i)  of  the  Treasury  Regulations,  unless
specifically  required  or  permitted  by  such  regulations.    A  holder
("Shareholder")  of  shares  of Company Stock which have been distributed by the
Trustee,  may  not,  for valuable consideration, sell, assign, pledge, convey in
trust,  or otherwise transfer or encumber in any manner or by any means whatever
("Transfer") any interest in all or any part of Company Stock held by him except
in  accordance  with  the terms and conditions of this SUBSECTION 6.06(8), if at
the  time  of such Transfer the Company Stock is not publicly traded.  Provided,
however, "Transfer" shall not include any transfer of such shares by reason of a
Participant's  death,  any  transfer to an Alternate Payee, or the transfer by a
Participant  or  his  surviving spouse of the shares to an individual retirement
account,  described  in  Code Section 408(a), in a transaction described in Code
Section  402(c).    Upon  the receipt of the Notice described below, the Company
shall  have  the  first  option  to purchase the shares to be Transferred by the
Shareholder,  and,  if that option is not exercised in full by the Company, then
Trustee  shall  have the option to purchase shares not purchased by the Company.
Prior  to  any proposed Transfer, the Shareholder must first give written notice
("Notice")  to  the Plan Administrator that he intends to Transfer his shares of
Company  Stock  or  any interest therein, which Notice shall state the number of
shares to be transferred, the name of the proposed transferee, the consideration
for  the  proposed  Transfer, and the terms and conditions of the Transfer.  The
Shareholder  shall  also  submit  with the Notice copies of all papers and other
documents to be used in connection with the proposed Transfer.  Any deviation in
the  terms  of such Transfer, however slight, shall require a new Notice thereby
effecting  a  new  option  under  this  SUBSECTION  6.06(8).

The  Company must exercise its option to purchase, as to all or a portion of the
shares  offered,  within  fourteen  (14)  days of receipt of the Notice.  If the
Company  fails  to  exercise its option as to any or all of the shares, then the
Trustee  (as  directed  by the Plan Administrator) shall be entitled to act upon
its option to purchase within that same fourteen (14) day period.  Options shall
be exercised in the form of written notice of exercise to the Shareholder or his
legal  representative  within  the  designated  period.

If  the  option  is  not exercised in full by the Company, the Trustee, or both,
within fourteen (14) days after Notice, the unexercised part of the option shall
lapse, and then the proposed Transfer (if to a transferee other than the Company
or  Trustee)  must be completed within ninety (90) days following the end of the
period  for  exercise,  but  only upon the same terms and at a price which is no
less  than  that set forth in the Notice.  Any such permitted Transfer, however,
shall  be  conditioned  upon the proposed transferee executing such documents as
counsel  for the Company may reasonably request which evidences the transferee's
agreement  to  abide  by  the  terms  and  provisions of this SUBSECTION 6.06(8)
concerning  the  shares, or any interest therein proposed to be acquired, and to
agree  to  any  legending  of  certificates  and  to  any  restrictions  on
transferability  as the Company may reasonably require to ensure compliance with
federal  or  state  securities  laws.

In  exercising an option to purchase, the Company, Trustee, or both, as the case
may  be, must purchase pursuant to the terms of the Notice and at the greater of
the fair market value such shares of Company Stock or the price specified in the
Notice.    The  terms  of the payment of the purchase price shall in no event be
less  favorable  than  the  terms  of  an  independent  third-party  offer.

6.06(9)    Limitations on Payments.  The payments made during any Plan Year with
respect to an Exempt Loan described herein may not exceed an amount equal to the
sum of (1) the Matching Contributions, plus (2) the Discretionary Contributions,
plus  (3)  earnings  received  during  or previous to the current Plan Year less
payments  previously  made  with  respect  to  such loan, plus (4) any dividends
received  by the Trust on Company Stock purchased with the proceeds of an Exempt
Loan.    The  Employer  Contributions  and  earnings  described  herein  must be
accounted for separately on the books of account of the Plan and Trust until any
Exempt  Loan  is  repaid, as is provided in the other provisions of ARTICLE 5 of
this  Plan.

6.06(10)    Term of Exempt Loans.  Any Exempt Loan made by the Plan or Trust for
the  purpose of purchasing Company Stock must be for a specific term and may not
be  payable  on  the  demand  of  any  person,  except  in  the case of default.

6.07    Diversification of Participant's Account.  This SECTION 6.07 shall apply
to  the extent a Participant's Account is credited with Company Stock ("Eligible
Assets").    A  Participant  who  has  attained  age fifty-five (55) and who has
completed  ten (10) or more years of participation in the Plan ("Eligible Age 55
Participant") may elect to have twenty-five percent (25%) of the Eligible Assets
then  in  his  Account, after taking into account all assets as to which a prior
election  is  made  at  the fair market value of such assets at the time a prior
election  is made, (and if in Company Stock, after converting such Company Stock
into  cash  at the Company Stock's current fair market value) transferred to the
ClubCorp  Individual  Investment  Plan  ("IIP").    Such  an  election  shall be
permitted  each  year  during  the period of ninety (90) days after the close of
each  Plan Year in a period of six (6) consecutive Plan Years beginning with the
Plan  Year  during  which  the  Participant  first  becomes  an  Eligible Age 55
Participant.    Participation  for  this  purpose  does not include any Years of
Service  prior  to establishment of the Plan or participation in any other plan.

During  the  last such election period, an Eligible Age 55 Participant may elect
to  convert  and  transfer  fifty  percent  (50%)  of the Eligible Assets in his
Account,  taking  into  account all assets as to which he has previously made an
election at the fair market value of such assets at the time a prior election is
made.    To  the extent a Participant makes an election under this SECTION 6.07,
the  portion of the Eligible Assets in the Participant's Account that is subject
to  the  election  shall,  subject  to  SECTION  6.06  hereof,  be converted and
transferred  to  the  IIP  no  later  than ninety (90) days after the end of the
election  period.

6.08   Emergency Valuation.  It is contemplated that the Trust will be valued by
the  Trustee as of the Valuation Date and allocations made as of each Allocation
Date.    However,  should  the  Plan Administrator in good faith determine that,
because  of  an  extraordinary  change  in  general  economic  conditions or the
occurrence  of  an  event  radically affecting the value of all or a substantial
part  of  the  Trust,  an  abnormal  fluctuation  in  the value of the Trust has
occurred  since  the  end  of  the  preceding  Plan Year, and that it has become
necessary to make a distribution to one (1) or more Participants, Beneficiaries,
or  Alternate Payees under the provisions hereof, the Plan Administrator may, in
its  sole  discretion, to prevent any such person from receiving a substantially
greater or lesser amount than what he would be entitled to, based on the current
value  of  the Trust (as defined in ERISA Section 3(26)), cause a revaluation of
the  Trust to be made and a reallocation of the interests therein as of the date
such  person's  right  of  distribution becomes fixed.  The Plan Administrator's
determination to make such emergency valuation and the valuation of the Trust as
determined  by  the  Trustee shall be conclusive and binding on all persons ever
interested  hereunder.


ARTICL  7  -  RETIREMENT  BENEFITS


A  Participant's  Employer  Contribution  Account shall fully vest on his Normal
Retirement  Date, provided such Participant is employed by an Affiliated Company
on  such  date.   A Participant who continues in the Employer's employment after
his  Normal Retirement Date shall continue to be a Participant in the Plan until
his actual retirement.  Upon actual retirement on or after his Normal Retirement
Date,  a Participant shall be entitled to receive distribution of the balance of
his  entire  Account  as  of  the Allocation Date coinciding with or immediately
following  the  date on which such Participant retires.  Payment upon retirement
shall  be  made by the Trustee at the direction of the Plan Administrator at the
time  and  manner  provided  in  ARTICLE  11.
ARTICLE  8  -  DISABILITY  BENEFITS

8.01    Disability Retirement.  If a Participant retires by reason of Disability
while  in  the  employ  of  an  Affiliated  Company  or on Leave of Absence, his
Employer  Contribution  Account  shall  fully  vest  and he shall be entitled to
receive  distribution  of the balance of his entire Account as of the Allocation
Date coinciding with or immediately following the date on which such Participant
retires.    Payments  resulting  from  a  Participant's retirement on account of
Disability  shall  be  made  by  the  Trustee  at  the  direction  of  the  Plan
Administrator  at  the  time  and  in  the  manner  provided  in  ARTICLE  11.

8.02    Determination  of  Disability.    The Plan Administrator shall determine
whether  a  Participant has suffered a Disability, and its determination in that
respect  is  binding  upon the Participant, provided that the Plan Administrator
may  rely  upon  professional  medical  advice in making such determination.  In
making  its determination, the Plan Administrator may require the Participant to
submit  to  medical  examinations by doctors selected by the Plan Administrator.
The  provisions of this ARTICLE 8 shall be uniformly and consistently applied to
all  Participants.


ARTICLE  9  -  DEATH  BENEFITS


9.01  Death Benefits.  Upon the death of a Participant while in the employ of an
Affiliated  Company  or  on  Leave of Absence, his Employer Contribution Account
shall  fully  vest  and  his  Beneficiary, determined in accordance with SECTION
9.02,  shall  be  entitled  to receive distribution of the balance of his entire
Account  as of the Allocation Date coinciding with or immediately following such
Participant's  date  of  death, provided proper proof of death is filed with the
Plan  Administrator.

Upon  the  death  of  a  Participant  who is no longer employed by an Affiliated
Company  prior  to  receipt  by  such  Participant  of all amounts to which such
Participant  is  entitled  under  the  provisions  of the Plan, his Beneficiary,
determined  in  accordance  with  SECTION  9.02,  shall  be  entitled to receive
distribution  of the undistributed balance of such Participant's Account, to the
extent  otherwise  vested,  as  of  the  Allocation  Date  coinciding  with  or
immediately following such Participant's date of death, provided proper proof of
death  is  filed  with  the  Plan  Administrator.

Payments  resulting from the death of a Participant shall be made by the Trustee
at  the  direction  of  the  Plan  Administrator  at  the time and in the manner
provided  in  ARTICLE  11.

9.02    Designation  of  Beneficiaries

9.02(1)    Subject  to  the provisions of SUBSECTIONS 9.02(2) and 12.03(2), each
Participant  may  designate  a  Beneficiary  or  Beneficiaries,  and  contingent
Beneficiary  or  Beneficiaries,  if  desired,  including  the  executor  or
administrator  of  his  estate, to receive his interest in the Trust Fund in the
event  of his death, but the designation of a Beneficiary shall not be effective
for  any  purpose unless and until it has been filed with the Plan Administrator
on  the  form provided therefor.  If the Participant has a surviving spouse, the
amount,  if  any,  which  is  payable  hereunder  in  respect  of  such deceased
Participant  shall  be  paid  to  the surviving spouse unless the Participant is
survived  by a Beneficiary designated in accordance with SUBSECTION 9.02(2).  If
the  Participant  does  not have a surviving spouse and the deceased Participant
failed to name a Beneficiary in the manner herein prescribed, or the Beneficiary
or  all  Beneficiaries  so named predecease the Participant, the amount, if any,
which is payable hereunder in respect of such deceased Participant shall be paid
to the estate of such deceased Participant, in the form of a lump sum payment as
soon  as practicable following the Participant's death.  Any payment made to any
person  pursuant  to  the  power  and  discretion  conferred  upon  the  Plan
Administrator by the preceding sentence shall operate as a complete discharge of
all obligations under the Plan in respect of such deceased Participant and shall
not  be subject to review by anyone, but shall be final, binding, and conclusive
on  all  persons  ever  interested  hereunder.

Subject  to the provisions of SUBSECTION 9.02(2), a Participant may from time to
time  change  any  Beneficiary  designated  by  him  without  notice  to  such
Beneficiary, under such rules and regulations as the Plan Administrator may from
time  to  time  promulgate,  but the last Beneficiary designation filed with the
Plan  Administrator  shall  control.

9.02(2)    With  respect  to a Participant who has been credited with an Hour of
Service  on or after August 23, 1984, notwithstanding any other provision herein
to the contrary, but subject to the provisions of SUBSECTION 12.03(2), if, as of
such  Participant's  death,  such  Participant is married, the vested portion of
such Participant's Accounts shall, on his death, be paid to the surviving spouse
to  whom he was married at the date of his death unless the surviving spouse has
made  a  Qualified  Consent  to  the payment of any or all of said Accounts to a
designated  Beneficiary  other  than  the surviving spouse.  "Qualified Consent"
means  an irrevocable written consent executed by the Participant's spouse which
acknowledges the effect of the consent and is witnessed by a Plan representative
or  a  notary  public.   A Participant may, after obtaining a Qualified Consent,
change  his  Beneficiary designation as permitted by SUBSECTION 9.02(1), but any
such  change  is subject to the requirements of this SUBSECTION 9.02(2) and will
require  another  Qualified  Consent should the spouse, if surviving, not be the
sole  Beneficiary  of  all  amounts  in  the Account, unless a Qualified Consent
previously  executed  by  such  spouse  expressly  authorizes  changes  in  the
Beneficiary  without  further  consent  of  the  spouse.  A Qualified Consent is
effective  only  with  respect  to  the  spouse  who  executes  it.  If the Plan
Administrator  is  satisfied  that there is no spouse, or that the spouse cannot
reasonably  be  located, or in such other circumstances as permitted by Treasury
Regulations,  no  Qualified Consent shall be required as a condition to payment,
under  SECTION  9.01,  to  a  Beneficiary  who  is  not  the  surviving  spouse.


ARTICLE  10  -  EMPLOYMENT  TERMINATION  BENEFITS

10.01    Vesting  upon  Termination of Employment.  Subject to the provisions of
SECTIONS 4.08 and 10.04 and SUBSECTION 12.03(2), in the event of the Termination
of  Employment  of  a Participant, such Participant shall be entitled to receive
distribution  of  the following percentage of his Employer Contribution Account,
as  of  the Allocation Date coinciding with or immediately following the date on
which  such  Participant  terminates  employment:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                            <C>

   Vesting Years of Service .  Nonforfeitable Percentage of Account

Less than 3 years . . . . . .                                     0%

3 years but less than 4 years                                    30%

4 years but less than 5 years                                    40%

5 years but less than 6 years                                    60%

6 years but less than 7 years                                    80%

7 years or more . . . . . . .                                   100%
</TABLE>

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  for Participants hired before January 1, 1989,
their  vested percentage shall be one percent (1%) rather than zero percent (0%)
prior  to  being  credited  with  three  (3)  Vesting  Years  of  Service.

The  Participant  shall  also  be entitled to receive distribution of his entire
After-Tax  Contribution  Account,  Pre-Tax  Contribution  Account,  and Employer
Divestiture  Account,  if  any,  as  of  the  Allocation Date coinciding with or
immediately  following the date on which such Participant terminates employment.

Payment  pursuant  to  this  ARTICLE  10  shall  be  made by the Trustee, at the
direction  of the Plan Administrator, at the time and manner provided in ARTICLE
11.

10.02   Determination of Vesting Years of Service.  All Vesting Years of Service
(whether  or  not  continuous)  shall  be  taken  into  account.

10.03    Vesting  on Divestiture of an Employer.  If an Employer ceases to be an
Affiliated  Company as a result of a divestiture by the Company, the Accounts of
Participants  who  are  Employees of the divested Employer as of the date of the
divestiture  shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested as of that date.  If
a  Participant who is an Employee of a divested Employer transfers to employment
with  another Employer, an Employer Divestiture Account shall be established for
the  Participant and the fully vested balance in the Participant's Account shall
be  transferred  to  the Employer Divestiture Account.  Full vesting pursuant to
this SECTION shall not affect the vesting of any Matching Contributions made for
such  Participant  subsequent  to the divestiture.  Following such Participant's
transfer,  all  subsequent  Matching  Contributions allocated to the Participant
shall  be  allocated  to  the  Participant's  Company Stock Account and shall be
subject  to the provisions of this Plan otherwise applicable to the Participant.

Any  adjustments provided for in ARTICLE 6 shall be made separately with respect
to such Participant's Employer Divestiture Account and his Employer Contribution
Account,  and distribution of a Participant's Employer Divestiture Account shall
be  made at the same time and in the same manner as provided in the Plan for the
distribution  of  a  Participant's  other  Accounts  in  the  Plan.

10.04    Forfeiture  of  Employer  Contribution  Account.

10.04(1)  If a Participant has a Termination of Employment at a time when he has
no  vested  interest in his Employer Contribution Account, the non-vested amount
in  his Employer Contribution Account shall be forfeited as of the date on which
such  Participant  incurs  such  Termination  of  Employment.

10.04(2)   If a partially vested Participant has a Termination of Employment and
has  received  a distribution of the vested portion of his Employer Contribution
Account  and  his  entire  After-Tax  Contribution Account, Pre-Tax Contribution
Account  and Employer Divestiture Account, if any, the non-vested amounts in his
Employer  Contribution  Account  shall be forfeited as of the date on which such
Participant  receives  such  cash-out  distribution.

10.04(3)   If a partially vested Participant has a Termination of Employment and
has  not  received  a  distribution  of  the  vested  portion  of  his  Employer
Contribution  Account  and  his  entire  After-Tax Contribution Account, Pre-Tax
Contribution Account and  Employer  Divestiture  Account, if any, the non-vested
amounts  in  his Employer Contribution Account shall be forfeited as of the last
day of the Plan Year in which such Participant has incurred five (5) consecutive
One-Year  Breaks  in  Service.

10.04(4)   If a partially vested Participant who has a Termination of Employment
and  has  not  received  a  distribution  of  the vested portion of his Employer
Contribution  Account, and his entire After-Tax Contribution Account and Pre-Tax
Contribution,  is  reemployed  prior  to incurring five (5) consecutive One-Year
Breaks  in Service, such Participant shall not forfeit the non-vested amounts in
his  Employer  Contribution  Account,  and  the  vested  amount  in his Employer
Contribution  Account  shall  be determined in accordance with the provisions of
this  ARTICLE 10 without regard to such Participant's Termination of Employment.

10.04(5)    In  the  case  of  any  Participant  who receives a refund of Excess
Contributions  pursuant  to  SUBSECTION  4.05(3)(B)  for  the  Plan  Year,  such
Participant shall forfeit for such Plan Year all Matching Contributions (whether
or  not  vested  pursuant  to  SECTION  10.01)  which relate to and were made on
account  of  amounts  refunded  under  SUBSECTION  4.05(3)(B).

10.04(6)    All amounts forfeited as provided in this SECTION 10.04 and SECTIONS
4.05  and 4.07 are herein referred to as "Forfeitures."  Forfeitures shall first
be  applied to fund any restorations of Forfeitures pursuant to SECTION 10.05 or
12.06,  then  shall be applied to pay administrative expenses, and then shall be
applied to reduce each Employer's Contributions in the proportion that each such
Employer's  Contribution for such Plan Year bears to the total of all Employers'
Contributions  for  such  Plan  Year.

10.05    Restoration  of  Forfeited  Accounts.

10.05(1)    In  the  event  a  Participant  who has forfeited all or part of his
Employer Contribution Account as described in SECTION 10.04, is reemployed by an
Employer  prior  to  the  date  on  which such Participant has incurred five (5)
consecutive  One-Year  Breaks  in  Service,  an amount equal to the value of the
forfeited  portion  of  his Employer Contribution Account without adjustment for
any gains or losses in the Trust Fund subsequent to the date of such Forfeiture)
plus  any  amount  repaid  by the Participant (as hereinafter provided) shall be
restored  to  such  Participant's Employer Contribution Account, as appropriate;
provided,  however,  that  if  such  Participant  received  a distribution, such
restoration shall not occur unless and until: (i) such Participant repays to the
Plan  the  full amount of his distribution and (ii) such Participant's repayment
is  made  before  the  end  of  the  five  (5)  year  period  beginning with the
Participant's  Reemployment  Date.    Upon  the  restoration  of  an  Employer
Contribution  Account  as  provided  for  hereinabove, the vested amount in such
Employer  Contribution  Account  (whether  attributable  to  amounts restored or
additional  amounts  added  to  such  accounts  after  such  reemployment) shall
thereafter  be  determined  in accordance with the provisions of this ARTICLE 10
without  regard  to  such  Participant's  original  Termination  of  Employment.

10.05(2)    The  restoration of a Participant's Employer Contribution Account as
provided  for  in  SUBSECTION 10.05(1), shall be made from the Forfeitures which
occurred  during  the  Plan  Year  of  such  restoration  before any use of such
Forfeitures  as  otherwise  provided  in  SUBSECTION  10.04(5).    Should  such
Forfeitures be insufficient to restore the aggregate non-vested amounts owing to
any  Participant  under SUBSECTION 10.05(1), the additional amount necessary for
restoration shall be contributed by the Employer employing such Participant as a
special  contribution  to  be  specially allocated to the Participant's Employer
Contribution  Account,  as  appropriate.


ARTICLE  11  -  PAYMENT  OF  BENEFITS


11.01    Method  of  Payment

11.01(1)  Upon a Participant's: (i) retirement on or after his Normal Retirement
Date;  (ii)  retirement  due  to Disability; (iii) death; or (iv) Termination of
Employment (subject to SECTION 4.09), he or his Beneficiary shall be entitled to
payment  in an amount determined in accordance with the provisions of ARTICLE 7,
8,  9  or  10.   All distributions shall be in either cash or in whole shares of
Company  Stock  to  the extent such Participant's Account is invested in Company
Stock,  as elected by the Participant or his Beneficiary.  The amount to which a
Participant  is  entitled  shall  be  paid  to  him  or his Beneficiary or to an
Alternate  Payee  in:   (i) a single lump sum distribution; or (ii) installments
subject  to  the  limitations  set  forth  in  SUBSECTION  11.01(2).

11.01(2)    Restrictions  on  Installment  Payments.

(a)    Permissible Periods.  If a Participant's interest is to be distributed in
installments,  it  shall  be  paid in substantially equal monthly, quarterly, or
annual  payments  over  one  of  the  following  periods.    Notwithstanding any
provision in this Plan to the contrary, if an installment option is elected, the
Participant  shall  not  be  allowed  to elect receipt of any of his Accounts in
Company  Stock.

(i)   Over a fixed, reasonable period of time, not exceeding the life expectancy
of  the  Participant,  or  the  joint life expectancy of the Participant and his
designated  Beneficiary.

(ii)    Over  a  reasonable  period  of  time, not exceeding fifteen (15) years;
provided,  however,  such  period  shall  not  exceed the life expectancy of the
Participant  or  the joint life expectancy of the Participant and his designated
Beneficiary.    In  the  event a Participant elects a period of time of five (5)
years  or  less  and  the  distribution  exceeds  five  hundred thousand dollars
($500,000),  as  indexed  under  Code  Section 415, the term of the distribution
shall  be  five  (5)  years,  plus  one  (1)  year  (but  not more than five (5)
additional  years)  for each one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), as indexed
under  Code Section 415, (or fraction thereof) by which the distribution exceeds
five  hundred  thousand  dollars  ($500,000), as indexed under Code Section 415.

The  amount  to  be distributed each year must be at least equal to the quotient
obtained by dividing the Participant's entire interest by the life expectancy of
the  Participant  or  the  joint  life  expectancy  of  the  Participant and his
designated  Beneficiary,  as  the  case  may  be.

(b)  Computation of Life Expectancy.  The minimum distribution shall be computed
by reference to the life expectancy multiples under Treasury Regulations Section
1.72-9.   For purposes of this computation, the life expectancy of a Participant
and  his  spouse  may  be  redetermined  annually,  but the life expectancy of a
non-spouse  Beneficiary  may  not  be recalculated.  Such recalculation shall be
determined  in  accordance  with  Code  Section  401(a)(9)  and  the regulations
thereunder.

(c)    Incidental  Benefit  Restriction.  If the Participant's spouse is not the
designated  Beneficiary,  the  method of distributions selected must assure that
the  incidental  benefit  restrictions  of  the  regulations  under Code Section
401(a)(9)  are  met.

(d)    Prohibition  Against  Life  Annuity.    Nothing contained herein shall be
construed to allow a Participant to have his interest paid in the form of a life
annuity or to receive the distribution of an insurance contract providing for an
annuity.

11.02    Time  for  Distribution  of  Benefits.    Distribution  shall  occur in
accordance  with  the  following  provisions:

11.02(1)  Subject to the provisions of this SECTION 11.02 and SECTIONS 11.01 and
11.03,  if  a  Participant  or  his  Beneficiary  is  entitled to a distribution
pursuant  to  ARTICLE  7,  8,  9,  or 10, unless the Participant elects to defer
distribution  to  a later time permitted by SECTION 11.03, such amounts shall be
distributed in a single cash lump sum as soon as administratively possible after
the  Allocation  Date  coinciding with or immediately following the date of such
Participant's  retirement on or after his Normal Retirement Date, retirement due
to total and permanent Disability, death or Termination of Employment, but in no
event  later  than  the  sixtieth (60th) day after the close of the Plan Year in
which  occurs  the  latest  of:

(a)  The date on which the Participant attains or would have attained sixty-five
(65)  years  of  age;

(b)  The tenth (10th) anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced
participation  in  the  Plan;  or

(c)    The  date  the  Participant suffers a Termination of Employment or death.

11.02(2)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, if
actual distribution pursuant to SUBSECTION 11.02(1) is delayed for any reason to
or  beyond the Allocation Date next following the Allocation Date upon which the
amount  of such distribution was to be based, the distribution shall be based on
the  balance  of the Participant's Accounts as of the Allocation Date coinciding
with  or  immediately  preceding  the  date  on which such distribution is made.

11.02(3)   Notwithstanding the provisions of SUBSECTION 11.02(1), and subject to
SECTION  11.03,  if a Participant has a Termination of Employment or retires due
to  Disability  and  his  vested  Account  at  such  time  exceeds Five Thousand
($5,000), the amounts owing to such Participant shall be distributed in a single
lump sum as soon as administratively possible after such Participant attains age
sixty-five  (65)  or  dies,  unless  such  Participant has delivered to the Plan
Administrator his consent, in such form as prescribed by the Plan Administrator,
to  a  distribution  at  an  earlier  time.

11.02(4)    If,  upon  Termination  of  Employment  for  any  reason,  or,  when
distributions  are  required to commence to a Participant pursuant to SUBSECTION
11.03(1),  the  value  of  the vested portion of a Participant's Account is Five
Thousand  Dollars ($5,000) or less and has never at any time prior exceeded Five
Thousand  Dollars ($5,000), then his Account shall be paid to or for the benefit
of  the  Participant,  or in the case of his death, to or for the benefit of his
Beneficiary  or Beneficiaries, as a lump sum payment as soon as administratively
feasible.

11.03    Limitations on Timing.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan
to  the contrary, distributions must occur at least as rapidly as required under
this  SECTION  11.03.

11.03(1)    Distribution  of  a  Participant's entire interest in the Plan shall
commence to be distributed to him no later than the Required Beginning Date, and
at the Participant's election shall be fully distributed in a lump sum, based on
the  balance  in  his  Account  as  of  the  Allocation  Date coinciding with or
immediately  preceding  the  Required  Beginning  Date.

11.03(2)    In  the event of the death of a Participant prior to distribution of
his  benefits under the Plan, distribution of such deceased Participant's entire
interest  under  the Plan shall be made within five (5) years after the death of
such  Participant.

11.03(3)    All  distributions shall comply with the provisions of Code Sections
401(a)(9).

11.04    Restrictions on Distribution.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
of ARTICLE 11, the Plan shall not distribute any Company Stock acquired with the
proceeds of an Exempt Loan until the close of the Plan Year in which such Exempt
Loan  has  been  repaid  in  full.

11.05    Payments  on  Personal Receipt Except in Case of Legal Disability.  All
payments  to any Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee from the Trust Fund
shall  be  made to the recipient entitled thereto in person or upon his personal
receipt,  in  a  form  satisfactory  to  the Plan Administrator, except when the
recipient  entitled  thereto  shall be under a legal disability, or, in the sole
judgment  of  the  Plan  Administrator,  shall otherwise be unable to apply such
payments  in  furtherance  of  his  own  interests  and  advantage.    The  Plan
Administrator  may,  in  such  event,  in its sole discretion, direct all or any
portion  of  such  payments to be made in any one or more of the following ways:
(i)  directly  to  such  person,  (ii)  to  the guardian of his person or of his
estate,  even  though appointed by a court other than a Texas state court, (iii)
to his spouse or to any other person, to be expended for his benefit, or (iv) to
a  custodian  under  any  applicable  Uniform  Gifts  to  Minors  Act or Uniform
Transfers  to Minors Act.  The decision of the Plan Administrator, in each case,
will  be  final,  binding  and  conclusive  upon  all  persons  ever  interested
hereunder,  and the Plan Administrator shall not be obliged to see to the proper
application  or  expenditure of any payments so made.  Any payment made pursuant
to  the  power  herein  conferred upon the Plan Administrator shall operate as a
complete discharge of all obligations of the Trustee and the Plan Administrator,
to  the  extent  of  the  amounts  so  paid.

11.06    Benefits  Payable  Pursuant  to  a  Qualified Domestic Relations Order.
Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  the  Plan to the contrary, immediate
distribution  of  benefits payable to an Alternate Payee pursuant to a Qualified
Domestic  Relations  Order  shall be permitted even though the Participant whose
benefits  have  been  assigned  to  the Alternate Payee would not be entitled to
receive  a  distribution  at such time, if all of the following requirements are
met:    (i) the Participant's Account is one hundred percent (100%) vested; (ii)
the  entire  amount payable to the Alternate Payee does not exceed Five Thousand
Dollars ($5,000), or the Alternate Payee has requested immediate distribution in
such  form as prescribed by the Plan Administrator; (iii) allocation pursuant to
SECTION  6.04 of all amounts required to be paid to the Alternate Payee has been
completed;  (iv)  the  Qualified  Domestic  Relations  Order requires or permits
immediate distribution; and (v) the conditions of SUBSECTION 11.01(1) as to form
of  payment  are  met.

In  the  event  an  Alternate  Payee  dies  prior to distribution of the amounts
payable  to  the  Alternate  Payee  pursuant to the Qualified Domestic Relations
Order,  the  amount  payable  shall  be distributed as provided in the Qualified
Domestic  Relations  Order.   If the Qualified Domestic Relations Order does not
specify  how  such  amounts  are to be distributed in the event of the Alternate
Payee's death, the Plan Administrator shall cause such amounts to be distributed
to a Beneficiary designated by the Alternate Payee or if no Beneficiary has been
designated,  in  accordance  with  SUBSECTION 9.02(1) (by substituting Alternate
Payee  for  Participant  whenever  such  term  appears  in  that  SECTION).

11.07    Direct  Rollovers.

11.07(1)    This SECTION 11.07 applies to distributions made on or after January
1,  1993.   Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would
otherwise  limit  a  Distributee  from  making an election under this SECTION, a
Distributee  may  elect,  at  the  time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan
Administrator,  to  have  any  portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid
directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a Direct
Rollover to the extent that such Eligible Rollover Distribution is at least $200
(or  is  reasonably  expected  to total at least $200 when aggregated with other
distributions  during  the Plan Year from this Plan).  The procedures prescribed
by the Plan Administrator may include a deadline for making such an election and
may  require  the  Distributee  to  furnish  adequate  information regarding the
Eligible  Retirement  Plan  specified  by  the Participant in a Direct Rollover.
Such  procedures  may  also  require  the  Direct Rollover of at least $500 as a
condition  of permitting Direct Rollover of less than the total distribution and
may  limit  Participants  to  a  single  Direct  Rollover.

11.07(2)    Definitions.

(a)  Eligible Rollover Distribution.  An "Eligible Rollover Distribution" is any
distribution  of  all  or  any  portion  of  the  balance  to  the credit of the
Distributee,  except  that  an  Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include:
any  distribution  that  is  one  of  a  series  of substantially equal periodic
payments  (not  less  frequently  than  annually)  made  for  the  life (or life
expectancy)  of  the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies)
of  the  Participant  and  the  Distributee's  designated  beneficiary, or for a
specified  period  of  ten  years  or  more; any distribution to the extent such
distribution  is  required  under Code Section 401(a)(9); and the portion of any
distribution  that  is not includable in gross income (determined without regard
to  the  exclusion  for  net  unrealized  appreciation  with respect to employer
securities).

(b)    Eligible Retirement Plan.  An "Eligible Retirement Plan" is an individual
retirement  account  described  in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement
annuity  described  in  Code  Section  408(b), an annuity plan described in Code
Section  403(a),  or  a  qualified  trust  described in Code Section 401(a) that
accepts  the  distributees Eligible Rollover Distribution.  However, in the case
of  an  Eligible  Rollover  Distribution  to  the  surviving spouse, an Eligible
Retirement  Plan  is  an  individual retirement account or individual retirement
annuity.

(c)   Distributee.  A "Distributee" includes an Employee or former Employee.  In
addition,  the  Employee's  or  former  Employee's  surviving  spouse  and  the
Employee's  or  former  Employee's  spouse or former spouse who is the alternate
payee  under  a  qualified  domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section
414(p),  are  Distributees  with  regard to the interest of the spouse of former
spouse.

(d)    Direct  Rollover.    A  "Direct Rollover" is a payment by the Plan to the
Eligible  Retirement  Plan  specified  by  the  Distributee.

11.07(3)    Such  distribution may commence less than thirty (30) days after the
notice  required  under  Treasury  Regulations Sections 1.411(a)-11(c) is given,
provided  that:

(a)  the Plan Administrator clearly informs the participant that the participant
has  a right to a period of at least thirty (30) days after receiving the notice
to  consider  the  decision  of  whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if
applicable,  a  particular  distribution  option),  and

(b)    the  Participant,  after  receiving  the  notice,  affirmatively elects a
distribution.


ARTICLE  12  -  MISCELLANEOUS  PROVISIONS  RESPECTING  PARTICIPANTS


12.01    Participants  to  Furnish  Required  Information.

12.01(1)    Each  Participant  shall  furnish  to  the  Plan  Administrator such
information  as  the  Plan  Administrator  considers  necessary or desirable for
purposes  of  administering  the Plan, and the provisions of the Plan respecting
any  payments  hereunder  are  conditional  upon  the  Participant's  furnishing
promptly such true, full, and complete information as the Plan Administrator may
reasonably  request.

12.01(2)    Each Participant shall submit proof of such Participant's age to the
Plan  Administrator.   The Plan Administrator shall, if such proof of age is not
submitted  as  required, use as conclusive evidence thereof, such information as
is  deemed  by  it to be reliable, regardless of the source of such information.
Any  adjustment  required  by reason of lack of proof or the misstatement of the
age  of persons entitled to benefits hereunder, by the Participant or otherwise,
shall  be  in  such  manner  as  the  Plan  Administrator  deems  equitable.

12.01(3)    Any election, notice, or information which according to the terms of
the  Plan  or  the  rules  of the Plan Administrator must be filed with the Plan
Administrator,  shall  be  deemed  so filed if addressed and either delivered in
person,  delivered by electronic transmission, or mailed, postage fully prepaid,
to  the  Plan  Administrator.    Whenever  a  provision  herein  requires that a
Participant  (or  the  Participant's  Beneficiary)  give  notice  to  the  Plan
Administrator  or  make  an  election  within a specified number of days or by a
certain  date,  and  the  last  day  of  such  period,  or such date, falls on a
Saturday,  Sunday  or  Employer  holiday,  the Participant (or the Participant's
Beneficiary)  will  be  deemed  in  compliance  with such provision if notice is
delivered  in  person  to  the  Plan  Administrator,  delivered  by  electronic
transmission,  or is mailed, properly addressed, postage prepaid, and postmarked
on  or  before the business day next following such Saturday, Sunday or Employer
holiday.    The  Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, modify or waive
any  specified  notice requirement; provided, however, that such modification or
waiver  must  be  administratively feasible, must be in the best interest of the
Participant,  and  must  be  made  on  the  basis  of  the  rules  of  the  Plan
Administrator  which  are  applied  uniformly  to  all  Participants.

12.02  Participants' Rights in Trust Fund.  No Participant or other person shall
have any right, title or interest in, to or under the Trust Fund, or any part of
the  assets  thereof,  except  and to the extent expressly provided in the Plan.

12.03    Inalienability  of  Benefits.

12.03(1)  Restrictions  on  Assignment.    The  benefits  provided hereunder are
intended  for  the  personal  security  of persons entitled to payment under the
Plan, and are not subject in any manner to the debts or other obligations of the
persons  to  whom  they  are  payable.    The  interest of a Participant or such
Participant's  Beneficiary  or  Beneficiaries  may  not  be  sold,  transferred,
assigned,  or encumbered in any manner, either voluntarily or involuntarily, and
any  attempt  so  to  anticipate,  alienate,  sell,  transfer,  assign,  pledge,
encumber,  or  charge  the  same shall be null and void; neither shall the Trust
Fund  nor  any  benefits thereunder or hereunder be liable for or subject to the
debts,  contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any person to whom such
benefits  or  funds  are  payable,  nor  shall  they  be subject to garnishment,
attachment,  or  other  legal or equitable process nor shall they be an asset in
bankruptcy.    All of the provisions of this SECTION 12.03, however, are subject
to  SECTION  11.03,  to  withholding  of any applicable taxes and to assignments
permitted  by  Code  Section  401(a)(13).

12.03(2)    Exception  for  Benefit  Payable  pursuant  to  a Qualified Domestic
Relations  Order.

(a)    The  prohibitions contained in SUBSECTION 12.03(1) shall not apply to the
creation,  assignment,  or  recognition  of  a right to any benefit payable with
respect  to  a  Participant  pursuant  to  a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

(b)    The  Plan  Administrator  shall  establish  written  procedures  for  the
determination  of  the  qualified  status  of  a  domestic  relations  order.

(c)    Upon  receiving  a domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator shall
notify  the  Participant  and Alternate Payee named in the order, in writing, of
the receipt of the order and the Plan's procedures for determining the qualified
status  of  the  order.   Within a reasonable period of time after receiving the
domestic  relations  order, the Plan Administrator shall determine the qualified
status of the order and shall notify the Participant and the Alternate Payee, in
writing,  of  its  determination.    The Plan Administrator shall provide notice
under  this  paragraph  by  mailing  such  notice  to  the  individual's address
specified  in  the  domestic  relations  order,  or  in a manner consistent with
Department  of  Labor  regulations.

(d)   During any period in which the issue of whether a domestic relations order
is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order is being determined, notwithstanding any
other  provision  of  the  Plan  to  the  contrary, the Plan Administrator shall
segregate in a separate account the amounts which would have been payable during
such  period  to  an  Alternate Payee pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations
Order,  if  such  order had been determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations
Order.    During  the  period  such amounts are segregated in a separate account
under  the  Plan,  such  amounts  shall remain subject to the general investment
provisions  of the Plan. If within the eighteen (18) month period beginning with
the  date  on  which  the  first payment would be required to be made under such
domestic  relations  order,  the  domestic relations order is determined to be a
Qualified  Domestic  Relations  Order,  the  Plan Administrator shall direct the
Trustee  to  distribute  to the Alternate Payee the segregated amounts including
any earnings and appreciation (or losses and depreciation) thereon in accordance
with  SECTION  11.05 and such domestic relations order.  However, if within such
eighteen  (18)  month period, it is determined that such order is not qualified,
or the issue of qualification is not resolved, then the Plan Administrator shall
pay  the  segregated amounts, including any earnings and appreciation (or losses
and depreciation) thereon, to the person or persons who would have been entitled
to  such  amounts  if  there  had  been  no  such  order.

(e)  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, all rights
and benefits, including rights to make elections or to give directions, provided
to  a  Participant  under this Plan shall be subject to the rights, benefits and
elections  or directions afforded to an Alternate Payee, pursuant to a Qualified
Domestic Relations Order, and this Plan shall be interpreted and administered by
the  Plan  Administrator  in  such manner as to effectuate the provisions of any
such  Qualified  Domestic Relations Order as it relates to the rights, benefits,
and  elections  or  directions  afforded  to  such  Alternate  Payee  under such
Qualified  Domestic Relations Order.  Furthermore, to the extent provided in any
such  Qualified Domestic Relations Order, a former spouse of a Participant shall
be treated as a spouse or surviving spouse for all applicable purposes under the
Plan.

The  Trustee  shall  make  any  payments  or  distributions  required under this
SUBSECTION 12.03(2) by separate benefit checks or other separate distribution to
the  Alternate  Payee(s).

12.04   Conditions of Employment Not Affected by Plan.  Neither the Plan nor the
Trust  nor  the  Trust  Agreement  shall  confer  on any Employee, including any
Participant,  any  right  to  be  retained  in  the service of any Employer, and
nothing contained herein or in the Trust Agreement shall be construed in any way
to  limit  or  restrict  the  right  of  any Employer to discharge any Employee,
regardless  of  whether  such  Employee  is  a  Participant,  or  to change such
Employee's  position  or  the  basis  or amount of such Employee's compensation.

12.05    Address  for  Mailing  of  Benefits.

12.05(1)   Each Participant and each other person entitled to benefits hereunder
shall  file  with  the  Plan  Administrator  from  time  to time in such form as
prescribed  by the Plan Administrator such Participant's post office address and
each  change  of  address.    Any  check  representing payment hereunder and any
communication  addressed  to a Participant, an Employee, or Beneficiary, at such
person's  last  address filed with the Plan Administrator, or if no such address
has  been  filed, then at such person's last address as indicated on the records
of  an  Employer,  shall  be deemed to have been delivered to such person on the
date  on which such check or communication is deposited, postage prepaid, in the
United  States  mail.

12.05(2)  If the Plan Administrator is in doubt as to whether payments are being
received  by the person entitled thereto, it shall, by registered mail addressed
to  the  person  concerned, at his address last known to the Plan Administrator,
notify such person that all unmailed and future payments shall be withheld until
he  provides  the Plan Administrator with a sworn statement, properly notarized,
evidencing  his  continued  life  and  his  proper  mailing  address.

12.06    Unclaimed  Account  Procedure.

12.06(1)    Neither  the  Trustee nor the Plan Administrator shall be obliged to
search  for,  or  ascertain  the whereabouts of any Participant, Beneficiary, or
Alternate  Payee.    Upon  the  return  of  a  distribution  check,  the  Plan
Administrator,  by certified or registered mail addressed to such Participant's,
Beneficiary's,  or  Alternate  Payee's  last  known  address,  shall  notify the
Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee that such Participant, Beneficiary,
or  Alternate  Payee  is  entitled  to  a  distribution  under  this  Plan.

1206(2)  Any distribution or payment which is not claimed by the person entitled
thereto  within  six (6) months from the date the certified or registered letter
is  sent  to the individual shall be forfeited.  Any distribution check which is
not cashed within six (6) months from its date of issuance shall be void and the
amount thereof forfeited.  Such forfeited amounts shall be added to Forfeitures.
Should such person make a claim for such forfeited benefit, at any time prior to
termination  of the Plan and final distribution thereunder, which is approved by
the  Plan  Administrator,  such  benefit shall be restored as follows: An amount
equal  to  the  amount previously forfeited (but without interest on such amount
for the period from the date of such forfeiture to the date of such restoration)
shall  be  specially allocated from Forfeitures in the current Plan Year for the
benefit of such Participant or Beneficiary.  Immediately upon allocation to such
Participant or Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator shall instruct the Trustee to
distribute  in  a  lump  sum,  directly  to such Participant or Beneficiary, the
amount  specially  allocated  to  such  Participant  or  Beneficiary.

12.06(3)  In the event of Plan termination, amounts that were forfeited pursuant
to  the  provisions  of SUBSECTION 12.06(2) which exceeded Five Thousand Dollars
($5,000)  or  were otherwise distributable without Participant consent, shall be
considered  lost.  If the period of time since forfeiture for such lost benefits
exceeds  the  applicable  state  escheat  period,  the  forfeiture  shall become
permanent  upon  Plan  termination.    All  other  amounts forfeited pursuant to
SUBSECTION  12.06(2)  shall  be  reinstated  as  of the Plan's termination date.

12.07    No  Rollovers.    No  rollovers  shall  be  accepted.


ARTICLLE  13  -  ADMINISTRATION  OF  THE  PLAN


13.01    Plan  Administrator.    The  administration  of  the  Plan  will be the
responsibility  of  the  Plan  Administrator  which  shall  be  the  Company.

13.02    Compensated Expenses of the Plan Administrator.  The Plan Administrator
shall  serve  without  compensation for its services as such, but the reasonable
and necessary expenses of the Plan Administrator shall be paid by the Trust Fund
unless  paid  by  the  Employers  as  provided  in  SECTION 13.15.  When, in its
discretion,  the  Plan  Administrator,  or any Employer, deems it advisable, the
Plan  Administrator  shall  be  authorized  to  have  the  records  of  the Plan
Administrator  and the Trustee audited by an independent auditor, and reasonable
and  necessary  expenses thereby incurred shall be paid by the Trust Fund unless
paid  by  the  Employers,  as  provided  in  SECTION  13.15.

13.03  Agents of the Plan Administrator.  The Plan Administrator may employ such
agents and such clerical and other administrative personnel as reasonably may be
required  for  the  purpose  of  administering  the  Plan.   Such administrative
personnel  shall  carry  out the duties and responsibilities assigned to them by
the  Plan  Administrator.    Reasonable  expenses  necessarily incurred for such
purpose  shall  be  paid  by  the  Trust  Fund  unless paid by the Employers, as
provided  in  SECTION  13.15.

13.04    Reliance  on  Directions of Plan Administrator.  The Plan Administrator
shall  give to the Trustee any order, direction, consent, certificate, or advice
required  or  permitted  under the terms of the Plan or Trust Agreement, and the
Trustee  shall  be  entitled  to  rely  on, as evidencing the action of the Plan
Administrator,  any  instrument  delivered  to  the  Trustee  when:  (i)  if  a
resolution,  it  is  certified  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Board; or (ii) if a
memorandum,  it  is signed by a person who shall have been authorized to act for
the  Plan  Administrator  in  respect  of  the  subject  matter  thereof.

13.05  Authority of Plan Administrator.  The Plan Administrator is authorized to
take  such  actions as may be necessary to carry out the provisions and purposes
of the Plan and shall have the authority to control and manage the operation and
administration  of  the  Plan.  In order to effectuate the purposes of the Plan,
the  Plan  Administrator  shall  have  the  discretionary  power to construe and
interpret  the  Plan,  to supply any omissions therein, to reconcile and correct
any errors or inconsistencies, to decide any questions in the administration and
application of the Plan, to recover in any manner authorized by law any payments
erroneously or wrongfully made from the Plan to Participants or any other person
or  entity, and to make equitable adjustments for any mistakes or errors made in
the  administration of the Plan.  All such actions or determinations made by the
Plan Administrator, and the application of rules and regulations to a particular
case  or issue by the Plan Administrator, in good faith, shall not be subject to
review  by  anyone,  but  shall be final, binding, and conclusive on all persons
ever  interested  hereunder.  In construing the Plan and in exercising its power
under  provisions  requiring Plan Administrator approval, the Plan Administrator
shall  attempt  to  ascertain the purpose of the provisions in question and when
such  purpose  is known or reasonably ascertainable, such purpose shall be given
effect  to  the extent feasible.  Likewise, the Plan Administrator is authorized
to  determine  all  questions  with  respect  to  the  individual  rights of all
Participants  and  their  Beneficiaries  and  Alternate  Payees under this Plan,
including,  but  not  limited  to,  all  issues  with  respect  to  eligibility,
Compensation,  service,  valuation  of  Accounts,  allocation  of  consolidated
contributions  and  Trust  Fund  earnings,  and  retirement  or  Termination  of
Employment,  and shall direct the Trustee concerning the allocation, payment and
distribution  of  all  funds  held  in trust for purposes of the Plan.  The Plan
Administrator,  in the exercise of any discretionary powers hereunder, shall not
exercise  that  discretion  so as to discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated
Employees.    The  Plan  Administrator shall establish investment objectives and
monitor,  or cause to be monitored, the investment performance of the Trustee or
any  Investment Manager which may be appointed with respect to any assets of the
Plan.

13.06   Authorization of Loan Transactions.  Upon directions from the Board, the
Plan  Administrator  shall  have  the  authority to direct the Trustee to borrow
funds  to  purchase  Company  Stock.    Upon directions from the Board, the Plan
Administrator  shall  consult  with  the  Trustee  concerning  the source of the
borrowed  funds,  the  terms  of  the  loan  agreement,  and  the  provision  of
collateral.    The  Board  may  empower  the Plan Administrator to authorize the
guarantee  or  making  by  the  Company  of  any such loan.  Any loan made by or
guaranteed by the Company or which involves a disqualified person (as defined in
Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code) shall comply with all applicable requirements of
Section  4975(d)(3)  of the Code and regulations issued thereunder in order that
the  extension  of credit shall be exempt from excise taxes imposed with respect
to  prohibited  transactions  under  Section  4975 of the Code and any liability
imposed  by  Section  406 of ERISA.  From time to time at the Board's direction,
the  Plan  Administrator  may direct the Trustee to enter into loan arrangements
and  purchase  additional  Company Stock and may direct the Trustee to refinance
previous  loans.

13.07    General  Administrative  Powers.    The  Plan  Administrator shall have
authority  to make, and from time to time, revise, rules and regulations for the
administration  of  the  Plan.

13.08   Additional Powers.  The Plan Administrator shall exercise such authority
and  responsibility  as  it  deems  appropriate to comply with the provisions of
federal  law  and governmental regulations issued thereunder, including, but not
limited  to,  records  of  Participants'  service,  accrued  benefits  and  the
percentage  of  such  benefits  which  are  nonforfeitable  under  the  Plan,
notification  to  Participants,  annual  registration  with the Internal Revenue
Service,  annual  reports to the Department of Labor, and furnishing the Trustee
with  any directions or information regarding income tax withholding required by
law.    The  Plan Administrator is hereby designated as the agent for service of
process  unless  the  Plan  Administrator  designates  another person or entity.

13.09    Duties of Administrative Personnel.  Administrative personnel appointed
pursuant  to  SECTION  13.03,  shall be responsible for such matters as the Plan
Administrator  shall  delegate to them by written instrument, including, but not
limited  to  communications  to  Employees  at  the  direction  of  the  Plan
Administrator,  reports  to  the  Plan  Administrator  involving  questions  of
eligibility  and  the  amount  of  Compensation  of  Participants,  assisting
Participants,  Beneficiaries  and  Alternate  Payees  in the completion of forms
prescribed  by  the  Plan  Administrator,  and maintenance of records concerning
terminated vested Participants, Participants who have retired and Beneficiaries.
Administrative  personnel  may  not  make  any  decision  as  to  Plan  policy,
interpretations,  practices  or  procedures  unless  the  authority to make such
decisions  has  been  delegated to them in writing by the Plan Administrator and
they  accept  fiduciary  responsibilities  in  accordance with the provisions of
SECTION  13.10.  All  administrative  personnel  shall  perform  their allocated
function  within  the policies, interpretations, rules, practices and procedures
established  by  the  Plan  Administrator,  except that administrative personnel
shall coordinate matters related to the Plan with the appropriate departments of
each  Employer  as  the  Plan  Administrator  directs.

13.10  Designation of Named Fiduciaries and Allocation of Responsibility.  ERISA
requires that certain persons, who are deemed to be "fiduciaries," as defined in
ERISA  Section  3(21)(A), be designated as "Named Fiduciaries" in the Plan.  The
Board,  the  Plan  Administrator,  and  the Trustees are hereby designated Named
Fiduciaries.    Each  Named  Fiduciary  shall  have  only the powers, duties and
responsibilities  specifically allocated to such fiduciary pursuant to the terms
of  this  Plan  and the Trust.  Each Named Fiduciary may, by written instrument,
allocate  some  or all of its responsibilities to another fiduciary or designate
another person to carry out some or all of its fiduciary responsibilities.  Each
fiduciary  under  the  Plan  (including fiduciaries to whom responsibilities are
allocated  by a Named Fiduciary) will be furnished a copy of the Plan, and their
acceptance  of such responsibility will be made by agreeing in writing to act in
the  capacity  designated.    No  Named  Fiduciary shall be liable for an act or
omission  of  any  person  who is allocated a fiduciary responsibility or who is
designated  to carry out such responsibility by a Named Fiduciary, except to the
extent  that  the  Named  Fiduciary did not act in accordance with the standards
contained  in  SUBSECTION 13.11(2) with respect to the allocation or designation
of  a fiduciary duty.  Any person or group of persons may serve in more than one
(1)  fiduciary  capacity  with  respect  to  the  Plan.

13.11    Action  by  Fiduciaries.

13.11(1)    Any  action  herein permitted or required to be taken by an Employer
shall, subject to the provisions of SECTION 20.07, be by resolution of its Board
or  by  written  instrument  signed by a person or group of persons who has been
authorized  by resolution of such Board as having authority to take such action.

13.11(2)    Each  fiduciary  with  respect  to the Plan shall perform all of his
duties  and  responsibilities  and  exercise his powers hereunder with the care,
skill,  prudence,  and  diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a
prudent  man acting in like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in
the  conduct  of  an  enterprise  of  like  character and with like aims, and no
fiduciary  shall  be liable for any act or failure to act on his part (including
reliance  on the advice of counsel) which conforms to that standard, unless: (i)
he  knowingly  participates  in  or  knowingly  undertakes  to conceal an act or
omission  of  another fiduciary of the Plan, with the knowledge that such act or
omission  is  a  breach of fiduciary responsibility; (ii) knowing of a breach of
fiduciary  responsibility,  he  fails  to  make  reasonable  efforts  under  the
circumstances  to  remedy  the  breach;  or  (iii)  by  failing to carry out his
specific  responsibilities,  in  accordance  with  such standard, he has enabled
another  fiduciary  of  the  Plan  to  commit  a  breach.

13.11(3)    Each  fiduciary shall furnish or cause to be furnished to each other
fiduciary all information needed for the proper performance of its duties.  Each
fiduciary  warrants  that  any directions given, information furnished or action
taken  by it shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Plan or the Trust
Agreement,  as  the  case  may  be, authorizing or providing for such direction,
information  or  action.

13.12    Appointment  of  Professional Assistants and the Investment Manager.  A
Named  Fiduciary  may appoint such accountants, counsel, and actuaries and other
advisers  as  it  deems  necessary  or  desirable  in  connection  with  the
administration  of  the  Plan.  A Named Fiduciary shall be entitled to rely upon
and  shall  not  be  liable  for  any  act or failure to act in reliance, on any
opinion or reports, which shall be furnished to such Named Fiduciary by any such
accountant  with  respect  to  accounting  matters,  counsel in respect to legal
matters,  or  actuary  in  respect  of  actuarial  matters  as long as the Named
Fiduciary's  reliance is in accordance with the standard set forth in SUBSECTION
13.11(2).   The fees and costs of such services are an administrative expense to
the  Plan  to  be paid out of the Trust Fund except to the extent that Employers
elect  to  pay  such  fees  and  costs.

13.13   Bond.  The Plan Administrator shall see that the appropriate fiduciaries
are  bonded as required by federal law or regulation.  Except as required by the
Board or by state or federal statute, irrespective of this provision, no bond or
other  security  shall  be  required  of  any  fiduciary.

13.14    Indemnification.    In  the event and to the extent not insured against
under  any  contract of insurance with an insurance company, the Employers shall
indemnify  and hold harmless each "Indemnified Person" as defined below, against
any  and  all  claims,  demands,  suits, proceedings, losses, damages, interest,
penalties,  expenses,  (specifically  including,  but  not limited to reasonable
counsel  fees,  court  costs  and  other reasonable expenses of litigation), and
liability of every kind, including amounts paid in settlement, with the approval
of  the  Board,  arising  from  any  action  or  cause  of action related to the
Indemnified  Person's  act or acts or failure to act. Such indemnity shall apply
regardless of whether such claims, demands, suits, proceedings, losses, damaged,
interest,  penalties,  expenses,  and  liability arise in whole or in part from:
(i)  the  negligence  or  other fault of the Indemnified Person, except when the
same  is  judicially determined to be due to gross negligence, fraud, or willful
or  intentional  misconduct  of  such  Indemnified  Person;  or  (ii)  from  the
imposition  on such Indemnified Person of any penalties imposed by the Secretary
of  Labor,  pursuant  to  ERISA  Section  502(1),  relating  to  any breaches of
fiduciary  responsibility  under  Part  4  of  Title  I  of  ERISA.

"Indemnified  Person"  shall  mean  each  member  of  the  Board,  the  Plan
Administrator, each individual Trustee, and each other Employee who is allocated
fiduciary responsibility hereunder.  Upon request by the Indemnified Person, and
at  such  other  times  as  may  be  determined  by  the Plan Administrator, any
indemnification  due  under this SECTION shall be made as the loss or expense as
incurred.   Payments under this SECTION may be made directly to a third party at
the  direction  of  the  Board or the Indemnified Person.  In the event the Plan
Administrator  subsequently  determines  that  a  payment  based upon an initial
determination  of  the applicability of this SECTION was inadvertently made, the
Indemnified  Person  on  whose  behalf such payment was made shall reimburse the
Employers  to  the  extent  required  to satisfy the terms of this SECTION.  The
indemnification provisions of this SECTION shall not relieve any person from any
liability  he  may  have  under  ERISA  for  breach  of  fiduciary  duty.

13.15    Payment of Expenses.  The expenses of agents or advisers, and any other
reasonable  expenses  of  the Plan Administrator, shall be paid or reimbursed by
the  Trustee  out of the Trust Fund unless paid by the Employers.  Such expenses
shall  be  paid  first  from Forfeitures.  To the extent permitted by ERISA, the
Trustee  may  also  reimburse  an  Employer  for reasonable and necessary direct
expenses  incurred  for  administration  of  the  Plan.


ARTICLE  14  -  PARTICIPATION  BY  EMPLOYERS


14.01   Adoption of Plan by Affiliated Company.  Any Affiliated Company, whether
or  not presently existing, may adopt this Plan with the consent of the Company.
Adoption  by  an  Affiliated  Company shall be accomplished in such manner as is
specified  by  the Company from time to time.  With the approval of the Company,
an Affiliated Company may adopt the Plan with such modifications as it specifies
in  its  instrument  of  adoption.

14.02  Rights and Obligations of the Company and the Employers.  Throughout this
instrument,  a  distinction is purposely drawn between rights and obligations of
the  Company  and rights and obligations of each other Employer.  The rights and
obligations  specified  as  belonging  to  the  Company shall belong only to the
Company.    Each  Employer  (other  than Operations Company for Homestead, Inc.)
shall  have  the  obligation, as herein provided, to make Matching Contributions
and  Discretionary Contributions for its own Participants, and no Employer shall
have  the  obligation  to  make  Matching  Contributions  or  Discretionary
Contributions  for  the  Participants  of any other Employer.  Any failure by an
Employer  to  fulfill  its  own obligations under this Plan shall have no effect
upon  any  other  Employer.    An  Employer  may withdraw from this Plan without
affecting  any  other  Employer.

14.03    Withdrawal  from  Plan.    Any Employer may withdraw from the Plan upon
giving  the  Company and the Trustee at least sixty (60) days' notice in writing
of  its  intention to withdraw.  Such withdrawal shall terminate all obligations
of  the  withdrawn Employer under the Plan, but, except as otherwise provided by
the  Company  in  its sole discretion, the Accounts of such Employers' Employees
shall  remain  in  the  Trust  until  otherwise  payable  to  the  Participants.


ARTICLLE  15  -  AMENDMENT  OF  THE  PLAN


The  Company  reserves the right to amend the Plan with respect to all Employers
at  any  time  and  from  time  to  time.  Unless otherwise permitted by law, no
amendment shall permit any part of the Trust Fund to revert to or be recoverable
by  an  Employer or be used for or diverted to purposes other than the exclusive
benefit  of  the Participants or their Beneficiaries, or deprive any Participant
of  any interest he might have in the Trust Fund at the time of the amendment to
the  extent  that  such  interest  would  be  available to the Participant under
ARTICLE  10  were  he  to  voluntarily  resign  as  of the effective date of the
amendment.

(a)    Under  no  condition,  shall  such amendment, amendments, or restatements
increase  the  duties  or  responsibilities,  or  decrease  the  compensation,
privileges, and immunities of the Trustee without the Trustee's written consent.

(b)  Under no condition, shall such amendment change the vesting schedule to one
which  would  result  in  the  nonforfeitable  percentage of the accrued benefit
derived  from  Matching Contributions or Discretionary Contributions (determined
as of the later of the date of the adoption of the amendment or of the effective
date  of  the  amendment) of any Participant being less than such nonforfeitable
percentage  computed  under the Plan without regard to such amendment; provided,
however,  that  no  amendment  shall  change  the  vesting  schedule unless each
Participant  with  three  (3)  or more Vesting Years of Service, is permitted to
elect,  within  the  election period described below, to have his nonforfeitable
percentage  computed  under  the  Plan  without  regard  to  the amendment.  The
election  period  described herein shall begin no later than the date upon which
the amendment is adopted and shall end no later than the latest of the following
dates:  (i)  the  date  which  is sixty (60) days after the day the amendment is
adopted;  (ii)  the  date  which  is sixty (60) days after the day the amendment
becomes  effective; or (iii) the date which is sixty (60) days after the day the
Participant  is  issued  a  written  notice  of  the  amendment  by the Company.

(c)    Subject  to  the  above  stated  limitations  and the requirement that no
amendment  shall  eliminate  (except with respect to any future contributions or
future  accrual  of  benefits  and  except  as  otherwise  permitted by Treasury
Regulations  or  rulings)  any  nondiscretionary  optional  form  of  payment as
provided  in Treasury Regulations Section 1.411(d)-4 and Code Section 411(d)(6),
with  respect  to  any Participant who is a Participant immediately prior to the
amendment,  the  Company  shall  have  the  power  to  amend  the Plan and Trust
Agreement,  retroactively  or  otherwise,  in  any  manner  in  which  it  deems
desirable,  including,  but  not  by  way of limitation, the power to change any
provisions  relating  to  the  administration of the Plan and Trust Fund, and to
change  any  provisions relating to the benefits or payment of any of the assets
of  the Trust Fund.  Each such amendment shall become effective when executed by
the  Company  unless  a  different effective date is specified in the amendment.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Plan may be amended
at any time by the Company if necessary or desirable in order to have it conform
to  the provisions and requirements of the Code or any other applicable law, and
no  such  amendment  shall  be  considered  prejudicial  to  the  rights  of any
Participant  hereunder  or  of  any  Beneficiary,  Alternate Payee, or Employee.
Further,  it  is understood that any provisions of this Plan as herein contained
which  are  contrary  to the requirements of the Code for a qualified tax exempt
employees'  stock  bonus  plan  and trust shall be deemed void and of no effect,
without  affecting  the  validity  of  other  provisions  hereof.


ARTICLE  16  -  PERMANENCY  OF  THE  PLAN


16.01  Right to Terminate Plan.  The Company contemplates that the Plan shall be
permanent  and  that  the  Employers  shall be able to make contributions to the
Plan.    Nevertheless,  in  recognition  of  the fact that future conditions and
circumstances cannot now be entirely foreseen, the Company reserves the right to
terminate  the  Plan.

16.02    Merger  or  Consolidation  of Plan and Trust.  Neither the Plan nor the
Trust  may  be merged or consolidated with, nor may its assets or liabilities be
transferred  to,  any other plan or trust, unless each Participant would (if the
Plan  then  terminated)  receive  a  benefit  immediately  after  the  merger,
consolidation,  or  transfer  which  is  equal to or greater than the benefit he
would  have  been  entitled  to  receive  immediately  before  the  merger,
consolidation,  or  transfer  (if  the  Plan  had  then  terminated).   The Plan
Administrator  is  empowered  to  direct  the  Trustee  to  transfer  assets and
liabilities  from  the  Plan  relating  to such Participant Accounts as the Plan
Administrator  designates  to  another  plan,  such  transfer  must  meet  the
requirements of Code Section 414, and trust-to-trust transfer under this SECTION
16.02  shall  only  be  made  in  cash.

16.03    Continuance by Successor Company.  Subject to approval of the Board, in
the  event  of  the  liquidation,  dissolution,  merger,  consolidation,  or
reorganization  of  an Employer, the successor company may, with the approval of
the  Company,  adopt the Plan and Trust for the benefit of the Employees of such
Employer.  If such successor company does adopt the Plan and Trust, it shall, in
all  respects,  be  substituted for such Employer under the Plan and Trust.  Any
such  substitution  of  such successor company shall constitute an assumption of
Plan  liabilities  by  such  successor company, and such successor company shall
have  all  of the powers, duties and responsibilities of such Employer under the
Plan  and  Trust.   If such successor company does not adopt the Plan and Trust,
participation in the Plan and Trust shall cease with respect to such Employer in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan and Trust Agreement and the assets of
the  successor  company's  employees shall be held or distributed as directed by
the  Board.


ARTICLE  17  -  DISCONTINUANCE  OF  CONTRIBUTIONS  AND  TERMINATION


17.01    Suspension  of Contributions.  Should an Employer fail to make Matching
Contributions  in  any one (1) or more years, such failure shall not, of itself,
terminate  or  discontinue  this  Plan  and  Trust  as  to  the Employer and its
Participants, nor shall the Employer incur any obligation to resume its Matching
Contributions  in  whole  or  in  part.

17.02  Discontinuance of Contributions.  Whenever an Employer determines that it
is impossible or inadvisable for it to make further Matching Contributions, such
Employer  may without terminating the Trust, permanently discontinue all further
Matching  Contributions  by  such Employer.  A certified copy of such Employer's
resolution  or  other formal written instrument pursuant to SECTION 20.06, shall
be  delivered  to  the Plan Administrator and the Trustee.  Thereafter, the Plan
Administrator and the Trustee shall continue to administer all the provisions of
the  Plan  which  are  necessary  and remain in force, other than the provisions
relating  to Matching Contributions by such Employer.  Unless otherwise provided
by  the  Company,  the  Trust  shall  remain  in  existence with respect to such
Employer and all of the provisions of the Trust Agreement shall remain in force.

17.03    Termination  of Plan and Trust.  If the Company determines to terminate
the  Plan  and Trust completely, it shall be terminated as of the date specified
in  certified  copies of resolutions or other formal written instrument pursuant
to  SECTION  20.06,  delivered  to  the  Trustee.   The Company shall direct the
Trustee  whether  to continue to hold assets of the Plan pending distribution to
Participants  and  Beneficiaries  at  the  times  provided  in ARTICLE 11, or to
liquidate  and distribute assets of the Plan as hereinafter provided.  Upon such
termination  of  the  Plan  and  Trust  and before liquidation of the Trust, the
Trustee  shall do a special valuation of the Trust, if the liquidation is not to
occur  as of an Allocation Date.  After payment of all expenses and proportional
adjustment  of  Accounts  of  Participants  to reflect such expenses, Trust Fund
profits  or  losses,  and  subject to the limitations contained in SECTION 5.04,
allocations  of  any  previously  unallocated  funds to the date of termination,
Participants  shall  be  entitled  to  receive the amount then credited to their
respective Accounts in the Trust Fund in accordance with ARTICLE 11.  If, in the
opinion  of  the Plan Administrator, assets in the Trust Fund or certain of them
may  possibly  not be readily salable (i) because of federal or state securities
laws,  or the rules and regulations thereunder or (ii) at a fair value, the Plan
Administrator  shall direct and the Trustee shall effect, a distribution of such
assets  in  kind.  Upon completion of liquidation and distribution of the assets
of  the  Trust  to  the  Participants,  the  Trustee  shall thereby complete the
Trustee's  duties,  and  the  Trust  shall  terminate.

17.04   Participant's Rights to Benefits upon Termination or Partial Termination
of  Plan  or  Complete Discontinuance of Contributions.  Upon the termination or
partial  termination (as determined by the Internal Revenue Service) of the Plan
or the complete discontinuance of Matching Contributions, the rights of affected
Participants with respect to the amounts credited to their Accounts at such time
shall  be  nonforfeitable  without reference to any formal action on the part of
such  Employer,  the  Plan  Administrator,  or  the  Trustee.


ARTICLE  18  -  EXCLUSIVE  BENEFIT  OF  THE  PLAN


18.01    Limitation on Reversions.  Except as otherwise provided in this ARTICLE
18,  it  shall be impossible, at any time, for any part of the Trust Fund, other
than  such  part as is required to pay taxes and administration expenses or such
part  as may otherwise be permitted by law to be returned to the Employer, to be
recoverable  by  an  Employer, or to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other
than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants, Beneficiaries, and Alternate
Payees.

18.02  Unallocated Amounts upon Termination of Plan and Trust.  In the event the
Plan  and Trust are terminated, any previously unallocated amounts maintained in
the  suspense  account  in  accordance with the provisions of SUBSECTION 5.06(3)
which  cannot  be allocated to Participants upon the termination of the Plan and
Trust pursuant to SECTION 17.03 because of the limitations contained in SECTIONS
5.07  through  5.09,  shall  revert  to  the Employer or Employers employing the
Participant  at  the  time  of  such  termination.

18.03   Mistake of Fact or Disallowance of Deduction.  If the Plan Administrator
in  good  faith  determines  that  (a)  a Discretionary Contribution, a Matching
Contribution  or Pre-Tax Contribution was made by reason of a mistake of fact or
(b)  a  Discretionary  Contribution,  a  Matching  Contribution  or  Pre-Tax
Contribution  is conditioned on its being deductible under Code Section 404, but
the  Internal Revenue Service disallows such deduction, the amount of the excess
Discretionary  Contribution,  Matching Contribution or Pre-Tax Contribution less
losses  attributable  thereto  may, upon direction of the Plan Administrator, be
returned  to  the contributing Employer.  All payments of returned Discretionary
Contribution, Matching Contributions or Pre-Tax Contributions under this SECTION
shall  be made within one (1) year from the date of the payment of such mistaken
Discretionary Contribution, Matching Contribution or Pre-Tax Contribution or the
disallowance  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service of the deduction, whichever is
applicable.    The  amount  of  the  excess Discretionary Contribution, Matching
Contribution  or  Pre-Tax  Contribution  shall  be  the excess of (1) the amount
contributed  over  (2) the amount that would have been contributed had there not
occurred  a  mistake of fact or had the deduction not been disallowed.  Earnings
attributable  to the excess Discretionary Contribution, Matching Contribution or
Pre-Tax  Contribution  shall  not  be returned to the contributing Employer, but
losses  attributable  thereto  shall  reduce  the  amount  of such Discretionary
Contribution,  Matching  Contribution or Pre-Tax Contribution to be so returned.
Furthermore,  if  the  withdrawal  of  the  amount  attributable to the mistaken
Discretionary  Contribution, Matching Contribution or Pre-Tax Contribution would
cause the balance of a Participant's Account to be reduced to an amount which is
less  than  the  balance  which would have been in said Account had the mistaken
Discretionary  Contribution,  amount not been contributed, then the amount to be
returned  to  the Employer under this SECTION will be reduced so as to avoid any
such  reduction.


ARTICLE  19  -  TOP  HEAVY  PLAN  RULES


19.01    Definitions.    As  used  in  this  ARTICLE  19:

19.01(1)   "Defined Benefit Plan" shall have the meaning set forth in SUBSECTION
5.09(2).

19.01(2)    "Defined  Contribution  Plan"  shall  have  the meaning set forth in
SUBSECTION  5.09(4).

19.01(3)  "Determination Date" means with respect to any Plan Year, the last day
of  the  preceding  Plan Year, except that in the case of the first Plan Year of
any  plan,  the  last  day  of  such  first  Plan  Year.

19.01(4)    "Key Employee" means any person employed or formerly employed by any
Affiliated  Company  (and  the  beneficiaries of any such person) who is, at any
time  during the Plan Year containing the Determination Date, or who was, during
any  one  or  more  of the four (4) preceding Plan Years, any one or more of the
following:

(a)  An officer of an Affiliated Company having Limitation Year Compensation for
the  applicable Plan Year greater than fifty percent (50%) of the maximum dollar
limitation  under  Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) (as in effect for the calendar year
in which the Determination Date for such Plan Year falls).  For purposes of this
SUBSECTION,  not  more  than  fifty (50) employees shall be treated as officers.

(b)    A  person  employed  by  an  Affiliated  Company  having  Limitation Year
Compensation  for  the  applicable  Plan  Year  greater  than the maximum dollar
limitation under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) as in effect for the calendar year in
which the Determination Date for such Plan Year falls, and owning (or considered
as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) both more than one-half of one
percent  (1/2 of  1%)  interest  and one of the ten (10) largest interests in an
Affiliated Company.  For purposes of this SUBSECTION:  (i) a person who has some
ownership  interest is considered to be one of the top ten (10) owners unless at
least  ten (10) other persons own a larger interest than that person and (ii) if
two  (2)  or  more  persons  have  the  same ownership interest in an Affiliated
Company,  the person having greater annual Limitation Year Compensation from all
Employers  and  Affiliated  Companies  shall  be  treated  as  having the larger
interest.

(c)    Any  person  owning  (or  considered as owning within the meaning of Code
Section  318)  more  than  five  percent  (5%)  of  the  outstanding stock of an
Affiliated  Company or stock possessing more than five percent (5%) of the total
combined  voting  power  of  such  stock  or  more than five percent (5%) of the
capital or profits interest of an Affiliated Company which is not a corporation.

(d)    A  person  who would be described in SUBSECTION (C) if "one percent (1%)"
were  substituted  for  "five  percent  (5%)"  each  place  it  appears  in said
SUBSECTION,  and  whose  aggregate  annual Limitation Year Compensation from all
Employers  and  Affiliated  Companies  is  more  than One Hundred Sixty Thousand
Dollars  ($160,000).

(e)    Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  in this Plan to the contrary, for
purposes  of  determining  ownership  under SUBSECTIONS 19.01(4)(C) and (D), the
rules  of  Code Sections 414(b), (c), and (m) shall not apply in defining who is
an  Employer.

The determination of who is a Key Employee hereunder shall be made in accordance
with  the  provisions  of Code Section 416(i)(1) and the regulations thereunder.

19.01(5)"Key Employee Participant" means a Participant in this Plan who is a Key
Employee.

19.01(6)    "Limitation  Year  Compensation" shall have the meaning set forth in
SUBSECTION  5.09(7),  except that if the Limitation Year and the Plan Year under
the  applicable  plan  are  not  the same, then for purposes of this ARTICLE 19,
"Plan  Year" shall be substituted for "Limitation Year" every place it occurs in
SUBSECTION  5.09(7).

19.01(7)    "Non-Key Employee" means any person employed or formerly employed by
any  Affiliated  Company, including the Beneficiaries of any such person, who is
not  a  Key  Employee.

19.01(8)    "Permissive Aggregation Group" means the Required Aggregation Group,
plus  any other plan or plans of any Affiliated Company selected by the Company,
provided  that such selected plans, when considered as a group with the Required
Aggregation  Group,  would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections
401(a)(4)  and  410.

19.01(9)    "Required Aggregation Group" means the group of plans consisting of:
(i)  all tax qualified plans maintained by the Employers or Affiliated Companies
in  which at least one Key Employee participates in the Plan Year containing the
Determination  Date,  or  any of the four (4) preceding Plan Years, and (ii) any
other  tax  qualified  plan  maintained by the Employers or Affiliated Companies
which  enables  a  plan described in clause (i) to meet the requirements of Code
Section  401(a)(4)  or  410.

19.01(10)    "Valuation  Date" means:  (i) in the case of a Defined Contribution
Plan,  the  last  day  of the Plan Year for the appropriate plan and (ii) in the
case  of  a  Defined  Benefit  Plan,  the date used for computing plan costs for
minimum  funding,  regardless  of  whether  a  valuation is performed that year.

19.01(11)    All  of  the  definitions  set forth in ARTICLE 2 and not set forth
herein  shall  have  the  same  meaning  in  this  ARTICLE.

19.02    Determination  of  Top  Heaviness.

19.02(1)    This  Plan shall be a "Top Heavy Plan" with respect to any Plan Year
if,  as  of  the  Determination  Date  for  said Plan Year, any of the following
conditions  exists:

(a)    The  Top  Heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%), and this
Plan  is part of a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive Aggregation Group.

(b)    This  Plan  is  part  of  a Required Aggregation Group, but not part of a
Permissive  Aggregation  Group,  and  the  Top  Heavy  Ratio  for  the  Required
Aggregation  Group  exceeds  sixty  percent  (60%).

(c)   This Plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group and part of a Permissive
Aggregation  Group, and the Top Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group
exceeds  sixty  percent  (60%).

19.02(2)  This Plan shall be a "Super Top Heavy Plan" if it would be a Top Heavy
Plan  under the provisions of SUBSECTION 19.02(1) if "ninety percent (90%)" were
substituted  for "sixty percent (60%)" everywhere sixty percent (60%) appears in
said  SUBSECTION  19.02(1).

19.02(3)    The  "Top  Heavy  Ratio" referred to in SUBSECTION 19.02(1) shall be
determined  as  follows:

(a)  If the Employers or Affiliated Companies maintain or have maintained one or
more Defined Contribution Plans but have never maintained a Defined Benefit Plan
which has covered or could cover a Participant in this Plan, the Top Heavy Ratio
is  a  fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances under
the  Defined  Contribution  Plans  for all Key Employees as of the Determination
Date (including any part of any such account balance distributed in the five (5)
year  period  ending on the Determination Date), and the denominator of which is
the  sum  of  all  account balances under the Defined Contribution Plans for all
participants  as  of  the  Determination  Date  (including  any part of any such
account  balance  distributed  in  the  five  (5)  year  period  ending  on  the
Determination  Date).    Both the numerator and the denominator of the Top Heavy
Ratio  shall  be adjusted to reflect any contribution which is due but unpaid as
of  the  appropriate  Determination  Date.   In determining the account balances
which  have  been  distributed  in  the  five  (5)  year  period  ending  on the
Determination  Date,  distributions  under  a terminated plan shall be included,
provided  such  terminated  plan, if it had not been terminated, would have been
included  in  a  Required  Aggregation  Group.

(b)    If  the  Employers  or  Affiliated Companies maintain one or more Defined
Contribution  Plans  and maintain or have maintained one or more Defined Benefit
Plans  which  have  covered  or  could cover a Participant in this Plan, the Top
Heavy Ratio is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account balances
under the Defined Contribution Plans for all Key Employees and the present value
of  accrued benefits under the Defined Benefit Plans for all Key Employees, both
calculated as of the Determination Date, and the denominator of which is the sum
of  the  account  balances  under  the  Defined  Contribution  Plans  for  all
participants and the present value of accrued benefits under the Defined Benefit
Plans  for all participants, both calculated as of the Determination Date.  Both
the  numerator  and  denominator  of  the  Top  Heavy Ratio are adjusted for any
distribution  of  an  account balance or an accrued benefit made in the five (5)
year  period  ending  on the appropriate Determination Date and any contribution
due  but  unpaid  as  of the appropriate Determination Date.  In determining the
account balances or accrued benefits which have been distributed in the five (5)
year  period  ending on the Determination Date, distributions under a terminated
plan  shall  be  included  provided  such  terminated  plan,  if it had not been
terminated,  would  have  been  included  in  a  Required  Aggregation  Group.

(c)    For  purposes  of  SUBSECTIONS  19.02(3)(A) and (B), the value of account
balances and the present value of accrued benefits shall be determined as of the
most  recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the twelve (12) month
period  ending on the Determination Date.  The present value of accrued benefits
under  Defined Benefit Plans shall be determined using the single accrual method
used  for  all  plans  of  the Employers and Affiliated Companies, or if no such
single method exists, using a method which results in benefits accruing not more
rapidly  than the slowest accrual rate permitted under Code Section 411(b)(1)(C)
as  of said Valuation Date as if the person voluntarily terminated employment as
of  such Valuation Date.  For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1987, the
present  value  of  accrued benefits shall be determined under the provisions of
the  applicable  Defined  Benefit Plan without regard to the preceding sentence.
If  any  Participant  was a Key Employee as set forth in SUBSECTION 19.01(4) for
any  prior  Plan  Year, but such Participant ceases to be a Key Employee for any
Plan Year, such Participant's account balances and accrued benefits shall not be
taken into account for purposes of determining whether or not this Plan is a Top
Heavy  Plan  or a Super Top Heavy Plan as of the Determination Date of said Plan
Year.   Accounts and accrued benefits shall be calculated to include all amounts
attributable to both contributions by an Affiliated Company and contributions by
persons  employed  by  an  Affiliated  Company,  but  shall  exclude  amounts
attributable  to  voluntary  deductible  contributions  by  said  persons.   The
calculation  of  the  Top  Heavy  Ratios, and the extent to which distributions,
rollovers  and transfers are taken into account shall be made in accordance with
Code  Section  416  and  the regulations thereunder.  When aggregating plans for
purposes  of  an  Aggregation  Group,  the value of account balances and accrued
benefits  will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall
within  the  same  calendar year.  Notwithstanding the provisions of SUBSECTIONS
19.02(3)(A)  and  (B),  in  determining the fractions referred to therein, there
shall  not be taken into account the accrued benefits or account balances of any
person who has not performed services for any Affiliated Company maintaining any
Defined  Contribution  Plan  or  Defined  Benefit  Plan  referred  to  in  such
SUBSECTIONS  at  any  time  during  the  five  (5)  year  period  ending  on the
Determination  Date.

19.03    Minimum Requirements.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan
to  the  contrary,  if  the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan for any Plan Year, then the
following  provisions  shall  apply:

19.03(1)    Vesting.  Any Participant who is credited with an Hour of Service in
the  first Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, or in any subsequent
Plan  Year  after  such  first Plan Year (whether or not the Plan is a Top Heavy
Plan  in such subsequent Plan Year) shall have his percentage of vested benefits
owing  upon  a  Termination  of  Employment determined pursuant to the following
schedule,  in  lieu  of  the  schedule  set  forth  in  SECTION  10.01:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                            <C>

   Vesting Years of Service .  Percentage

Less than 2 years . . . . . .           0%

2 years but less than 3 years          20%

3 years but less than 4 years          40%

4 years but less than 5 years          60%

5 years but less than 6 years          80%

6 years or more . . . . . . .         100%
</TABLE>

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  for Participants hired before January 1, 1989,
their  vested percentage shall be one percent (1%) rather than zero percent (0%)
prior  to  being  credited  with  two  (2)  Vesting  Years  of  Service.

19.03(2)    Required  Minimum  Allocation of Contributions.  Except as otherwise
provided in this ARTICLE 19 and notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan
to  the  contrary,  for any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, the
Matching  Contributions allocated on behalf of each Participant who is a Non-Key
Employee  shall  not be less than the lesser of:  (i) three percent (3%) of such
Participant's  Limitation  Year  Compensation  or (ii) the largest percentage of
Matching  Contributions  as  a  percentage  of  the  Key  Employee Participant's
Compensation,  allocated on behalf of any Key Employee Participant for that Plan
Year;  provided,  however, that the provisions of clause (ii) shall not apply to
any plan included in a Required Aggregation Group if such plan enables a Defined
Benefit  Plan  included  in  such  Required  Aggregation  Group  to  meet  the
requirements  of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410.  The minimum allocation provided
for  herein  shall  be  determined  without taking into account contributions or
benefits  under Code Chapter 21 (relating to the Federal Insurance Contributions
Act), Title II of the Social Security Act or any other federal or state law, and
shall  be  made  without regard to any contrary provisions of the Plan regarding
the  allocation  of  Matching Contributions to affected Participants which might
otherwise result in such Participant being entitled to no allocation or a lesser
allocation  due  to  the  Participant's failure to complete one thousand (1,000)
Hours  of  Service  (or  the equivalent) during the Plan Year, the Participant's
failure to make mandatory employee contributions or the Participant's failure to
earn  a  stated  amount  of  Compensation;  provided, however, that such minimum
allocation  shall not be required to be made on behalf of any Participant who is
not  actively  employed  by  an  Employer on the last day of the applicable Plan
Year.    For  purposes  of  this  SECTION  19.03, all Defined Contribution Plans
required  to  be  included in an Aggregation Group shall be treated as one plan.
Pre-Tax  Contributions  on  behalf  of  Key Employee Participants are taken into
account  in  determining the minimum contribution under this SUBSECTION.  On the
other  hand,  Pre-Tax  Contributions  on  behalf of Non-Key Employees may not be
treated  as  a Matching Contribution for purposes of the minimum contribution or
benefit  requirement  of  Code  Section  416.

19.04    Minimum  Benefits  for  Employers  or  Affiliated Companies Maintaining
Defined  Benefit  Plans.  If any Participant who is a Non-Key Employee is also a
participant  under  a  Defined  Benefit Plan maintained by an Affiliated Company
which  is  also  a Top Heavy Plan, then SUBSECTION 19.03(2) shall not apply, and
such  Participant  shall  receive  an allocation of Matching Contributions in an
amount  no  less than five percent (5%) of such Participant's Compensation under
the  Plan  for  the applicable Plan Year.  Such allocation shall be made without
regard  to  the  amount  allocated  under the Plan on behalf of any Key Employee
Participant for such Plan Year.  For purposes of this SECTION 19.04, all Defined
Contribution Plans required to be included in a Required Aggregation Group shall
be  treated  as  one  plan.

19.05    Super  Top Heavy Plans.  If in any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top
Heavy  Plan:  (i)  it is also a Super Top Heavy Plan or (ii) it does not provide
minimum  benefits  under  SUBSECTION  19.03(2)  after substituting "four percent
(4%)"  for "three percent (3%)" contained in clause (i) of the first sentence of
said  SUBSECTION  or (iii) if SECTION 19.04 applies, it does not provide minimum
benefits  under  SECTION 19.04 after substituting "seven and one-half percent (7
%)"  for  "five  percent  (5%)" contained in the first sentence of said SECTION,
then,  in  any  such  event,  for  purposes  of  the  definitions  set  forth in
SUBSECTIONS  5.09(3)  and  5.09(5),  the  dollar  limitations  contained in Code
Sections  415(e)(2)(B)  and  415(e)(3)(B) shall be multiplied by 1.0 rather than
1.25.    Notwithstanding  the foregoing provisions of this SECTION 19.05, if the
application of said provisions would cause any individual to exceed the combined
limits  of  SECTION  5.06,  if applicable, then the requirements of this SECTION
19.05  shall  be suspended as to such individual until such time as he no longer
exceeds  the  limitations of SECTION 5.06 as modified by this SECTION 19.05, and
during  the  period  of  such  suspension,  said  individual  shall  receive  no
allocation  of  Matching Contributions and shall not be entitled to make Pre-Tax
Contributions  under this Plan or any other Defined Contribution Plan maintained
by  an  Affiliated  Company, and there shall be no accruals of benefits for such
individual  under  any Defined Benefit Plan maintained by an Affiliated Company.


ARTICLE  20  -  MISCELLANEOUS

20.01    Effect  of  Bankruptcy  and  Other Contingencies Affecting an Employer.
Neither  the  bankruptcy,  receivership,  insolvency,  liquidation, dissolution,
merger, consolidation or reorganization of an Employer, or any other eventuality
affecting  the  Employer,  shall  terminate the Trust or render ineffectual this
Plan  or  discharge  any Employer from any liabilities to the Trust for which it
shall  already  have become obligated, but the same shall continue in full force
and  effect  as  though  such  eventuality  had  not occurred; however, the Plan
Administrator shall in such event be authorized hereby to make any and all rules
and  regulations  not  inconsistent  with  the  purposes of the Plan as shall be
necessary  to  deal  with  such  change  in the situation of the Plan and Trust.

20.02   Benefits Payable by Trust.  All benefits payable under the Plan shall be
paid  or  provided  for  solely  from  the  Trust Fund.  No Employer assumes any
liability  or  responsibility  therefor.

20.03    Withholding.    The  Plan  Administrator shall determine whether or not
federal  income  tax withholding is required with respect to any distribution or
withdrawal  hereunder, shall direct the Trustee to withhold any amounts required
by  law  to  be  withheld,  and  shall  furnish the Trustee with any information
required  by  Treasury  Regulations  regarding withholding.  Notwithstanding any
other  provision  of  this  Plan  to  the contrary, all rights and benefits of a
Participant,  Beneficiary,  or Alternate Payee are subject to withholding of any
tax  required  by  law  to  be  withheld.

20.04    Provisions  Hereof for Sole Benefit of Parties Hereto and Participants.
All  of  the  covenants, stipulations, and agreements contained in this Plan are
and  shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of and binding upon the parties
hereto,  their  successors  and  assigns,  and  the  Participants  and  their
Beneficiaries.

20.5    Article  and Section Headings.  The titles or headings of the respective
Articles and Sections in this Plan are inserted merely for convenience and shall
be  given  no  legal  effect.

20.06    Formal  Action  by  Employer.    Any  formal action herein permitted or
required  to  be  taken  by  an  Employer  shall  be:

20.06(1)    if  and when a partnership, by written instrument executed by one or
more  of  its  general partners or by written instrument executed by a person or
group  of  persons who has been authorized by written instrument executed by one
or  more  general  partners  as  having  authority  to  take  such  action;

20.06(2)    if  and when a proprietorship, by written instrument executed by the
proprietor or by written instrument executed by a person or group of persons who
has  been  authorized by written instrument executed by the proprietor as having
authority  to  take  such  action;

20.06(3)   if and when a corporation, by resolution of its board of directors or
other governing board, or by written instrument executed by a person or group of
persons who has been authorized by resolution of its board of directors or other
governing  board  as  having  authority  to  take  such  action;  or

20.06(4)   if and when a joint venture, by written instrument executed by one of
the  joint  venturers  or by written instrument executed by a person or group of
persons  who  has  been  authorized by written instrument executed by one of the
joint  venturers  as  having  authority  to  take  such  action.

20.07   APPLICABLE LAW.  THIS PLAN SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
TEXAS  TO  THE  EXTENT  NOT  PREEMPTED  BY  APPLICABLE  FEDERAL  LAW.


IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  CLUBCORP  INTERNATIONAL,  INC. has caused this Plan to be
executed  by its duly authorized representative this 30th day of December, 1998.


CLUBCORP  INTERNATIONAL,  INC.



By:       /s/Albert  E.  Chew,  III

Title:    Executive  Vice  President





                                   EXHIBIT 10.3

                          EXECUTIVE PROTECTION POLICY

                                  DECLARATIONS

                 EXECUTIVE LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION POLICY

Policy Number 8091-25-91JDAW

Texas Pacific Indemnity Company, a stock insurance company, incorporated under
the laws of Texas, herein called the Company.

Item 1.  Parent Organization:
CLUB CORPORATION INTERNATIONAL
PO BOX 819012
DALLAS, TEXAS
75381

Item 2.  Policy Period:
From 12:01 A.M. on OCTOBER 19, 1998
To 12:01 A.M., OCTOBER 19, 1999
Local time at the address shown in Item 1.

Item 3.  Limits of Liability:
(A)  Each Loss $5,000,000.
(B)  Each Policy Period $5,000,000.

Note that the limits of liability and any deductible or retention are reduced or
exhausted by Defense Costs.

Item 4.  Coinsurance Percent: NONE

Item 5.  Deductible Amount:  Insuring Clause 2     $ 250,000.

Item 6.  Insured Organization:  CLUB CORPORATION INTERNATIONAL AND ITS
SUBSIDIARIES

Item 7.  Insured Persons:  Any person who has been, now is, or shall, become a
duly elected director or a duly elected or appointed officer of the Insured
Organization.

Item 8.  Extended Reporting Period:

(A)  Additional Premium:  50% of the Annual Premium
(B)  Additional Period:  One Year


Policyholder Information Notice

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

IMPORTANT NOTICE                                                          AVISO IMPORTANTE
<S>                                                   <C>
To obtain information or make a complaint:            Para obtener informacion o para someter una queja:

You may call Chubb's toll-free telephone number for   Usted puede Ilamar al numero de telefono gratis. de
information or to make a complaint at                 Chubb's para informacion o para someter una queja al

1-800-36-CHUBB                                                                                  1-800-36-CHUBB

You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance     Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros
to obtain the information on companies, coverages,    de Texas para obtener informacion acerca de compaflias
rights or complaints at                               coberturas, derechos o quejas al

1-800-252-3439                                                                                  1-800-252-3439

You may write the Texas Department of Insurance       Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas
P.O. Box 149104                                       P.O. Box 149104
Austin, TX 78714-9104                                 Austin, TX 78714-9104
FAX # (512) 475-1771                                  FAX # (512) 475-1771
PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES:                            DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS:
Should you have a dispute concerning your premium     Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un
or about a claim you should contact the agent first.  reclamo, debe comunicarse con el agente primero. Si
If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the   no se resueve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarse-
Texas Department of Insurance.                        con el departamento (TDI).

ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY.                    UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA:

This notice is for information only and does not      Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y no
become a part or condition of the attached document.  se convierte en parte o condicion del documento adjunto.
</TABLE>


                           EXECUTIVE PROTECTION POLICY

                 EXECUTIVE LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION POLICY

In  consideration of payment of the premium and subject to the Declarations, and
the  limitations,  conditions,  provisions  and  other terms of this policy, the
Company  agrees  as  follows:

INSURING  CLAUSES

Insuring  Clause  1
- -------------------
1.   The Company shall pay on behalf of each of the Insured Persons all Loss for
which  the  Insured  Person  is  not indemnified by the Insured Organization and
which  the  Insured  Person  becomes  legally obligated to pay on account of any
Claim  first  made  against  him,  individually  or otherwise, during the Policy
Period  or,  if  exercised, during the Extended Reporting Period, for a Wrongful
Act  committed,  attempted,  or allegedly committed or attempted by such Insured
Person  before  or  during  the  Policy  Period.

Insuring  Clause  2
- -------------------
2.    The  Company  shall pay on behalf of the Insured Organization all Loss for
which the Insured ORGANIZATION grants indemnification to each Insured Person, as
permitted  or  required  by  law,  which  the  Insured Person has become legally
obligated to pay on account of any Claim first made against him, individually or
otherwise,  during  the  Policy  Period  or,  if  exercised, during the Extended
Reporting  Period,  for  a  Wrongful  Act  committed,  attempted,  or  allegedly
committed  or  attempted  by  such  Insured  Person  before or during the Policy
Period.

Estates  and  Legal  Representatives
- ------------------------------------
3.    Subject to the limitations, conditions, provisions and other terms of this
policy, coverage shall extend to Claims for the Wrongful Acts of Insured Persons
made  against  the  estates,  heirs, legal representatives or assigns of Insured
Persons  who  are  deceased  or  against the legal representatives or assigns of
Insured  Persons  who  are  incompetent,  insolvent  or  bankrupt.

Extended  Reporting  Period
- ---------------------------
4.    If  the  Company terminates or refuses to renew this policy other than for
nonpayment  of  premium,  the Parent Organization and the Insured Persons. shall
have the right, upon payment of the additional premium set forth in Item 8(A) of
the  Declarations  for  this  policy, to an extension of the coverage granted by
this  policy  for the period set forth in Item 8(B) of the Declarations for this
policy  (Extended  Reporting Period) following the effective date of termination
or non-renewal, but only for any WRONGFUL ACT committed, attempted, or allegedly
committed  or  attempted,  prior  to  the  effective  date  of  termination  or
non-renewal.  This  right of extension shall lapse unless written notice of such
election,  together  with  payment of the additional premium due, is received by
the  Company  within  30  days  following  the  effective date of termination or
non-renewal. Any Claim made during the Extended Reporting Period shall be deemed
to have been made during the immediately preceding POLICY PERIOD.  If the PARENT
ORGANIZATION  terminates  or  declines  to  accept  renewal, the Company may, if
requested,  at its sole option, grant an Extended Reporting Period. The offer of
renewal terms and conditions or premiums different from those in effect prior to
renewal  shall  not  constitute  refusal  to  renew.

EXCLUSIONS

Exclusions  Applicable  to  Insuring
- ------------------------------------
5.    The  Company  shall  not  be  liable for Loss on account of any Claim made
against  any  Insured  Person:

Clauses  1  and  2
(a)  based  upon, arising from, or in consequence of any circumstance if written
notice of such circumstance has been given under any policy of which this policy
is  a renewal or replacement and if such prior policy affords coverage (or would
afford  such  coverage except for the exhaustion of its limits of liability) for
such  Loss,  in  whole  or  in  part,  as  a  result  of  such  notice;

(b)  based  upon,  arising  from, or in consequence of any demand, suit or other
proceeding pending, or order, decree or judgement entered against any Insured on
or  prior  to  the Pending or Prior Date set forth in Item 9 of the Declarations
for  this policy, or the same or any substantially similar fact, circumstance or
situation  underlying  or  alleged  therein;

(c)  brought  or  maintained  by  or  on  behalf  of  any  Insured  except:

(i)       a Claim that is a derivative action brought or maintained on behalf of
an  INSURED  ORGANIZATION by one or more persons who are not Insured Persons and
who  bring  and  maintain  the  Claim  without  the  solicitation, assistance or
participation  of  any  Insured,

(ii)        a Claim brought or maintained by an Insured Person for the actual or
alleged  wrongful  termination  of  the  Insured  Person,  or

(iii)     a Claim brought or maintained by an Insured Person for contribution or
indemnity,  if  the Claim directly results from another Claim covered under this
policy;

(d)   for an actual or alleged violation of the responsibilities, obligations or
duties  imposed  by  the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974 and
amendments  thereto  or  similar  provisions  of  any  federal,  state  or local
statutory  law  or  common  law upon fiduciaries of any pension, profit sharing,
health  and  welfare  or  other  employee  benefit  plan or trust established or
maintained  for  the  purpose  of  providing benefits to employees of an Insured
Organization;

(e)  for bodily injury, mental or emotional distress, sickness, disease or death
of  any  person  or  damage to or destruction of any tangible property including
loss  of  use  thereof;  or

(f)    based upon, arising from, or in consequence of (i) the actual, alleged or
threatened  discharge, release, escape or disposal of POLLUTANTS into or on real
or  personal property, water or the atmosphere; or (ii) any direction or request
that  the  INSURED test for, monitor, clean up, remove, contain, treat, detoxify
or  neutralize POLLUTANTS, or any voluntary decision to do so; including but not
limited  to  any  Claim  for  financial  loss  to  the INSURED ORGANIZATION, its
security holders or its creditors based upon, arising from, or in consequence of
the  matters  described  in  (i)  or  (ii)  of  this  exclusion.

Exclusions  Applicable  to  Insuring
- ------------------------------------
6.   The Company shall not be liable under Insuring Clause 1 for Loss on account
of  any  Claim  made  against  any  Insured  Person:

Clause  1  Only
(a)  for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by such Insured
Person  of  securities of the Insured Organization within the meaning of Section
16(b)  of  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar
provisions  of  any  federal,  state  or  local  statutory  law  or  common law;

(b)   based upon, arising from, or in consequence of any deliberately fraudulent
act  or  omission  or any willful violation of any statute or regulation by such
Insured  Person,  if  a  judgement  or  other  final adjudication adverse to the
Insured  Person  establishes  such  a deliberately fraudulent act or omission or
willful  violation;  or

c)    based  upon, arising from, or in consequence of such Insured Person having
gained  in  fact  any  personal  profit, remuneration or advantage to which such
Insured  Person  was  not  legally  entitled.

Severability  of  Exclusions
- ----------------------------
7.    With respect to the Exclusions in sections 5 and 6 of this policy, no fact
pertaining  to  or knowledge possessed by any Insured Person shall be imputed to
any  other  Insured  Person  to  determine  if  coverage  is  available.

Limit  of  Liability,  Deductible  and  Coinsurance
- ---------------------------------------------------
8.    For the purposes of this policy, all Loss arising out of the same Wrongful
Act and all Interrelated Wrongful Acts of any Insured Person shall be deemed one
Loss,  and  such  Loss shall be deemed to have originated in the earliest POLICY
PERIOD  in  which  a Claim is first made against any INSURED PERSON alleging any
such  Wrongful  Act  or  Interrelated  Wrongful  Acts.    The  Company's maximum
liability  for  each  Loss,  whether covered under Insuring Clause 1 or Insuring
Clause  2  or both, shall be the Limit of  Liability  for each Loss set forth in
Item  3(A)  of the Declarations for this policy. The Company's maximum aggregate
liability  for  all  Loss  on  account  of all CLAIMS first made during the same
Policy  Period,  whether covered under Insuring Clause 1 or Insuring Clause 2 or
both,  shall  be the Limit of Liability for each Policy Period set forth in Item
3(B)  of  the  Declarations  for  this  policy.    The Company's liability under
Insuring  Clause 2 shall apply only to that part of each LOSS which is excess of
the  Deductible  Amount  set forth in Item 5 of the Declarations for this policy
and such Deductible Amount shall be borne by the Insureds uninsured and at their
own  risk.    If a single LOSS is covered in part under Insuring Clause 1 and in
part under Insuring Clause 2, the Deductible Amount applicable to the LOSS shall
be  the Insuring Clause 2 deductible set forth in Item 5 of the Declarations for
this  policy.

With  respect  to  all  Loss  (excess  of  the  applicable  Deductible  Amount)
originating  in  any one Policy Period, the Insureds shall bear uninsured and at
their  own  risk  that  percent  of  all  such Loss specified as the Coinsurance
Percent  in  Item  4  of  the  Declarations  for  this policy, and the Company's
liability  hereunder shall apply only to the remaining percent of all such Loss.
Any  Loss  covered  in  whole or in part by this policy and a Company Employment
Practices  Liability  policy  (if  purchased)  shall be subject to the limits of
liability,  deductible  and coinsurance percent applicable to such other policy;
provided,  however, if any limit of liability applicable to such other policy is
exhausted  with  respect  to  such  Loss,  any  remaining  portion  of such Loss
otherwise covered by this policy shall be subject to the Limits of Liability and
Coinsurance  Percent applicable to this policy, as reduced by the amount of such
Loss  otherwise  covered by this policy which is paid by the Company pursuant to
such  other policy.  For purposes of this section 8 only, the Extended Reporting
Period,  if  exercised,  shall be part of and not in addition to the immediately
preceding  Policy  Period.

Presumptive  Indemnification
- ----------------------------
9.    If  the  Insured  Organization:
(a)    fails  or  refuses,  other  than  for  reason of FINANCIAL IMPAIRMENT, to
indemnify  the  Insured  Person  for  Loss;  and

(b)    is  permitted  or  required to indemnify the Insured Person for such Loss
pursuant  to:

(i)   the by-laws or certificate of incorporation of the Insured Organization in
effect  at  the  inception  of  this  policy,  or

(ii)  any  subsequently  amended  or  superseding  by-laws  or  certificate  of
incorporation  of  the Insured ORGANIZATION provided, however, that such amended
or superseding by-laws or certificate of incorporation expand or broaden, and do
not  restrict  or  in  any  way  limit,  the  INSURED  ORGANIZATION'S ability to
indemnify  the  INSURED  PERSON;

then,  notwithstanding  any other conditions, provisions or terms of this policy
to the contrary, any payment by the Company of such LOSS shall be subject to (i)
the  Insuring Clause 2 Deductible Amount set forth in Item 5 of the Declarations
for this policy, and (ii) all of the Exclusions set forth in sections 5 and 6 of
this  policy.

For  purposes  of  this  section  9,  the  shareholder  and  board  of  director
resolutions  of  the  Insured  Organization  shall  be  deemed  to  provide
indemnification for such Loss to the fullest extent permitted by such by-laws or
certificate  of  incorporation.

Reporting  and  Notice
- ----------------------
10.    The  Insureds  shall, as a condition precedent to exercising their rights
under  this policy, give to the Company written notice as soon as practicable of
any  Claim  made  against  any of them for a WRONGFUL ACT.  If during the Policy
Period  or  Extended Reporting Period (if exercised) an INSURED becomes aware of
circumstances  which could give rise to a Claim and gives written notice of such
circumstance(s)  to  the Company, then any Claims subsequently arising from such
circumstances  shall be considered to have been made during the Policy Period or
the  Extended Reporting Period in which the circumstances were first reported to
the  Company.   The Insureds shall, as a condition precedent to exercising their
rights  under  this policy, give to the Company such information and cooperation
as  it may reasonably require, including but not limited to a description of the
Claim  or  circumstances,  the nature of the alleged Wrongful Act, the nature of
the alleged or potential damage, the names of actual or potential claimants, and
the  manner  in  which  the  Insured  first  became  aware  of  the  Claim  or
circumstances.

Defense  and  Settlement
- ------------------------
11.    Subject  to this section, it shall be the duty of the Insured Persons and
not  the  duty of the Company to defend Claims made against the Insured Persons.

The Insureds agree not to settle any Claim, incur any DEFENSE COSTS or otherwise
assume  any  contractual  obligation  or admit any liability with respect to any
Claim  without  the  Company's  written consent, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld.  The  Company  shall  not be liable for any settlement, Defense Costs,
assumed  obligation  or  admission  to  which  it  has  not  consented.

The  Company  shall  have  the  right  and  shall  be  given  the opportunity to
effectively  associate  with  the  Insureds  in  the  investigation, defense and
settlement, including but not limited to the negotiation of a settlement, of any
Claim  that  appears reasonably likely to be covered in whole or in part by this
policy.

The  Insureds agree to provide the Company with all information, assistance and.
cooperation which the Company reasonably requests and agree that in the event of
a  Claim  the Insureds will do nothing that may prejudice the Company's position
or  its  potential  or  actual  rights  of  recovery.

Defense  Costs  are  part  of and not in addition to the Limits of Liability set
forth  in  Item  3  of  the Declarations for this policy, and the payment by the
Company  of  Defense  Costs  reduces  such  Limits  of  Liability.

Allocation
- ----------
12.  If both Loss covered by this policy and loss not covered by this policy are
incurred,  either  because  a  Claim  against  the INSURED PERSONS includes both
covered and uncovered matters or because a Claim is made against both an Insured
Person  and  others,  including  the  INSURED ORGANIZATION, THE INSUREDS and the
Company  shall use their best efforts to agree upon a fair and proper allocation
of  such  amount  between  covered  LOSS  and  uncovered  loss.

If  the  Insureds  and the Company agree on an allocation of  DEFENSE COSTS, the
Company  shall advance on a current basis Defense Costs allocated to the covered
Loss.  If  the  Insureds  and  the  Company  cannot  agree  on  an  allocation:

(a)  no  presumption  as  to  allocation shall exist in any arbitration, suit or
other  proceeding;

(b) the Company shall advance on a current basis Defense Costs which the Company
believes  to  be  covered  under  this  policy  until  a different allocation is
negotiated,  arbitrated  or  judicially  determined;  and

(c)  the  Company,  if  requested  by  the Insureds, shall submit the dispute to
binding  arbitration.  The  rules  of the American Arbitration Association shall
apply except with respect to the selection of the arbitration panel, which shall
consist  of  one arbitrator selected by the Insureds, one arbitrator selected by
the  Company,  and  a  third  independent  arbitrator  selected by the first two
arbitrators.   Any negotiated, arbitrated or judicially determined allocation of
Defense  Costs  on  account  of  a  Claim  shall be applied retroactively to all
Defense Costs on account of such Claim, notwithstanding any prior advancement to
the  contrary.    Any allocation or advancement of Defense Costs on account of a
Claim  shall  not  apply  to  or  create  any  presumption  with  respect to the
allocation  of  other  Loss  on  account  of  such  Claim.

Other  Insurance
- ----------------
13.    If  any  Loss  arising from any Claim made against any INSURED PERSONS is
insured  under  any  other valid policy(ies), prior or current, then this policy
shall  cover  such  Loss, subject to its limitations, conditions, provisions and
other terms, only to the extent that the amount of such Loss is in excess of the
amount  of  payment  from  such  other insurance whether such other insurance is
stated to be primary, contributory, excess, contingent or otherwise, unless such
other  insurance is written only as specific excess insurance over the Limits of
Liability  in  this  policy.

Changes  in  Exposure  Acquisition  or  Creation  of  Another  Organization
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.    If  the  Insured Organization (i) acquires securities or voting rights in
another  organization or creates another organization, which as a result of such
acquisition  or creation becomes a Subsidiary, or (ii) acquires any organization
by  merger into or consolidation with an INSURED ORGANIZATION, such organization
and  its  Insured  Persons  shall  be  Insureds  under this policy but only with
respect  to  Wrongful  Acts  committed,  attempted,  or  allegedly  committed or
attempted,  after  such acquisition or creation unless the Company agrees, after
presentation  of  a  complete  application  and  all appropriate information, to
provide  coverage  by  endorsement  for  WRONGFUL  ACTS committed, attempted, or
allegedly  committed  or  attempted,  by  such  INSURED  PERSONS  prior  to such
acquisition  or  creation.

If  the  fair  value  of  all  cash,  securities, assumed indebtedness and other
consideration  paid  by  the  INSURED  ORGANIZATION  for any such acquisition or
creation exceeds 10% of the total assets of the Parent Organization as reflected
in  the  Parent  Organization's  most  recent  audited  consolidated  financial
statements,  the  Parent  Organization  shall  give  written  notice  of  such
acquisition or creation to the Company as soon as practicable together with such
information  as  the Company may require and shall pay any reasonable additional
premium  required  by  the  Company.

Acquisition  of  Parent  Organization  by  Another  Organization
- ----------------------------------------------------------------
15.    If  (i)  the Parent Organization merges into or consolidates with another
organization,  or  (ii) another organization or person or group of organizations
and/or  persons  acting  in  concert  acquires securities or voting rights which
result  in ownership or voting control by the other organization(s) or person(s)
of more than 50% of the outstanding securities representing the present right to
vote  for  the  election of directors of the Parent Organization, coverage under
this  policy  shall  continue  until  termination  of this policy, but only with
respect to Claims for Wrongful Acts committed, attempted, or allegedly committed
or  attempted,  by  Insured  Persons  prior  to  such  merger,  consolidation or
acquisition.  The  Parent Organization shall give written notice of such merger,
consolidation or acquisition to the Company as soon as practicable together with
such  information  as  the  Company  may  require.

Cessation  of  Subsidiaries
- ---------------------------
16.   In the event an organization ceases to be a SUBSIDIARY before or after the
Inception  Date of this policy, coverage with respect to such Subsidiary and its
Insured  Persons  shall  continue until termination of this policy but only with
respect  to Claims for Wrongful Acts committed, attempted or allegedly committed
or  attempted  prior  to  the  date such organization ceased to be a Subsidiary.

Representations  and  Severability
- ----------------------------------
17.    In  granting  coverage to any one of the Insureds, the Company has relied
upon  the declarations and statements in the written application for this policy
and  upon  any  declarations  and statements in the original written application
submitted  to  another  insurer in respect of the prior coverage incepting as of
the  Continuity  Date  set forth in Item 10 of the Declarations for this policy.
All such declarations and statements are the basis of such coverage and shall be
considered  as  incorporated  in  and  constituting  part  of this policy.  Such
written application(s) for coverage shall be construed as a separate application
for  coverage  by  each of the INSURED PERSONS. With respect to the declarations
and  statements  contained  in  such  written  application(s)  for  coverage, no
statement  in the application or knowledge possessed by any INSURED PERSON shall
be  imputed  to  any  other  INSURED  PERSONS  for the purpose of determining if
coverage  is  available.

Territory
- ---------
18.  Coverage  shall  extend  anywhere  in  the  world.

Notice
- ------
19.  Notice to the Company under this policy shall be given in writing addressed
to:

Notice  of  Claim:

National  Claims  Department
Chubb  Group  of  Insurance  Companies
15  Mountain  View  Road
Warren,  New  Jersey  07059

All  Other  Notices:

Executive  Protection  Department
Chubb  Group  of  Insurance  Companies
15  Mountain  View  Road
Warren,  New  Jersey  07059

Such  notice  shall  be  effective on the date of receipt by the Company at such
address.

Investigation  and  Settlement
- ------------------------------
20.  The Company may make any investigation it deems necessary and may, with the
written  consent  of  the  INSURED,  make  any  settlement  of  a claim it deems
expedient.  If  the  Insured withholds consent to such settlement, the Company's
liability  for all loss on account of such claim shall not exceed the amount for
which the Company could have settled such claim plus costs, charges and expenses
accrued as of the date such settlement was proposed in writing by the Company to
the  Insured.

Valuation  and  Foreign  Currency
- ---------------------------------
21.   All premiums, limits, retentions, loss and other amounts under this policy
are  expressed  and  payable in the currency of the United States of America. If
judgement  is  rendered,  settlement  is  denominated or another element of loss
under  this  policy  is stated in a currency other than United States of America
dollars, payment under this policy shall be made in United States dollars at the
rate  of  exchange  published  in  the Wall Street Journal on the date the final
judgement  is  reached, the amount of the settlement is agreed upon or the other
element  of  loss  is  due,  respectively.

Subrogation
- -----------
22.    In  the  event  of  any  payment  under this policy, the Company shall be
subrogated  to  the  extent  of  such  payment  to  all  the INSURED'S RIGHTS of
recovery,  and  the  INSURED  shall  execute  all  papers  required and shall do
everything necessary to secure and preserve such rights, including the execution
of  such  documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit in
the  name  of  the  Insured.

Action  Against  the  Company
- -----------------------------
23.    No  action shall lie against the Company unless, as a condition precedent
thereto,  there  shall  have  been  full  compliance  with all the terms of this
policy. No person or organization shall have any right under this policy to join
the  Company  as  a  party  to  any  action against the INSURED TO determine the
INSURED'S  liability  nor  shall  the Company be impleaded BY THE INSURED or his
legal  representatives.  Bankruptcy or insolvency of an INSURED or of the estate
of  an  INSURED shall not relieve the Company of its obligations nor deprive the
Company  of  its  rights  under  this  policy.

Authorization  Clause
- ---------------------
24.    By  acceptance  of  this policy, the Parent Organization agrees to act on
behalf  of  all  Insureds  with respect to the giving and receiving of notice of
claim  or  termination,  the payment of premiums and the receiving of any return
premiums  that  may  become due under this policy, the negotiation, agreement to
and  acceptance  of  endorsements,  and  the  giving  or receiving of any notice
provided  for  in  this  policy  (except  the  giving of notice to apply for the
Extended  Reporting Period), and the Insureds agree that the PARENT ORGANIZATION
shall  act  on  their  behalf.

Alteration  and  Assignment
- ---------------------------
25.No  change  in,  modification of, or assignment of interest under this policy
shall  be  effective  except  when  made by a written endorsement to this policy
which  is  signed  by  an  authorized  representative  of  the  Company.

Termination of Policy
- ---------------------
26.    This  policy  shall  terminate  at  the  earliest of the following times:

(A)  sixty days after the receipt by the Parent Organization of a written notice
of  termination  from  the  Company,

(B)  upon  the  receipt by the Company of written notice of termination from the
Parent  Organization,

(C)  upon  expiration  of  the  Policy  Period  as  set  forth  in Item 2 of the
Declarations  of  this  policy,  or

(D)  at  such  other  time  as  may be agreed upon by the Company and the Parent
Organization.

The  Company shall refund the unearned premium computed at customary short rates
if  the  policy  is  terminated  by  the  Parent  Organization.  Under any other
circumstances  the  refund  shall  be  computed  pro  rata.

Termination  of  Prior  Policies
- --------------------------------
27.   Any policies issued by the Company or its affiliates and specified in Item
11  of  the  Declarations  of  this  policy  shall  terminate,  if  not  already
terminated,  as  of  the  inception  date  of  this  policy.

Definitions
- -----------
28.    When  used  in  this  policy:
Claim means:  (i) a written demand for monetary damages, (ii) a civil proceeding
commenced  by  the  service of a complaint or similar pleading, (iii) a criminal
proceeding  commenced  by  a  return  of  an  indictment,  or  (iv)  a  formal
administrative  or  regulatory proceeding commenced by the filing of a notice of
charges,  formal  investigative  order  or similar document, against any INSURED
PERSON  FOR  A  WRONGFUL  ACT,  including  any  appeal  therefrom.

Defense  Costs  means that part of Loss consisting of reasonable costs, charges,
fees  (including  but  not  limited  to  attorneys'  fees and experts' fees) and
expenses  (other  than  regular  or  overtime  wages,  salaries  or  fees of the
directors,  officers  or  employees  of  the  Insured Organization)  incurred in
defending or  investigating  Claims  and  the premium for  appeal, attachment or
similar bonds.

Financial Impairment means the status of the Insured Organization resulting from
(i)  the  appointment  by  any state or federal official, agency or court of any
receiver, conservator, liquidator, trustee, rehabilitator or similar official to
take  control  of,  supervise,  manage or liquidate the Insured Organization, or
(ii)  the  Insured  Organization  becoming  a  debtor  in  possession.

Insured,  either  in  the singular or plural, means the Insured Organization and
any  INSURED  PERSON.

Insured  Capacity  means  the  position  or capacity designated in Item 7 of the
Declarations  for  this  policy held by any Insured Person but shall not include
any  position  or  capacity  in  any  organization  other  than  the  Insured
Organization, even if the Insured Organization directed or requested the Insured
Person  to  serve  in  such  other  position  or  capacity.

Insured Organization means, collectively, those organizations designated in Item
6 of the Declarations for this policy. Insured Person, either in the singular or
plural,  means  any  one  or  more  of those persons designated in Item 7 of the
Declarations  for  this  policy.

Interrelated  Wrongful  Acts  means  all  causally  connected  Wrongful  Acts.

Loss  means  the total amount which any Insured Person becomes legally obligated
to pay on account of each Claim and for all Claims in each Policy Period and the
Extended Reporting Period, if exercised, made against them for Wrongful Acts for
which  coverage  applies,  including,  but  not limited to, damages, judgements,
settlements,  costs  and Defense Costs. Loss does not include (i) any amount not
indemnified by the Insured Organization for which the Insured Person is absolved
from  payment  by  reason  of  any  covenant, agreement or court order, (ii) any
amount incurred by the Insured Organization (including its board of directors or
any committee of the board of directors) in connection with the investigation or
evaluation  of  any  Claim  or  potential  Claim  by or on behalf of the INSURED
ORGANIZATION, (iii) fines or penalties imposed by law or the multiple portion of
any  multiplied damage award, or (iv) matters uninsurable under the law pursuant
to  which  this  policy  is  construed.

PARENT  ORGANIZATION  means  the  organization  designated  in  Item  1  of  the
Declarations  of  this  policy.

Policy  Period  means the period of time specified in Item 2 of the Declarations
of  this  policy,  subject  to  prior  termination in accordance with section 26
above.  If this period is less than or greater than one year, then the Limits of
Liability  specified in the Declarations shall be the Company's maximum limit of
liability  for  the  entire  period.

Pollutants  means  any  substance  located  anywhere in the world exhibiting any
hazardous  characteristics  as  defined by, or identified on a list of hazardous
substances  issued  by  the  United  States Environmental Protection Agency or a
state,  county,  municipality  or  locality counterpart thereof. Such substances
shall  include,  without  limitation,  solids,  liquids,  gaseous  or  thermal
irritants,  contaminants or smoke, vapor, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, chemicals
or  waste  materials.  POLLUTANTS  shall also mean any other air emission, odor,
waste  water,  oil  or  oil  products,  infectious or medical waste, asbestos or
asbestos  products  and  any  noise.


SUBSIDIARY,  either  in  the singular or plural, means any organization in which
more  than  50%  of the outstanding securities or voting rights representing the
present right to vote for election of directors is owned or controlled, directly
or  indirectly,  in  any  combination,  by  one  or  more INSURED ORGANIZATIONS.

WRONGFUL ACT means any error, misstatement, misleading statement, act, omission,
neglect,  or  breach  of  duty  committed,  attempted, or allegedly committed or
attempted,  by  any  INSURED  PERSON,  individually or otherwise, in his INSURED
CAPACITY,  or  any matter claimed against him solely by reason of his serving in
such  INSURED  CAPACITY.

<PAGE>
                           Executive Protection Policy

                                   ENDORSEMENT

Effective  date  of  this  endorsement:  OCTOBER  19,  1998
Endorsement  No.  1
Company:  TEXAS  PACIFIC  INDEMNITY  COMPANY
To  be  attached  to  and  form  part  of  Policy  No.  8091-25-911JHOU

Issued  to:  CLUB  CORPORATION  INTERNATIONAL

TEXAS  AMENDATORY  ENDORSEMENT

It  is agreed that section 26, Termination of Policy, is deleted in its entirety
and  replaced  by  the  following:

(A)  Cancellation  by  the  INSURED

The  INSURED  may cancel the policy at any time by sending the Company a written
request  or  by returning the policy and stating when thereafter cancellation is
to  take  effect.

(B)  Cancellation  by  the  Company

The  Company  may  cancel  the  policy  as  follows:

(1)    Policies  in  effect  for  60 days or less may be cancelled by mailing or
delivering  to  the  PARENT ORGANIZATION written notice or cancellation, stating
the  reason  for  cancellation,  at  least:

(a)    20  days before the effective date of cancellation if the Company cancels
for  nonpayment  of  premium;  or

(b)    60  days before the effective date of cancellation if the Company cancels
for  any  other  reason.

(2)    If this policy is in its initial policy period and has been in effect for
60  days or less, we may cancel for any reason except, that under the provisions
of  the  Texas  Insurance Code, we may not cancel this policy solely because the
first  named  insured  is  an  elected  official.

Renewal  or  continuation  policies,  or policies in their initial policy period
which  have  been  in  effect  for  more  than  60  days:

We  may  cancel  only  for  one  or  more  of  the  following  reasons:

(a)    fraud  in  obtaining  coverage;

(b)    failure  to  pay  premiums  when  due;

(c)  an increase in hazard within the control of the Insured which would produce
an  increase  in  rate;

(d)    loss  of  reinsurance  for  the  Company covering all or part of the risk
covered  by  the  policy;  or

(e)    if  the  Company  has  been  placed  in  suspension,  conservatorship  or
receivership  and  the  cancellation  is approved or directed by the supervisor,
conservator  or  receiver.

If  the  Company  cancels,  it  shall mail or deliver to the PARENT ORGANIZATION
written  notice  of cancellation, stating the reason for cancellation, at least:

(a)    20  days before the effective date of cancellation if the Company cancels
for  nonpayment  of  premium;

(b)    60  days before the effective date of cancellation if the Company cancels
for  any  other  reason,  other  than  nonpayment  of  premium, as listed above.

The Company's notice of cancellation will be mailed to the PARENT ORGANIZATION'S
last  mailing  address  known to the Company and will indicate the date on which
coverage is terminated. If notice is mailed, proof of mailing will be sufficient
proof  of  notice.

The  earned  premium  will be computed on a pro rate basis. Any unearned premium
will  be  returned  as  soon  as  practicable.

(C)  Non-renewal

If  the Company decides not to renew this policy, it will mail or deliver to the
PARENT  ORGANIZATION  written  notice  of  non-renewal,  stating  the reason for
non-renewal,  at  least 60 days before the expiration date. We may not non-renew
this  policy  solely  because the first named insured is an elected official. If
notice is mailed or delivered less than 60 days before the expiration date, this
policy  will  remain  in  effect  until the 61st day after the date on which the
notice  is  mailed  or  delivered.

Earned  premium  for  any  period of coverage that extends beyond the expiration
date  will  be  computed  pro  rate  based  on  the  previous  year's  premium.

The  Company  will  mail or deliver its notice to the PARENT ORGANIZATION'S last
mailing  address known to the Company. If the notice is mailed, proof of mailing
will  be  sufficient  proof  of  notice.

ALL  OTHER  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS  REMAIN  UNCHANGED.


/s/John  S.  Bain
- --------------------------
Authorized  Representative

December  15,  1998
- -------------------
Date
<PAGE>

                           Executive Protection Policy

                                    ENDORSEMENT

Effective  date  of  this  endorsement:  OCTOBER  19,  1998
Endorsement  No.  2
Company:  TEXAS  PACIFIC  INDEMNITY  COMPANY

To  be  attached  to  and  form  part  of  Policy  No.  8091-25-911JHOU

Issued  to:  CLUB  CORPORATION  INTERNATIONAL

It  is  agreed  that  Subsection 4, Extended Reporting Period, is deleted in its
entirety  and  replaced  with  the  following:

     4.  If the Company or the Parent Organization terminates, fails, or refuses
to  renew  this  coverage  section  other  than  for non-payment of premium, the
Insureds  shall have the right, upon payment of the additional premium set forth
in  Item  7(A) of the Declarations for this coverage section, to an extension of
the  coverage  granted by this coverage section for the period set forth in Item
7(B)  of  the Declarations for this coverage section (Extended Reporting Period)
following  the  effective  date  of termination or non-renewal, but only for any
Wrongful Act committed, attempted, or allegedly committed or attempted, prior to
the  effective date of termination or non-renewal. This right of extension shall
lapse  unless  written  notice  of  such  election  together with payment of the
additional  premium  due is received by the Company within 30 days following the
effective date of termination or non-renewal. Any Claim made during the Extended
Reporting  Period  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been made during the immediately
preceding  Policy  Period.

ALL  OTHER  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS  REMAIN  UNCHANGED.

/s/John  S.  Bain
- --------------------------
Authorized  Representative

December  15,  1998
- -------------------
Date
<PAGE>

                           Executive Protection Policy

                                     ENDORSEMENT

Effective  date  of  this  endorsement:  OCTOBER  19,  1998
Endorsement  No.  3
Company:  TEXAS  PACIFIC  INDEMNITY  COMPANY

To  be  attached  to  and  form  part  of  Policy  No.  8091-25-911JHOU

Issued  to:  CLUB  CORPORATION  INTERNATIONAL

It  is  agreed that subsection 5, "Exclusions: Exclusions Applicable to Insuring
Clauses  1  and  2",  is  amended  by  adding  the  following:

(g)        based upon, arising from, or in consequence of ownership, management,
maintenance  and/or  control  of  any  captive  insurance  company.

ALL  OTHER  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS  REMAIN  UNCHANGED.

/s/John  S.  Bain
- --------------------------
Authorized  Representative

December  15,  1998
- -------------------
Date
<PAGE>

                           Executive Protection Policy

                                     ENDORSEMENT

Effective  date  of  this  endorsement:  OCTOBER  19,  1998
Endorsement  No.  4
Company:  TEXAS  PACIFIC  INDEMNITY  COMPANY

To  be  attached  to  and  form  part  of  Policy  No.  8091-25-911JHOU

Issued  to:  CLUB  CORPORATION  INTERNATIONAL

It  is  agreed that Item 6 of the Declarations, INSURED ORGANIZATION, is deleted
in  its  entirety  and  replaced  as  follows:

Item  5.    INSURED  ORGANIZATION:  Club  Corporation  International  and  its
SUBSIDIARIES,  except  First  Federal Financial Corporation and Franklin Federal
Bancorp.

ALL  OTHER  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS  REMAIN  UNCHANGED.

/s/John  S.  Bain
- --------------------------
Authorized  Representative

December  15,  1998
- -------------------
Date

<PAGE>
                           Executive Protection Policy

                                     ENDORSEMENT

Effective  date  of  this  endorsement:  OCTOBER  19,  1998
Endorsement  No.  5
Company:  TEXAS  PACIFIC  INDEMNITY  COMPANY

To  be  attached  to  and  form  part  of  Policy  No.  8091-25-911JHOU

Issued  to:  CLUB  CORPORATION  INTERNATIONAL

It  is  agreed that subsection 5, "Exclusions: Exclusions Applicable to Insuring
Clauses  1  and  2",  is  amended  by  adding  the  following:

(h)    based  upon,  arising  from  or  in  consequence  of  a  public offering,
solicitation,  sale,  distribution,  or  issuance  of  stock,  whether  or not a
prospectus  has  been  issued.

ALL  OTHER  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS  REMAIN  UNCHANGED.

/s/John  S.  Bain
- --------------------------
Authorized  Representative

December  15,  1998
- -------------------
Date
<PAGE>




                           Executive Protection Policy

                                     ENDORSEMENT

Effective  date  of  this  endorsement:  OCTOBER  19,  1998
Endorsement  No.  6
Company:  TEXAS  PACIFIC  INDEMNITY  COMPANY

To  be  attached  to  and  form  part  of  Policy  No.  8091-25-911JHOU

Issued  to:  CLUB  CORPORATION  INTERNATIONAL

It  is agreed that Item 7 of the Declarations, INSURED PERSONS, shall be amended
as  follows:

Any  person  who  has been, now is, or shall become a duly elected director or a
duly  elected  or  appointed  officer  of  the Insured Organization and any duly
appointed  Club Manager, House Manager, General Manager, Property Manager and or
member  of  the  Board  of Governors or member of the Grievance Committee of any
owned,  operated  or  leased  club  of  the  Insured  Organization.

ALL  OTHER  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS  REMAIN  UNCHANGED.

/s/John  S.  Bain
- --------------------------
Authorized  Representative

December  15,  1998
- -------------------
Date
<PAGE>


                           Executive Protection Policy

                                   ENDORSEMENT

Effective  date  of  this  endorsement:  OCTOBER  19,  1998
Endorsement  No.  7
Company:  TEXAS  PACIFIC  INDEMNITY  COMPANY

To  be  attached  to  and  form  part  of  Policy  No.  8091-25-911JHOU

Issued  to:  CLUB  CORPORATION  INTERNATIONAL

In  consideration of the premium paid, it is agreed that if both Loss covered by
this  policy  and  loss not covered by this policy re incurred, either because a
claim  against  an Insured Person includes both covered and uncovered matters or
because a claim is made against both an Insured Person and others, including the
Insured Organization, the Insureds and the Company shall allocate such amount as
follows:

(a)    with  respect to Defense Costs, to create certainty in determining a fair
and  proper  allocation  of  Defense  Costs, 80% of all Defense Costs which must
otherwise be allocated as described above shall be allocated to covered Loss and
shall  be advanced by the Company on a current basis; provided, however, that no
Defense  Costs  shall be allocated to the Insured Organization to the extent the
Insured  Organization  is  unable  to  pay  by  reason  of Financial Impairment.

This  Defense Costs allocation shall be the final and binding allocation of such
Defense  Costs  and shall not apply to or create any presumption with respect to
the  allocation  of  any  other  Loss;

(b)    with  respect  to  Loss  other  than  Defense  Costs:

(i)    the Insureds and the Company shall use their best efforts to agree upon a
fair  and  proper  allocation  of such amount between covered Loss and uncovered
Loss;  and

(ii)    if  the  Insureds  and  the  Company  cannot agree on any allocation, no
presumption  as  to  allocation  shall  exist  in any arbitration, suit or other
proceeding.  The  Company,  if  requested  by  the  Insureds,  shall  submit the
allocation dispute to binding arbitration. The rules of the American Arbitration
Association  shall apply except with respect to the selection of the arbitration
panel,  which  shall  consist  of  one  arbitrator selected by the Insureds, one
arbitrator  selected by the Company, and a third independent arbitrator selected
by  the  first  two  arbitrators.

It  is agreed that Section 9.1 "Definitions" is amended by adding the following:

Financial Impairment means the status of the Insured Organization resulting from
(i)  the  appointment  by  any state or federal official, agency or court of any
receiver, conservator, liquidator, trustee, rehabilitator or similar official to
take  control  of,  supervise,  manage or liquidate the Insured Organization, or
(ii)  the  Insured  Organization  becoming  a  debtor  in  possession.

Provided,  however,  that this endorsement shall not apply to Loss on account of
any  Employment  Claim.

ALL  OTHER  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS  REMAIN  UNCHANGED.

/s/John  S.  Bain
- --------------------------
Authorized  Representative

December  15,  1998
- -------------------
Date
<PAGE>




                           Executive Protection Policy

                                     ENDORSEMENT

Effective  date  of  this  endorsement:  OCTOBER  19,  1998
Endorsement  No.  8
Company:  TEXAS  PACIFIC  INDEMNITY  COMPANY

To  be  attached  to  and  form  part  of  Policy  No.  8091-25-911JHOU

Issued  to:  CLUB  CORPORATION  INTERNATIONAL

It  is  agreed that Item 6 of the Declarations, Insured Organization, is amended
by  adding  the  following:

Silver  Lake  Management  Corporation
Silver  Lake  Country  Club
Akron  City Management  Corporation
Akron City Club
Stonebriar Country Club
Diamante Country Club
Monarch  Country  Club

provided, however, that coverage afforded by this endorsement shall not apply to
that  portion  of  WRONGFUL  ACTS  AND  INTERRELATED  WRONGFUL  ACTS  committed,
attempted  or  allegedly  committed  or  attempted,  prior  to  the  date  Club
Corporation International or its subsidiaries owned, operated, leased or managed
the  Insured  Organizations  listed  above.

ALL  OTHER  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS  REMAIN  UNCHANGED.

/s/John  S.  Bain
- --------------------------
Authorized  Representative

December  15,  1998
- -------------------
Date
<PAGE>


                           Executive Protection Policy

                                     ENDORSEMENT

Effective  date  of  this  endorsement:  OCTOBER  19,  1998
Endorsement  No.  9
Company:  TEXAS  PACIFIC  INDEMNITY  COMPANY

To  be  attached  to  and  form  part  of  Policy  No.  8091-25-911JHOU

Issued  to:  CLUB  CORPORATION  INTERNATIONAL

It  is agreed that Item 7 of the Declarations, Insured Persons, shall by amended
as  follows:

Any  person  who  has been, now is, or shall become a duly elected director or a
duly  elected  or  appointed  officer  of  the Insured Organization and any duly
appointed  Club Manager, House Manager, General Manager, Property Manager of any
managed  by contract club of the Insured Organization. However, this endorsement
shall  only apply to those individuals who are employed by the parent company or
any  of  its  subsidiaries.

THIS  ENDORSEMENT  SUPERSEDES  any  prior  endorsement.

ALL  OTHER  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS  REMAIN  UNCHANGED.

/s/John  S.  Bain
- --------------------------
Authorized  Representative

December  15,  1998
- -------------------
Date
<PAGE>


                           Executive Protection Policy

                                   ENDORSEMENT

Effective  date  of  this  endorsement:  OCTOBER  19,  1998
Endorsement  No.  10
Company:  TEXAS  PACIFIC  INDEMNITY  COMPANY

To  be  attached  to  and  form  part  of  Policy  No.  8091-25-911JHOU

Issued  to:  CLUB  CORPORATION  INTERNATIONAL

It  is agreed that Item 7 of the Declarations, Insured Persons, shall be amended
as  follows:

Any  person  who  has been, now is, or shall become a duly elected director or a
duly  elected  or  appointed  officer  of  the Insured Organization and any duly
appointed  Club Manager, House Manager, General Manager, Property Manager and/or
member  of  the  Board  of Governors or member of the Grievance Committee of any
owned  or  leased  club  of  the Insured Organization. However, this endorsement
shall  not  include  coverage  for  the  following  country  clubs:

Coto  de  Caza

ALL  OTHER  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS  REMAIN  UNCHANGED.

/s/John  S.  Bain
- --------------------------
Authorized  Representative

December  15,  1998
- -------------------
Date
<PAGE>


                           Executive Protection Policy

                                   ENDORSEMENT

Effective  date  of  this  endorsement:  OCTOBER  19,  1998
Endorsement  No.  11
Company:  TEXAS  PACIFIC  INDEMNITY  COMPANY

To  be  attached  to  and  form  part  of  Policy  No.  8091-25-911JHOU

Issued  to:  CLUB  CORPORATION  INTERNATIONAL

It  is  agreed that Item 6 of the Declarations, Insured Organization, is AMENDED
BY  ADDING  following:

Silver  Lake  Management  Corporation
Silver  Lake  Country  Club
Akron  City  Management  Corporation
Akron  Country  Club
Stonebriar  Country  Club  Joint  Venture
Stonebriar  Country  Club
Diamante,  a  Private  Membership  Golf  Club  LLC
Diamante  Country  Club
Monarch  Country  Club,  Inc.
Monarch  Country  Club
Glen  Oaks  Country  Club  Joint  Venture
Glen  Oaks  Country  Club
Aspen  Glen  Gold  Company  Limited  Partnership
Aspen  Country  Club
Capital  Club  Company  Ltd.
Capital  City  Club/Beijing
Republic  Plaza  City  Club(Singapore)Pte  Ltd.
Tower  Club

provided, however, that coverage afforded by this endorsement shall not apply to
that  portion  of  Wrongful  Acts  and  Interrelated  Wrongful  Acts  committed,
attempted  or  allegedly  committed  or  attempted,  prior,  to  the  date  Club
Corporation International or its subsidiaries owned, operated, leased or managed
the  Insured  Organizations  listed  above.

ALL  OTHER  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS  REMAIN  UNCHANGED.

/s/John  S.  Bain
- --------------------------
Authorized  Representative

December  15,  1998
- -------------------
Date
<PAGE>


                           Executive Protection Policy

                                   ENDORSEMENT

Effective  date  of  this  endorsement:  OCTOBER  19,  1998
Endorsement  No.  12
Company:  TEXAS  PACIFIC  INDEMNITY  COMPANY

To  be  attached  to  and  form  part  of  Policy  No.  8091-25-911JHOU

Issued  to:  CLUB  CORPORATION  INTERNATIONAL

It  is  agreed  that,  section 5, "Exclusions: Exclusions Applicable to Insuring
Clauses  1  and  2",  is  amended  by deleting paragraph (e) in its entirety and
replacing  it  with  the  following:

(e)    for bodily injury, libel, slander, defamation, emotional distress, mental
anguish,  sickness,  disease  or  death  of  any  person,  or  for  damage to or
destruction  of  any  tangible  property  including  loss  of  use  thereof;

ALL  OTHER  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS  REMAIN  UNCHANGED.

/s/John  S.  Bain
- --------------------------
Authorized  Representative

December  15,  1998
- -------------------
Date
<PAGE>


                           Executive Protection Policy

                                   ENDORSEMENT

Effective  date  of  this  endorsement:  OCTOBER  19,  1998
Endorsement  No.  13
Company:  TEXAS  PACIFIC  INDEMNITY  COMPANY

To  be  attached  to  and  form  part  of  Policy  No.  8091-25-911JHOU

Issued  to:  CLUB  CORPORATION  INTERNATIONAL

It  is  understood and agreed that the policy is amended by adding the following
section:

CHOICE  OF  LAW  AND  ARBITRATION

29.  This  policy  shall  be construed and enforced according to the laws of New
Jersey.

Any dispute between the INSUREDS and the Company relating to the policy shall be
submitted to binding arbitration, including, but not limited to, claims sounding
in  contract or tort. The Insureds and the Company submit to the jurisdiction of
New  Jersey.

The  commercial  arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association shall
apply  except  with respect to the selection of the arbitration panel. The panel
shall  consist  of  one  independent  arbiter  selected  by  the  Insureds,  one
independent  arbiter  selected  by  the  Company and a third independent arbiter
selected  by  the first two arbiters. Each party shall bear equally the expenses
of  the  arbitration.

ALL  OTHER  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS  REMAIN  UNCHANGED.

/s/John  S.  Bain
- --------------------------
Authorized  Representative

December  15,  1998
- -------------------
Date
<PAGE>


                           Executive Protection Policy

                                   ENDORSEMENT

Effective  date  of  this  endorsement:  OCTOBER  19,  1998
Endorsement  No.  14
Company:  TEXAS  PACIFIC  INDEMNITY  COMPANY

To  be  attached  to  and  form  part  of  Policy  No.  8091-25-911JHOU

Issued  to:  CLUB  CORPORATION  INTERNATIONAL

It  is  agreed  that:

1.         Item 7 of the Declarations, INSURED PERSONS, is amended by adding the
following:

Past,  present  and  future  employees  of  the  INSURED  ORGANIZATION;

Provided,  however,  that  coverage  provided  to  employees  pursuant  to  this
paragraph  shall  apply  only  to  EMPLOYMENT  CLAIMS.

2.  Section 5, Exclusions: Exclusions Applicable to Insuring Clauses 1 and 2, is
amended  by deleting paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) in their entirety and inserting
the  following:

(c)    brought  or  maintained  by  or  on  behalf  of  any  INSURED  except:

(i)    a CLAIM that is a derivative action brought or maintained on behalf of an
INSURED  ORGANIZATION by one or more persons who are not INSURED PERSONS and who
bring  and  maintain  the  CLAIM  without  the  solicitation,  assistance,  or
participation  of  any  INSURED;

(II)    AN  EMPLOYMENT  CLAIM;

(iii)    a  Claim brought or maintained by or on behalf of an INSURED PERSON for
contribution  or  indemnity,  if  the  CLAIM directly results from another CLAIM
covered  under  this  policy;

(d)  for an actual or alleged violation of the responsibilities, obligations, or
duties  imposed by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Fair
Labor  Standards  Act  (except the Equal Pay Act),  the National Labor Relations
Act,  the  Worker  Adjustment  and Retraining Notification Act, the Consolidated
Omnibus  Budget  Reconciliation  Act of 1985, the Occupational Safety and Health
Act,  rules  or  regulations  promulgated  thereunder  and amendments thereto or
similar  provisions of any federal, state, or local statutory law or common law;

(e)    for  mental  or  emotional  distress  (except  with respect to EMPLOYMENT
CLAIMS),  bodily  injury, sickness, disease or death of any person, or damage to
or  destruction  of  any  tangible  property  including  loss of use thereof; or

3.    Where all or any part of a CLAIM IS AN EMPLOYMENT CLAIM, the Company shall
not  be  liable  for  LOSS on account of that part of a CLAIM against an INSURED
PERSON  which is based upon, arising from, or in consequence of any demand, suit
or  other  proceeding  pending, or order, decree or judgment entered against any
INSURED  on  or  prior  to 10/19/97  or  the  same  or any substantially similar
fact,  circumstance  or  situation  underlying  or  alleged  therein;

4.   Section 5, Exclusions: Exclusion Applicable to Insuring Clauses 1 and 2, is
amended  by  adding  the  following:

(i)  based upon, arising from or in consequence of any facts or circumstances of
which  any  officer  of  the  INSURED ORGANIZATION had knowledge, as of the date
referenced  in  section  3  of  this  endorsement, which he or she had reason to
suppose  might  give  rise  to  a  future  EMPLOYMENT  CLAIM.

5.  Section 9, Presumptive Indemnification, is amended as follows, but only with
respect  to  EMPLOYMENT  CLAIMS:

a.    Paragraphs (i) and (ii) are deleted in their entirety and the following is
inserted:  the  broadest  application  of  law;

b.    The  final  paragraph  of  section  9  is  deleted  in  its  entirety.

6.    Section  28,  Definitions,  is  amended  by  adding  the  following:

EMPLOYMENT  CLAIM  means a CLAIM which is brought and maintained by or on behalf
of  any  past,  present  or  prospective  employees  of the INSURED ORGANIZATION
against any INSURED PERSON for any WRONGFUL ACT in connection with any actual or
alleged  wrongful  dismissal,  discharge or termination of employment, breach of
any  oral  or  written  employment  contract  or  quasi-employment  contract,
employment-related  misrepresentation,  violation  of  employment discrimination
laws  (including  workplace  harassment), wrongful failure to employ or promote,
wrongful  discipline,  wrongful  deprivation of a career opportunity, failure to
grant  tenure,  negligent  evaluation,  invasion of privacy,  employment-related
defamation  or  employment-related  wrongful  infliction  of emotional distress.

ALL  OTHER  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS  REMAIN  UNCHANGED.



/s/John  S.  Bain
- --------------------------
Authorized  Representative

December  15,  1998
- -------------------
Date
<PAGE>




                                  EXHIBIT 10.8


                     CLUBCORP EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST

                         EFFECTIVE AS OF JANUARY 1, 1999

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE  I

PURPOSE  OF  TRUST
1.1    Designation
1.2    Purpose.
1.3    Exclusive  Benefit  of  Participants.
1.4    No  Reversion  to  Employer.

ARTICLE  II

DEFINITIONS

ARTICLE  III

ACCEPTANCE  OF,  CONTRIBUTIONS  TO,  DISTRIBUTIONS  FROM  TRUST
3.1    Acceptance  of  Trust.
3.2    Receipt  of  Contributions
3.3    Distribution  to  Participants.
3.4    Distributions  Pursuant  to  Plan  Administrator  Directions.

ARTICLE  IV

MANAGEMENT  AND  CONTROL  OF  TRUST  FUND  ASSETS
4.1    Standard  of  Conduct  and  Liabilities  of  Trustee
4.2    Trustee's  Powers  of  Investment  and  Management.
4.3    Investment  in  Company  Stock
4.4    Commingled  Trust  Funds.
4.5    Authority  of  Trustee
4.6    Power  to  Do  All  Necessary  Acts.
4.7    Voting  of  Company  Stock,  Proxies,  etc.
4.8    Appointment  of  Investment  Manager  and  Power  to  Direct  Trustee.

ARTICLE  V

THE  PLAN  ADMINISTRATOR  AND  EMPLOYERS
5.1    Action  by  the  Plan  Administrator
5.2    Action  by  an  Employer
5.3    Formal  Action  by  Employer
5.4    Each  Employer  to  Supply  Information

ARTICLE  VI

THE  TRUSTEE
6.1    Reliance  on  Written  Instrument
6.2    Action  by  the  Trustee
6.3    Consultation  with  Counsel  and  Accountant
6.4    Bond  Not  Required
6.5    Purchase  of  Liability  Insurance
6.6    Court  Procedures
6.7    Indemnity  by  Employers
6.8    Duties  of  Co-Trustees

ARTICLE  VII

ACCOUNTS  AND  RECORDS

ARTICLE  VIII

FEES  AND  EXPENSES
8.1    Expenses  of  Administration
8.2    Authorization  with  Respect  to  Taxes
8.3    Payments  without  Plan  Administrator  Approval

ARTICLE  IX

RESIGNATION  OR  REMOVAL  OF  TRUSTEE:  SUCCESSOR  TRUSTEE
9.1    Resignation;  Removal  of  Trustee
9.2    Appointment  of  Successor  Trustee
9.3    Merger,  Consolidation,  or  Other  Changes  in  Trustee
9.4    Transfer  of  Assets  to  Successor  Trustee
9.5    Ancillary  Trust

ARTICLE  X

AMENDMENT  OF  TRUST

ARTICLE  XI

ADDITIONAL  EMPLOYERS
11.1    Adoption  of  Trust
11.2    No  Separate  Trusts
11.3    Withdrawal  from  Trust

ARTICLE  XII

TERMINATION  OF  TRUST
12.1    Termination  of  Trust
12.2    Continuation  by  an  Employer's  Successor
12.3    Liquidation  of  Trust


<PAGE>
ARTICLE  XIII

MISCELLANEOUS
13.1    Applicable  Law
13.2    Severability  of  Provisions
13.3    Construction  of  Trust  Agreement
13.4    Spendthrift  Provisions
13.5    Title  of  Trust  Assets
13.6    Benefits  Supported  Only  by  Trust
13.7    Rights  Determined  from  Entire  Instrument
13.8    Execution  in  Counterparts


                     CLUBCORP EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST

                         EFFECTIVE AS OF JANUARY 1, 1999


     THIS  TRUST  AGREEMENT  is  made  and entered into in Dallas, Texas, by and
between  ClubCorp,  Inc.  (hereinafter  referred to as the "Company") and Albert
Chew,  James E. Maser, and Douglas T. Howe (hereinafter collectively referred to
as  "Trustee").

     WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the ClubCorp Employee Stock Ownership Plan
for  its  eligible  employees  which  is  a  restatement  of  the ClubCorp Stock
Investment  Plan  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  "Plan");

     WHEREAS,  the  Company  desires to restate the trust document for the Plan;
and

WHEREAS, the Company desires the Trustee to hold, invest, reinvest and otherwise
to  administer  the Trust Fund, and the Trustee has indicated its willingness to
do  so,  all  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  this  Trust  Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other mutual covenants
herein  contained,  this  document  supersedes  all  prior  trust  documents
implementing the Plan and the parties hereto do agree effective as of January 1,
1999  as  follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                PURPOSE OF TRUST

     1.1  Designation.  This Trust is designated as the "ClubCorp Employee Stock
Ownership  Trust."    This  Trust adopts for accounting purposes the fiscal year
ending  on  December  31.

     1.2          Purpose.  This Trust is part of the Plan.  The purpose of this
Trust  is  to  implement  the  Plan,  which  provides  certain  benefits for the
Employer's  Eligible  Employees  who  become  Participants.

     1.3      Exclusive Benefit of Participants.  This Trust shall be maintained
for  the  exclusive  benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries.  Except as
otherwise provided in SECTION 1.4 below, no part of the Trust Fund shall be used
for,  or  diverted  to,  purposes  other  than for the exclusive benefit of such
Participants  and  Beneficiaries.

     1.4         No Reversion to Employer.  Except as otherwise provided in this
SECTION 1.4 or in the Plan, it shall be impossible, at any time, for any part of
the  Trust  Fund,  other  than  such  part  as  is  required  to  pay  taxes and
administration  expenses or such part as may otherwise be permitted by law to be
returned  to  the Employer, to be recoverable by an Employer, or to be used for,
or  diverted  to,  purposes  other  than  for  the  exclusive  benefit  of  the
Participants  and  their  Beneficiaries.    An  Employer may recover its initial
contribution, or any investments into which it has been converted, plus any gain
and  minus  any  loss  thereon  if the Plan Administrator directs the Trustee to
return  such  amounts,  and  if  the adoption of the Plan or the contribution is
conditioned  on  the initial qualification of the Plan under Code Section 401(a)
and  the  Plan  does not so qualify.  Such contribution shall be returned, if at
all,  within the one year period after such adverse determination, provided that
the  application  for  determination  is  not made later than the Employer's tax
return  due  date  for  the  taxable year in which the Plan was adopted (or such
other  time  as the Secretary may prescribe).  If the Plan Administrator in good
faith  determines  that  (a)  an  Employer  Contribution was made by reason of a
mistake  of  fact  or  (b)  an Employer Contribution is conditioned on its being
deductible  under  Code  Section 404, but the Internal Revenue Service disallows
such  deduction,  the  amount  of  the excess Employer Contribution, less losses
attributable  thereto may, upon direction of the Plan Administrator, be returned
to  the  contributing Employer.  All payments of returned Employer Contributions
under  this  SECTION  shall  be  made  within  one (1) year from the date of the
payment  of  such  mistaken  Employer  Contribution  or  the disallowance by the
Internal  Revenue Service of the deduction, whichever is applicable.  The amount
of  the  excess  Employer  Contribution  shall  be  the excess of (1) the amount
contributed  over  (2) the amount that would have been contributed had there not
occurred  a  mistake of fact or had the deduction not been disallowed.  Earnings
attributable  to  the excess Employer Contributions shall not be returned to the
contributing  Employer,  but losses attributable thereto shall reduce the amount
returned  to  the contributing Employer.  Subject only to the conditions set out
in this SECTION, none of the funds contributed to the Trust shall ever revert to
any  Employer,  but  the  entire  Trust  Fund,  net  of  expenses,  including
administrative  expenses  and  taxes,  and losses, if any, shall be used for the
exclusive  benefit  of  the  Participants,  as  herein  provided.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                   DEFINITIONS

     For  purposes  of the Trust Agreement, the following expressions shall have
the  meanings  respectively  indicated  unless  the  context  clearly  required
otherwise:

     2.1     "Affiliated Company" means any of the following which is itself not
an  Employer:  (i) a member of a controlled group of corporations, determined in
accordance  with  the  provisions of Code Section 414(b) of which an Employer is
also  a  member;  (ii) an unincorporated trade or business which is under common
control  with  an  Employer as determined in accordance with Code Section 414(c)
and  regulations  issued thereunder; or (iii) a member of an "affiliated service
group"  as  determined  in  accordance  with Code Section 414(m) and regulations
issued  thereunder;  or (iv) any other entity which is not an Employer and which
is  required  to  be aggregated with an Employer in accordance with Code Section
414(o)  and  the  regulations  issued  thereunder.

     2.2          "Beneficiary"  means  any person or entity entitled to receive
benefits  which  are  payable  upon  or  after a Participant's death pursuant to
Article  IX  of  the  Plan.

     2.3       "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company, as from time
to  time  constituted,  or such other persons or group of persons referred to in
SECTION  5.3  hereof  in  the  case  of  a  Company  which is not a corporation.

     2.4         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time  to  time.    References  to any section of the Internal Revenue Code shall
include  any  successor  provision  thereto.

     2.5          "Company"  means  ClubCorp,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation.

     2.6        "Company Stock" means the common stock of the Company, par value
$.01,  which is a qualifying employer security within the meaning of Section 407
of  ERISA.

     2.7          "Eligible  Employee"  means an Eligible Employee as defined in
Article  II  of  the  Plan.

     2.8     "Employer" means the Company or any Affiliated Company which adopts
the  Plan  pursuant  to  Article  XIV  of  the  Plan.

     2.9      "Employer Contribution" means the contribution made by an Employer
under  SECTION  4.01  of  the  Plan.

     2.10     "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as  amended from time to time.  References to any section of ERISA shall include
any  successor  provision  thereto.

     2.11     "Investment Manager" means any fiduciary that is granted the power
to  manage,  acquire or dispose of any asset of the Plan pursuant to SECTION 4.9
hereof.

     2.12       "Participant" means an Eligible Employee who participates in the
Plan  as  provided  in  Article  III  of  the  Plan.

     2.13          "Plan"  means  the  ClubCorp Employee Stock Ownership Plan as
hereafter  amended  from  time  to  time.

     2.14          "Plan  Administrator"  means  the  Company.

     2.15          "Securities  or Other Property" means any properties, real or
personal  or  mixed,  including  but  not limited to, common or preferred stocks
(including Company Stock), securities, or any other interest in any corporation,
interests in investment trusts and mutual funds, bonds, notes or other evidences
of  indebtedness  or  ownership,  first mortgages, real property, leases on real
property,  contracts  to sell real property, contracts of sale of real property,
short-term  cash  equivalents  having  ready  marketability,  including  but not
limited  to  U.  S.  Treasury  bills, commercial paper, certificates of deposit,
savings  shares  or savings share accounts of savings and loan associations, and
similar  type  securities,  and  any  other  property  of  any  kind  or  nature
- -whatsoever.

     2.16      "Trust" means the legal entity resulting from the Trust Agreement
between  the  Employers and the Trustee who receives the Employer Contributions,
and  holds,  invests  and disburses funds to and for the benefit of Participants
and  their Beneficiaries, and each separate trust, if any, existing hereunder at
the  time  in  question.

     2.17         "Trust Agreement" means this instrument, provided that if this
instrument,  pursuant  to  its  terms,  be  amended,  "Trust  Agreement" as at a
particular  date,  shall  mean  this instrument, as amended and in force on such
date.

     2.18        "Trust Fund" means all assets of whatsoever kind or nature from
time  to  time  held  by  the  Trustee  pursuant to this Trust Agreement without
distinction  as  to income and principal, including all assets received from any
predecessor  trust  fund.

     2.19         "Trustee" means the party or parties, individual or corporate,
named  in  the  Trust  Agreement  and any duly appointed additional or successor
Trustee  or  Trustees  acting  thereunder.

     2.20        Whenever appropriate, words used in this Trust Agreement in the
singular  may  mean  the  plural,  the  plural  may  mean  the singular, and the
masculine  may  mean  the feminine.  The words "herein," "hereof," "hereto," and
"hereunder"  shall  refer  to  this  Trust  Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE III

            ACCEPTANCE OF, CONTRIBUTIONS TO, DISTRIBUTIONS FROM TRUST

     3.1          Acceptance  of  Trust.  The Trustee by affixing its signature,
hereunto  duly authorized, to this Trust Agreement accepts this Trust and agrees
to  act  as  Trustee  of the Trust according to the terms and conditions of this
Trust  Agreement to all of which the parties hereto agree, and the Employers and
the  Participants  from  time  to time hereunder, and all those persons claiming
through or under any of them, shall be deemed to have agreed.  Nothing contained
in  the  Plan, either expressly or by implication, shall be deemed to impose any
additional  powers,  duties  or  responsibilities  on  the  Trustee.

     3.2          Receipt  of  Contributions.    The  Trustee  shall receive any
contributions under the Plan paid to it in cash or to the extent permitted under
ERISA  without  violation  of  ERISA Section 406, in kind.  All contributions so
received,  together  with the income therefrom, any other increment thereon, and
all  assets  acquired  by investment or reinvestment, shall be held, managed and
administered  by  the  Trustee  pursuant  to  the  terms of this Trust Agreement
without  distinction  between principal and income and without liability for the
payment  of  interest  thereon.    The  Trustee shall not be responsible for the
collection  of  any  contributions  under  or  required by the Plan but shall be
responsible  only  for contributions actually received by it hereunder.  Trustee
shall  have  power  or  duty  to  inquire  whether  the  amount of contributions
delivered  to  it  by  an Employer is correct or complies with the powers of the
Plan.

     3.3         Distribution to Participants.  Upon written directions from the
Plan  Administrator, the Trustee shall make payments out of the Trust Fund to or
for  the  benefit  of  Participants,  or for the payment of expenses pursuant to
SECTION  8.1,  in  such manner, amounts and at such times and for such purposes,
including  the  purchase  of  annuity  contracts,  as  may  be  specified in the
directions  of  the  Plan  Administrator.

     3.4          Distributions  Pursuant to Plan Administrator Directions.  The
Trustee  shall not be liable for any distribution made by it pursuant to written
directions  of  the Plan Administrator as herein provided, and shall be under no
duty  to  make  inquiry  as  to  whether  any  distribution directed by the Plan
Administrator  is  made  pursuant  to the provisions of the Plan.  Likewise, the
Trustee  need  not  see  to  the  application  of any payment made to or for the
benefit  of  a  Participant  pursuant  to  written  directions  of  the  Plan
Administrator.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                   MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL OF TRUST FUND ASSETS

     4.1          Standard  of  Conduct  and  Liabilities  of  Trustee.

     (a)          The Trustee shall discharge its duties hereunder solely in the
interest of the Participants and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits
to  Participants  and  for paying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.
The  Trustee shall perform all of its duties with the care, skill, prudence, and
diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a
like  capacity  and  familiar  with  such matters would use in the conduct of an
enterprise  of  a  like character and with like aims, or in accordance with such
other standard as may, from time to time, be required by law.  The Trustee shall
not  cause  the Trust to engage in a transaction if it knows or should know that
such  transaction  directly  or  indirectly constitutes a prohibited transaction
under  ERISA  Section 406 or Section 407 which is not exempt under ERISA Section
408.

     (b)         The Trustee shall not be liable for its acts and conduct in the
administration  of  the  assets of the Trust Fund and for any losses incurred in
the  administration  of  the Plan or upon the investment of the Trust Fund which
conform  to  the  standards  set  forth  in  SECTION 4.1(A), unless it knowingly
participates in or knowingly undertakes to conceal an act or omission of another
fiduciary  of the Plan, with the knowledge that such act or omission is a breach
of fiduciary responsibility, or knowing of a breach of fiduciary responsibility,
the  Trustee  fails to make reasonable efforts under the circumstances to remedy
the  breach,  or  by  failure  to  carry  out  its specific responsibilities, in
accordance  with  such standard, it has enabled another fiduciary of the Plan to
commit  a  breach.

     4.2      Trustee's Powers of Investment and Management.  Pending investment
in  Company  Stock or pending disbursement of cash retained for distributions or
expenditures,  the  Trustee  shall  have  the  power  to invest and reinvest any
Securities  or  Other Property so that, in accordance with ERISA Section 404(a),
the  Plan  assets,  other  than  Company Stock, over which the Trustee exercises
investment  discretion  are  diversified  so  as  to  minimize the risk of large
losses,  unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so.  The
Trustee  shall  not,  in  any  manner,  be  limited by the Texas Trust Code with
respect  to the types of investments to be made with trust funds or the kinds of
businesses  into  which  any  trust  existing  hereunder may enter.  When acting
hereunder,  whether  in  its  discretion  or  at  the direction of an Investment
Manager, the Trustee shall have the following powers with respect to any and all
moneys  and Securities or Other Property at any time held by it and constituting
part  of  the  Trust  Fund:

     (a)         Subject to the restrictions of SECTION 4.3 hereof pertaining to
Company  Stock, to purchase or subscribe for Securities or Other Property and to
retain  them in trust; to sell any Securities or Other Property at any time held
by  it  at  either  public or private sale for cash or other consideration or on
credit  at  such time or times and on such terms and conditions as may be deemed
appropriate;  to exchange such Securities or Other Property and to grant options
for  the  purchase  or  exchange  thereof; and to convey, partition or otherwise
dispose of, with or without covenants, including covenants of warranty of title,
any  Securities  or  Other  Property  free  of  all  trusts;

     (b)          To  oppose,  or  consent  to  and  participate in, any plan of
reorganization,  consolidation,  merger,  combination  or other similar plan; to
oppose  or to consent to any contract, lease, mortgage, purchase, sale, or other
action  by  any  corporation pursuant to such plan, and to accept and retain any
Securities  or  Other  Property  issued  under  any  such  plan;

     (c)          To  assign,  renew, extend, or discharge or participate in the
assignment,  renewal,  extension,  or  discharge of any debt, mortgage, or other
lien,  upon  such terms, including a partial release, as may be deemed advisable
by  the  Trustee, and to agree to a reduction in the rate of interest thereon or
to  any  other  modification  or change in the terms thereof or of any guarantee
pertaining  thereto,  in  any manner and to any extent that may be deemed in the
best  interest  of  the  Trust  Fund;  to  waive  any  default,  whether  in the
performance  of  any  covenant or condition of any note, bond, or mortgage or in
the  performance of any guarantee, or to enforce any such default in such manner
and  to  such extent as may be deemed advisable; to exercise and enforce any and
all  rights  of  foreclosure and to exercise and enforce, in any action, suit or
proceeding  at  law or in equity, any rights or remedies in respect of any debt,
mortgage,  lien,  or  guarantee;

     (d)      To acquire any real estate by purchase or lease, or as a result of
any  foreclosure,  liquidation,  or  other  salvage of any investment previously
made, or otherwise; and to manage, operate, sell, lease for any term or terms of
years,  even  though  such  lease  term extends beyond the term of the trust and
regardless  of any restrictions on leases made by fiduciaries, develop, improve,
alter,  demolish  any  building  in  whole  or  in part, and to erect buildings,
partition,  mortgage,  grant options with respect to, or otherwise deal with any
real property or interest therein at any time held by the Trust, upon such terms
and  conditions  as  it  may  deem  proper;

     (e)        To exercise all conversion and subscription rights pertaining to
any  Securities  or  Other  Property;

     (f)     Except as limited in SECTION 3.2 hereof, to collect and receive any
and all moneys, Securities or Other Property of whatsoever kind or nature due or
owing  or belonging to the Trust Fund and to give full discharge and acquittance
therefor;

     (g)          Except  where delegated to an Investment Manager, to exercise,
personally  or by general or limited power of attorney, any right, including the
right  to  vote or grant proxies, discretionary or otherwise, appurtenant to any
assets  held  by  the  Trust, and the right to participate in voting trusts with
other  stockholders;

     (h)       To register any Securities or Other Property held by it hereunder
in  the  name  of  the  Trustee  or in the names of nominees with or without the
addition  of words indicating that such Securities or Other Property are held in
a  fiduciary  capacity,  to  take  and  hold  the  same  unregistered or in form
permitting transferability by delivery, to deposit or arrange for the deposit of
securities  in  a  qualified  central depository even though, when so deposited,
such Securities or Other Property may be held in the name of the nominee of such
depository  with  other  securities  deposited  therein  by other persons, or to
deposit or to arrange for the deposit of any Securities or Other Property issued
by  the United States government, or any agency or instrumentality thereof, with
a Federal Reserve bank, provided that the books and records of the Trustee shall
at all times disclose that all such Securities or Other Property are part of the
Trust  Fund;

     (i)      To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration, any claims, debts
or  damages  due or owing to or from the Trust Fund; to commence or defend suits
or  legal  proceedings whenever, in its judgment, any interest of the Trust Fund
so  requires,  and to represent the Trust Fund in all suits or legal proceedings
in  any  court  of  law  or  equity  or  before  any  other  body  or  tribunal;

     (j)          To  borrow  money  from  others,  excluding the Trustee in its
individual  capacity  or  any  party  in interest, for the purposes of the Trust
Fund, and upon such terms and conditions as the Trustee may deem proper, and for
the  sum  so  borrowed or advanced, the Trustee may issue its promissory note as
Trustee  and  secure the repayment thereof by creating a lien upon any assets of
the  Trust  Fund;

     (k)     To organize and incorporate under the laws of any state one or more
corporations  (and  to  acquire  an interest in any such corporation that it may
have  organized and incorporated) for the purpose of acquiring and holding title
to  any  property, interest or rights that the Trustee is authorized to acquire;

     (l)          To  invest  all  or part of the Trust Fund in interest-bearing
deposits  with  the  Trustee,  or  with  a bank or similar financial institution
related  to  the  Trustee  if such bank or other institution is a fiduciary with
respect  to  the  Plan  as  defined  in  ERISA,  including  but  not  limited to
investments in time deposits, savings deposits, certificates of deposit, or time
accounts  which  bear  a  reasonable  interest  rate;

     (m)        Generally to do all such acts, to make, execute, acknowledge and
deliver any and all deeds, leases, assignments, oil and gas leases, documents of
transfer,  and  conveyances,  receipts,  releases,  agreements,  and  without
limitation  by the foregoing, to execute any and all other instruments, take all
such  proceedings  and  exercise all such rights and powers with relation to any
Securities  or  Other Property constituting a part of the Trust Fund to the same
extent  as  an  individual  might  do  with  respect  to  his  own property; and

     (n)       To deposit all or any portion of the Trust Fund with a custodian,
subject  to  the  direction  and  control  of  the  Trustee.

     4.3     Investment in Company Stock.  In addition, the Trustee shall invest
all  Trust  Fund  assets attributable to the Plan (including, but not limited to
cash  dividends with respect to Company Stock held in the Trust Fund) in Company
Stock and the Trustee shall retain, until distributed, all contributions made in
Company  Stock  (so long as such Company Stock is a qualifying employer security
within the meaning of Section 407 of ERISA); provided, however, that the Trustee
may  retain  sufficient  cash  to discharge cash or as otherwise directed by the
Plan  Administrator.    Notwithstanding  the  preceding  sentence,  Trustee  may
temporarily  invest all or a substantial portion of the Trust Fund other than in
direct  ownership  of  Company  Stock,  subject to reinvestment in Company Stock
within  a reasonable period.  The Trustee shall not be required to diversify the
Trust  Fund  with  respect  to Company Stock held under this SECTION 4.3. To the
extent  that  retained  cash  is  not  needed for current expenditures or to the
extent that Company Stock is not available, the Trustee, pending the use of such
retained  cash  for  current expenditures or pending the availability of Company
Stock, shall invest the Trust Fund in Securities or Other Property as defined in
SECTION  2.15  hereof.   In furtherance hereof, the Trustee may, notwithstanding
Section  4.2(j)  borrow  money  from  others,  including,  as  directed  by  the
Committee,  loans  from  or  guaranteed by the Company or any shareholder of the
Company  to finance the acquisition of Company Stock, provided that the proceeds
of  any  such  loan  shall  be used, within a reasonable time after such loan is
made,  only  to  purchase Company Stock or repay the loan or any prior loan, the
proceeds  of  which  were used to purchase Company Stock; and provided, further,
that notwithstanding any amendment to or termination of the Plan which causes it
to  cease  to  qualify as an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of
Section  4975(e)(7)  of  the  Code, no shares of Company Stock acquired with the
proceeds of a loan pursuant to Section 8.16 of the Plan may be subject to a put,
call  or  other  option,  or  buy-sell  or  similar  arrangement  (other than as
described  in  Subsections  5.9(h)  or 5.9(j) of the Plan) while such shares are
held  by  or  when distributed from this Trust Fund; and provided, further, that
any  such  loan shall bear a reasonable rate of interest and may be secured by a
collateral  pledge of the Company Stock so acquired; and provided, further, that
no  other  Trust Fund assets may be pledged as collateral by the Trustee, and no
lender  shall  have recourse against any Trust Fund asset other than any Company
Stock  remaining  subject  to  pledge; and provided, further, that any pledge of
Company  Stock  must  provide for the release of shares so pledged on a pro rata
basis  as  principal  and  interest  on  such loan is repaid by the Trustee; and
provided,  further, that repayments of principal and interest on any loans shall
be  repaid  by the Trustee (as directed by the Committee) only from (i) Employer
Contributions in cash to the Trust, (ii) cash dividends, if any, received on any
Company  Stock  unallocated  to  the  Accounts  of  Participants, (iii) earnings
attributable  to such Company Stock, and (iv) Company Stock, given as collateral
for  a  prior  loan  which  is  repaid with the proceeds of the current loan, or
acquired  with  the proceeds of the current loan; and for the sum so borrowed or
advanced,  the  Trustee  may issue its promissory note as Trustee and secure the
repayment  thereof  by  creating  a  lien  upon  any  assets  of the Trust Fund.

     4.4     Commingled Trust Funds.  Subject to SECTION 4.3, any part or all of
the  Trust  Fund  may be invested or reinvested by the Trustee in or through the
medium  of any one or more collective investment funds or commingled trust funds
maintained  by the Trustee or another fiduciary with respect to the Plan, as the
same  may have heretofore been or may hereof be established or amended, which is
invested  principally  in  Securities  or Other Property specified for the Trust
Fund, and which collective investment fund or commingled trust fund is qualified
under  the  provisions  of  Code  Section  401(a)  and exempt from tax under the
provisions  of  Code  Section  501(a),  and  during  the  period  of  time as an
investment in or through any such medium shall exist the declaration of trust of
such collective investment fund or commingled trust fund shall constitute a part
of  this  Trust  Agreement.

     4.5     Authority of Trustee.  A third party dealing with the Trustee shall
not  make,  or  be  required  by  any person to make, any inquiry concerning the
authority  of  the  Trustee  to  take  or.  omit  any  action but shall be fully
protected  in relying upon the certificates of the Trustee that it has authority
to  take  such  proposed  action.    No person dealing with the Trustee shall be
required  to  follow the application by the Trustee of any moneys, Securities or
Other  Property  paid  or  delivered  to  the  Trustee.

     4.6         Power to Do All Necessary Acts.  To the extent not inconsistent
with the express provisions hereof, enumeration of any power herein shall not be
by  way of limitation but shall be cumulative and construed as full and complete
power in favor of the Trustee.  In addition to the authority specifically herein
granted,  the  Trustee  shall  have  such  power to do all acts as may be deemed
necessary  for full and complete management of the Trust Fund and appropriate to
carry out the purposes of this Trust Fund, and shall further have all powers and
authorities  conferred  on  trustees  by  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Texas.

     4.7      Voting of Company Stock, Proxies, etc.  The Trustee shall maintain
a  complete  record  of  the  manner in which shares of stock (including Company
Stock)  held  as  part  of  the  Trust  Fund  are  voted,  unless the instrument
appointing  an  Investment  Manager with respect to such shares delegates to the
Investment Manager the responsibility for so recording such voting, whether such
shares are voted by the Trustee in the exercise of its investment direction with
respect  to  such  shares or upon the direction of an Investment Manager. If the
Trustee  votes such shares of stock (including Company Stock) in its discretion,
it  shall  also  maintain  a  record  of  the  reasons  for  such  vote.

     4.8          Appointment of Investment Manager and Power to Direct Trustee.

     (a)       Appointment.  The Board in its sole discretion may appoint one or
more  Investment Managers with respect to some or all of the assets of the Trust
Fund  as  contemplated  by ERISA Section 402(c)(3).  Any such Investment Manager
shall:  (i) be registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers
Act  of  1940 and registered under the laws of Texas; (ii) be a bank, as defined
in  the  Investment  Advisers  Act  of  1940;  or  (iii) be an insurance company
qualified  to  manage,  acquire or dispose of Plan assets under the laws of more
than  one  state.  The authority of the Investment Manager shall not begin until
the  Trustee  receives  from  the  Board  a  copy  of fully executed instruments
appointing the Investment Manager, a copy of the Investment Manager's acceptance
of  appointment,  a  certificate  showing  that the Investment Manager meets the
requirements  of  this  SECTION 4.8, and receives from the Investment Manager an
acknowledgment  in  writing  by  the Investment Manager that with respect to the
relevant  assets  of  the Trust Fund, it is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan
within  the  meaning  of  ERISA  Section  3(21)(A).    The  Investment Manager's
authority  shall continue and the Trustee shall be fully protected in relying on
the  notice  of  appointment  until the Trustee receives similar notice that the
appointment  has been rescinded.  By notifying the Trustee of the appointment of
an Investment Manager, the Board shall be deemed to certify that such Investment
Manager  meets  the  requirements  of  this  SECTION  4.8.

     (b)          Power  to  Direct Trustee.  The assets with respect to which a
particular  Investment  Manager  has  been  appointed  shall be specified by the
Board,  and  shall be segregated by the Trustee from all other trust assets, and
the  Investment  Manager  shall,  in  accordance  with  the  standard of conduct
contained  in  SECTION 4.1 hereof, have the duty and power to direct the Trustee
in  every  aspect  of  its investment specifically including the power to direct
Trustee  to  invest  and  reinvest  any  Securities  or Other Property under its
management  and  control  so  that  such  investments  are  diversified so as to
minimize  the  risk of large losses unless under the circumstances it is prudent
not to do so.  The Trustee shall follow the directions of the Investment Manager
regarding  the  investment  and  reinvestment  of the Trust Fund or such portion
thereof  as  shall  be  under management by the Investment Manager.  The Trustee
shall  be  under  no duty or obligation to review any investment to be acquired,
held, or disposed of pursuant to such directions nor to make any recommendations
with  respect  to the disposition or continued retention of any such investment.
The  Investment  Manager  shall,  notwithstanding  the provisions of SECTION 3.2
hereof,  have  the sole duty and responsibility of determining the acceptability
of any contributions made under this Trust if such contributed property is to be
part  of  its  investment  responsibility.

     (c)         Reliance upon Directions.  The Trustee may rely upon any order,
certificate,  notice, direction, or other documentary confirmation purporting to
have been issued or given by an Investment Manager which the Trustee believes to
be  genuine  and  to  have been issued or given by such Investment Manager.  The
Trustee  shall  not be liable for the acts or omissions of an Investment Manager
and  shall have no liability or responsibility for acting or not acting pursuant
to the direction of, or failing to act in the absence of, any direction from the
Investment  manager (except with respect to short-term investments under SECTION
4.8(E)  hereof), unless the Trustee knows that by such action or failure to act,
it  would  be itself committing a breach of fiduciary duty or participating in a
breach  of  fiduciary  duty by the Investment Manager, it being the intention of
the  parties  that,  except  with  respect  to  investments under SECTION 4.8(E)
hereof, the Trustee shall have the full protection of ERISA Section 405(d).  The
Company  hereby  agrees  to  indemnify the Trustee and hold it harmless from and
against  any  claim,  liability, or excise tax which may be asserted against the
Trustee by reason of its acting or not acting pursuant to any direction from the
Investment Manager or failing to act in the absence of any such direction unless
the  liability  or  excise tax arises out of an act or omission in which Trustee
knowingly participates or knowingly undertakes to conceal, knowing that such act
or  omission  to  be  a  breach  of  fiduciary  responsibility.

     (d)         Resignation of Investment Manager.  In the event the Investment
Manager  should  resign  or  be  removed  by  the  Company, the Trustee shall be
notified  by  the  Company  of  such resignation or removal and shall manage the
investment  of  the  Trust  Fund  unless  and  until it shall be notified of the
appointment  of  another  Investment  Manager  with  respect  thereto.

     (e)     Short-Term Investments.  The Trustee may, in its discretion, invest
cash  balances  held  by  the  Trustee,  pending or in the absence of investment
instructions  regarding the same from any Investment Manager, from time to time,
in  short-term  cash  equivalents  having ready marketability, including but not
limited  to  U.S.  Treasury  bills,  commercial  paper, certificates of deposit,
savings  shares  or savings share accounts of savings and loan associations, and
similar  type  securities.


                                    ARTICLE V

                      THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR AND EMPLOYERS

     5.1          Action  by the Plan Administrator.  The Trustee shall be fully
protected  in relying upon written instructions by the Plan Administrator or its
duly  authorized  agents.

     5.2         Action by an Employer.  Any action by an Employer hereunder, or
pursuant  to  the  Plan,  shall  be  evidenced  by a certified copy of a written
instrument executed in accordance with SECTION 5.3 hereof.  The Trustee shall be
fully  protected  in acting in accordance with such written instrument delivered
to  it.

     5.3       Formal Action by Employer.  Any formal action herein permitted or
required  to  be  taken  by  an  Employer  shall  be:

     (a)     if and when a partnership, by written instrument executed by one or
more  of  its  general partners or by written instrument executed by a person or
group  of  persons who has been authorized by written instrument executed by one
or  more  general  partners  as  having  authority  to  take  such  action;

     (b)     if and when a proprietorship, by written instrument executed by the
proprietor or by written instrument executed by a person or group of persons who
has  been  authorized by written instrument executed by the proprietor as having
authority  to  take  such  action;

     (c)      if and when a corporation, by resolution of its board of directors
or other governing board, or by written instrument executed by a person or group
of  persons  who  has been authorized by resolution of its board of directors or
other  governing  board  as  having  authority  to  take  such  action;  or

     (d)      if and when a joint venture, by written instrument executed by one
of the joint venturers or by written instrument executed by a person or group of
persons  who  has  been  authorized by written instrument executed by one of the
joint  venturers  as  having  authority  to  take  such  action.

     5.4       Each Employer to Supply Information.  Each Employer shall furnish
to  the Trustee the names of all parties who are or become fiduciaries under the
Plan  and  shall  provide  the  Trustee all information necessary to fulfill its
obligations  under the law, including, but not limited to such information as is
necessary  to  enable  the  Trustee  to  determine  whether  any  person  is  a
party-in-interest  as  defined  in  ERISA  Section  3(14).

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   THE TRUSTEE

     6.1          Reliance  on  Written  Instrument.  The Trustee shall be fully
protected in acting upon any instrument, certificate, or paper believed by it to
be  genuine  and  to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons, and
the  Trustee  shall  be under no duty to make any investigation or inquiry as to
any  statement  contained  in  any  such  writing  but  may  accept  the same as
conclusive  evidence  of  the  truth  and  accuracy  of  the  statements therein
contained.

     6.2         Action by the Trustee.  Subject to the provisions of this Trust
Agreement  relating  to  the appointment of an Investment Manager, investment of
the  Trust  Fund  and other action by the Trustee hereunder shall be pursuant to
the  decision  of  a majority of the persons then acting as the Trustee, but the
Trustee  may  delegate ministerial acts, specifically including, but not limited
to,  the  signing  of  checks,  endorsement  of stock certificates, execution of
transfer  instruments and any other document, and the signing of tax returns and
governmental  reports  to  be  done  by  any  agent  of  the  Trustee.

     6.3         Consultation with Counsel and Accountant.  The Trustee may from
time  to  time  consult  with  counsel  or accountant who may also be counsel or
accountant  for  an Employer, and as long as the Trustee acts in conformity with
the  standards  of SECTION 4.1 hereof, the opinion of such counsel or accountant
with  respect  to  legal matters or accounting matters, respectively, shall have
full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or
suffered  by  the  Trustee  in  good  faith and in accordance with such opinion.

     6.4      Bond Not Required.  Except as specifically required by an Employer
or  as  required  under  ERISA Section 412, the Trustee shall not be required to
furnish  any  bond  or  security  for  the  performance of its powers and duties
hereunder.   The cost of any bond required by applicable law shall be paid as an
expense of the Trust Fund, unless paid by the appropriate Employer or Employers.

     6.5          Purchase  of  Liability  Insurance.  Notwithstanding any other
provision  of  this Trust, the Trustee, if authorized by the Company in writing,
may  acquire,  retain,  dispose  of,  and pay premiums on, one or more insurance
contracts  for  the  benefit  of the Trust and the Trustee or other fiduciaries,
within  the  meaning  of  ERISA  Section  3(21),  covering  liability  or losses
occurring  by  reason of any act or omission of such Trustee or fiduciaries, and
charge  the  premiums to the Trust Fund, and such contract shall permit recourse
by  the  insurer  against such Trustee or fiduciaries in the case of a breach of
their  fiduciary  duty.

     6.6      Court Procedures-.  The Trustee may at any time initiate an action
or  proceeding  for  the  settlement  of  the accounts of the Trustee or for the
determination  of  any  question,  including questions of construction which may
arise,  or  for  instruction,  and  the only necessary parties defendant to such
action  shall  be  all the Employers and the Plan Administrator, except that any
other  person or persons may be included as parties defendant at the election of
the  Trustee.

     6.7     Indemnity by Employers.  In the event and to the extent not insured
against  by  any  insurance company pursuant to the provisions of any applicable
insurance  policy, each Employer shall indemnify and hold the Trustee other than
a corporate trustee harmless from any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses,
including  counsel  fees approved by the Board, and liability, including amounts
paid  in settlement, with the approval of such Board, arising from any action or
failure  to  act, except where same is judicially determined to be due to fraud,
recklessness,  or  willful  or  intentional  misconduct of such individual.  The
indemnification  contained in this SECTION shall apply regardless of whether the
claim,  loss,  damage,  expense,  or  cost  arises  in whole or in part from the
negligence  or  gross  negligence  or other fault on the part of the individual,
specifically  including  breaches  of  fiduciary  responsibility  under  ERISA.

     6.8     Duties of Co-Trustees.  Whenever two or more persons are serving as
Trustee  hereunder,  each  shall  use  reasonable care to prevent the other from
breaching  his  fiduciary responsibility hereunder, and all shall jointly manage
and  control  the  Trust Fund.  Provided, however, that all such co-trustees may
enter into a written agreement allocating specific responsibilities, obligations
and  duties  among  themselves,  in  which  case  any  trustee  to  whom certain
responsibilities,  obligations  and  duties  have  not  been  allocated shall be
protected  from  liability  to  the  extent  provided in Section 405(b)(1)(B) of
ERISA.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                              ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

     The  Trustee  shall  maintain  true,  accurate and detailed accounts of all
investments,  receipts,  disbursements  and  other  transactions  hereunder. All
accounts, books, and records relating thereto shall be open to inspection at all
reasonable  times  and may be audited from time to time by any person designated
by  the  Plan  Administrator.    Within  ninety (90) days after the close of the
fiscal  year  of  the  Trust  Fund, within ninety (90) days after the removal or
resignation  of the Trustee, and from time to time as the Plan Administrator may
direct,  the  Trustee  shall  file a written account with the Plan Administrator
which  shall  show:  (i)  the  assets  of  the Trust Fund, as of the end of such
period,  and  the  cost  and  current  value thereof as defined in ERISA Section
3(26); and (ii) all investments, receipts, disbursements, and other transactions
effected by it during such fiscal year or other period for which such accounting
is  filed.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Company
Stock  shall  be  valued  by  the  Company in its discretion and confirmed by an
independent  appraiser  selected  and  retained  by  the  Trustee.  In the event
Company  Stock  becomes publicly traded, the foregoing sentence shall not apply.
If,  however,  at  the  time such written account is to be filed, the Trust Fund
contains  assets  which  have  no  fair  market  value,  the  Trustee  shall  be
responsible  for  valuing  only  such  of  those  assets as were acquired by the
Trustee  in  its discretion.  Any such assets not acquired by the Trustee in its
discretion  shall  be  valued by the Plan Administrator.  The Plan Administrator
may  approve  such  accounting  by  written  notice of approval delivered to the
Trustee  or  by  failure  to  express  objection  to  such accounting in writing
delivered  to  the  Trustee within ninety (90) days from the date upon which the
accounting  is  delivered  to  the  Plan  Administrator.  Upon the expiration of
ninety  (90)  days  from  the  date  of  filing  such  account  with  the  Plan
Administrator  or  upon  earlier  specific  approval  thereof  by  the  Plan
Administrator,  the  Trustee,  as between each Employer, the Plan Administrator,
and  the Trustee, shall be forever released and discharged from all liability as
to all items and matters included in such accounting as if settled by the decree
of  a court of competent jurisdiction, except with respect to any such action or
transaction  to  which  the Plan Administrator shall within such ninety (90) day
period,  file  written objections with the Trustee.  The liability of Trustee to
persons  other  than  an  Employer or the Plan Administrator shall be limited to
actions  under ERISA brought within the period permitted by law for the bringing
of  such action.  Nothing herein contained, however, shall be deemed to preclude
the  Trustee  of its right to have its accounts judicially settled by a court of
competent  jurisdiction.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                FEES AND EXPENSES

     8.1        Expenses of Administration.  The Trustee (other than individuals
who  are employees of an Employer) shall be paid such reasonable compensation as
shall  from  time  to  time  be agreed upon by the Company and the Trustee.  The
Trustee  may  pay outside counsel, independent accountants, actuaries, and other
outside  parties  engaged  by  it,  such  compensation  and expenses as it deems
reasonable  and  proper as expenses of administration of the Trust Fund.  To the
extent  permitted  by  ERISA,  the  Trustee  may  also reimburse an Employer for
reasonable  and  necessary  direct  expenses  incurred for administration of the
Plan.    All  such compensation and all expenses of administration of the Trust,
and  the  Plan  of  which  it  is  a  part,  including  fees of outside counsel,
independent  accountants,  and actuaries, may be withdrawn by the Trustee out of
the  Trust  Fund, but if the Trust Fund is insufficient, it shall be paid by the
Employers.   However, nothing herein shall prohibit the Company from paying such
amounts  if  the  Trust  Fund  is  sufficient  and  the  Company  so  elects.

     8.2        Authorization with Respect to Taxes.  The Trustee may pay out of
the  Trust  Fund  all  real  and personal property taxes, income taxes and other
taxes  of  any  and  all  kinds levied or assessed under existing or future laws
against  the  Trust  Fund,  or against the Trustee by reason of its office other
than  excise  taxes  or penalties assessed against the Trustee on account of its
engaging  in  a  prohibited  transaction  or fiduciary breach.  In the event the
Trustee  at  any time in good faith believes that the tax exemption of the Trust
is  uncertain  or  that it, as Trustee, may be liable for federal or state taxes
which are, or may be, assessed with respect to payments, the Trustee may, but is
not required to, take such steps and withhold from any payments out of the Trust
Fund,  such  amounts  as  it  may  deem  necessary  to  protect itself from such
liabilities for taxes and, in its discretion, may contest the validity or amount
of  any  such  tax  assessment, claim or demand respecting the Trust Fund or any
part  thereof.    Upon  the discharge or settlement of such tax controversy, the
balance  of  the  amount  so  withheld  shall  be  paid  as directed by the Plan
Administrator.    Prior  to the making of any payment hereunder, the Trustee may
require  such  release  or  other  documents  from  any  federal or state taxing
authority  and  the  indemnity  of  any payee, or either of them, as the Trustee
shall  deem  necessary  for  its  protection.

     8.3      Payments without Plan Administrator Approval.  Notwithstanding the
provisions  of  SECTION  3.3 hereof, all payments under this ARTICLE VIII may be
made  without  the  approval  or  direction  of  the  Plan  Administrator.


                                   ARTICLE IX

              RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE: SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE

     9.1         Resignation; Removal of Trustee.  The Trustee may resign at any
time  by  giving  at  least  thirty  (30)  days'  prior  written  notice of such
resignation to the Company.  The Company may remove any Trustee, with or without
cause,  upon  giving  at  least  thirty  (30)  days, prior written notice to the
Trustee.

     9.2          Appointment of Successor Trustee.  The Company shall appoint a
successor  trustee  or  additional trustees to fill the vacancy occurring as the
result  of  the  resignation  or  removal of the Trustee.  The successor trustee
shall  be  designated  by  an instrument in writing, delivered to the Trustee so
removed  and  to the successor trustee.  The successor trustee shall have all of
the  rights,  powers,  privileges,  liabilities,  and duties of a Trustee as set
forth  in  this  Trust  Agreement.

     9.3          Merger,  Consolidation,  or  Other  Changes  in  Trustee.  Any
corporation,  bank  association, or trust company into which a corporate Trustee
may  be  merged,  converted,  or  with  which  it  may  be  consolidated, or any
corporation,  bank  association,  or  trust  company, resulting from any merger,
reorganization, or consolidation to which a corporate Trustee may be a party, or
any  corporation,  bank  association,  or  trust  company  to  which  all  or
substantially  all  of  the  trust  business  of  a  corporate  Trustee  may  be
transferred  shall  be  the successor of the corporate Trustee hereunder without
the  execution  or  filing of any instrument or the performance of any act other
than providing written notification of such transfer to the Company and with the
same  powers  and  duties  as  conferred  upon  the Trustee hereunder. Except as
provided  above,  it  shall  not  be  necessary for the Trustee or any successor
trustee  to  give  notice of any such event to any person, and any requirements,
statutory  or  otherwise,  that  notice  shall  be  given  is  hereby  waived.

     9.4       Transfer of Assets to Successor Trustee.  Upon acceptance of such
appointment  by  a  successor  trustee,  the Trustee shall assign, transfer, pay
over,  and  deliver the assets then constituting the Trust Fund to the successor
trustee.   The Trustee is authorized, however, to reserve such reasonable sum of
money,  as  to it may seem advisable, to provide for any sums chargeable against
the  Trust  Fund  for  which  it  may be liable, or for its fees and expenses in
connection  with  the settlement of its account or otherwise, and any balance of
such  reserve  remaining  after  payment of such fees and expenses shall be paid
over  to  the  successor  trustee.   Any balance of such reserve remaining after
payment  of  such fees and expenses shall be paid over to the successor trustee.
No  successor  trustee  shall  be  liable for the acts or omissions of any prior
trustee  or  be obligated to examine the accounts, records, or acts of any prior
trustee  or  trustees.  Each successor trustee shall succeed to the title of all
Securities  and  Other  Property  then  held  in  the  Trust  Fund vested in its
predecessor  without  the  signing  or filing of any further instrument, but any
resigning  or  removed  Trustee  shall  execute  all  documents  and do all acts
necessary  to  vest  such  title  of  record  in  any  successor  trustee.

     9.5       Ancillary Trust.  Whenever and as often as the Trustee deems such
action  desirable,  it  may,  by  written  instrument,  appoint  any  person  or
corporation  in  any state of the United States to act as ancillary Trustee with
respect  to any portion of the Trust assets then held or about to be acquired by
or  on  behalf  of  the  Trustee.    Each such ancillary Trustee shall have such
rights, powers, duties, and discretions that are delegated to it by the Trustee,
but  shall exercise the same subject to limitations or further directions of the
Trustee  as shall be specified in an instrument evidencing its appointment.  The
ancillary  Trustee  may  resign  or  be  removed by the Trustee as to all or any
portion  of  the  assets  so  held  at any time or from time to time, by written
instrument  delivered  one  to  the other, and the Trustee may thereupon appoint
another  ancillary Trustee or successor to whom the assets shall be transferred,
or may itself receive such assets in termination of the ancillary trusteeship to
that  extent.  Such ancillary Trustee shall be accountable solely to the Trustee
and  shall  be entitled to reasonable compensation.  It shall serve without bond
unless  otherwise  required  by  the  Trustee  or  by  ERISA.


                                    ARTICLE X

                               AMENDMENT OF TRUST

     The  Company  reserves the right to amend this Trust Agreement with respect
to  all Employers at any time or from time to time.  This Trust Agreement may be
amended  by  an  instrument  executed  by  the  Company and the Trustee, and the
provisions  of  any  such  amendment may be made applicable to the Trust Fund as
constituted  at  the  time  of the amendment as well as to any part of the Trust
Fund  subsequently  acquired.    Any  amendment shall, unless otherwise provided
therein,  become  effective  upon  execution by the Company and the Trustee.  No
amendment  shall,  however, alter the duties, liabilities or compensation of the
Trustee without its written consent, and, except as otherwise expressly provided
in  this  Trust  Agreement  or  in the Plan, revert any part of the principal or
income  of  the  Trust  to  any  Employer.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                              ADDITIONAL EMPLOYERS

     11.1      Adoption of Trust.  Any Affiliated Company may, with the approval
of  the  Plan  Administrator  and  the  Trustee,  adopt  this  Trust  by written
instrument executed in accordance with SECTION 5.3 hereof, duly acknowledged and
delivered  to  the  Trustee, the Plan Administrator and the Board, provided such
Affiliated Company adopts a plan substantially identical to the Plan.  Upon such
approval  by  the  Plan Administrator and the Trustee, the Trustee shall execute
the  necessary  documents  to  make such Affiliated Company a party to the Trust
Agreement  as  an  Employer  and  such Affiliated Company shall notify the other
fiduciaries  identified  pursuant  to  SECTION  5.4  hereof.

     11.2      No Separate Trusts.  There shall be no separate accounting within
the  Trust  for  each  Employer,  and  all  assets  held by it and contributions
received  by  it,  and  all such contributions and accruals thereto from time to
time,  shall  be  held  by  the Trustee hereunder in the Trust Fund and shall be
invested  and  applied  by  it  as herein provided, and all of the assets in the
Trust  Fund  shall be available to pay benefits that become payable with respect
to  any  Employer  hereunder.

     11.3       Withdrawal from Trust.  Any Employer may withdraw from the Trust
upon  giving  the  Company  and  the Trustee at least sixty (60) days, notice in
writing  of  its  intention  to  withdraw.   Such withdrawal shall terminate all
obligations  of  the  withdrawn  Employer  under the Plan, but, unless otherwise
provided  by  the  Board in its sole discretion, the accounts of such Employers'
Employees shall remain in the Trust until otherwise payable to the Participants.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                              TERMINATION OF TRUST

     12.1      Termination of Trust.  This Trust Agreement and the Trust created
hereby  may  be  terminated  at  any  time  by  the  Board.

     12.2     Continuation by an Employer's Successor.  Any corporation or other
business  entity  succeeding  to  the interest of an Employer by sale, transfer,
consolidation,  merger,  or  bankruptcy, may elect to continue this Trust or any
separate trust then existing hereunder, subject to the approval of the Board, by
adopting  this  Trust  Agreement and assuming the duties and responsibilities of
the Plan and Trust, or such corporation or other business entity may establish a
separate  plan  and trust for the continuation of benefits for its employees, in
which  event,  subject  to  the  approval of the Board, the Trust assets held on
behalf  of  the  employees  of  the  prior  employer shall be transferred to the
trustee  of  the  new  trust.

     12.3       Liquidation of Trust.  Upon any termination of this Trust or any
separate  trust  then  existing hereunder, the Trustee shall, as directed by the
Board,  liquidate  the  proportionate  share  of  the  assets  of the Trust Fund
attributable  to the terminating Employer or hold certain assets in kind.  After
deducting  estimated expenses for such liquidation and the distribution thereof,
the  Trustee  shall,  if directed by the Board, disburse the proceeds thereof or
the  assets  held  in  kind to or for the benefit of such terminating Employer's
Participants.    Except as otherwise provided in SECTION 1.4 hereof, in no event
shall  any  part  of the principal or income of the Trust Fund be paid to or for
the  benefit  of the terminating Employer.  Unless sooner terminated, this Trust
shall  terminate  when  there are no funds remaining in the hands of the Trustee
hereunder.


                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     13.1          Applicable  Law.  EXCEPT  WHERE INCONSISTENT WITH THE EXPRESS
PROVISIONS  HEREOF,  OR  WHERE  PREEMPTED BY ERISA, THE POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE
TRUSTEE  AND ALL QUESTIONS OF INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION, OPERATION AND EFFECT
OF  THIS  TRUST  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.
ALL  CONTRIBUTIONS  TO THE TRUSTEE SHALL BE DEEMED TO TAKE PLACE IN THE STATE OF
TEXAS;  AND, EXCEPT FOR SUCH MATTERS AS MAY ARISE UNDER ERISA, THE TRUSTEE SHALL
BE  LIABLE  TO  ACCOUNT  IN  THE  COURTS  OF  THAT  STATE.

     13.2        Severability of Provisions.  Should any provision of this Trust
Agreement  be  held  invalid  or  illegal  for  any  reason,  such illegality or
invalidity  shall  not  affect the remaining provisions of this Trust Agreement,
but  shall  be  fully  severable, and the Trust Agreement shall be construed and
enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

     13.3          Construction  of  Trust Agreement.  This Trust is intended to
qualify  as  a  tax-exempt  trust under Code Sections 401(a) and 501(a), and the
provisions  hereof  shall be interpreted consistent with such intention.  If and
whenever  the  Trustee be, in good faith, in doubt as to the proper construction
or  interpretation of this Trust Agreement, or any other question that may arise
during the administration of the Trust herein created, the Trustee is authorized
to  resolve  all such doubts and questions in such manner as it may deem proper,
without  the necessity of resorting to a court for construction or instructions,
and  all  decisions  so made shall be binding and conclusive on all persons ever
interested  hereunder.    In  addition,  the  Trustee  may  apply  to  the  Plan
Administrator  for instructions, directions, authorizations, or information, and
the  Trustee may demand assurances satisfactory to it that any action that it is
directed  to  take  will  not  adversely  affect the tax exemption of the Trust;
provided,  however, that no such assurances shall be required if, in the opinion
of counsel (which counsel may also be counsel for the Company), such action does
not adversely affect the tax exemption of the Trust.  This Trust Agreement shall
be  binding  upon  all persons who are ever entitled to such benefits hereunder,
their  heirs, executors, administrators, and legal representatives, and upon all
Employers  and  their  successors,  and  upon  the  Trustee  and its successors.

     13.4        Spendthrift Provisions.  No Participant shall have any right to
assign,  transfer,  appropriate, encumber, commute or anticipate his interest in
the  Trust  Fund,  or  any  payments  to  be  made hereunder, and no benefits or
payments,  rights,  or interests of any such person of any kind or nature, shall
be  in any way subject to any legal or equitable process or writ by way of levy,
garnishment,  execution  or attachment for payment of any claim against any such
person,  nor  shall  any  such person have any right of any kind whatsoever with
respect to the Trust Fund, or any estate or interest therein, or with respect to
any other property or rights, other than the right to receive such distributions
as  are lawfully made out of the Trust Fund, as and when the same, respectively,
are due and payable, under the terms of this Trust Agreement.  The Trustee shall
not  recognize  any attempted alienation or encumbrance of the right or interest
hereunder  of  any  Participant.    The foregoing provisions shall not, however,
apply  to  a  "qualified  domestic  relations  order" as defined in Code Section
414(p),  to  withholding of any applicable taxes and to assignments permitted by
Code  Section  401(a)(13).    Neither  the Trust Fund nor any benefits hereunder
shall  be  liable  for  or  subject  to  the  debts,  contracts,  liabilities,
engagements,  or torts of any person to whom such benefits or funds are payable,
nor  shall  the  Trust  Fund or any benefits hereunder be considered an asset of
such  person  in  the  event  of  his  bankruptcy.

     13.5          Title  of  Trust  Assets.   The legal and equitable title and
ownership  of all assets at any time constituting a part of the Trust Fund shall
be  and remain with the Trustee, and neither any Employer nor any Participant in
the  Plan  (or  any person who may be entitled to benefits under the Plan) shall
ever  have  any  legal  or  equitable  estate  therein,  save  and except that a
Participant  shall be entitled to receive distribution as and when lawfully made
under  the  terms  hereof.

     13.6         Benefits Supported Only by Trust.  Any person having any claim
under  the  Plan  will  look  solely  to  the  assets  of  the  Trust  Fund  for
satisfaction.    In  no  event  will  the  Employers  or  any of their officers,
employees,  agents,  members of their boards of directors, the original Trustee,
any  successor Trustees, or the Plan Administrator be liable in their individual
capacities  to  any  person  whomsoever  for  benefits  provided  for  under the
provisions  of the Plan and Trust nor do any of them guarantee in any manner the
payment  of  benefits  hereunder.

     13.7       Rights Determined from Entire Instrument.  This Trust Agreement,
for  convenience  only,  has  been  divided  into Articles and Sections, but the
rights,  powers,  duties,  privileges,  and  other  legal relationships shall be
determined  from  this  Trust Agreement as an entirety and without regard to the
division  into Articles and Sections or to the headings prefixing such Sections.

     13.8       Execution in Counterparts.  This Trust Agreement may be executed
in  any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and no
other  counterpart  need  be  produced.


     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have caused this Trust Agreement to be
executed  as  of this 11 day of February, 1999, effective as of January 1, 1999.

CLUBCORP,  INC.
(SEAL)

By:     /s/Kim  S.  Besse
Title:   Sr.  Vice  President


TRUSTEES


/s/Albert  E.  Chew
Albert Chew, Trustee

/s/James E. Maser
James E. Maser, Trustee

/s/Douglas T. Howe
Douglas T. Howe, Trustee


STATE  OF  TEXAS

COUNTY  OF  DALLAS

     BEFORE  ME,  the  undersigned  authority,  on  this day personally appeared
Albert  E.  Chew,        Trustee of ClubCorp, Inc., known to me to be the person
whose  name  is  subscribed  to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me
that  he executed the same for the purposes and consideration therein expressed,
in  the  capacity  therein  stated, and as the act and deed of said corporation.

     GIVEN  UNDER  MY  HAND  AND  SEAL  OF OFFICE this 11 day of February, 1999.


                                /s/Julie  H.  Green
                                Notary Public in and for the State of Texas
My Commission Expires:
11/24/00






STATE  OF  TEXAS

COUNTY  OF  DALLAS

     BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared James
E  Maser, known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing
instrument,  and  acknowledged  to me that he executed the same for the purposes
and  consideration  therein  expressed,  in  the  capacity  therein  stated.

     GIVEN  UNDER  MY  HAND  AND  SEAL  OF OFFICE this 11 day of February, 1999.


                                /s/Julie  H.  Green
                                Notary Public in and for the State of Texas
My Commission Expires:
11/24/00




STATE  OF  TEXAS

COUNTY  OF  DALLAS

     BEFORE  ME,  the  undersigned  authority,  on  this day personally appeared
Douglas  T.  Howe, known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the
foregoing  instrument,  and acknowledged to me that he executed the same for the
purposes  and  consideration  therein expressed, in the capacity therein stated.

     GIVEN  UNDER  MY  HAND  AND  SEAL  OF OFFICE this 11 day of February, 1999.


                                /s/Julie  H.  Green
                                Notary Public in and for the State of Texas
My Commission Expires:
11/24/00




STATE  OF  TEXAS

COUNTY  OF  DALLAS

     BEFORE  ME,  the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared Kim
S. Besse, known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing
instrument,  and  acknowledged  to me that he executed the same for the purposes
and  consideration  therein  expressed,  in  the  capacity  therein  stated.

     GIVEN  UNDER  MY  HAND  AND  SEAL  OF OFFICE this 11 day of February, 1999.


                                /s/Julie  H.  Green
                                Notary Public in and for the State of Texas
My Commission Expires:
11/24/00



                               EXHIBIT 10.12

                            THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE
           CLUB CORPORATION INTERNATIONAL EXECUTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN


     Amendment  made  effective  January 27, 1999, by ClubCorp, Inc., a Delaware
corporation,  formerly  ClubCorp  International,  Inc.  (the  "Company").

                            W I T N E S S E T H:
                            -------------------

     WHEREAS,  Club  Corporation  International established the Club Corporation
International  Executive  Stock  Option  Plan  (the  "Plan");  and

     WHEREAS,  effective  July  21, 1998, the Company changed its name from Club
Corporation  International  to  ClubCorp  International,  Inc.;  and

     WHEREAS,  effective  January  27,  1999,  the Company changed its name from
ClubCorp  International,  Inc.  to  ClubCorp,  Inc.;  and

     WHEREAS,  effective  January 27, 1999, the Company now desires to amend the
Plan  to (i) change the name of the Company, from Club Corporation International
to ClubCorp, Inc.; (ii) to change the name of the Plan, as defined therein, from
Club  Corporation  International  Executive  Stock Option Plan to ClubCorp, Inc.
Executive  Stock  Option  Plan;  (iii)  to  add  a second Committee, composed of
individuals who are not participants in the Plan, for the purpose of determining
awards and options under the Plan for Directors of the Company; and (iv) to make
changes to the powers of the original Committee required by the formation of the
second  Committee;  and

     WHEREAS,  the Plan may be amended by the Company pursuant to the provisions
of  Section  9  of  the  Plan,  and  the  Company  desires  to  amend  the Plan.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  the  Plan  is  amended as follows, effective as set forth
above:

     1.    All  references  to  the  Plan as the "Club Corporation International
Executive  Stock  Option Plan" including the top of page 1 of the Plan, and each
and  every  other  place  it may appear in the Plan are deleted, and the Plan is
amended to read "ClubCorp, Inc. Executive Stock Option Plan" in each place where
"Club  Corporation  International  Executive  Stock  Option  Plan"  is  deleted.

     2.    All  references  to  the  name  of  the  Corporation and its state of
incorporation  as "Club Corporation International, a Nevada corporation" in each
and  every  place  it may appear in the Plan are deleted, and "ClubCorp, Inc., a
Delaware  corporation"  is  substituted  in  each  place where "Club Corporation
International,  a  Nevada  corporation"  is  deleted.

     3.    Existing  Section  1 is amended to add a new Section 1.7A immediately
following  Section  1.7  as  follows:

     "1.7A      'DISINTERESTED COMMITTEE' means the committee appointed pursuant
to  SECTION  3  of  the  Plan by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan."

     4.    Existing Section 1.9 is deleted in its entirety, and the following is
substituted  in  its  place:

     "1.9 'COMPANY'  means  ClubCorp,  Inc.  or  its  successor."

     5.   Existing Section 1.13 is deleted in its entirety, and the following is
substituted  in  its  place:

     "1.13 'PLAN'  shall mean the ClubCorp, Inc. Executive Stock Option Plan."

     6.    Existing Section 3.1 is deleted in its entirety, and the following is
substituted  in  its  place:

     "3.1          COMMITTEES.  The Committee shall be appointed by the Board of
Directors and shall administer the Plan with respect to all Eligible Individuals
other  than  members of the Board of Directors.  A Disinterested Committee shall
be  appointed by the Board of Directors and shall be composed of persons who are
not  participants in the Plan.  The Disinterested Committee shall administer the
Plan  with  respect  to all members of the Board of Directors who participate in
the  Plan,  if  any. Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to
the  Committee  shall also refer to the Disinterested Committee as administrator
of  the Plan for members of the Board of Directors who are Eligible Individuals,
if  any."

     7.    Existing Section 10.16 is amended to delete the first sentence in its
entirety,  and  the  following  is  substituted  in  its  place:

     "All questions arising with the respect to the provisions of the Plan shall
be  determined  by  application  of the laws of the State of Texas except to the
extent  Texas  law  is  preempted  by  federal  law."


     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  ClubCorp,  Inc.,  acting  by  and  through  its duly
authorized  officer,  has  executed this document on this the 11th day of March,
1999.

CLUBCORP, INC., a Delaware corporation


By:   /s/Albert  E.  Chew,  III
Its:  Executive  Vice  President





                                EXHIBIT 10.14

                       FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

     THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "First Amendment"), dated as
of  December  23, 1998 (but effective as of May 27, 1998), is entered into among
CLUBCORP  INTERNATIONAL,  INC.,    a  Delaware  corporation  (the  "Borrower"),
successor  by  merger  to  Club  Corporation International, a Nevada corporation
("Old ClubCorp"), the banks listed on the signature page hereof (the "Lenders"),
and  NATIONSBANK  N.A.,  in  its capacity as administrative agent for the Lender
(the  "Administrative  Agent").

     A.    The  Borrower,  the Lender, certain co-agents, and the Administrative
Agent  are  parties  to  that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 27, 1998
(the  "Credit  Agreement";  the  terms  defined  in the Credit Agreement and not
otherwise  defined  herein  shall  be  used  herein  as  defined  in  the Credit
Agreement).

     B.  As a result of a mandate by the Securities and Exchange Commission with
respect  to  the  accounting of Membership Deposits, the parties hereto agree to
amend  the  Credit Agreement to provide certain revisions thereto to reflect the
change  in accounting for Membership Deposits as a result of such mandate, which
revisions  were  contemplated by the parties in the last sentence of Section 1.3
of  the  Credit  Agreement.

     C.  Old ClubCorp has merged into the Borrower pursuant to the Agreement and
Plan  of  Merger  and  Reincorporation effective as of August 12, 1998, with the
Borrower  being  the surviving corporation (the "Merger").  By operation of Law,
upon  the  Merger the Borrower assumed all of the obligations and liabilities of
Old  ClubCorp  under  the  Loan  Documents.   Upon the express assumption by the
Borrower  of all obligations and liabilities of Old ClubCorp as provided herein,
the  Lenders  shall  consent  to  and  approve  the  Merger.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  covenants,  conditions  and
agreements  hereafter  set forth, and for other good and valuable consideration,
the  receipt  and  adequacy  of  which  are all hereby acknowledged, the parties
hereto  covenant  and  agree  as  follows:

     1.    AMENDMENTS  TO  CREDIT  AGREEMENT.

          (a)  The definition of "EBITDA" set forth in Section 1.1 of the Credit
Agreement  is  hereby  amended  to  read  as  follows:

          "EBITDA"  means, for any period, determined in accordance with GAAP on
a  consolidated  basis  for  the  Borrower  and its Subsidiaries, the sum of (a)
Pretax  Net  Income  (excluding therefrom, to the extent included in determining
Pretax  Net  Income, any items of extraordinary gain, including net gains on the
sale  of  assets  other than asset sales in the ordinary course of business, and
adding  thereto,  to  the  extent included in determining Pretax Net Income, any
items  of  extraordinary  loss, including net losses on the sale of assets other
than  asset sales in the ordinary course of business), plus (b) depreciation and
amortization,  plus  (c) interest expense (including but not limited to interest
expense  pursuant  to  Capitalized  Lease  Obligations),  plus (d) to the extent
included  in  determining  Pretax  Net  Income, non-recurring, non-cash charges,
minus (e) to the extent included in determining Pretax Net Income, Non-recurring
credits,  plus  (f) to the extent included in determining Pretax Net Income, Net
Change  in  Deferred  Membership  Revenue."

     (b)    Section  1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
defined  term  "Net  Change  in  Deferred  Membership Revenue" thereto in proper
alphabetical  order  to  read  as  follows:

          "Net Change in Deferred Membership Revenue" means, for any period, the
net  change  during  such  period in current and non-current deferred membership
revenue  and  related  expenses  in  respect  of  Membership  Deposits."

     (c)    Section  7.4(f) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read as
follows:

          "(f)    Investments  in  Non-Guarantors  (calculated  on  the  initial
investment amount but adjusted to take into account any proceeds received by the
Borrower  or  any  other  Obligor  on  a  liquidation  or  repayment of any such
Investments)  not to exceed, together with other Investments pursuant to Section
7.4(g) hereof (calculated as provided in Section 7.4(g) hereof) and Acquisitions
of Non-Guarantors pursuant to Section 7.8 hereof (calculated using the aggregate
Acquisition  Consideration  therefor),  an  amount  equal  to  the  sum  of  (i)
$7,000,000  plus  (ii)  10%  of  Net  Worth  at  any  time;  and"

     (d)    Section  7.4(g) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read as
follows:

          "(g)    Investments  not  otherwise  permitted pursuant to clauses (a)
through  (e)  above (calculated on the initial investment amount but adjusted to
take  into account any proceeds received by the Borrower or any other Obligor on
a liquidation or repayment of any such Investments) not to exceed, together with
Investments  in  (calculated  as  provided  in  Section  7.4(f)  hereof)  and
Acquisitions  of Non-Guarantors pursuant to Section 7.8 hereof (calculated using
the aggregate Acquisition Consideration therefor), an amount equal to the sum of
(i)  $7,000,000  plus  (ii)  10%  of  Net  Worth  at  any  time;"

     (e)  Clause (e) of Section 7.8 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to
read  as  follows:

     "and  (e)  the  aggregate Acquisition Consideration for all Non-Guarantors,
together  with  Investments in Non-Guarantors (calculated as provided in Section
7.4(f)  hereof)  and other Investments (calculated as provided in Section 7.4(g)
hereof)  pursuant  to Section 7.4(g) hereof, shall not exceed an amount equal to
the  sum  of  (i)  $7,000,000  plus  (ii)  10%  of  Net  Worth  at  any  time."

     (f)    Section  7.14  of  the Credit Agreement is hereby amended to read as
follows:

          "Section  7.14  Minimum  Tangible  Net  Worth.  The Borrower shall not
permit  the  Tangible  Net  Worth  at  any  time  to be less than the sum of (a)
$305,060,000, plus (b) 50% of cumulative Net Income for the period from, but not
including, December 31, 1997 through the date of calculation (but excluding from
the  calculation of such cumulative Net Income the effect, if any, of any Fiscal
Quarter  (or  portion  of  a  Fiscal Quarter not then ended) of the Borrower for
which Net Income was a negative number), plus (c) an amount equal to 100% of the
tangible net worth of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower or is
merged  into or consolidated with the Borrower or any subsidiary of the Borrower
or  substantially all of the assets of which are acquired by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary  of  the  Borrower  to the extent the purchase price paid therefor is
paid  in  equity  securities  of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower,
plus (d) 75% of the Net Cash Proceeds (but without duplication) of any offerings
of  capital  stock  or  other  equity  interests  of  the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries."

     (g)    The  Compliance  Certificate  is hereby amended to be in the form of
Exhibit  B  to  this  First  Amendment.

      2.    ASSUMPTION.  The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (a)
accepts  and  assumes  each  and all obligations and liabilities of Old ClubCorp
pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Notes and all other Loan Documents and (b)
agrees  that  it will perform  in  accordance  with  their  respective terms all
the  obligations,  agreements  and  covenants  which  by the terms of the Credit
Agreement,  the  Notes and each other Loan Document are required to be performed
by  Old ClubCorp, as though it were a signatory to each such Loan Document.  The
parties agree that all references to the Borrower in the Loan Documents refer to
ClubCorp  International,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation.

      3.   CONSENT AND APPROVAL.  Subject to the conditions of effectiveness set
forth  in  Section  5 of this First Amendment, the Lenders hereby consent to and
approve  the  Merger.

      4.    REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES  TRUE; NO EVENT OF DEFAULT.  By its
execution  and delivery hereof, the Borrower represents and warrants that, as of
the  date  hereof  and  after  giving  effect  to the amendments provided in the
foregoing  Section  1  and  the  consent  and approval provided in the foregoing
Section  3:

           (a)        the representations and warranties contained in the Credit
Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof as if made on and as
of such date;

          (b)        no event has occurred and is continuing which constitutes a
Default or an  Event  of  Default;

          (c)    the Borrower  has full power and authority  to execute, deliver
and perform this First Amendment, and  the Credit Agreement,  as amended by this
First   Amendment,   the  execution, delivery  and  performance  of  this  First
Amendment, and  the  Credit Agreement  as  amended by this First Amendment, have
been duly authorized  by  all  corporate action of the Borrower, and this First,
Amendment and  the  Credit Agreement,  as amended hereby, constitute the  legal,
valid  and binding  obligations  of  the  Borrower,  enforceable  in  accordance
with  their  respective  terms,  except  as  enforceability  may  be  limited by
applicable Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles  of  equity ( regardless
of  whether  enforcement  is  sought  in  a  proceeding in equity or at law) and
except as rights to  indemnity  may  be limited by federal or  state  securities
 laws;

         (d)       neither the execution, delivery and performance of the First,
Amendment or  the Credit Agreement, as amended by this First Amendment, nor  the
consummation  of any transactions herein or therein, will contravene or conflict
with  any  Law  to  which the Borrower is subject or any indenture, agreement or
other  instrument  to  which the Borrower or any of its property is subject; and

         (e)  no authorization, approval, consent or other action by, notice to,
or filing with,  any governmental authority or other Person, including the Board
of Directors of the Borrower,  is  required  for  the (i) execution, delivery or
performance  by  the Borrower of this First Amendment, and the Credit Agreement,
as  amended  by  this  First  Amendment,  or  (ii) acknowledgement of this First
Amendment  by  any  Guarantor.

      5.  CONDTIONS OF EFFECTIVENESS.   This First Amendment shall be  effective
as of  May  27,  1998,  subject  to  the  following:

         (a)   the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 of this
First Amendment  shall  be  true  and  correct;

         (b)   the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this
First Amendment  executed  by  the  Determining  Lenders;

         (c)   the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts of this
First  Amendment   executed   by   the   Borrower   and   acknowledged   by each
Guarantor;

         (d)  the Administrative Agent shall have received certified resolutions
of  the  Board  of Directors  of  the  Borrower  authorizing  (i) the execution,
delivery  and  performance  of this First Amendment, and (ii) the performance of
the  Credit  Agreement,  as  amended by this First Amendment, and the other Loan
Documents; and

         (e)  the Administrative Agent shall have received in form and substance
satisfactory  to  Administrative  Agent,  such other documents, certificates and
instruments  as  Lender  shall  require.

     6.  GUARANTOR'S  ACKNOWLEDGEMENT.   By  signing  below,  each Guarantor (i)
acknowledges,  consents and agrees to the execution, delivery and performance by
the  Borrower  of  this  First  Amendment, (ii) acknowledges and agrees that its
obligations  in respect of its Subsidiary Guaranty are not released, diminished,
waived,  modified,  impaired  or affected in any manner by this First Amendment,
any  of  the  provisions  contemplated  herein or the Merger, (iii) ratifies and
confirms  its  obligations  under its Subsidiary Guaranty, and (iv) acknowledges
and agrees that it has no claim or offsets against, or defenses or counterclaims
to,  its  Subsidiary  Guaranty.

     7.  REFERENCE  TO  THE  CREDIT  AGREEMENT.

         (a)  Upon the effectiveness of the First Amendment, each  reference  in
the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement", "hereunder", or words of  like  import
shall mean  and  be  a  reference  to  the  Credit Agreement, as amended by this
First Amendment.

         (b)  The Credit Agreement, as amended by this First Amendment, and  all
other  Loan  Documents  shall  remain  in  full  force and effect and are hereby
ratified and confirmed.

     8.  COSTS,  EXPENSES AND TAXES.  The Borrower shall be obligated to pay the
costs  and  expenses  of  the  Administrative   Agent  in  connection  with  the
preparation,  reproduction,  execution  and delivery of this First Amendment and
the  other  instruments  and  documents  to  be  delivered  hereunder.

     9.  EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS.  This First Amendment may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts,
each   of   which   when   so   executed  and delivered shall be deemed to be an
original  and  all of which when taken together shall constitute but one and the
same  instrument.

    10.  GOVERNING  LAW;  BINDING  EFFECT.      This  First  Amendment shall  be
governed  by  and  construed  in  accordance with the laws of the State of Texas
(without  giving  effect  to conflict of laws) and the United States of America,
and  shall  be  binding  upon  the Borrower and each Lender and their respective
successors  and  assigns.

    11.  HEADINGS.  Section headings in this First Amendment are included herein
for  convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this First
Amendment  for  any  other  purpose.

    12.      ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.   THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED BY THIS FIRST
AMENDMENT,  AND  THE  OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN
THE  PARTIES  AS  TO  THE  SUBJECT  MATTER  THEREIN  AND  HEREIN  AND MAY NOT BE
CONTRADICTED   BY   EVIDENCE  OF  PRIOR,  CONTEMPORANEOUS,  OR  SUBSEQUENT  ORAL
AGREEMENTS  BETWEEN  THE  PARTIES.

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment
as  of  the  date  first  above  written.

CLUBCORP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

By:  /s/John M. Massey III
  Name:   John  M. Massey III
  Title:  Treasurer


NATIONSBANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent and
as a  Lender, Swing Line Bank and Issuing Bank

By:  /s/Dan Killian
  Name:   Dan Killian
  Title:  Vice President


CREDIT LYONNAIS NEW YORK BRANCH, as
Co-Agent and as a Lender

By:  /s/Robert Ivosevich
  Name:   Robert Ivosevich
  Title:  Senior Vice President


FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK, as Co-Agent
and as a Lender

By:  /s/Paul L. Menconi
  Name:   Paul L. Menconi
  Title:  Vice President


BANK ONE, TEXAS N.A.

By:  /s/Alan L. Miller
  Name:   Alan L. Miller
  Title:  Vice President


SOUTHTRUST BANK, N.A.

By:  /s/Daniel J. Gorman
  Name:   Daniel J. Gorman, Jr.
  Title:  Vice President


WELLS FARGO BANK (TEXAS), N.A.

By:  /s/Brent Bertino
  Name:   Brent Bertino
  Title:  Assistant Vice President


BRANCH  BANKING AND TRUST COMPANY

By:  /s/Cory Boyte
  Name:   Cory Boyte
  Title:  Vice President


COMERICA BANK

By:  /s/Reginald M. Goldsmith, III
  Name:   Reginald M. Goldsmith, III
  Title:  Vice President


DEPOSIT GUARANTY NATIONAL BANK

By:  /s/Mark D. Evans
  Name:   Mark D. Evans
  Title:  Senior Vice President


HIBERNIA NATIONAL BANK

By:  /s/Christopher Pitre
  Name:   Christopher Pitre
  Title:  Vice President


MELLON  BANK,  N.A.

By:  /s/Martin J. Randal
  Name:   Martin J. Randal
  Title:  Assistant Vice President


LTCB TRUST COMPANY

By:  /s/Sadao  Muraoka
  Name:   Sadao Muraoka
  Title:  Head of Southwest Region



                                 EXHIBIT 10.16


                             FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
                CLUB CORPORATION INTERNATIONAL OMNIBUS STOCK PLAN


     Amendment  made  effective  January 27, 1999, by ClubCorp, Inc., a Delaware
Corporation,  formerly  ClubCorp  International,  Inc.,  (the  "Company").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:
                              -------------------

     WHEREAS,  Club  Corporation  International established the Club Corporation
International  Omnibus  Stock  Plan  (the  "Plan");  and

     WHEREAS,  effective  July  21, 1998, the Company changed its name from Club
Corporation  International  to  ClubCorp  International,  Inc.;  and

     WHEREAS,  effective  January  27,  1999,  the Company changed its name from
ClubCorp  International,  Inc.  to  ClubCorp,  Inc.;  and

     WHEREAS,  the  Company now desires to amend the Plan to (i) change the name
of  the  Company,  as  defined  therein,  from Club Corporation International to
ClubCorp, Inc., effective January 27, 1999; (ii) to change the name of the Plan,
as  defined  therein,  from Club Corporation International Omnibus Stock Plan to
ClubCorp,  Inc. Omnibus Stock Plan; (iii) to add a second Committee, composed of
individuals who are not participants in the Plan, for the purpose of determining
awards and options under the Plan for Directors of the Company; and (iv) to make
any  changes  to  the powers of the original Committee as may be required by the
formation  of  the  second  Committee;  and

     WHEREAS,  the Plan may be amended by the Company pursuant to the provisions
of  Section  7.2  of  the  Plan,  and  the  Company  desires  to amend the Plan.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  the  Plan  is  amended as follows, effective as set forth
above:

     1.    All  references  to  the  Plan as the "Club Corporation International
Omnibus Stock Plan," including the top of page 1 of the Plan, and each and every
other  place  it  may appear in the Plan are deleted, and the Plan is amended to
read  "ClubCorp,  Inc. Omnibus Stock Plan" in each place where "Club Corporation
International  Omnibus  Stock  Plan"  is  deleted.

     2.    All  references  to  the  name  of  the  Corporation and its state of
incorporation  as "Club Corporation International, a Nevada corporation" in each
and  every  place  it may appear in the Plan are deleted, and "ClubCorp, Inc., a
Delaware  corporation"  is  substituted  in  each  place where "Club Corporation
International,  a  Nevada  corporation"  is  deleted.

     3.    Existing  Section  1 is amended to add a new Section 1.9A immediately
following  Section  1.9  as  follows:

     "1.9A   'DISINTERESTED COMMITTEE' means the committee appointed pursuant to
SECTION  3  of  the  Plan  by  the  Board  of Directors to administer the Plan."

     4.   Existing Section 1.10 is deleted in its entirety, and the following is
substituted  in  its  place:

    "1.10 'CORPORATION'  means ClubCorp,  Inc.  and  any successor corporation."

     5.   Existing Section 1.13 is deleted in its entirety, and the following is
substituted  in  its  place:

     "1.13    'ELIGIBLE  INDIVIDUALS'  means  those  employees designated by the
Committee as key employees of the Corporation or any of its Affiliates and those
members  of  the  Board of Directors designated by the Disinterested Committee."

     6.   Existing Section 1.21 is deleted in its entirety, and the following is
substituted  in  its  place:

     "1.21   'PLAN' means the ClubCorp, Inc. Omnibus Stock Plan, as amended from
time  to  time."

     7.    Existing Section 3.1 is deleted in its entirety, and the following is
substituted  in  its  place:

     "3.1    COMMITTEES.    The  Committee  shall  be  appointed by the Board of
Directors and shall administer the Plan with respect to all Eligible Individuals
other  than  those who are members of the Board of Directors.  The Disinterested
Committee  shall be appointed by the Board of Directors and shall be composed of
persons  who  shall  not  be  Eligible Individuals.  The Disinterested Committee
shall  administer the Plan with respect to all members of the Board of Directors
who  participate in the Plan, if any.  Neither Committee shall have the power to
appoint  members of either committees or to terminate or amend the Plan.  Except
for  references  in SECTIONS 3 AND 4, and unless the context otherwise requires,
references herein to the Committee shall refer to the Disinterested Committee as
administrator of the Plan for members of the Board of Directors who are Eligible
Individuals, if any.  In the event that the Stock is registered under Section 12
of  the Act, all members of the Committee shall be Outside Directors. The number
of  persons  that shall constitute the Committee and the Disinterested Committee
shall  be  determined  from time to time by a majority of all the members of the
Board  of  Directors  and,  unless  that  majority  of  the  Board  of Directors
determines  otherwise or Rule 16b-3 is amended to require otherwise, shall be no
less  than two persons.  To the extent that Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Act
requires  a  system  of  administration that is different from this SECTION 3.1,
this  SECTION  3.1 shall automatically be deemed amended to the extent necessary
to  cause  it  to  be  in  compliance  with  Rule  16b-3."

     8.    Existing Section 3.2 is deleted in its entirety, and the following is
substituted  in  its  place:

     "3.2    DURATION,  REMOVAL,  ETC.    The  members  of the Committee and the
Disinterested Committee shall serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors,
which shall have the power, at any time and from time to time, to remove members
from  or  add  members to the Committee or the Disinterested Committee.  Removal
from  the Committee or the Disinterested Committee may be with or without cause.
Any  individual  serving  as  a  member  of  the  Committee or the Disinterested
Committee shall have the right to resign from membership in the Committee or the
Disinterested  Committee  by at least three days' written notice to the Board of
Directors.    The  Board  of  Directors,  and  not  the remaining members of the
Committee  or the Disinterested Committee, shall have the power and authority to
fill  all  vacancies on the Committee or the Disinterested Committee.  The Board
of  Directors  shall,  within  sixty (60) days, fill any vacancy that causes the
number  of  members  of the Committee or the Disinterested Committee to be below
two  or any other number that Rule 16b-3 or Code Section 162(m) may require from
time  to  time."

     9.    Existing Section 3.3 is deleted in its entirety, and the following is
substituted  in  its  place:

     "3.3    MEETINGS  AND  ACTIONS OF COMMITTEES.  The Board of Directors shall
designate  which  of  the Committee and Disinterested Committee members shall be
the  chairman  of the respective Committees.  If the Board of Directors fails to
designate  a  chairman  for each of the Committees, the members of the Committee
and the members of the Disinterested Committee shall elect one of its members as
chairman of the respective Committees, who shall act as chairman until he ceases
to be a member of the Committee or Disinterested Committee or until the Board of
Directors  elects a new chairman.  The Committee and the Disinterested Committee
shall  hold  their  meetings  at  those  times and places as the chairman of the
respective  Committees  may  determine.  At all meetings of the Committee or the
Disinterested  Committee,  a  quorum  for  the  transaction of business shall be
required  and  a  quorum  shall  be deemed present if at least a majority of the
members  of  the  Committee  or the Disinterested Committee are present.  At any
meeting  of the Committee or the Disinterested Committee, each member shall have
one  vote.    All  decisions  and  determinations  of  the  Committee  and  the
Disinterested  Committee shall be made by the majority vote or majority decision
of  all  of  its  members  present  at  a  meeting at which a quorum is present;
provided,  however,  that  any  decision or determination reduced to writing and
signed  by  all  of the members of the Committee and the Disinterested Committee
shall  be  as  fully effective as if it had been made at a meeting that was duly
called  and  held.    The Committee and the Disinterested Committee may make any
rules  and  regulations  for  the  conduct  of  their  business  that  are  not
inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of the Plan, the Articles or Certificate of
Incorporation of the Corporation, the by-laws of the Corporation, and Rule 16b-3
so long as it is applicable, as the Committee or the Disinterested Committee may
deem  advisable."

     10.   Existing Section 3.4 is deleted in its entirety, and the following is
substituted  in  its  place:

     "3.4   COMMITTEE POWERS.  Subject to the express provisions of the Plan and
Rule  16b-3, the Committee, with respect to all Eligible Individuals and Holders
who are not Board of Director members, shall have the authority, in its sole and
absolute  discretion, to:  (a) adopt and rescind administrative and interpretive
rules  and  regulations  relating  to  the  Plan;  (b)  determine  the  Eligible
Individuals  to  whom,  and the time or times at which, Awards shall be granted;
(c)  determine  the  amount  of  cash  and  the number of shares of Stock, Stock
Appreciation  Rights,  Phantom  Shares  or  shares  of  Restricted Stock, or any
combination  thereof, that shall be the subject of each Award; (d) determine the
terms  and  provisions  of  each  Award (which need not be identical), including
provisions  defining  or  otherwise  relating  to (i) the term and the period or
periods and extent of exercisability of the Awards, (ii) the extent to which the
transferability  of  shares of Stock issued or transferred pursuant to any Award
is  restricted,  (iii)  the effect of Holder's Termination on the Agreement, and
(iv)  the effect of approved leaves of absence (consistent with applicable law);
(e)  accelerate  the  exercisability  of  any  Award  that has been granted; (f)
construe the respective Awards and the Plan; (g) make determinations of the Fair
Market  Value  of  the Stock pursuant to the Plan; (h) delegate its duties under
the  Plan  to such agents as it may appoint from time to time, provided that the
Committee  may  not  delegate  its  duties  with respect to making Awards to, or
otherwise with respect to Awards granted to Eligible Individuals who are subject
to  Section  16(b)  of  the  Act or Section 162(m) of the Code; and (i) make all
other  determinations, perform all other acts, and exercise all other powers and
authority  necessary  or  advisable  for  administering  the Plan, including the
delegation of those ministerial acts and responsibilities as the Committee deems
appropriate.    Subject to Rule 16b-3 and Code Section 162(m), the Committee may
correct  any  defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the
Plan  or  in  any  Award  in  the manner and to the extent it deems necessary or
desirable to carry the Plan into effect, and the Committee shall be the sole and
final  judge  of  that  necessity  or  desirability.   The determinations of the
Committee  on  the  matters  referred  to in this SECTION 3.4 shall be final and
conclusive."

     11.    A  new  Section  3.5  is  added  to the end of Section 3 as follows:

     "3.5  DISINTERESTED COMMITTEE POWERS.  Subject to the express provisions of
the  Plan  and  Rule  16b-3,  the  Disinterested  Committee, with respect to all
Eligible  Individuals  and Holders who are Board of Director members, shall have
the  authority,  in its sole and absolute discretion, to:  (a) adopt and rescind
administrative  and interpretive rules and regulations relating to the Plan; (b)
determine  the  Eligible  Individuals  to  whom, and the time or times at which,
Awards  shall  be  granted;  (c)  determine the amount of cash and the number of
shares  of  Stock,  Stock  Appreciation  Rights,  Phantom  Shares  or  shares of
Restricted  Stock, or any combination thereof, that shall be the subject of each
Award;  (d)  determine the terms and provisions of each Award (which need not be
identical),  including provisions defining or otherwise relating to (i) the term
and  the  period or periods and extent of exercisability of the Awards, (ii) the
extent  to  which  the  transferability of shares of Stock issued or transferred
pursuant to any Award is restricted, (iii) the effect of Holder's Termination on
the  Agreement,  and  (iv)  the effect of approved leaves of absence (consistent
with  applicable  law)  (e)  accelerate the exercisability of any Award that has
been  granted;  (f)  construe  the  respective  Awards  and  the  Plan; (g) make
determinations  of  the Fair Market Value of the Stock pursuant to the Plan; (h)
delegate its duties under the Plan to such agents as it may appoint from time to
time, provided that the Disinterested Committee may not delegate its duties with
respect  to  making  Awards  to,  or otherwise with respect to Awards granted to
Eligible  Individuals  who  are  subject  to Section 16(b) of the Act or Section
162(m)  of  the  Code;  and (i) make all other determinations, perform all other
acts,  and  exercise  all  other powers and authority necessary or advisable for
administering  the  Plan, including the delegation of those ministerial acts and
responsibilities  as  the Disinterested Committee deems appropriate.  Subject to
Rule  16b-3 and Code Section 162(m), the Disinterested Committee may correct any
defect,  supply  any  omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in
any  Award  in  the  manner and to the extent it deems necessary or desirable to
carry  the  Plan  into effect, and the Disinterested Committee shall be the sole
and  final  judge  of that necessity or desirability.  The determinations of the
Disinterested  Committee on the matters referred to in this SECTION 3.5 shall be
final  and  conclusive."

     12.   Existing Section 4.1 is deleted in its entirety, and the following is
substituted  in  its  place:

     "4.1  ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUALS.Awards may be granted pursuant to this Plan only
to  persons  who  are  Eligible Individuals at the time of the grant thereof and
shall be made in whatever form the Committee, or the Disinterested Committee, as
applicable,  in  its  sole  discretion  may determine including Options, Phantom
Shares,  Stock  Appreciation  Rights  and  Restricted  Stock."

     13.   Existing Section 4.2 is deleted in its entirety, and the following is
substituted  in  its  place:

     "4.2   GRANT OF AWARDS.  Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the
Chief  Executive  Officer  (CEO)  and  the  Chief Operations Officer of Domestic
Operations  (COO-DO) shall determine which Eligible Individuals shall be granted
Awards  during  the  period from the effective date of the Plan through June 30,
1998.    After  June  30,  1998,  the  Committee  shall determine which Eligible
Individuals,  other than Board of Director members, shall be granted Awards from
time  to time.  The Disinterested Committee shall determine which members of the
Board of Directors shall be Eligible Individuals and granted Awards from time to
time.  The Board of Directors shall also have the power to grant Awards, subject
to  the  requirements of Rule 16b-3.  References to the Committee throughout the
remainder  of this SECTION 4.2 and SECTION 4.3 shall mean the CEO, COO-DO, Board
of  Directors, the Committee or the Disinterested Committee, as appropriate.  In
making  grants,  the  Committee  and  Disinterested  Committee  shall  take into
consideration  the contribution the potential Holder has made or may make to the
success  of  the  Corporation or its Affiliates and such other considerations as
the  Board  of  Directors  may  from  time  to  time specify.  The Committee and
Disinterested  Committee  shall  also  determine the number of shares subject to
each of the Awards and shall authorize and cause the Corporation to grant Awards
in accordance with those determinations.  All grants to Eligible Individuals who
are  'covered  employees'  under  Code  Section  162(m)  shall  be  subject  to
shareholder  approval  sufficient  to  satisfy  the requirements of Code Section
162(m).    Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, an Award shall be void
if  the  Holder  is  not  an  Eligible  Individual."


IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  ClubCorp, Inc., acting by and through its duly authorized
officer, has  executed  this  document  on  this  the  11th day  of March, 1999.


CLUBCORP,  INC.,  A  DELAWARE  CORPORATION


By:    /s/Albert  E.  Chew,  III
Its:    Executive  Vice  President




                                 EXHIBIT 10.17

                             FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE
                     CLUBCORP EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
                                     AND
                CLUBCORP EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST AGREEMENT

     Amendment  made  effective  January 27, 1999, by ClubCorp, Inc., a Delaware
corporation,  formerly  ClubCorp  International,  Inc.,  (the  Company").

                             W I T N E S S E T H:
                             - - - - - - - - - -

     Whereas,    the Company established the ClubCorp Stock Investment Plan (the
"Prior  Plan")  and the ClubCorp Stock Investment Trust (the "Prior Trust"); and

     WHEREAS,  the  Company amended and restated the Prior Plan and Prior Trust,
effective  January  1,  1999,  as  the  ClubCorp  Employee  Stock Ownership Plan
("ESOP")  and  the  ClubCorp  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Trust  Agreement,
respectively;  and

     WHEREAS,  effective  January  27,  1999,  the Company changed its name from
ClubCorp  International,  Inc.  to  ClubCorp, Inc.;  and

     WHEREAS,  the  Company  now desires to amend the ESOP to change the name of
the  Company, as defined therein, from ClubCorp International, Inc. to ClubCorp,
Inc.  effective  as  of  the  date  the  Company  changed  its  name;  and

     WHEREAS,  the ESOP may be amended by the Company pursuant to the provisions
of  Article  15  of  the  ESOP,  and  the  company  desires  to  amend the ESOP.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  the  ESOP  is  amended as follows, effective as set forth
above:

     1.     All  references  to  the  name  of  the Corporation and its state of
incorporation, as "Club Corporation International, a Nevada corporation" in each
and every  place  it  may appear in the Plan are deleted,  and  "ClubCorp, Inc.,
a  Delaware  corporation"  is  substituted in each place where "Club Corporation
International,  a  Nevada  corporation"  is  deleted.

     2.   Existing Section 2.10 is deleted in its entirety, and the following is
substituted  in  its  place:

          "2.10"  "Company"  means  ClubCorp,  Inc.,  or  its  successor."

     IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  ClubCorp,  Inc.,  acting  by  and  through  its duly
authorized  officer,  has  executed  this document on this 26th day of February,
1999.

CLUBCORP, INC., a Delaware corporation

By:    /s/Kim S. Besse
Its:








                                   EXHIBIT 10.18

                        NationsBanc Montgomery Securities
                                  [Letterhead]


March 3, 1999


ClubCorp,  Inc.
3030  LBJ  Freeway,  Suite  700
Dallas,  Texas    75234

Attention:  John  M.  Massey  III,  Treasurer

Re:  $200  million  Senior  Credit  Facility

Ladies  and  Gentlemen:

ClubCorp,  Inc.  (the  "Borrower") has advised NationsBank, N.A. ("NationsBank")
and  NationsBanc  Montgomery Securities LLC ("NMS") that the Borrower intends to
acquire  (the  "Transaction")  indirectly  certain  properties  being  sold  by
Meditrust  Corporation  and  Meditrust  Operating Company, such properties being
owned  by  Meditrust  Golf  Corp,  Inc.,  Meditrust Golf Group II, Inc., and The
Cobblestone  Golf  Companies,  Inc. (collectively, the "Acquired Companies") for
approximately  $210  million.    You  have advised us that up to $200 million in
senior  debt  will be required in order to effect the Transaction and to pay the
related  costs  and  expenses,  and  that no external financing will be required
other  than  the  financing  described  herein.    References  herein  to  the
"Transaction"  shall  include the financing described herein, the refinancing of
existing  debt  and  all  other  transactions  related  to  the  Transaction.

In connection with the foregoing, NationsBank is pleased to offer to be the sole
and  exclusive  administrative  agent  (in  such  capacity,  the "Administrative
Agent") for a $200 million Senior Credit Facility (the "Senior Credit Facility")
to  the  Borrower, and NationsBank is pleased to offer its commitment to lend up
to $200 million of the Senior Credit Facility, upon and subject to the terms and
conditions  of  this  letter  and  the  Summary of Terms and Conditions attached
hereto  (the  "Summary  of  Terms").    NMS  is  pleased  to  advise  you of its
willingness, as sole and exclusive Lead Arranger and Book Manager for the Senior
Credit  Facility,  to form a syndicate of financial institutions (the "Lenders")
reasonably  acceptable  to  you  for  the  Senior  Credit  Facility.

NationsBank  will  act as sole and exclusive Administrative Agent for the Senior
Credit  Facility  and  NMS  will  act  as sole and exclusive Lead Arranger, Book
Manager  and  Syndication  Agent  for the Senior Credit Facility.  No additional
agents,  co-agents  or  arrangers  will be appointed and no other titles will be
awarded  without  our  prior  written  approval.

NMS  intends to commence syndication efforts no sooner than 60 days from Closing
and no later than 90 days from Closing, and you agree to actively assist, and to
cause  the  Acquired  Companies  to assist NMS in achieving a syndication of the
Senior  Credit  Facility that is satisfactory to it.  Such assistance by you and
the  Acquired  Companies  shall  include  (a)  your  providing  and causing your
advisors  to  provide us and the other Lenders upon request with all information
reasonably  deemed  necessary  by us to complete syndication, including, but not
limited  to,  information  and  evaluations  prepared  and  the Borrower and the
Acquired  Companies  and  their  advisors,  or  on their behalf, relating to the
Transaction;  (b)  assistance in the preparation of an Offering Memorandum to be
used  in connection with the syndication; (c) your using commercially reasonable
efforts  to  ensure  that  the  syndication efforts benefit materially from your
existing  lending  relationships;  and  (d)  otherwise  assisting  us  in  our
syndication  efforts,  including by making senior management and advisors of the
Borrower  and  the Acquired Companies and their subsidiaries available from time
to time to attend and make presentations regarding the business and prospects of
the  Borrower and the Acquired Companies and their subsidiaries, as appropriate,
at  one  or  more  meetings  of  prospective  Lenders.

It is understood and agreed that NationsBank and NMS will manage and control all
aspects  of the syndication, including decisions as to the selection of proposed
Lenders  and  any  titles  offered to proposed Lenders, when commitments will be
accepted  and the final allocations of the commitments among the Lenders.  It is
understood  that  no  Lender  participating  in  the Senior Credit Facility will
receive  compensation  from you in order to obtain its commitment, except on the
terms  contained  herein and in the Summary of Terms.  It is also understood and
agreed that the amount and distribution of the fees among the Lenders will be at
our  sole  discretion  and  that  any  syndication  prior  to  execution  of the
definitive  documentation  for  the  Senior  Credit  Facility  will  reduce  the
commitment  of  NationsBank.

In  the  event that such syndication cannot be achieved in a manner satisfactory
to  and NMS under the structure outlined in the Summary of Terms, you agree that
NationsBank and NMS shall be entitled, to change the pricing, structure or other
terms  of  the Senior Credit Facility if NationsBank and NMS determine that such
changes  are  advisable  to ensure a successful syndication or an optimal credit
structure,  provided that the total amount of the Senior Credit Facility remains
unchanged.  The Borrower acknowledges that such changes may require an amendment
to  or    refinancing  of  the Borrower's existing $300 million Revolving Credit
Facility.  A successful syndication would be one in which NationsBank is able to
achieve  its  targeted hold level of $25 million for the Senior Credit Facility.
The  agreement  in  this  paragraph  shall  survive Closing of the Senior Credit
Facility,  and  shall  supersede  definitive documentation for the Senior Credit
Facility.

The  commitment of NationsBank hereunder and the agreement of NMS to provide the
services  described  herein  are  subject  to  the  agreement  in  the preceding
paragraph  and the satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent in
a  manner  acceptable  to  us  in our sole discretion: (a) each of the terms and
conditions  set  forth  herein and in the Summary of Terms; (b) the absence of a
material  breach of any representation, warranty or agreement of the Borrower or
the  Acquired  Companies  set  forth  herein; (c) execution by the Borrower, the
Acquired  Companies  and/or  other  appropriate  parties  of a definite purchase
agreement and other related documentation for the Transaction (collectively, the
"Transaction  Documents"),  which  Transaction  Documents  shall  be in form and
substance satisfactory to us:  (d) our satisfaction that prior to and during the
syndication  of the Senior Credit Facility there shall be no competing offering,
placement  or  arrangement  of  any  debt  securities or bank financing by or on
behalf  of  the  Borrower or the Acquired Companies (except for anticipated $300
million  public  debt  issuance); (e) the negotiation, execution and delivery of
definitive  documentation  for  the  Senior  Credit Facility consistent with the
Summary of Terms and otherwise satisfactory to us; (f) since the date hereof, no
material  adverse  change  in  or  material  disruption  of  conditions  in  the
financial,  banking  or  capital  markets which we, in our sole discretion, deem
material  in connection with the syndication of the Senior Credit Facility shall
have  occurred  and be continuing; (g) no change, occurrence or development that
could,  in  our opinion, have a material adverse effect on the business, assets,
liabilities  (actual  or  contingent),  operations,  condition  (financial  or
otherwise)  or prospects of the Borrower of the Acquired Companies, in each case
together  with  its subsidiaries taken as a whole, shall have occurred or become
known  to  us;  and  (h)  our  not  becoming  aware after the date hereof of any
information  or other matter which in our judgment is inconsistent in a material
and adverse manner with any information or other matter disclosed to us prior to
the  date  hereof  (in  which  case  we  may,  in  our  sole discretion, suggest
alternative  financing amounts or structures that ensure adequate protection for
the  lenders  or  terminate  this  letter  and  any  commitment  or  undertaking
hereunder).

You  hereby represent, warrant and covenant that (a) all information, other than
the  Projections  (defined below), which has been or is hereafter made available
to  us  or  the Lenders by you or any of your representatives in connection with
the transactions contemplated hereby (the "Information") is and will be complete
and  correct  in  all  material  respects  and does not and will not contain any
untrue  statement  of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
to  make  the statements contained therein not misleading, and (b) all financial
projections  concerning  the  Borrower  and  the  Acquired  Companies  and their
respective  subsidiaries that have been or are hereafter made available to us or
the  Lenders by you or any or your representatives (the "Projections") have been
or  will  be  prepared  in  good  faith based upon assumptions you believe to be
reasonable.  You agree to furnish us with such Information and Projections as we
may  reasonably  request  and  to supplement the Information and the Projections
from  time  to time until the Closing for the Senior Credit Facility so that the
representation,  warranty  and  covenant in the preceding sentence is correct on
such  Closing.    You  understand  that  in arranging and syndicating the Senior
Credit Facility NationsBank and NMS will be using and relying on the Information
and  the  Projections  without  independent  verification  thereof.

By  acceptance of this offer, you agree to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket fees
and  expenses  (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, the allocated
cost  of  internal  counsel and due diligence expenses) incurred before or after
the  date  hereof  by  us  in  connection  with the Senior Credit  Facility, the
syndication  thereof  and  the  other  transactions  contemplated  hereby.

You  agree to indemnify and hold harmless NationsBank, NMS, each Lender and each
of  their  affiliates  and  their  directors,  officers, employees, advisors and
agents  (each, an "Indemnified Party") from and against (and will reimburse each
Indemnified Party as the same are incurred) any and all losses, claims, damages,
liabilities,  and  expenses (including, without limitation, the  reasonable fees
and  expenses of counsel and the allocated cost of internal counsel) that may be
incurred  by  or asserted or awarded against any Indemnified Party, in each case
arising  out  of  or  in  connection  with  or  by reason of (including, without
limitation,  in  connection  with any investigation, litigation or proceeding or
preparation  of  a  defense  in connection therewith) (a) the Transaction or any
similar  transaction  and any of the other transactions contemplated thereby, or
(b)  the  Senior  Credit  Facility  or  any other financings, or any use made or
proposed  to be made with the proceeds thereof (including any arising out of the
ordinary  or  mere  negligence of any Indemnified Party), unless and only to the
extent  that,  as  to  any Indemnified Party, it shall be determined in a final,
nonappealable  judgment  by  a court of competent jurisdiction that such losses,
claims,  damages,  liabilities  or  expenses  resulted  primarily from the gross
negligence  or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party.  In the case of any
investigation, litigation or proceeding to which the indemnity in this paragraph
applies,  such  indemnity  shall be effective whether or not such investigation,
litigation or proceeding is brought by you, your shareholders or creditors or an
Indemnified Party and whether or not the Transaction is consummated.   You agree
that  no  Indemnified Party shall have any liability to you or your subsidiaries
or  affiliates  or to your or their respective security holders or creditors for
any  indirect  or  consequential  damages  arising  out  of,  related  to  or in
connection  with  the  Transaction  or  any  of  the  financings.

The  terms of this letter, the Summary of Terms and the fee letter among you and
us  (the  "Fee  Letter")  are  confidential  and,  except  for  disclosure  on a
confidential  basis  to  your  accountants,  attorneys  and  other  professional
advisors retained by you in connection with the Senior Credit Facility or as may
be required by law, may not be disclosed in whole or in part to any other person
or  entity (including the Acquired Companies or any of their affiliates) without
our  prior  written  consent; provided that, after you acceptance of this letter
and  the  Fee Letter, you may disclose the terms of this letter (but not the Fee
Letter)  to  the  Acquired  Companies  and  any  of  their  affiliates and their
respective  attorneys, financial advisors and accountants in connection with the
Transaction.  Without limiting the foregoing, in the event that you disclose the
contents  of  this  letter  or  the Fee Letter in contravention of the preceding
sentence,  you shall be deemed to have accepted the terms of this letter and the
Fee  Letter.

The  provisions  of  the  immediately preceding three paragraphs shall remain in
full force and effect regardless of whether any definitive documentation for the
Senior  Credit Facility shall be executed and notwithstanding the termination of
this  letter  or  any  commitment  or  undertaking  hereunder.

This  letter and the Fee Letter shall be governed by laws of the State of Texas.
Each  of  us hereby irrevocably waives all right to trial by jury in any action,
proceeding  or  counterclaim  (whether  based  on  contract,  tort or otherwise)
arising  out  of  or  relating  to  this  letter,  the  Summary  of  Terms,  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby or the actions of NationsBank and
NMS  in  the  negotiation,  performance  or  enforcement  hereof.

This letter, together with the Summary of Terms and the Fee Letter, are the only
agreements  that  have  been  entered  into  among us with respect to the Senior
Credit  Facility  and  set  forth  the  entire understanding of the parties with
respect  thereto.    This  letter may be modified or amended only by the written
agreement  of all of us.  This letter is not assignable by you without our prior
written  consent  and  is  intended  to be solely for the benefit of the parties
hereto  and  the  Indemnified  Parties.

This  offer  will  expire  at 5:00 p.m. Dallas time on March 12, 1999 unless you
execute  this letter and the Fee Letter and return them to us prior to that time
(which  may  be  by  facsimile  transmission), whereupon this letter and the Fee
Letter  (each  of  which may be signed in one or more counterparts) shall become
binding  agreements.  Thereafter, this undertaking and commitment will expire on
the  earliest  to occur of (a) the closing of the Transaction without the use of
the  Senior Credit Facility, (b) the acceptance by the Acquired Companies or any
of  its affiliates of an offer for all or any substantial part of the membership
interests  or assets of the Acquired Companies other than the offer contemplated
hereby,  and  (c) March 31, 1999, unless definitive documentation for the Senior
Credit  Facility  is  executed  and  delivered  prior  to  such  date.

THIS  WRITTEN AGREEMENT (WHICH INCLUDES THE SUMMARY OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS) AND
THE  FEE LETTER REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE
CONTRADICTED  BY  EVIDENCE  OF  PRIOR,  CONTEMPORANEOUS,  OR  SUBSEQUENT  ORAL
AGREEMENTS  OF  THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE
PARTIES.


We  are pleased to have the opportunity to work with you in connection with this
important  financing.

Very truly yours,


NATIONSBANK, N.A.

By:     /s/Dan Killian
Title:  Vice President


NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES LLC

By:     /s/Grant Moyer
Title:  Vice President


Accepted and Agreed to as of March 11, 1999


CLUBCORP, INC.

By:     /s/John M. Massey, III
Title:  Treasurer



                       EXHIBIT 10.19


                   STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                dated as of February 10, 1999

                        by  and  among

                   Meditrust Corporation,
                  a  Delaware corporation,

                           and

                 Meditrust Operating Company,
                    a Delaware corporation


                          and

                 Golf Acquisitions, L.L.C.,
           a Delaware limited liability company



<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



TABLE OF CONTENTS
<S>                 <C>
ARTICLE I           PURCHASE OF SHARES;CLOSING
Section 1.1         Purchased Shares
Section 1.2         Deposit; Liquidated Damages
Section 1.3         Purchase Price
Section 1.4         Closing
Section 1.5         Transactions at Closing
Section 1.6         Allocation of Purchase Price
Section 1.7         Time of the Essence
ARTICLE II          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS
Section 2.1         Organization of the Sellers and the Acquired Companies; Authority
Section 2.2         Capitalization; Subsidiaries
Section 2.3         No Conflict
Section 2.4         Financial Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities; Financial Condition
Section 2.5         Absence of Certain Changes
Section 2.6         Consents and Approvals
Section 2.7         Litigation
Section 2.8         Taxes
Section 2.9         Employee Benefit Plans
Section 2.10        Assets; Properties
Section 2.11        Labor and Employment Matters
Section 2.12        Contracts and Commitments
Section 2.13        Intellectual Property
Section 2.14        Environmental Matters
Section 2.15        Compliance with Laws; Permits
Section 2.16        Insurance
Section 2.17        Brokers
Section 2.18        Disclaimer; Knowledge; Disclosure; Material Adverse Effect
ARTICLE III         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER
Section 3.1         Organization of the Buyer; Authority
Section 3.2         No Conflict
Section 3.3         Consents and Approvals
Section 3.4         Litigation
Section 3.5         Financing
Section 3.6         Brokers
Section 3.7         Investment Intent
Section 3.8         Buyer's Knowledge
ARTICLE IV          CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE BUYER
                    AND SELLER
Section 4.1         Conduct of Business Prior to Closing
Section 4.2         Investigation
Section 4.3         Access to Information
Section 4.4         Confidentiality
Section 4.5         Regulatory and Other Authorizations; Consents
Section 4.6         Further Action
Section 4.7         Press Releases
Section 4.8         No Solicitation
Section 4.9         Tax Cooperation; Structuring Matters
Section 4.10        Repair of Damage; Condemnation
Section 4.11        Liquor Licenses
Section 4.12        Environmental Assessments
Section 4.13        Property Holdback Rights
Section 4.14        Observation Rights; Certain Communications
ARTICLE V           EMPLOYEE MATTERS
Section 5.1         Employees
Section 5.2         Employee Benefits
Section 5.3         Other Employee Benefits
Section 5.4         Indemnity
Section 5.5         No Third Party Beneficiaries
ARTICLE VI          TAX MATTERS
Section 6.1         Conveyance Taxes; Costs
Section 6.2         Treatment of Indemnity Payments
Section 6.3         Employee Withholding
ARTICLE VII         CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
Section 7.1         Conditions to the Obligations of Each Party
Section 7.2         Conditions to Obligations of the Sellers
Section 7.3         Conditions to Obligations of the Buyer
ARTICLE VIII        INDEMNIFICATION
Section 8.1         Survival
Section 8.2         Indemnification by the Sellers
Section 8.3         Indemnification by the Buyer
ARTICLE IX          TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.1         Termination
Section 9.2         Effect of Termination
Section 9.3         Waiver
ARTICLE X           GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 10.1        Notices
Section 10.2        Certain Definitions
Section 10.3        Interpretation
Section 10.4        Counterparts
Section 10.5        Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries; Severability
Section 10.6        Amendment
Section 10.7        Governing Law
Section 10.8        Assignment
Section 10.9        Expenses
                    EXHIBITS LIST

Exhibit A           Companies and Acquired Shares
Exhibit B           Subsidiaries Owned by the Companies
Exhibit C           Form of Escrow Agreement
Exhibit D           Form of Transferor's Certificate of Non-Foreign Status

                    SCHEDULES LIST

Schedule 1.6(a)     Purchase Price Allocation
Schedule 1.6(b)     Fair Market Value of MGG and MGG II Assets
Schedule 2.2(a)     Company Capitalization
Schedule 2.2(b)     Company Subsidiaries
Schedule 2.3        Conflicts of Sellers
Schedule 2.4        October Financial Statements
Schedule 2.5        Absence of Certain Changes
Schedule 2.6(a)     Governmental Consents
Schedule 2.6(b)     Third-Party Consents
Schedule 2.7        Litigation
Schedule 2.8        Taxes
Schedule 2.9        Employee Benefit Matters
Schedule 2.10(a)    Owned Properties
Schedule 2.10(b)    Leased Properties
Schedule 2.10(c)    Property Restrictions
Schedule 2.10(d)    Property Taxes
Schedule 2.11(a)    Employment Matters
Schedule 2.11(b)    Labor Matters
Schedule 2.12(a)    Certain Contracts
Schedule 2.12(b)    Certain Contract Exceptions
Schedule 2.13       Intellectual Property
Schedule 2.14       Environmental Matter
Schedule 2.15       Compliance with Laws; Permits
Schedule 2.16       Insurance
Schedule 2.18(b)    Qualifying Materials
Schedule 3.2        Conflicts of Buyer
Schedule 3.3(a)     Government Consents
Schedule 3.3(b)     Third- Party Consents
Schedule 4.1(a)(I)  Conduct of Business
Schedule 4.1(c)     Exceptions to Restrictions on Conduct of Business
Schedule 4.7        Form of Press Release
Schedule 4.12       Environmental Assessments
Schedule 4.13       Property Holdback Rights
Schedule 6.4        Allocation for Cobblestone Assets
Schedule 7.3(b)     Required Consents
</TABLE>
DEFINED TERMS
Agreement
REITCO
OPCO
Sellers
Buyers
MGG
Cobblestone
MGG II
Companies
Subsidiaries
Acquired Companies
Acquired Shares
Transfer
Escrow Agent
Deposit
Escrow Fund
Escrow Agreement
Liquidated Damages
Code
Qualifying Income
IRS
Purchase Price
Closing Balance Sheet
GAAP
Closing Adjustment
Review Period
Disputed Items
Arbitrating Accountant
Closing
Closing Date
Allocation Schedule
October Balance Sheet
October Financial Statements
Severance Arrangements
Retention Bonuses
Governmental Authority
HSR Act
IRS
Taxes
Tax Return
Benefit Plans
ERISA
ERISA Affiliate
Owned Properties
Land
Improvements
Leasehold
Lease
Leased Properties
Leased Improvements
Properties
Property Restrictions
Existing Debt
Intellectual Property Rights
Environmental Reports
Environmental Laws
Environmental Condition
Environmental Liabilities and Costs
Law
Governmental Order
Confidential Memorandum
Review  Room
Qualifying Materials
Sellers' Knowledge
Material Adverse Effect
Buyer's Knowledge
Club
Representatives
Confidentiality Agreement
Notification Form
Acquisition Proposal
Proposal
Superior Proposal
Phase II Investigations
Holdback Designation Date
Holdback Property
Holdback Letter
Allocated Value
Holdback Property Closing Date
Sellers' Designees
Acquired Companies Employees
WARN
Required Consents
Buyer Indemnified Party
Organizational Reps
Tax Reps
Benefit Plan Reps
Broker's Fee Reps
Indemnified Disputes
Excluded Claims
Indemnification Cut-Off Date
Threshold Amount
Maximum Amount
Seller Indemnified Party
Significant Environmental Liabilities
Baseline Condition
Affiliate
Business Day
Encumbrance
Losses
Person
Subsidiary
Significant Subsidiary


<PAGE>

                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT



THIS  STOCK  PURCHASE AGREEMENT  (this  "Agreement")  is  dated as of this 10th
day  of  February,  1999,  by  and  among  MEDITRUST  CORPORATION,  a   Delaware
corporation  ("REITCO"),  MEDITRUST  OPERATING  COMPANY,  a Delaware corporation
("OPCO"  and,  together  with  REITCO,  the  "Sellers" and, each individually, a
"Seller")  and  GOLF  ACQUISITIONS, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company
(the  "Buyer").

WHEREAS,  as  set  forth  on Exhibit A hereto, REITCO owns all of the issued and
outstanding  capital stock of Meditrust Golf Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("MGG");

WHEREAS,  as  set  forth  on  Exhibit  A hereto, OPCO owns all of the issued and
outstanding  capital  stock  of The Cobblestone Golf Companies, Inc., a Delaware
corporation  ("Cobblestone");

WHEREAS,  as  set  forth on Exhibit A hereto, REITCO owns, or will own as of the
Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), all of the issued and outstanding capital
stock  of  Meditrust  Golf Group II, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("MGG II" and,
together  with  MGG  and  Cobblestone, the "Companies"; and each individually, a
"Company");

WHEREAS,  the  Companies  directly or indirectly own all (except as disclosed on
Schedule  2.2(b)  hereto)  of  the issued and outstanding capital stock of those
entities  set  forth  on Exhibit B hereto (collectively, the "Subsidiaries" and,
each  individually,  a  "Subsidiary"  and,  together  with  the  Companies,  the
"Acquired  Companies"  and,  each  individually,  an  "Acquired  Company");

WHEREAS,  the  Acquired  Companies  are  engaged  in the ownership, leasing, and
operation  of  golf  course  properties;  and

WHEREAS, the Sellers desire to sell and the Buyer desires to purchase all of the
issued  and  outstanding capital stock (the "Acquired Shares") of the Companies.

NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants herein
contained,  and  for  other  good  and  valuable  consideration, the receipt and
adequacy  of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally
bound,  hereby  agree  as  follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                           PURCHASE OF SHARES; CLOSING

Section 1.1     Purchased Shares.  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth
in  this  Agreement,  at the Closing (as hereinafter defined), each Seller shall
sell,  assign,  transfer, convey and deliver (the "Transfer") to the Buyer, from
each such Seller, and the Buyer shall buy and receive from each such Seller all,
and  not  less  than  all,  of such Seller's right, title and interest as of the
Closing  Date,  in  and to the Acquired Shares as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

Section  1.2  Deposit;  Liquidated  Damages.

(a)          No later than the first Business Day (as hereinafter defined) after
the  date  this  Agreement  is executed and delivered by all parties hereto, the
Buyer  shall  deliver  to  Stewart  Title Guaranty Company, as escrow agent (the
"Escrow  Agent"),
                        (the "Deposit").  The Deposit shall be held in escrow by
the  Escrow  Agent in an interest-bearing account (the "Escrow Fund") subject to
the Escrow Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto (the
"Escrow  Agreement"),  and,  subject to the terms and conditions set forth below
with  respect to the termination of this Agreement, shall be delivered, together
with interest earned thereon, to the Sellers at Closing (as hereinafter defined)
as  a  credit  against  the  Purchase  Price  (as  hereinafter  defined):

(i)        In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section
9.1(a),  9.1(d), 9.1(e) or 9.1(f), following expiration of the five (5) business
day  time  period  provided  for  in Section 3(b) of the Escrow Agreement, Buyer
shall  receive  (in  addition  to  those  rights (if any) that it may have under
Section  9.2(b)  hereof  in  connection  with  a termination pursuant to Section
9.1(f)  only),  as  its  sole  and  exclusive  remedy  (subject  to this Section
1.2(a)(i)  with  respect  to  any  impediment  by the Sellers to delivery of the
Escrow  Fund  to  the  Buyer),  the Deposit, together with all interest (if any)
actually  earned thereon, and each party shall be relieved and released from any
further liability and obligation hereunder subject to any continuing obligations
pursuant  to  Section 4.4.  In the event Buyer is entitled to receive the return
of  the  Deposit  pursuant to this Section 1.2(a)(i), if the Sellers directly or
indirectly impede the prompt payment by the Escrow Agent from the Escrow Fund as
described  in  Section  1.2(a)  above, the Sellers shall be obligated to pay all
costs  and  expenses  (including legal fees and expenses) in connection with any
action,  including  the  filing  of  any lawsuit or other legal action, taken to
collect  such payment, together with interest on the amount of any unpaid amount
from  the  date such amount was required to be paid at an interest rate equal to
the  prime  rate  published  by  The  Wall Street Journal from time to time; and

(ii)       In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section
9.1(b) or Section 9.1(c), following expiration of the five (5) business day time
period set forth in Section 3(a) of the Escrow Agreement, the Buyer's sole right
to  receive payment from the Escrow Fund shall be as set forth in Section 1.2(c)
hereof  and the Sellers shall be entitled to payments from the Escrow Fund when,
as  and  if  permitted  by  Section  1.2(b) hereof.  Such entitlement to receive
payments from the Escrow Fund shall represent Sellers' sole and exclusive remedy
in  connection  with  such  termination (subject to this Section 1.2(a)(ii) with
respect  to  any  Buyer  impediment to payments from the Escrow Fund)  and shall
constitute  liquidated  damages (the "Liquidated Damages"), and each party shall
be  relieved  and  released  from any further liability and obligation hereunder
subject  to any continuing obligations pursuant to Section 4.4.  Sellers and the
Buyer  agree  that  actual  damages  accruing  from  such  a termination of this
Agreement  are  incapable of precise estimation and would be difficult to prove,
that the rights stipulated in this Section 1.2 bear a reasonable relationship to
the  potential  injury  likely to be sustained in the event of such a breach and
that  the  stipulated  rights  are  intended  by  the  parties  to  provide just
compensation  in  the  event  of  such  a  breach and are not intended to compel
performance or to constitute a penalty for nonperformance.  In the event Sellers
are entitled to receive the Deposit (or the Escrow Fund, as applicable) pursuant
to  this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement, as applicable, if the Buyer directly
or  indirectly  impedes  the  prompt payment by the Escrow Agent from the Escrow
Fund  as  described in Section 1.2(b) below, the Buyer shall be obligated to pay
all  costs  and  expenses (including legal fees and expenses) in connection with
any  action, including the filing of any lawsuit or other legal action, taken to
collect  such payment, together with interest on the amount of any unpaid amount
from  the  date such amount was required to be paid at an interest rate equal to
the  prime  rate  published  by  The Wall Street Journal from time to time.  The
parties hereby acknowledge that the agreements contained in this Section 1.2 are
an  integral  part  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement.

(b)        In the event of a termination described in Section 1.2(a)(ii) hereof,
following  the  expiration of the five (5) business day time period set forth in
Section  3(a) of the Escrow Agreement (if applicable), the Buyer and the Sellers
agree  that the Escrow Agent may not make payments from the Escrow Fund to Buyer
or  the Sellers except as provided in Section 1.2(c), with respect to the Buyer,
and  this  Section  1.2(b), with respect to the Sellers.  The Escrow Fund or any
portion  thereof  shall  not  be released to the Sellers unless the Escrow Agent
receives  any  one  or  combination of the following: (x) a letter from REITCO's
certified  public  accountants indicating the maximum amount that can be paid by
the  Escrow  Agent  to  the  Sellers  without causing REITCO to fail to meet the
requirements of Sections 856(c)(2) and (3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as  amended  (the  "Code")  determined  as if the payment of such amount did not
constitute  income described in Sections 856(c)(2)(A)-(H) or 856(c)(3)(A)-(I) of
the  Code  ("Qualifying  Income"),  as  determined  by REITCO's certified public
accountant,  or  a  subsequent  letter  from  REITCO's accountants revising such
amount, in which case the Escrow Agent will release to the Sellers the amount(s)
so specified in said accountants' letters, or (y) a letter from REITCO's counsel
indicating  that REITCO received a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the
"IRS")  holding  that  the receipt by REITCO of the amounts from the Escrow Fund
would either constitute Qualifying Income or would be excluded from gross income
within  the  meaning of Section 856(c)(2) and (3) of the Code (or alternatively,
REITCO's legal counsel has rendered a legal opinion to REITCO to the effect that
the  receipt  by  the  Sellers  of the amounts from the Escrow Fund would either
constitute  Qualifying  Income or would be excluded from gross income within the
meaning  of  Sections  856(c)(2)  and (3) of the Code), in which case the Escrow
Agent  will release to the Sellers the amount of the Escrow Fund so specified in
said  accountants'  letters.   The Buyer agrees to amend this Section 1.2 at the
request  of  REITCO as may reasonably be necessary (and without additional cost,
burden  or  liability to the Buyer, in excess of de minimis amounts) in order to
(i)  maximize  the  portion  of  the  Escrow Fund that may be distributed to the
Sellers  hereunder  without  causing  REITCO to fail to meet the requirements of
Sections  856(c)(2)  and  (3)  of  the  Code,  (ii)  improve REITCO's chances of
securing  a  favorable  ruling described in this Section 1.2(b), or (iii) assist
REITCO  in  obtaining a favorable legal opinion from its counsel as described in
this  Section  1.2(b); provided that REITCO's legal counsel has rendered a legal
opinion  to  REITCO  to the effect that such amendment would not cause REITCO to
fail  to  meet  the  requirements  of  Section  856(c)(2)  or  (3)  of the Code.

(c)          Any portion of the foregoing Escrow Fund remaining on the fifteenth
anniversary  of  the  date  of  its establishment will be released by the Escrow
Agent  to  the  Buyer.

Section  1.3 Purchase  Price;  Closing  Adjustment.

(a)      Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the
Closing,  the  Buyer  shall  pay,  or  cause  to be paid, to REITCO and OPCO, in
accordance  with  the  terms  of  this  Agreement,




                            At  the Closing, the Buyer shall pay, or cause to be
paid,  the  Purchase Price (A) by the Escrow Agent delivering to the Sellers the
Deposit,  together  with  interest  earned  thereon, and (B) by wire transfer of
immediately  available funds to a bank account or accounts jointly designated by
the  Sellers  in  an  amount  equal  to the Purchase Price, less the Deposit and
interest  earned  thereon  delivered  by  the  Escrow  Agent  to  the  Sellers.

(b)          Within  forty-five  (45) days after the Closing Date, Sellers shall
prepare  and  Pricewaterhouse Coopers  LLP shall deliver to the Buyer an audited
combined  consolidated balance sheet of the Acquired Companies as of the Closing
Date  (the  "Closing  Balance  Sheet"),  prepared  in  accordance with generally
accepted  accounting  principles in the United States, as in effect from time to
time,  applied  on a consistent basis ("GAAP"), which sets forth the book values
of  the  assets  and the liabilities of the Acquired Companies as of the Closing
Date,  and  a  calculation of the Closing Adjustment to the Purchase Price.


















Notwithstanding  the actual date of the Closing, in the event the Closing occurs
after March 31, 1999, the Closing Adjustment shall be calculated as of March 31,
1999.

(c)       The Buyer and their independent public accountants, KPMG Peat Marwick,
LLP,  shall  be  entitled  to  make an independent review of the Closing Balance
Sheet  and  related  calculation of the Closing Adjustment and shall, during the
fifteen  (15) day period after delivery of the Closing Balance Sheet and related
calculation  of the Closing Adjustment (the "Review Period"), have access to all
relevant  work  papers of Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP used to audit the Closing
Balance  Sheet  and  the  Closing  Adjustment.

(d)       Before expiration of the Review Period, the Buyer shall deliver to the
Sellers  its  objection,  if  any,  in writing to the calculation of the Closing
Adjustment,  together  with details of the disputed items (the "Disputed Items")
set  forth  in  the  Closing  Balance Sheet and the proposed adjustments to such
items.    If  the Buyer fails to provide notice of objection prior to the end of
the  Review  Period,  then  the Closing Balance Sheet and the calculation of the
Closing Adjustment by Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP shall be final and  binding on
all  the  parties.  If the Buyer so notifies the Sellers prior to the end of the
Review  Period  of  the  Buyer's  disapproval  of the calculation of the Closing
Adjustment  or  the  Closing  Balance  Sheet audited by  Pricewaterhouse Coopers
LLP, then the Buyer and  the  Sellers  shall attempt  to  reach  agreement  with
respect  to  the  Disputed  Items.    In  the  event  that  the  Buyer  and  the
Sellers  are  unable  to reach agreement  on  the  Disputed  Items,  then either
shall  be  entitled to refer the matter  to  a  nationally recognized accounting
firm, independent  of the  Sellers  and  the  Buyer, mutually agreed upon by the
Buyer  and  the Sellers,  provided,  that if  the  Buyer  and  the  Sellers  are
unable  to  agree upon such accounting firm within  a  period  of  fifteen  (15)
days from the receipt by the Sellers of the Buyer's  objection,  such accounting
firm shall be chosen at random by the Buyer and the Sellers from among  the "Big
Five"  accounting firms  which  are  independent of  the  Buyer  and the Sellers
(the  "Arbitrating Accountant").   The  Arbitrating Accountant  shall  determine
the   Disputed   Items   and  calculate  the  Closing Adjustment  within  twenty
(20)  days  after  the  Disputed   Items  are  submitted  to  them,   and   such
determination  shall  be final and binding upon all the parties.  The  fees  and
expenses of the Arbitrating Accountants shall be paid 50% by the Buyer  and  50%
by  the  Sellers.

(e)     The amount of the Closing Adjustment as finally determined shall be paid
in  cash, within five (5) business days after final determination of the Closing
Adjustment.    If  the  Closing  Adjustment is a positive number, then the Buyer
shall  promptly  pay  to  the  Sellers by wire transfer of immediately available
funds  to  a  bank  account  or  accounts jointly  designated by the Sellers the
dollar  amount  of  the  Closing  Adjustment.    If  the Closing Adjustment is a
negative  number,  then  the  Sellers  shall  promptly  pay to the Buyer by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated
by  the  Buyer  the  amount  of  such  deficit.

Section  1.4          Closing.   The closing of the Transfer and delivery of all
documents  and instruments necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated
by  this  Agreement  (the  "Closing")  shall  be held at the offices of Goodwin,
Procter  & Hoar LLP, 599 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York, on March 31, 1999
(with  a  complete  pre-closing  on  or  about March 24, 1999 or, if the Closing
occurs  after March 31, 1999, such pre-closing shall occur approximately one (1)
week  prior  to  such extended Closing Date) or at such other time or such other
place  as  the Buyer and the Sellers may agree, but in no event later than March
31,  1999 except as expressly permitted pursuant to this Agreement.  The Sellers
shall  have  the  right to postpone the Closing for an additional period of time
not  exceeding (i) forty-five (45) days by giving written notice to the Buyer if
the  Sellers'  failure  to  close  is  not  as  a result of a breach of Sellers'
covenants  or  other  agreements contained in this Agreement or (ii) ninety (90)
days  by  giving written notice to the Buyer in order to permit the satisfaction
of the conditions precedent to the obligations of the Buyer set forth in Section
7.1  or  Section  7.3  hereof.    The date on which the Closing is actually held
hereunder  is  sometimes  referred to herein as the "Closing Date."  The Closing
will  be deemed to be effective for purposes of this Agreement as of the opening
of  business on the Closing Date.  The Sellers agree (i) to provide notice of an
extension of the Closing Date beyond March 31, 1999 on or before March 16, 1999,
and  (ii)  in  the  event the Closing Date is extended, to provide notice of the
proposed  Closing Date at least fifteen (15) days prior to such proposed Closing
Date.

Section  1.5  Transactions  at  Closing.

(a)     At the Closing, the Sellers will deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Buyer  the  following:

(i)          stock  certificates,  evidencing all, and not less than all, of the
Acquired  Shares,  in  each  case duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by stock
powers  duly  executed in blank, and with all required stock transfer tax stamps
affixed,  or  if  such  stock certificates are not then available, affidavits of
loss  and  indemnity agreements in lieu thereof in form and substance reasonably
acceptable  to  the  Buyer;

(ii)          all  minute books and stock transfer books of each of the Acquired
Companies;

(iii)       one or more receipts acknowledging receipt of the aggregate Purchase
Price;

(iv)       a legal opinion addressed to the Buyer, in form reasonably acceptable
to  the  Buyer,  that  each  of  the Sellers is a corporation duly incorporated,
validly  existing  and  in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware
and  has  all  the  requisite  corporate  power and authority to enter into this
Agreement,  to  carry  out  its  obligations  hereunder  and  to  consummate the
transactions  contemplated  hereby;

(v)          REITCO  shall contribute the Note dated as of August 7, 1998 in the
principal amount of $6,215,720, together with an assignment, in recordable form,
the  related Leasehold Deed of Trust dated as of August 7, 1998 to either MGG or
MGG  II  (or  their  designee);  and

(vi)       each of the certificates and other documents required to be delivered
at  the  Closing  pursuant  to  Section  7.3  hereof.

(b)       At the Closing, the Buyer will deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Sellers  the  following:

(i)        the Purchase Price, by wire transfer in cash of immediately available
funds  pursuant  to,  and  in  the  manner set forth in, Section 1.3 hereof; and

(ii)       each of the certificates and other documents required to be delivered
at  the  Closing  pursuant  to  Section  7.2  hereof.

Section  1.6  Allocation  of  Purchase  Price;  Other  Matters.

(a)

(b)        Buyer and REITCO agree that, the sale of the capital stock of MGG and
MGG II shall be structured such that immediately prior to the Closing of Buyer's
purchase  of  MGG's  and MGG II's capital stock, each of MGG and MGG II shall be
deemed,  for federal income tax purposes, to have been incorporated in a taxable
transaction  resulting  in (i) the recognition of gain or loss to REITCO on such
deemed  incorporation  under  Section 1001 of the Code and (ii) the tax basis of
the  assets  of  MGG and MGG II being determined under Section 1012 of the Code.
Buyer  and  REITCO  further agree that the fair market value of the stock deemed
issued  by  MGG  and  MGG  II to REITCO in the deemed incorporation transactions
shall  be  equal  to the portion of the Purchase Price allocated to the Acquired
Shares  of  such entity in Schedule 1.6(a); REITCO will prepare an allocation of
the  purchase  price  among  the assets deemed acquired by MGG and MGG II in the
deemed  incorporation  transactions  within  60  days  after  the  Closing  (the
"Allocation Schedule"), based upon the rules in Section 1060 of the Code and the
fair  market  values  of  the MGG and MGG II assets set forth in Schedule 1.6(b)
hereto,  which  schedule  has  been prepared by Sellers and approved by Buyer in
connection herewith; and REITCO shall file, and Buyer shall cause MGG and MGG II
to  file, all relevant tax returns (including Form 8594) in accordance with such
Allocation  Schedule.

Section  1.7      Time of the Essence.  The parties hereto acknowledge and agree
that,  subject  only to the express adjournment rights contained herein, time is
of  the essence in consummating the purchase and sale of the Acquired Shares and
the  delivery  of  the  Purchase  Price.

                                 ARTICLE  II
               REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES  OF  THE  SELLERS

Except  as  disclosed  in the schedules attached hereto, the Sellers jointly and
severally  represent  and  warrant  to  the  Buyer  as  follows:

Section  2.1          Organization  of  the Sellers and the Acquired Companies;
Authority.

(a)     Each of the Sellers is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing
and  in  good  standing  under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all the
requisite  corporate  power and authority to enter into this Agreement, to carry
out  its  obligations  hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby.    Each  Acquired  Company  is  a corporation duly incorporated, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization
and has all the requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business
as  now  being conducted and to own, operate and lease the properties and assets
owned,  operated  and leased by it.  Each of the Acquired Companies is qualified
to  do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the nature
of its business requires it to be so qualified, except to the extent the failure
to  so  qualify  would  not,  either  individually  or  in the aggregate, have a
Material  Adverse  Effect  (as  hereinafter  defined).

(b)         The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance by the
Sellers  of their obligations hereunder and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated  hereby have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action
on the part of the Sellers.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered
by  the  Sellers  and  assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of
this  Agreement  by  the  Buyer,  this  Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Sellers, enforceable against the Sellers in accordance
with  its  terms,  except  as  such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or  similar  laws affecting creditors'
rights  generally  or  by  general  equitable  principles.

Section  2.2  Capitalization;  Subsidiaries.

(a)          The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of each of the
Companies  is  set  forth on Schedule 2.2(a).  All of the issued and outstanding
shares  of  capital  stock of each of the Companies are duly authorized, validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable.  None of the issued and outstanding shares
of  capital  stock  of  the Companies were issued in violation of any preemptive
rights.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.2(a) hereto, there are no outstanding
options,  warrants  or other rights of any kind to acquire any additional shares
of  capital  stock  of  any  of  the Companies or securities convertible into or
exchangeable  for,  or which otherwise confer on the holder thereof any right to
acquire,  any  such additional shares, nor are any of the Companies committed to
issue  any  such  option,  warrant,  right  or security.  Except as set forth on
Schedule  2.2(a)  hereto,  there  are no outstanding oral or written contractual
obligations  of  the Companies to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of
the  Acquired  Shares, or to provide funds to, or to make any investment (in the
form  of  a  loan,  capital  contribution or otherwise) in, any other Person (as
hereinafter  defined) in each case except in connection with the making of loans
and  the  entering  into of leases in the ordinary course of business consistent
with  past  practice.    Except as set forth on Schedule 2.2(a), (i) the Sellers
own,  or will own as of the Closing Date, the Acquired Shares, free and clear of
any  and  all  liens,  claims,  security  interests  or  options, except for (A)
Encumbrances  (as  hereinafter  defined)  arising out of, under or in connection
with  this  Agreement, and (B) Encumbrances that will be released at or prior to
the Closing, and the Sellers have full legal right, power and authority to sell,
transfer  and convey the Acquired Shares to the Buyer in the manner contemplated
by  this Agreement, except for restrictions on transfer under applicable federal
and  state securities laws, and (ii) except as set forth on Schedule 2.2(b), the
Companies  do not have, directly or indirectly, any equity interest in any other
corporation,  joint  venture,  partnership,  limited  liability company or other
entity.    Upon  consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
and  registration  of  the Acquired Shares in the name of the Buyer in the stock
records  of  each  respective  Company, the Buyer will own all of the issued and
outstanding  capital  stock of the Companies free and clear of all Encumbrances,
other  than  any Encumbrances resulting from any facts or circumstances relating
solely  to  the Buyer (including, without limitation, its sources of financing).

(b)      Schedule 2.2(b) sets forth a true and complete list of all Subsidiaries
(as  hereinafter defined) and their name, jurisdiction and date of incorporation
or formation, their authorized capital stock, partnership capital or equivalent,
the  number  and  type  of their issued and outstanding shares of capital stock,
partnership  interests  or similar ownership interests and the current ownership
of  such  shares, partnership interests or similar ownership interests.  None of
the  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of capital stock of the Subsidiaries were
issued in violation of any preemptive rights.  All of the issued and outstanding
shares of capital stock of each of the Subsidiaries are duly authorized, validly
issued,  fully  paid  and nonassessable.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.2(b)
hereto,  there  are no outstanding options, warrants or other rights of any kind
to  acquire any additional shares of capital stock of any of the Subsidiaries or
securities  convertible  into  or exchangeable for, or which otherwise confer on
the holder thereof any right to acquire, any such additional shares, nor are any
of  the  Subsidiaries  committed  to  issue  any  such option, warrant, right or
security.  Except  as  set  forth  on  Schedule  2.2(b)  hereto,  there  are  no
outstanding  oral  or  written  contractual  obligations  of the Subsidiaries to
repurchase,  redeem  or  otherwise  acquire  any shares of common stock or other
ownership  interest  in the Subsidiaries, or to provide funds to, or to make any
investment  (in  the  form of a loan, capital contribution or otherwise) in, any
other  Person in each case except in connection with the making of loans and the
entering  into of leases in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
practice.    Except  as set forth on Schedule 2.2(b), the Acquired Companies own
all  of  the outstanding capital stock of their respective Subsidiaries free and
clear  of  any  and all liens, claims, security interests or options, except for
(i) Encumbrances arising out of, under or in connection with this Agreement, and
(ii)  Encumbrances  that  will  be  released  at  or  prior  to  the  Closing.

(c)          Since  May  29,  1998, all material corporate actions taken by each
Subsidiary have been duly authorized and the Subsidiary has not taken any action
that  in  any  material  respect  conflicts with, constitutes a default under or
results  in  a  violation of any provision of its charter or by-laws (or similar
organizational  documents).  True and complete copies of the charter and by-laws
(or  similar  organizational  documents),  in each case as in effect on the date
hereof, of each Subsidiary have been made available by the Sellers to the Buyer.

Seciton 2.3     No Conflict.  Except as provided in Schedule 2.3, and except as
may  result  from  any  facts  or  circumstances  relating  solely  to the Buyer
(including, without limitation, its sources of financing), and assuming that all
consents,  approvals,  authorizations and other actions set forth in Section 2.6
have  been  obtained  and  all  filings and notifications set forth on  Schedule
2.6(a)  have  been  made,  neither  the  Sellers  nor the Acquired Companies are
subject  to  or  bound:

(a)       (i) by any provision of any law, statute, rule, regulation or judicial
or  administrative  decision  (with  respect  to  the  Sellers  and the Acquired
Companies,  but  not with respect to their respective assets or properties), and
(ii) to Sellers' knowledge (as hereinafter defined) by any provision of any law,
statue, rule, regulation or judicial or administrative decision (with respect to
the  assets  and  properties  of  the  Sellers  and  the  Acquired  Companies),

(b)         by any provisions of the articles or certificate of incorporation or
by-laws  (or  similar organizational, constitutive or governing document) of the
Sellers'  or  any  Acquired  Company,

(c)      to Sellers' Knowledge (as hereinafter defined), by any provision of any
mortgage,  deed  of trust, lease, note, bond, indenture, license, permit, trust,
contract,  agreement,  sublease,  franchise  or  other instrument or arrangement
described on Schedule 2.12(a) to which the Sellers or the Acquired Companies are
a  party as it relates to the business of the Acquired Companies or by which any
of  the  Acquired Shares or any shares of the Subsidiaries or any of such assets
or  properties  is  bound  or  affected,

(d)          by any provision of any mortgage, deed of trust, lease, note, bond,
indenture,  license,  permit, trust, contract, agreement, sublease, franchise or
other  instrument  or  arrangement  which  is  not  required  to be disclosed on
Schedule  2.12(a)  to which the Sellers or the Acquired Companies are a party as
it  relates  to  the  business  of the Acquired Companies or by which any of the
Acquired  Shares  or  any  shares  of  the Subsidiaries or any of such assets or
properties  is  bound  or  affected,

(e)          by  any  provisions  of  any shareholders' agreement or partnership
agreement,  or

(f)       by any provision of any judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree of
any  court,  governmental  body,  administrative  agency  or  arbitrator,

that  would  prevent,  violate  or conflict with or under which there would be a
default as a result of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement,
nor,  is  the  consent  of  any  person or entity under any material contract or
agreement,  which  material  contract  or  agreement  is  not  identified in any
Schedule  attached  to  this Agreement, or under federal or state law, which has
not  been  obtained  prior to the Closing, required for the execution, delivery,
and  performance  by  the  Sellers  of  this  Agreement  and  the  transactions
contemplated  thereby, except for violations, defaults, conflicts or failures to
obtain consents or to make filings or provide notices which would not have (i) a
Material  Adverse Effect or (ii) a material adverse effect on the ability of the
Sellers  to  perform  their  obligations  under  this  Agreement.

Section  2.4          Financial  Statements; Undisclosed Liabilities; Financial
Condition.

(a)     Attached hereto as Schedule 2.4 is the audited (i) Combined Consolidated
Balance  Sheet  (the  "October  Balance  Sheet"),  (ii)  Combined  Consolidated
Statement  of Operations, (iii) Combined Consolidated Statement of The Meditrust
Companies'  Investment,  and (iv) Combined Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows,
together  with  Notes  to  Combined  Consolidated  Financial  Statements for the
Companies together with their subsidiaries as of October 31, 1998 (collectively,
the  "October  Financial  Statements")  which  (i)  includes  all  adjustments,
consisting  of  normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation
of  financial  position  (none  of  which  are material) in accordance with GAAP
consistently  applied,  except as noted on Schedule 2.4 hereto, and (ii) present
fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the financial position and the results of
operations  of  the  Acquired  Companies,  on a combined consolidated basis with
their  subsidiaries  as  of October 31, 1998 and for the periods covered by such
statements.

(b)     Sellers have made available to Buyer copies of each management letter or
other  letter  delivered  to  any of the Acquired Companies by their independent
auditors  since  May  29,  1998  in  connection  with  their  audited  financial
statements  or  relating  to  any  review  by  such  independent auditors of the
internal  controls of the Acquired Companies during the period ended October 31,
1998  or  thereafter,  and  has made, or will make, available for inspection all
material  reports  and working papers produced or developed by their independent
auditors  (subject  to the Buyer's execution and delivery of customary indemnity
agreements  for  the  benefit  of  such  independent  auditors) or management in
connection  with  their  examination  of  such  financial  statements.

(c)          Since  May 29, 1998, each of the Acquired Companies have maintained
records  relating  to their businesses that accurately and validly reflect their
respective  transactions  in  all  material  respects,  and  accounting controls
sufficient  to insure that such transactions are (i) executed in accordance with
management's  general  or specific authorization and (ii) recorded in conformity
with  GAAP  (subject  to  customary  end  of  period  adjustments).

(d)      As of the date hereof, none of the Acquired Companies have liabilities,
except  for (i) liabilities stated or adequately reserved against on the October
Balance  Sheet,  (ii) liabilities which arose in the ordinary course of business
after  October  31,  1998 consistent with past practice that in the aggregate do
not exceed          (excluding any liabilities which are included in the Closing
Adjustment),  (iii)  liabilities  which will not have a Material Adverse Effect,
(iv) liabilities set forth on Schedules 2.4 or 2.7 and (v) liabilities under the
Acquired  Companies' (A) existing contracts and agreements disclosed pursuant to
Section  2.12(a)  hereof or (B) not required to be disclosed pursuant to Section
2.12(a)  hereof.    For  purposes  of  this  paragraph, "liabilities" means, all
liabilities  of the Acquired Companies of any nature, whether accrued, absolute,
contingent or otherwise, asserted or unasserted, (including, without limitation,
liabilities  as guarantor or otherwise with respect to obligations of others, or
liabilities  for  taxes  due  or  then accrued or to become due or contingent or
potential  liabilities  relating  to activities of the Acquired Companies or the
conduct  of their business prior to the date hereof regardless of whether claims
in  respect  thereof  had  been  asserted  as  of  such  date).

Section  2.5       Absence of Certain Changes.  Except as set forth on Schedule
2.5, from October 31, 1998 to the date of this Agreement, the Acquired Companies
have  operated  only  in  the  ordinary  course of business consistent with past
practice  and  there  has  not  been  any  of  the  following:

(a)      change in, or effect on, the Acquired Companies resulting in a Material
Adverse  Effect;

(b)         change in any Acquired Company's authorized or issued capital stock;
grant  of  any  option, right to purchase or similar right regarding the capital
stock  of any Acquired Company; grant of any registration rights by any Acquired
Company;  purchase, redemption, retirement, or other acquisition by any Acquired
Company  of any such capital stock; or declaration or payment of any dividend or
other  distribution  or  payment in respect of the capital stock of any Acquired
Company, except that cash balances of the Subsidiaries are concentrated daily in
the  Companies'  accounts,  no  material  cash  balances  are held by any of the
Acquired  Companies  and  no  intercompany payable or receivable is shown on the
October  Balance  Sheet  in  connection  therewith;

(c)       amendment to the certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws of
any  Acquired  Company,  or  any  action  with  respect  to  the  certificate of
incorporation  or  bylaws  of  any  Acquired  Company;

(d)

(e)      adoption of, or increase in the schedule of payments or benefits under,
any  Benefit Plan (as hereinafter defined), for or with any officer, director or
employee  of  the  Acquired  Companies  (except for any officer, director or key
employee  newly  employed or promoted since such date, which officers, directors
or  key  employees  so newly employed or promoted are identified on Schedule 2.5
(excluding  officers, directors or employees who are not compensated directly by
the  Acquired  Companies));

(f)     damage to or destruction or loss of any asset or property of an Acquired
Company,  whether  or not covered by insurance, which has had a Material Adverse
Effect;

(g)     sale, purchase, lease, license or other transfer of any share of capital
stock  of  any  Acquired  Company  or  mortgage,  pledge,  or  imposition of any
Encumbrance  on  any  of  the  shares  of capital stock of any Acquired Company;

(h)        incurrence of indebtedness or guarantee of debt or other liability of
any  third  party  by  any  Acquired  Company;

(i)          material change in the accounting methods or principles used by the
Sellers (with respect to the assets, liabilities, financial condition or results
of  operations  of  any Acquired Company) or any Acquired Company except for (A)
write-downs  or  write-offs  in  the value of assets as required or permitted by
GAAP  and  as  set forth on Schedule 2.5, or (B) such adjustments as required by
GAAP  as  a  result  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement;

(j)     purchases, leases, sales or dispositions of any asset or property with a
purchase  price in excess of         individually and          in the aggregate,
purchases  or  leases  of  any  capital asset for an amount of more than
individually  and            in the aggregate except in each case as provided in
the  Acquired  Companies'  capital  budget attached as Schedule 2.5 and Schedule
4.1(c)  or  the  voluntary  grant  of  mortgages, pledges or liens of any of its
properties or assets, except for any such mortgage, pledge or lien which, by its
terms,  will  be  terminated  or  otherwise  be  extinguished at or prior to the
Closing;

(k)        any capital expenditures or commitment for any capital expenditure in
excess  of           individually  or            in  the  aggregate,  except  in
compliance  with  the  capital  budgets  attached  as  Schedule 2.5 and Schedule
4.1(c);  or

(l)       entering into an agreement, whether oral or written, by the applicable
party  bound  by  clauses  (a) through (k), as the case may be, to do any of the
actions  described  in  clauses  (a)  through  (k).

Section  2.6  Consents  and  Approvals.

(a)          Except as set forth on Schedule 2.6(a), the execution, delivery and
performance  of  this Agreement by the Sellers will not, as of the Closing Date,
require  any consent, approval, authorization or other action by, or filing with
or  notification  to,  any  federal,  state,  local,  or any foreign government,
governmental,  regulatory  or  administrative authority, agency or commission or
any  court,  tribunal,  or  judicial  or  arbitral  body,  excluding  those
municipalities  or  other governmental entities that are parties to those ground
leases  disclosed  in Schedule 2.12(a), in their capacity as lessors thereunder,
and  the  City  of  Escondido, in its capacity as a lender and/or creditor under
those  agreements  disclosed  in  Schedule 2.12(a) (a "Governmental Authority"),
except  (i)  the  notification  requirements  of the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust
Improvements  Act of 1976, as amended (the "HSR Act"), if applicable, (ii) where
failure  to  obtain  such consent, approval, authorization or action, or to make
such  filing  or notification, would not (A) have a Material Adverse Effect, (B)
delay  or  prevent  the  consummation  of  the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement,  or  (C) have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Sellers
to perform their obligations under this Agreement, and (iii) as may be necessary
as  a  result  of  any  facts  or  circumstances  relating  solely  to the Buyer
(including,  without  limitation,  its  sources  of  financing).

(b)          Except as set forth on Schedule 2.6(b), the execution, delivery and
performance  of  this Agreement by the Sellers will not, as of the Closing Date,
require  any  third-party consents, approvals, authorizations or actions, except
where  failure  to  obtain  such  consents, approvals, authorizations or actions
would  not  (i)  have  a  Material  Adverse  Effect,  (ii)  delay or prevent the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (iii) have a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  ability  of  the  Sellers  to  perform their
obligations  under  this  Agreement.

Section  2.7      Litigation.  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.7, there is no
action,  suit  or  proceeding,  claim,  arbitration  or investigation against an
Acquired  Company  pending  or, to the Sellers' Knowledge, threatened, which, if
adversely  determined, (a) would have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) would delay
or  prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
or  (c)  would  have  a material adverse effect on the ability of the Sellers to
perform  their  obligations  under  this  Agreement.

Section  2.8  Taxes.

(a)          Except as set forth on Schedule 2.8 or as would not have a Material
Adverse  Effect:

(i)     The Acquired Companies have paid or caused to be paid and will as of the
Closing  Date  pay  or cause to be paid all Taxes (as defined in Section 2.8(b))
required  to  be  so  paid  prior to the date of this Agreement and prior to the
Closing  Date  and  have  made provision, in accordance with GAAP, for all Taxes
owed  or  accrued  through  the  date  of  this  Agreement.

(ii)       The Acquired Companies have timely filed or been included in, or will
timely  file  or be included in, all material Tax Returns (as defined in Section
2.8(b))  required  to  be  filed  by  them  or  in which they are required to be
included  with  respect  to Taxes for any period ending on or before the date of
this  Agreement  and  on  or  before  the  Closing Date, taking into account any
extension of time to file granted to or obtained on behalf of the Sellers or the
Acquired Companies.  All such filed Tax Returns are complete and accurate in all
material  respects.

(iii)          Neither  the  Internal  Revenue Service (the "IRS") nor any other
Governmental  Authority is asserting as of the date of this Agreement by written
notice  to  Sellers  or  the  Acquired  Companies or, to the Sellers' Knowledge,
threatening  as  of  the date of this Agreement to assert against the Sellers or
the  Acquired  Companies,  any  deficiency  or  claim for any material amount of
additional  Taxes.

(iv)          No federal, state, local or foreign audits or other administrative
proceedings  or  court  proceedings are pending as of the date of this Agreement
with  regard  to  any Taxes or Tax Returns of any of the Sellers or the Acquired
Companies  and  none of Sellers or the Acquired Companies has received a written
notice prior to the date of this Agreement of any actual or threatened audits or
proceedings  or  is  otherwise  aware  of  any  such  audits  or  proceedings.

(v)         There are no agreements, waivers or arrangements currently in effect
which  extend the statutory period of limitation applicable to any claim for, or
the  period  for the collection or assessment of, Taxes due from or with respect
to the Acquired Companies for any taxable period, and no powers of attorney have
been  granted by or with respect to the Acquired Companies with respect to Taxes
which  are currently in force.  No closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of
the  Code  (or any predecessor provision) or any similar provision of any state,
local,  or  foreign law has been entered into by or with respect to the Acquired
Companies  which  is  currently  in  force  or  effect.

(vi)       As of the Closing Date, MGG, MGG II and their respective Subsidiaries
will  be  "Qualified  REIT Subsidiaries" within the meaning of Section 856(i) of
the  Code.

(b)         "Taxes" shall mean any and all taxes, charges, fees, levies or other
assessments, including, without limitation, income, gross receipts, excise, real
or  personal  property,  sales,  withholding,  social  security,  retirement,
unemployment,  occupation, service, use, license, net worth, payroll, franchise,
transfer and recording bites, fees and charges, imposed by the IRS or any taxing
authority (whether domestic or foreign including, without limitation, any state,
county,  local or foreign government or any subdivision or taxing agency thereof
(including  a  United  States  possession)),  whether  computed  on  a separate,
consolidated,  unitary, combined or other basis; and such term shall include any
interest  whether  paid  or  received,  fines,  penalties  or additional amounts
attributable  to,  or imposed upon, or with respect to, any such taxes, charges,
fees,  levies  or  other  assessments.

"Tax  Return"  shall  mean  any  report,  return, document, declaration or other
information  or  filing  required  to  be  supplied  to  any taxing authority or
jurisdiction  (foreign  or  domestic)  with respect to Taxes, including, without
limitation,  information  returns, any document, with respect to or accompanying
payments of estimated taxes, or with respect to or accompanying requests for the
extension  of  time  in  which  to  file  any  such,  report,  return, document,
declaration  or  other  information.

Section  2.9        Employee Benefit Plans.  All of the employee benefit plans,
programs  and  arrangements  maintained for the benefit of any current or former
employee,  officer  or  director  or  any  dependents  or  beneficiaries of such
individuals of any of the Acquired Companies (the "Benefit Plans") are listed on
Schedule  2.9.   With respect to such Benefit Plans, except for such matters as,
individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect or as
set  forth in Schedule 2.9, (a) each Benefit Plan and any related trust intended
to be qualified under Sections 401(a), 501(a) or 501(c) of the Code has received
a  favorable  determination  letter  from  the  IRS  that it is so qualified and
nothing  has  occurred  since  the  date of such letter that could reasonably be
expected  to  adversely  affect  the  qualified  status  of such Benefit Plan or
related  trust, (b) each Benefit Plan has been operated in all material respects
in  accordance  with  the  terms  and  requirements  of applicable law including
requirements  under  ERISA  and  the  Code  (including  COBRA requirements under
Section  4980B of the Code), (c) none of the Acquired Companies has incurred any
direct or indirect liability under, arising out of or by operation of Title I or
Title  IV of the Employee Retirement and Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA"),  in  connection  with  any  Benefit  Plan or other retirement plan or
arrangement,  and  to  Sellers'  Knowledge  no  fact  or event exists that could
reasonably be expected to give rise to any such liability, (d) all contributions
due  and  payable  on  or  before  the date of this Agreement in respect of each
Benefit  Plan  have  been made in full and in proper form and as of the Closing,
neither the Acquired Companies nor Buyer shall have or assume any liability that
is  unfunded  or unaccrued related to any Benefit Plan, (e) none of the Acquired
Companies  have  ever  sponsored  or  been  obligated  to  contribute  to  any
"multiemployer  plan" (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA), "multiple employer
plan"  (as  defined  in  Section  413 of the Code) or "defined benefit plan" (as
defined  in  Section  3(35) of ERISA) and/or Section 412 of the Code, or "excess
benefit  plan"  or  "top-hat  plan"  as described under ERISA Sections 3(36) and
201(2),  (f)  except  as  set  forth  on  Schedule  2.9 and, except as otherwise
required  under  ERISA,  the  Code  and  applicable  state laws, no Benefit Plan
currently  or  previously  maintained  by  the  Acquired  Companies provides any
post-retirement  health  or  life  insurance  benefits, and none of the Acquired
Companies  maintains  any  obligations to provide post-retirement health or life
insurance  benefits  in the future, (g) all reporting and disclosure obligations
imposed  under  ERISA  and  the  Code  have  been satisfied with respect to each
Benefit Plan, (h) each Benefit Plan maintained for the benefit of any current or
former  employee, officer or director of any of the Acquired Companies is listed
on  Schedule  2.9 and true and complete copies of the current plan documents for
each  such Benefit Plan have been provided to Buyer, and (i) except as set forth
on Schedule 2.9, no benefit or amount payable or which may become payable by the
Acquired  Companies pursuant to any Benefit Plan, agreement or contract with any
employee,  shall constitute an "excess parachute payment," within the meaning of
Section  280G  of  the Code, which is or may be subject to the imposition of any
excise  tax  under  Section  4999  of  the Code or which could not reasonably be
expected  to  be  deductible  by  reason  of  Section  280G of the Code.  "ERISA
Affiliate"  means  any  corporation,  trade  or business the employees of which,
together  with  the  employees  of  the  Acquired  Companies, are required to be
treated  as  employed by a single employer under the provisions of ERISA or Code
Section  414.  Neither the Acquired Companies nor Buyer shall have any liability
on  or after the Closing with respect to any employee benefit plan, arrangement,
program or policy maintained or sponsored by any ERISA Affiliate, except for the
Benefit  Plans  listed  on  Schedule  2.9.

Section  2.10       Assets; Properties.  Except as disclosed herein or as would
individually or in the aggregate not have a Material Adverse Effect, the Sellers
represent  as  follows:

(a)          Marketable  Title.   To the Sellers' Knowledge, except for Property
Restrictions  (as  defined in Section 2.10(c) hereof) and except as disclosed on
Schedule  2.10(a),  the  Acquired  Companies  own good and marketable fee simple
title  to  all  of the Owned Properties, free and clear of any liens or security
interests.    For purposes of this Agreement "Owned Properties" shall mean:  (i)
the  real  property  set forth on Schedule 2.10(a) hereto or purchased since the
date  of this Agreement (collectively, the "Land"); (ii) all existing buildings,
structures  and  other improvements, located upon the Land owned by the Acquired
Companies,  including  without  limitation  all clubhouse buildings, maintenance
facilities,  golf  courses,  driving  ranges,  practice  areas,  landscaping
improvements,  man-made  lakes,  irrigation systems (including sprinklers, pipe,
and  fittings),  lakeliners,  pumps, flood control works, paving, walkways, road
improvements,  parking  facilities  and  all other improvements of whatever kind
owned  by  the  Acquired Companies which have previously been made, installed or
erected  and are now located on the Land (collectively, the "Improvements"); and
(iii)  all appurtenances, hereditaments, easements, reversionary rights, and all
other rights, privileges, and entitlements belonging to or running with the Land
owned  by  the  Acquired  Companies.

(b)       Improvements in Operable Condition.  To the Sellers' Knowledge, except
for  Property  Restrictions and except as set forth on Schedule 2.10(b), (i) the
Acquired  Company  identified  therein  holds  a  good  and marketable leasehold
interest (each, a "Leasehold") in the Leased Property pursuant to a valid ground
lease  (each, a "Lease"), each of the Leases at present and immediately prior to
the Closing shall be in full force and effect, the Acquired Company which is the
lessee  thereunder is not, nor will it be at Closing, in default under any Lease
in  respect  of  any  monetary  obligation or otherwise in any material respect,
subject  however  to  obtaining the consents identified on Schedule 2.6(b) as it
relates  to the Leases, and each of the Leases represents the complete agreement
between  such  Acquired  Company and the lessor thereunder and all material (ii)
(A)  Improvements  and (B) Leased Improvements are in operable condition and the
Sellers  have  the  right to possess, occupy and operate same, free and clear of
any  liens  or  security  interests.  "Leased Improvements" include all existing
buildings, structures and other improvements located upon each of the parcels of
real  property  comprising a golf facility leased by the Acquired Companies (the
"Leased Properties") as set forth on Schedule 2.10(b) hereto or leased since the
date  of  this  Agreement,  which  buildings,  structures and other improvements
include without limitation all clubhouse buildings, maintenance facilities, golf
courses,  driving  ranges,  practice  areas,  landscaping improvements, man-made
lakes,  irrigation  systems  (including  sprinklers,  pipes  and  fittings),
lakeliners,  pumps,  flood  control  works, paving, walkways, road improvements,
parking  facilities,  and  all  other improvements of whatever kind owned by the
Acquired Companies which have previously been made, installed or erected and are
now  located on such Leased Properties (collectively, the "Leased Improvements,"
and together with the Leaseholds, the Improvements, the Owned Properties and the
Leased  Properties,  the  "Properties").

(c)       Property Restrictions.  To the Sellers' Knowledge, except as set forth
below  and  as  set  forth  on  Schedule  2.10(c) hereto, the Properties are not
subject  to  any  easements, rights of way, covenants, conditions, restrictions,
reservations,  leases  or  other  rights  of  occupancy,  laws,  ordinances  and
regulations  affecting  building use or occupancy or reservations of an interest
in,  or exception to or defect in title (collectively, "Property Restrictions"),
except  for  (i)  Property  Restrictions  imposed  or  promulgated by law or any
Governmental  Authority  with  respect  to  real  property,  including  zoning
regulations  that  do  not and as a consequence of the transactions contemplated
herein  will  not  adversely  affect the current use of the property, materially
detract  from  the  value of or materially interfere with the present use of the
property,  (ii)  Encumbrances  and  Property  Restrictions disclosed on existing
title  policies,  commitments (and the documents listed as exceptions, therein),
reports  certificates  of title, title opinions or current surveys (in each case
limited  to  only those title policies, commitments (and the documents listed as
exceptions  therein),  reports and surveys that were delivered or made available
to  the  Buyer for review prior to the date of this Agreement, but excluding any
monetary  liens,  vendors'  liens,  mechanic's and materialmen's liens, judgment
liens  and  other third party monetary liens except as set forth on, or securing
the  debt  listed  on,  Schedule 2.12(a)(ii)), (iii) any other item currently of
record  in the applicable land or comparable real property records that does not
materially  detract  from  the value of or materially interfere with the present
use  of the applicable Property, but excluding matters currently of record which
are monetary liens, vendors' liens, mechanic's and materialmen's liens, judgment
liens  and  other  third-party  monetary  liens  except as set forth on Schedule
2.12(a)(ii) but only if and to the extent identified in writing by the Buyer and
received by the Sellers prior to 6:00 p.m. (local Boston, Massachusetts time) on
Wednesday,  February  17,  1999,  and  (iv)  all  obligations under the existing
contracts  and  agreements  entered into by the Acquired Companies and listed on
Schedule  2.12(a)  or  not  required to be disclosed on such schedule, including
those  mechanics',  carriers',  suppliers',  workmen's  or repairmen's liens and
other  Encumbrances, Property Restrictions and other limitations of any kind, if
any, which, individually or in the aggregate, are not material in amount, do not
and as a consequence of the transactions contemplated herein will not materially
detract from the value of or materially interfere with the present use of any of
the  Properties subject thereto or affected thereby, do not and as a consequence
of  the  transactions  contemplated  herein will not otherwise materially impair
business  operations  conducted  by  the  Acquired Companies and which have been
incurred  only  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.

(d)       Taxes.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.10(d) and for any proceeding
or  appeal  which,  if  determined adversely to the respective Acquired Company,
individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  would not have a Material Adverse Effect,
there  are no outstanding abatement proceedings or appeals to which the Acquired
Companies  are  a  party with respect to the assessment of any of the Properties
for  the  purpose  of  real property taxes, and there are no agreements with any
Governmental  Authority to which the Acquired Companies are a party with respect
to  such  assessments  or  tax  rates  on  any  of  the  Properties.

Section  2.11    Labor  and  Employment  Matters.

(a)     Except as set forth on Schedule 2.11(a) and as would not have a Material
Adverse Effect, the Acquired Companies are, as of the date hereof, in compliance
in  all  material respects with all federal, state and municipal laws respecting
employment  and  employment  practices,  terms and conditions of employment, and
wages  and hours, including but not limited to ERISA, the Code, Title VII of the
Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the Equal Pay Act of 1967, as amended, the
Age  Discrimination  in  Employment  Act of 1967, as amended, the Americans with
Disabilities  Act and the related rules and regulations adopted by those federal
agencies  responsible  for  the  administration  of  such laws, and there are no
arrearages  in the payment of wages, social security tax or any other employment
related  levy  or  tax.

(b)     Except as set forth on Schedule 2.11(b) and as would not have a Material
Adverse  Effect, none of the Acquired Companies is a party to or otherwise bound
by  any  collective  bargaining  agreement,  contract  or  other  agreement  or
understanding  with a labor union or labor organization.  Except as set forth on
Schedule 2.11(b) and as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, as of the date
of  this  Agreement,  none  of  the Acquired Companies is subject to any charge,
demand,  petition  or  representation  proceeding  seeking to compel, require or
demand  it  to bargain with any labor union or labor organization nor, as of the
date  of  this  Agreement,  is  there  pending  or,  to  the Sellers' Knowledge,
threatened,  any  material  labor  strike,  dispute,  walkout,  work  stoppage,
slow-down  or  lockout  involving  the  Acquired  Companies.

Section  2.12  Contracts  and  Commitments.

(a)     Schedule 2.12(a) lists each of the following contracts or agreements (if
any)  of  each  of  the  Acquired  Companies:

(i)          management contracts with respect to the Properties, and management
contracts  with  respect  to golf course properties or facilities owned by third
parties;

(ii)     all material documents evidencing or creating indebtedness for borrowed
money  of the Acquired Companies with a remaining principal balance in excess of
         individually  or          in the aggregate or secured by the Properties
and  outstanding  on  the  date  of  this Agreement which will not be retired or
repaid  on  or  prior  to  the  Closing  Date  ("Existing  Debt");

(iii)          partnership  agreements and joint venture agreements to which any
Acquired  Company  is a party (and having as another party any person who is not
an  Acquired  Company)  which  requires  a  payment,  or  delivery  of assets or
services;

(iv)       all Leases of Leased Properties and other real property leased by the
Companies;

(v)     except as set forth on Schedule 2.5, employment, severance or consulting
agreements  with  any  director,  officer  or  Acquired  Companies  Employee (as
hereinafter  defined) requiring an annual payment of cash compensation in excess
of             individually;

(vi)      agreements granting to any third party a first-refusal, first-offer or
other  right to purchase or acquire any of the Properties or any of the Acquired
Shares;

(vii)          agreements  materially limiting or restricting the ability of any
Acquired  Company  to  enter  into  or  engage in any geographic area or line of
business;  and

(viii)          agreements  that will not be terminated on or before the Closing
between  (1)  any  Acquired  Company  and  any  Seller  or  its  Affiliates  (as
hereinafter  defined),  or  (2)  any  Seller  or  its Affiliates (except for any
Acquired  Company) and a third party that commit any one or more of the Acquired
Companies  to  pay,  in  the  aggregate,  more  than            .

(b)          True  and complete copies of the contracts and agreements disclosed
pursuant  to  Section  2.12(a)  hereof  have  been  made available to the Buyer.
Except  as disclosed on Schedule 2.12(b) or as would not have a Material Adverse
Effect  (i)  each  contract  and agreement disclosed pursuant to Section 2.12(a)
hereof  is  valid  and binding on the Acquired Company party thereto and, to the
Sellers'  Knowledge, on the other party or other parties thereto, and is in full
force and effect in accordance with its respective terms, (ii) upon consummation
of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement, each such contract and
agreement  shall  continue  in  full  force  and  effect  in accordance with its
respective  terms  without  penalty,  acceleration  of  payment or other adverse
consequence,  (iii)  none  of the Acquired Companies is in breach of, or default
under,  any  such  contract  or agreement, and no event exists that, but for the
giving of notice or passage of time, would result in such a breach or default by
the Acquired Company party thereto, and (iv) to the Sellers' Knowledge, no other
party  to  any  such  contract  or  agreement  is  in  breach thereof or default
thereunder, and no event exists that, but for the giving of notice or passage or
time,  would  result  in  such  a  breach or default by the other party thereto.
Certain  other  contracts  and  agreements  concerning  the  Properties  and the
Acquired  Companies  have  been  provided  to  the  Buyer in the Review Room (as
hereinafter  defined).

Section  2.13     Intellectual Property.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.13,
to  Sellers' Knowledge, the Sellers own or have the right to use all trademarks,
trade  names,  service  marks,  trade secrets, copyrights and other intellectual
property  rights (collectively, the "Intellectual Property Rights"), as are used
or  necessary in connection with the business of the Acquired Companies taken as
a  whole,  except  where  the  failure  to  own  or  have  the right to use such
Intellectual  Property  Rights would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except
as  disclosed  on  Schedule 2.13 or as would not have, either individually or in
the  aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, to the Sellers' Knowledge, the rights
of  any  Acquired  Company  in  or  to  the  Intellectual Property Rights do not
conflict  with  or  infringe  on the rights of any other Person, and none of the
Sellers,  nor  the  Acquired  Companies has received any claim or written notice
from  any  Person,  to  such  effect.

Section  2.14      Environmental Matters.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.14
and  except  for any matter which would not result in a Material Adverse Effect,
to  Sellers'  Knowledge,  (a)  the  Acquired  Companies are in compliance in all
material  respects  with  all  applicable  Environmental  Laws  (as  hereinafter
defined),  (b)  there  are  no  material Environmental Liabilities and Costs (as
hereinafter  defined)  of  the  Acquired  Companies,  (c)  there are no material
Environmental  Conditions  (as  hereinafter  defined)  on  or  related  to  the
Properties,  (d)  none of the Acquired Companies has received any written notice
prior  to the date of this Agreement from any governmental agency or other third
party  alleging  any violation of, or noncompliance with, any Environmental Law,
or  requiring  the  removal,  clean-up,  or  remediation  of  any  Environmental
Condition,  whether  or  not  on  any of the Properties relating to the Acquired
Companies,  which  such  matter  has  not  been  resolved as of the date of this
Agreement, and (e) the Acquired Companies have not received written notice prior
to  the  date  of  this  Agreement  that  they are subject to any enforcement or
investigatory  action  by  any  governmental  agency  regarding an Environmental
Condition  with respect to any Property, which such matter has not been resolved
as  of  the  date  of  this  Agreement.    As  used herein, the terms "toxic" or
"hazardous"  wastes,  substances or materials shall include, without limitation,
all those so designated in and in any way regulated by any current Environmental
Laws.  The Acquired Companies have previously made available to the Buyer copies
of all of the following written materials in their possession or control: copies
of  any environmental audits, site assessments, documentation regarding off-site
disposal  of  hazardous materials, and material correspondence with any federal,
state  or  local  government,  administrative  agency,  or  other  Governmental
Authority,  regarding  the  foregoing  (the  "Environmental  Reports").

For  purposes  of  this  Agreement,  the  following  definitions  shall  apply:

"Environmental  Laws"  means all applicable federal, state and local statutes or
laws,  judgments,  orders,  regulations, licenses, permits, rules and ordinances
relating  to  pollution  or  protection  of  health,  safety or the environment,
including, but not limited to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C.
1251  et  seq.),  Resources  Conservation  and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C.  6901 et.
seq.),  Safe  Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.C.  3000(f) et. seq.), Toxic Substances
Control Act (15 U.S.C.  2601 et seq.), Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C.  7401 et. seq.),
Comprehensive  Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.
9601  et  seq.),  and  other  similar  state  and  local  statutes.

"Environmental  Condition"  means  the  introduction into the environment of any
contaminant, pollutant, hazardous or toxic waste, substance or material (whether
or  not  upon  the  Owned  Properties  or the Leased Properties) at levels or in
amounts  in  excess  of  applicable  legal  or  regulatory  permits,  limits  or
standards,  as  a  result  of which the Acquired Companies, with respect to this
Section  2.14,  (1)  have  or  may  become  liable to any Person or Governmental
Authority,  (2)  are  in violation of any Environmental Law, or (3) by reason of
which  any  of  the  properties  or other assets of the Acquired Companies, with
respect  to  this  Section  2.14,  may  suffer  or  be  subject  to  any  lien.

"Environmental  Liabilities  and  Costs"  means  all  liabilities,  obligations,
responsibilities, obligations to conduct cleanup, losses, damages, deficiencies,
punitive  damages,  costs  and  expenses  (including,  without  limitation,  all
reasonable  fees,  disbursements  and expenses of counsel, expert and consulting
fees  and  costs  of  any  necessary  investigations and feasibility studies and
responding  to  government  requests  for  information  or  documents),  fines,
penalties,  monetary  sanctions, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, past,
present  or  future,  resulting  from  any  claim  or  demand,  by any Person or
Governmental  Authority,  whether  based  in  contract, tort, implied or express
warranty,  strict  liability,  joint  and  several  liability, criminal or civil
statute,  under any Environmental Law, or arising from Environmental Conditions,
as  a  result  of  past  or  present  ownership,  leasing  or  operation  of any
properties,  owned, leased or operated by the Acquired Companies with respect to
Section  2.14.

Section  2.15          Compliance  with  Laws; Permits.  Except as set forth on
Schedule  2.15,  (i)  none of the Acquired Companies (excluding for such purpose
all  of  their respective properties or assets) are in violation of any federal,
state, local or foreign judgement, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule,
regulation,  code  and any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, or
any  other  government  or  rule  of  law  ("Law")  or order of any Governmental
Authority  ("Governmental  Order")  applicable  to any of the Acquired Companies
except  such  violations as would not have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) to
the  Sellers'  Knowledge,  none  of  the  Acquired Companies (including for such
purpose  only  all of their respective properties or assets) are in violation of
any  Law  or  Governmental  Order  applicable  to any such properties or assets,
except  such  violations  as  would  not  have  a  Material Adverse Effect.  The
Acquired  Companies have obtained all licenses, permits and other authorizations
and  have  taken  all  actions  required  by  applicable  law  or  governmental
regulations  in connection with their business as now or as previously conducted
where the failure to obtain any such license, permit or authorization or to take
any such action, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse
Effect.

Section  2.16          Insurance.   Schedule 2.16 sets forth a true and correct
summary  of  the insurance policies held by, or for the benefit of, the Acquired
Companies  including the underwriter of such policies and the amount of coverage
thereunder.    To  the Sellers' Knowledge, such insurance policies are valid and
currently in effect.  The Sellers or the Acquired Companies have paid, or caused
to  be  paid,  all  premiums due under such policies and are not in default with
respect to any monetary obligations under such policies in any material respect.

Section  2.17      Brokers.  No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or
other  Person,  other  than  Goldman Sachs & Co., the fees and expenses of which
will  be  paid  by the Sellers, is entitled to any broker's, finder's, financial
advisor's or other similar fee or commission in connection with the transactions
contemplated  by  this  Agreement.

Section  2.18       Disclaimer; Knowledge; Disclosure; Material Adverse Effect.

(a)          The  Sellers do not make, and have not made, any representations or
warranties  relating  to the Sellers, the Acquired Companies, the Properties, or
the  operations  or  businesses of the Sellers or the Acquired Companies, or the
businesses  or operations conducted on, at or with respect to the Properties, or
otherwise  in  connection  with the transactions contemplated hereby, other than
those  expressly  made  by  Sellers  in  this  Agreement.   Without limiting the
generality  of  the  foregoing,  except  only  as  expressly  set forth in those
representations  and  warranties  made  in  Section 2.1 through 2.17 hereof (but
subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.18(b) below), the Sellers have
not  made,  and  shall  not  be  deemed  to  have  made,  any representations or
warranties  in  any  presentation  of  the  businesses of the Acquired Companies
(including  without  limitation  any  management  presentation  or  property  or
facility  tour)  in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and no
statement  made  in  any  such  presentation  (including  without limitation any
management  presentation  or  property  or  facility  tour)  shall  be  deemed a
representation  or  warranty  hereunder or otherwise.  It is understood that any
cost  estimates,  projections  or  other  predictions,  any  data, any financial
information,  document,  reports,  sales  brochure  or other literature, maps or
sketches,  financial  information,  or  statements,  or presentations (including
without limitation any management presentation or property or facility tour), or
any  memoranda or offering materials including, without limitation, that certain
"Confidential  Information  Memorandum" dated November 1998 and any materials or
information  contained  therein  and  any amendments or supplements thereto (the
"Confidential  Memorandum"), are not and shall not be deemed to be or to include
representations  or  warranties of the Sellers or the Acquired Companies, except
only  as  expressly  set  forth  in those representations and warranties made in
Section  2.1  through  2.17  hereof (but subject to the limitations set forth in
Section 2.18(b) below), and the Buyer acknowledges that it has not relied and is
not  relying  on  any  such estimates, projections, predictions, data, financial
information,  memoranda,  offering materials or presentations (including without
limitation  any management presentation or property or facility tour), including
without  limitation, the Confidential Memorandum.  No Person has been authorized
by  the Sellers or the Acquired Companies to make any representation or warranty
relating  to the Sellers, the Acquired Companies, the Properties, the businesses
of  the  Sellers  or  the  Acquired  Companies,  or the businesses or operations
conducted  on,  at or with respect to the Properties, or otherwise in connection
with  the  transactions contemplated hereby and, if made, such representation or
warranty must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Sellers or the
Acquired  Companies.

(b)        Prior to the Closing Date, the Buyer will have had the opportunity to
make  all  inspections  and  investigations, including a review of the materials
located  in  the due diligence review room (the "Review Room") at the offices of
Goodwin,  Procter  &  Hoar  LLP,  concerning  the  Acquired  Companies  and  the
Properties, which the Buyer deems necessary or desirable to protect its interest
in  acquiring  the  Acquired  Companies  and  their respective assets, including
without  limitation,  the Properties.  The representations and warranties herein
are fully qualified by any matters disclosed in the items described or otherwise
listed  in  Schedule 2.18(b) hereto (but subject to the limitations contained in
such  Schedule 2.18(b)) (the "Qualifying Materials").  By way of explanation and
not  in  supplementation  of  the  preceding  sentence,  it  is  specifically
acknowledged  and  agreed by the parties hereto, as a material inducement to the
Sellers entering into this Agreement in the form hereof, without which agreement
Sellers would be unwilling to enter into this Agreement in the form hereof, that
any  and  all  representations  and  warranties contained in this Agreement, the
accuracy  of  which could be confirmed or denied based upon any material present
in the Qualifying Materials, shall be null and void and deemed deleted from this
Agreement  for  all  purposes.   Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this
Agreement, neither the Sellers nor anyone acting for or on behalf of the Sellers
has  made  any representation, warranty, promise or statement (including without
limitation  in  the  cover  memorandum  delivered  with  the form Stock Purchase
Agreement  to  each prospective buyer on or about December 23, 1998), express or
implied,  to  the  Buyer  on  which the Buyer has relied concerning the Acquired
Companies  and  the  Properties  or the condition or use thereof.  As a material
inducement  to  the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Sellers, the
Buyer agrees that, except as otherwise expressly provided herein (but subject to
the  limitations contained in this Section 2.18), at the Closing Date, the Buyer
will  acquire  the Properties in an "as-is" physical condition and in an "as-is"
state  with  all  faults,  subject  only  to  the  expressed representations and
warranties  set forth in this Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary,  the  Buyer  waives and the Sellers disclaim all implied warranties of
any  type  or  kind  with  respect  to  the  Properties.

(c)      Whenever a representation or warranty made by the Sellers herein refers
to  the  knowledge  of  the Sellers, or to the "Sellers' Knowledge," it shall be
deemed  to  refer only to the actual knowledge (and not constructive, imputed or
implied knowledge) on the date hereof and on the Closing Date, as applicable, of
James  A.  Husband,  Stefan  C.  Karnavas,  Andrew  Crosson,  Gary L. Dee, Terri
Colachis,  William  D.  Keogh,  Bobby West, John G. Hungerford, Norm Goodmanson,
James  B.  Kelly,  Jim  Bergmark, Dan Tilley, Tighue Shields, Ray Dznowski, Jr.,
Alan Wieme, Bill Mungia, John Williams, Larry Hayes, David F. Benson, Michael S.
Benjamin and Laurie T. Gerber, none of whom shall have any personal liability or
obligations  regarding  such  knowledge.    The Sellers have not undertaken, nor
shall  they  have any duty to undertake, any investigation concerning any matter
as  to  which  a  representation  or  warranty  is  made  as to its "Knowledge."

(d)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or
in  any  of  the  schedules  attached  hereto,  any information disclosed in one
schedule  shall  be  deemed  to  be disclosed in all schedules provided that the
information  so  disclosed is disclosed with the requisite degree of specificity
in  order  to  qualify,  or  disclose  for the purposes of, such other schedule.
Certain  information  set  forth  in  the  schedules  is  included  solely  for
informational  purposes and may not be required to be disclosed pursuant to this
Agreement.   The disclosure of any information shall not be deemed to constitute
an  acknowledgment  that  such  information  is  required  to  be  disclosed  in
connection  with  the representations and warranties made by the Sellers in this
Agreement  or  that  it  is  material,  nor  shall such information be deemed to
establish a standard of materiality.  The Sellers have prepared the schedules to
this  Agreement  in  good  faith  and without regard to any applicable "Material
Adverse  Effect"  or  other  "materiality"  qualifier,  provided,  however, that
notwithstanding  such  standard  of  preparation, nothing contained herein shall
limit  or  otherwise  qualify the standard of the representations and warranties
contained  in  Sections  2.1 through 2.17 hereof for the purposes of determining
the  existence  of  a  breach  of  any  such  representation  or  warranty.

(e)          "Material  Adverse  Effect"  means any change in, or effect on, the
Acquired  Companies, taken as a whole, that is (individually or in the aggregate
with  any  other  changes  therein or effects thereon that would be specifically
addressed  by a representation or warranty contained in this Agreement but for a
"Material  Adverse Effect" exception or qualification) materially adverse to the
business,  operations,  assets,  liabilities,  financial condition or results of
operations  or  prospective  business  and  earnings  (assuming such prospective
business  is conducted in a manner consistent with prior business operations) of
the Acquired Companies, taken as a whole, other than any such changes or effects
resulting  from any of the following, the change in or effect of which shall not
constitute  or  result  in  (i)  a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) a breach of a
representation  or  warranty  under  this  Article  II:   (A) changes in general
(national,  regional  or  local) economic, regulatory or political conditions or
changes  in  the  golf  course  industry  generally,  or (B) this Agreement, the
transactions  contemplated hereby, or any announcement or indication thereof, or
any  actions  taken  by  the  Buyer hereunder or in contemplation hereof, or any
actions which a Seller was required to take, hereunder, or any direct contact of
the  Buyer or any of its representatives with any of the customers or suppliers,
or  potential  customers  or suppliers, or any of the employees of, the Acquired
Companies  (including  any  departure  of  any  such  employee).

                                   ARTICLE III
                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

Section  3.1          Organization  of  the  Buyer;  Authority.

(a)      The Buyer is a duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under
the  laws of the State of Delaware and has all the requisite corporate power and
authority  to  enter into this Agreement, to carry out its obligations hereunder
and  to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  The Buyer is qualified
to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business requires
it  to be so qualified except to the extent the failure to so qualify would not,
either  individually  or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the
ability  of  the  Buyer  to  perform  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement.

(b)         The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance by the
Buyer  of  its  obligations  hereunder  and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated  hereby have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action
on  the  part of the Buyer.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered
by  the Buyer and assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of this
Agreement  by the Sellers, this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding
obligation  of  the  Buyer, enforceable against the Buyer in accordance with its
terms,  except  as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally
or  by  general  equitable  principles.

Section  3.2          No Conflict.     Except as provided in Schedule 3.2, and
except  as  may  result  from  any  facts or circumstances related solely to the
Sellers,  and  assuming  that  all consents, approvals, authorizations and other
actions  described  in  Section  3.3  have  been  obtained  and  all filings and
notifications  listed  in  Schedule 3.3(a) have been made, neither the Buyer nor
any  of  its  subsidiaries  is  subject  to  or  bound:

(a)       to Buyer's Knowledge (as hereinafter defined), by any provision of any
law,  statute,  rule,  regulation  or  judicial  or  administrative  decision,

(b)         by the provisions of any articles or certificate of incorporation or
by-laws,  (or similar organizational, constitutive or governing document) of the
Buyer,

(c)       to Buyer's Knowledge, by any provision of any mortgage, deed of trust,
lease,  note,  shareholders'  agreement, partnership agreement, bond, indenture,
license,  permit,  trust,  contract,  agreement,  sublease,  franchise  or other
instrument  or  arrangement  to  which the Buyer is a party as it relates to the
business  of the Buyer or by which any of such assets or properties are bound or
affected,  or

(d)       by any provision of any judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree of
any  court,  governmental  body, administrative agency or arbitrator, that would
prevent,  violate  or conflict with or under which there would be a default as a
result  of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, nor, is the
consent  of  any  person  or  entity under any material contract or agreement or
under  federal  or  state law, which has not been obtained prior to the Closing,
required  for  the  execution,  delivery,  and  performance by the Buyer of this
Agreement  and  the  transactions  contemplated  thereby, except for violations,
defaults, conflicts or failures to obtain consents or to make filings or provide
notices  which  would  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect on the Buyer or a
material  adverse  effect on the ability of the Buyer to perform its obligations
under  this  Agreement.

Section  3.3  Consents  and  Approvals.

(a)        To the Buyer's Knowledge, except as set forth on Schedule 3.3(a), the
execution,  delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Buyer will not, as
of  the  Closing  Date,  require  any  consent, approval, authorization or other
action by, or filing with or notification to, any Governmental Authority, except
(i)  the  notification  requirements  of  the HSR Act, if applicable, (ii) where
failure  to  obtain  such consent, approval, authorization or action, or to make
such  filing  or  notification,  would not have a material adverse effect on the
ability  of the Buyer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, and (iii)
as may be necessary as a result of any facts or circumstances relating solely to
the  Sellers.

(b)          Except as set forth on Schedule 3.3(b), the execution, delivery and
performance  of  this  Agreement  by the Buyer will not, as of the Closing Date,
require  any  third-party consents, approvals, authorizations or actions, except
where  failure  to  obtain  such  consents, approvals, authorizations or actions
would  not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Buyer to perform
its  obligations  under  this  Agreement.

Section  3.4       Litigation.  There is no action, suit or proceeding, claim,
arbitration  or  investigation  against  the Buyer or, to the Buyer's Knowledge,
threatened,  which,  if  adversely  determined,  (a)  would delay or prevent the
consummation  of  the  transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (b) would
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  ability of the Buyer to perform its
obligations  under  this  Agreement.  To the Buyer's Knowledge, the Buyer is not
subject  to any Governmental Order (nor, to the Buyer's Knowledge, are there any
such Governmental Orders threatened to be imposed by any Governmental Authority)
which  (x)  would  delay  or  prevent  the  consummation  of  the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, or (y) would have any material adverse effect on
the  ability  of  the  Buyer  to  perform  its obligations under this Agreement.

Section  3.5      Financing.  The Buyer has, or has available to it, all funds
necessary  to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement.

Section  3.6     Brokers.   No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or
other  Person,  other  than  NationsBanc  Montgomery  Securities,  the  fees and
expenses  of  which  will  be  paid  by  the Buyer, is entitled to any broker's,
finder's,  financial  advisor's  or  other similar fee, commission or expense in
connection  with  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement.

Section 3.7     Investment Intent.  The Buyer is acquiring the Acquired Shares
solely  for  the  purpose  of investment and not with a view to, or for offer or
sale  in  connection  with,  any  distribution  thereof.

Section 3.8     Buyer's Knowledge.  Whenever a representation or warranty made
by  Buyer herein refers to the knowledge of Buyer, or to the "Buyer's Knowledge"
it  shall be deemed to refer only to the actual knowledge (and not constructive,
imputed  or  implied  knowledge)  on the date hereof and on the Closing Date, as
applicable,  of  Robert  H. Dedman, Jr., and Terry A. Taylor, none of whom shall
have  any personal liability or obligations regarding such knowledge.  The Buyer
has  not  undertaken, nor shall it have any duty to undertake, any investigation
concerning  any  matters  as to which a representation or warranty is made as to
its  "Knowledge."

                                   ARTICLE IV
            CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS OF THE BUYER AND SELLER

Section  4.1  Conduct  of  Business  Prior  to  Closing.

(a)         The Sellers covenant and agree that, between the date hereof and the
Closing Date, they shall cause the Acquired Companies to operate in the ordinary
course  of business, consistent with past practice, except as otherwise provided
in  this  Agreement and except: (i) as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;
(ii) except as permitted by Section 4.1(b), that  the Acquired Companies may not
distribute  cash  and cash equivalents to one or more of the Sellers on or prior
to the Closing Date; and (iii) that the rights (if any) of REITCO in and to, and
the  obligations  under or arising from, (x) the tradename "Cobblestone" and (y)
that  certain  license  agreement by and among REITCO, as successor by merger to
Cobblestone  Holdings,  Inc.,  MGG and Cobblestone, pursuant to which REITCO and
MGG  currently license certain rights in and to the tradename "Cobblestone" will
be  assigned  by REITCO to MGG prior to the Closing and (iv) that the Sellers or
their  Affiliates  (including  the  Acquired  Companies)  may transfer shares of
capital  stock  of the Acquired Companies so long as (A) the Sellers transfer to
the  Buyer  pursuant  to  Article  I  hereof,  all of the issued and outstanding
Acquired  Shares,  and  (B)  the Companies own all of the issued and outstanding
capital  stock  of  their  Subsidiaries,  except  as  disclosed on the Schedules
hereto.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, from the date hereof until the
Closing,  except  as  required  by  this  Agreement  and except for transactions
expressly approved in writing by Buyer, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld,  Sellers  shall  use  commercially  reasonable  efforts  to:

(A)     Maintain inventories and pre-paid expenses at current levels, except for
purchases  and/or  sales  in  the  ordinary course of business, and maintain the
properties  and  assets  of  the  Acquired  Companies  in good repair, order and
condition,  reasonable  wear  and tear and involuntary casualty and condemnation
excepted;

(B)          Maintain and keep in full force and effect (I) all insurance on the
Acquired  Companies'  assets and property, (II) the insurance for the benefit of
employees  of  the  Acquired  Companies,  (III) all liability and other casualty
insurance,  and  (IV) all bonds on personnel, which, in each case, are currently
in  effect,  or  commercially  reasonable  substitutions  therefor;

(C)          Maintain  and operate the Acquired Companies and the properties and
assets of the Acquired Companies in compliance in all material respects with all
applicable  Laws,  including,  without  limitation and subject to the rights set
forth  in  Section  4.12  hereunder,  all  applicable  Environmental  Laws;

(D)     Manage and administer all pending and threatened litigation matters in a
manner  consistent  with  commercially  reasonable business practice, giving due
regard  to  recommendations  of  legal  counsel;

(E)      Maintain all liquor (or beer and wine, as applicable) licenses, permits
and  authorizations  required  by  Law  for the continued sale of alcohol by the
Acquired  Companies  at  those  Properties at which alcohol is presently served;

(F)        Maintain all current insurance or reinsurance policies the absence of
which  would  have  a  Material  Adverse  Effect, unless simultaneously with any
cancellation,  termination,  or  lapse,  replacement policies providing coverage
equal  to or greater than the coverage so canceled, terminated, or lapsed are in
full  force  and  effect and written copies thereof have been provided to Buyer;
and

(G)          Continue  all  capital  projects, including without limitation, the
construction  and  development  of the Blackstone Golf Club in Frisco, Texas and
the  Whitestone  Golf  Club  in  Benbro,  Texas  as  set  forth  in  the capital
expenditure  budget  attached  as  Schedule  4.1(c).

(b)      The Sellers and the Buyer agree that all intercompany accounts (if any)
between  the  Sellers  or  any  affiliate of the Sellers (other than an Acquired
Company)  on  the  one  hand and any of the Acquired Companies on the other hand
shall  be  settled by the Sellers and the Acquired Companies, at or prior to the
Closing.

(c)          In  furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Sellers
covenant  and  agree  that, except as described in Schedule 4.1(c), the Acquired
Companies  will  not,  prior  to  the Closing, without the consent of the Buyer,
which  consent  shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld  (except  as set forth in
subsections  (iv)  and  (vii)  below):

(i)       Make any purchase, sale or disposition of any asset or property with a
purchase  price  in excess of         individually or          in the aggregate,
except  as  provided  in  the  Acquired  Companies  existing  capital budget, or
mortgage,  pledge, subject to a voluntary lien or otherwise voluntarily encumber
(except  for  mechanics',  carriers', suppliers' workmen's or repairmen's liens)
any  of  its properties or assets, except for any such mortgage, pledge, lien or
encumbrance which, by its terms, will be terminated or otherwise be extinguished
at  or  prior  to  the  Closing;

(ii)         Incur any material contingent liability as a guarantor or otherwise
with  respect  to  the  obligations  of  others,  or  incur  any  other material
contingent or fixed obligations or liabilities in excess of         individually
or           in  the  aggregate;

(iii)          Make  any  change or incur any obligation to make a change in its
articles  or  certificate  of  incorporation,  by-laws  or  authorized or issued
capital  stock, except for the release of any pledge of the Acquired Shares made
by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Sellers  to  REITCO's  senior  lenders;

(iv)      Declare, set aside or pay any dividend, make any other distribution in
respect of its capital stock or make any direct or indirect redemption, purchase
or  other  acquisition  of  its  capital  stock,  except for any transfer of the
Acquired  Shares by and between the Sellers and/or their respective Subsidiaries
on  or  prior  to  the  Closing Date and provided, however, that, from and after
March  31,  1999  (provided that Sellers shall have extended the Closing Date in
accordance with Section 1.4 hereof) in no event shall the Acquired Companies pay
any  dividend,  make any distribution in respect of its capital stock, issue any
capital  stock  or  make  any  direct  or indirect redemption, purchase or other
acquisition  of  its  capital stock, make payments to any Affiliates (other than
any  other  Acquired  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries)  except only for payments
permitted  under  Sections  4.1(b)  and  4.1(c)(vi)  hereof  except  (x) for any
transfer  of  the  Acquired  Shares  by  and  between  the  Sellers and/or their
respective  Subsidiaries  on  or prior to the Closing Date, as extended, and (y)
the  Acquired  Companies shall be entitled to distribute or otherwise pay to the
Sellers amounts contributed, loaned or otherwise paid by Sellers after March 31,
1999  in  connection  with  capital  projects;

(v)      Make any change in the compensation payable or to become payable (A) to
any  of  the  officers, employees, agents or independent contractors who receive
total  annual  compensation of         or less other than in the ordinary course
of  business  consistent  with  past  practice;  or  (B) to any of its officers,
employees,  agents  or  independent  contractors  who  receive  total  annual
compensation  in  excess  of         ;

(vi)     Prepay any loans (if any) from its shareholders, officers or directors,
other  than  as  required  by  their respective terms and as required by Section
4.1(b)  hereof,  or  make  any  change  in  its  borrowing  arrangements;

(vii)          Amend,  modify  or  terminate any contract or agreement disclosed
pursuant  to  Section 2.12(a) hereof or execute or otherwise enter into or amend
or modify any contract or agreement with the Sellers or their Affiliates (except
for  the Acquired Companies) except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;

(viii)     Change any material accounting principles, policies or practices used
by its relating to the Acquired Companies, except for (A) the write-off (if any)
of  goodwill,  and  (B)  any change required by reason of a concurrent change in
generally accepted accounting principals and notice of which is given in writing
by  Sellers  to  Buyer;

(ix)          Amend  the  membership  by-laws  for  any club (each a "Club", and
collectively,  the  "Clubs") owned or operated by any of the Acquired Companies;

(x)        Sell, assign or create any life or equivalent membership in any Club;

(xi)       Sell, create or assign memberships (a) which include a change of more
than       in the pricing of any goods or services, including but not limited to
initiation  fees,  joining fees, dues, greens fees, cart fees, food, beverage or
merchandise,  either  individually or in the aggregate, or (b) in excess of
of  the  pro  rated  monthly revenue budget for memberships and initiation fees;

(xii)  sell  more  than  five  memberships  to  any  one  party;

(xiii)  Create  or  issue  any  honorary  membership  at  any  Club;

(xiv)          Collect  any  monthly  or quarterly dues (in excess of de minimis
amounts)  more  than  1  collection  period  in  advance;

(xv)        Merge or consolidate with or agree to merge or consolidate with, nor
purchase  or  agree  to  purchase  all or substantially all of the assets of, or
otherwise acquire, any other party (subject to the terms of Section 4.8 hereof);

(xvi)     Authorize for issuance, issue, sell or deliver any additional stock of
any  class  of any Acquired Company or any securities or obligations convertible
into  stock  of  any class of any Acquired Company or issue or grant any option,
warrant  or  other  right  to  purchase  any  stock of any class of any Acquired
Company;

(xvii)          Except  for the transfer of capital stock of MGG II from OPCO to
REITCO,  assign, transfer, convey, pledge or transfer any shares of any Acquired
Company's  capital  stock;

(xviii)          Modify,  amend  or  alter  any  existing credit facilities, the
obligations  with  respect  to which will remain with the Acquired Company after
the  Closing  Date;

(xix)         Cause a default by an Acquired Company under any existing material
agreement  or  contract of such Acquired Company, which default, if not willful,
could  have  a  Material  Adverse  Effect;

(xx)          Execute  or  otherwise  enter into any construction or development
agreement requiring a payment in excess of          except as otherwise provided
in  the  Acquired  Companies' capital budget attached as Schedule 4.1(c) hereto;

(xxi)        Cause or suffer any act or omission from and after the date of this
Agreement  which  would cause or result in the breach of the representations and
warranties contained in Section 2.14, which breach would have a Material Adverse
Effect; provided, however, that the disclosure of items by the Buyer pursuant to
Section  4.12 hereof shall not be deemed to be an act or omission resulting in a
breach  of  the  representations  and  warranties  contained  in  Section  2.14;

(xxii)          Take  any  affirmative action, or affirmatively fail to take any
action,  necessary  to maintain all permits, licenses and authorizations (except
as  they  relate  to  alcohol) required by Law for the operation of the Acquired
Companies  and the Properties the absence of which would have a Material Adverse
Effect;  and

(xxiii)       Agree or make any commitment to take any of the actions prohibited
by  this  Section  4.1.

Section  4.2      Investigation.  The Buyer acknowledges and agrees that it (a)
has  made its own inquiry and investigation into, and, based thereon, has formed
an  independent  judgment  concerning,  the Acquired Companies, and (b) will not
assert  any  claim against the Sellers or the Acquired Companies or any of their
respective  directors,  officers,  employees,  agents, shareholders, Affiliates,
consultants,  investment  bankers,  advisors  or  representatives,  or  hold the
Sellers  or  any  such  Persons  liable,  for any inaccuracies, misstatements or
omissions  with  respect  to  such  information furnished by the Sellers or such
Persons  concerning  the  Acquired  Companies,  other  than  any inaccuracies or
misstatements  in the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement
or  as otherwise expressly provided herein (subject to the limitations set forth
in  Section  2.18)  or in the case of fraud.  Sellers acknowledge and agree that
Buyer  will  make  its  own  investigations  and  inquiries  with respect to the
Acquired  Companies  and  Properties; provided that information obtained through
such  investigations  that  is  not  included in the Review Room will not limit,
qualify or in any manner affect Sellers' representations or warranties contained
in  this  Agreement  or  limit  Buyer's  rights to assert claims based upon such
representations  or  warranties.

Section  4.3  Access  to  Information.

(a)     From the date hereof until the Closing Date, upon reasonable notice, the
Sellers  shall,  and  shall  cause  each  Acquired  Company  and  each  of their
respective  officers, directors, employees, representatives, attorneys, auditors
and  authorized  agents  to,  (i)  afford  the  officers,  directors, employees,
authorized  agents,  auditors,  attorneys  and  representatives  of  the  Buyer
reasonable  access,  during  normal  business hours, to the offices, properties,
other  facilities,  books  and  records  of  the Acquired Companies and to those
officers, directors, employees, representatives, counsel, auditors and agents of
the  Acquired Companies who have material knowledge pertaining to the Properties
or  the  Acquired  Companies including, without limitation, access to enter upon
and  investigate  the  Properties or the Acquired Companies, and (ii) furnish to
the  officers,  directors,  employees and authorized agents, auditors, attorneys
and  representatives  of  the Buyer such additional financial and operating data
and  other  information  regarding  the Acquired Companies as the Buyer may from
time  to time reasonably request; provided, however, that (A) such investigation
shall not unreasonably interfere with any of the businesses or operations of the
Acquired Companies, (B) the Buyer shall not, prior to the Closing Date, have any
contact whatsoever with respect to the Acquired Companies or with respect to the
transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement with any partner, lender, ground
lessor,  vendor  or  supplier  of the Acquired Companies, except in consultation
with  the  Sellers and then only with the express prior approval of the Sellers,
which  approval  shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld  or delayed, and (C) all
requests  by the Buyer for access or information pursuant to this Section 4.3(a)
shall be submitted or directed exclusively to an individual or individuals to be
designated  by  the  Sellers.    The Buyer shall not be permitted to conduct any
invasive  tests on any Property without the Sellers' and the applicable Acquired
Company's  prior  written  consent,  which  consent  shall  not  be unreasonably
withheld or delayed.  The Buyer agrees to indemnify the Sellers from and against
any  and all Losses (as hereinafter defined) suffered by the Sellers as a result
of  any  actions  taken  by  the  Buyer  with  respect to the investigations and
inspections  contemplated  hereby  (excluding  any  Losses  associated  with any
pre-existing  Environmental  Conditions  discovered or identified as a result of
the  exercise  of  Buyer's  rights  under  Section  4.12  below).

(b)          During  the preparation, review and dispute resolution time periods
contemplated  by Section 1.3, upon reasonable notice, the Buyer shall, and shall
cause  each  Acquired  Company  (or  any  successor  thereto)  and each of their
respective  officers, directors, employees, representatives, attorneys, auditors
and  authorized  agents  to,  (i)  afford  the  officers,  directors, employees,
auditors,  attorneys,  authorized  agents  and  representatives  of  the Sellers
reasonable  access,  during  normal  business hours, to the offices, properties,
books  and  records  of  the  Acquired Companies (or any successor or successors
thereto),  (ii)  furnish  to  the  officers,  directors,  employees,  auditors,
attorneys,  authorized agents and representatives of the Sellers such additional
financial  and  operating  data  and  other  information  regarding the Acquired
Companies  (or any successor or successors thereto) as the Sellers may from time
to  time  reasonably  request to perform its obligations, or avail itself of its
rights,  contained, in each case, in Section 1.3 hereof; provided, however, that
such  investigation  shall not unreasonably interfere with any of the businesses
or  operations  of  the  Acquired  Companies  (or  any  successor  or successors
thereto).

(c)       In order to facilitate the resolution of any claims made by or against
or  incurred by the Buyer of the Acquired Companies after the Closing or for any
other reasonable purpose, for a period of seven (7) years following the Closing,
the  Sellers  shall (i) retain the books and records of the Sellers which relate
to  the Acquired Companies and their operations for periods prior to the Closing
and  which  shall not otherwise have been delivered to the Buyer or the Acquired
Companies  and  (ii)  upon  reasonable  notice,  afford the officers, directors,
employees,  authorized  agents,  auditors,  attorneys and representatives of the
Buyer  and  Acquired  Companies  reasonable  access (including the right to make
photocopies,  at  the  expense  of  the Buyer or the Acquired Companies), during
normal  business  hours,  following reasonable notice thereof, to such books and
records.

(d)       In order to facilitate the resolution of any claims made by or against
or  incurred  by  the Sellers after the Closing in respect of their ownership of
the  Acquired  Companies  or  for  any other reasonable purpose, for a period of
seven  (7)  years  following  the  Closing, the Buyer shall, and shall cause the
Acquired  Companies  to,  (i)  retain  the books and records of the Buyer or the
Acquired  Companies,  as the case may be, and their operations for periods prior
to  the  Closing and which shall not otherwise have been retained by the Sellers
and  (ii)  upon  reasonable  notice,  afford the officers, directors, employees,
authorized  agents,  auditors,  attorneys  and  representatives  of  the Sellers
reasonable  access  (including  the right to make photocopies, at the expense of
the Sellers), during normal business hours, following reasonable notice thereof,
to  such  books  and  records.

Section 4.4     Confidentiality.  Subject to the requirements of applicable Law
until  the Closing, the parties will, and will instruct each of their respective
Affiliates,  associates,  partners,  employees,  directors,  officers,  agents,
attorneys,  auditors,  investment  bankers,  representatives  and  advisors (the
"Representatives")  to,  hold  in  confidence  all  such  information  as  is
confidential  or  proprietary, will use such information only in connection with
the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, if this
Agreement  is  terminated in accordance with its terms, will deliver promptly to
the  others  (or destroy and certify to the other the destruction of) all copies
of  such  information (and any copies, compilations or extracts thereof or based
thereon)  then  in  their  possession or under their control.  Each party hereto
agrees  that  money  damages  would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of
this  Section  4.4  by the other party hereto or any of its Representatives, and
that,  in  addition  to  all  other  remedies, such non-breaching party shall be
entitled  to  specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief as a
remedy  for  any such breach, and each such party further agrees to waive and to
use  its best efforts to cause its Representatives to waive, any requirement for
the  securing  or  posting of any bond in connection with any such remedy.  Each
party  agrees to be responsible for any breach of this Section 4.4 by any of its
Representatives.   Nothing contained in this Section 4.4 shall effect, modify or
otherwise  limit  the  respective  agreements  and  other  obligations  of  Club
Corporation  of  America (now known as ClubCorp USA, Inc.), on the one hand, and
Sellers, on the other, contained in that certain Confidentiality Agreement dated
as  of  November  15,  1998,  (the  "Confidentiality  Agreement"),  which
Confidentiality  Agreement  shall  remain  in  full  force  and  effect.

Section  4.5          Regulatory  and  Other  Authorizations;  Consents.

(a)       The Sellers shall use their good faith commercially reasonable efforts
to  obtain  (or  cause  the  Acquired  Companies  to obtain) the authorizations,
consents,  orders and approvals that are or become necessary for their execution
and  delivery  of,  and  the  performance of their obligations pursuant to, this
Agreement,  including,  without  limitation,  the  consent  of  (i) Governmental
Authorities,  (ii) landlords under the ground leases, and (iii) lenders, and the
Buyer  shall  cooperate fully with the Sellers in promptly seeking to obtain all
such  authorizations,  consents,  orders  and approvals.  If required by the HSR
Act,  each  party  hereto agrees to make an appropriate filing of a Notification
and  Report  Form  pursuant  to  the  HSR  Act  with respect to the transactions
contemplated  by  this  Agreement  (the  "Notification  Form")  within  ten (10)
business  days  after  the  date  hereof  and  to supply promptly any additional
information  and  documentary material that may be requested pursuant to the HSR
Act.    The parties hereto will not take any action that will have the effect of
delaying,  impairing  or  impeding  the  receipt  of  any  required  approvals.

(b)       The Sellers shall give promptly, or shall cause the Acquired Companies
to  give  promptly,  such  notices  to  third  parties  and  use  its  or  their
commercially  reasonable  efforts (without, however, any obligation to incur any
costs,  liability  or  other obligation, in excess of de minimis amounts, except
that  the Sellers shall pay any consent or other transfer fee or similar payment
required  to be paid to the lessor in connection with the granting of a Required
Consent (as defined in Section 7.3(b) hereof)) under any ground lease identified
on  Schedule  4.13,  to obtain such third party consents as the Buyer may in its
sole  and absolute discretion deem necessary or desirable in connection with the
transactions  contemplated  by this Agreement; provided, however, that the forms
of  such  notice  and/or  consent  shall be reasonably acceptable to Sellers and
Buyer;  and  provided,  further,  however, that any failure to obtain such third
party  consents  shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or a failure of
any  condition  to Closing nor shall it give rise to any right of termination on
the  part  of the Buyer or impose any independent obligation or liability on the
Sellers  except  as  otherwise  set  forth  in  this  Agreement.

(c)        The Buyer shall use its good faith commercially reasonable efforts to
assist the Sellers in obtaining the consents of third parties listed in Schedule
2.6(b),  including (i) providing to such third parties such financial statements
and  other  financial  information as such third parties may reasonably request,
(ii)  agreeing  to  commercially  reasonable  adjustments  to  the  terms of the
agreements  with such third parties (provided that neither party hereto shall be
required  to agree to any increase in the amount payable with respect thereto so
long  as  there  shall  be no increase in Buyer's obligations or decrease in its
rights  other  than  to  a  de minimis extent) and (iii) executing agreements to
effect the assumption of such agreements on or before the Closing Date effective
from  and  after  the  Closing  Date.

(d)      The Buyer assumes as of the Closing Date, and will continue to honor in
accordance with the respective provision, any and all obligations of the Sellers
arising from and after such date relating to and arising from Section 6.9(a) (to
the  extent  the  Buyer  is  acquiring any entity covered thereby or a successor
thereto)  of  that  certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of January 11,
1998  among  REITCO, OPCO and Cobblestone Holdings, Inc., as amended.  The Buyer
agrees  to  indemnify the Sellers for any and all Losses incurred by the Sellers
arising  out  of  the  breach  of  any  such  obligations.

Section  4.6          Further Action.  Each of the parties hereto shall use its
respective  best efforts to take or cause to be taken all appropriate action, do
or  cause  to be done all things necessary, proper or advisable, and execute and
deliver  such  documents  and  other papers, as may be required to carry out the
provisions  of this Agreement and consummate and make effective the transactions
contemplated  by  this  Agreement.

Section  4.7      Press Releases.  The parties hereto will, and will cause each
of  their  Affiliates to, maintain this Agreement confidential and will not, and
will  cause  each  of their Affiliates not to, issue or cause the publication of
any press release or other public announcement with respect to this Agreement or
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby without the prior written consent of the
other  party  hereto which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided,
however, that nothing herein will prohibit the Sellers or the Buyer from issuing
or  causing  publication of any such press release or public announcement to the
extent  that  such  party reasonably determines, after consultation with outside
legal  counsel, such action to be required by Law or the rules of any applicable
self-regulatory  organization,  in  which  event  such  party  will  use  its
commercially  reasonable  efforts  to  allow  the other party reasonable time to
comment on such release or announcement in advance of its issuance.  The parties
acknowledge  that  a  press  release  in  the form of Schedule 4.7 shall be made
immediately  following  the  execution  of  this  Agreement.

Section  4.8  No  Solicitation.

(a)         Except as otherwise provided herein, unless and until this Agreement
shall  have  been terminated in accordance with its terms, the Sellers agree and
covenant that (i) neither Seller nor any of their respective subsidiaries shall,
and  each  of  them  shall  direct  and  use  their  best efforts to cause their
respective  officers,  directors,  employees,  agents  and  representatives
(including,  without  limitation,  any investment banker, attorney or accountant
retained  by  it  or  any  of  its subsidiaries) not to, directly or indirectly,
initiate,  solicit or encourage any inquiries or the making or implementation of
any  proposal  or  offer  with  respect  to  a  merger,  acquisition, or similar
transaction  involving  the  purchase  of the Acquired Companies or the Acquired
Shares  (any  such  proposal  or  offer  being  hereinafter  referred  to  as an
"Acquisition  Proposal")  or  engage  in  any  negotiations with, or provide any
confidential  information  or  data to, or have any discussions with, any person
relating  to,  an  Acquisition  Proposal,  or otherwise facilitate any effort or
attempt  to  make  or  implement  an  Acquisition  Proposal.

(b)        Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement to the contrary,
the  Boards of Directors of the Sellers may furnish information to or enter into
discussions  or negotiations with any person that makes an unsolicited bona fide
proposal  to  purchase  the  Acquired  Companies, whether by merger, purchase of
capital  stock  or  all  or  substantially  all  of their assets or otherwise (a
"Proposal"),  if  the Boards of Directors of the Sellers determine in good faith
that  the  Proposal,  if  consummated as proposed, would result in a transaction
more  favorable to the Sellers' stockholders from a financial point of view than
the  transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement  (any  such  Proposal being
referred  to  herein  as  a  "Superior  Proposal").

Section  4.9  Tax  Cooperation;  Structuring  Matters.

(a)       After the Closing, Sellers shall, and shall cause their Affiliates to,
cooperate fully with Buyer in the preparation of all Tax Returns (other than Tax
Returns with respect to the period of ownership of an Acquired Company by REITCO
as  a  qualified REIT subsidiary, which shall be prepared and filed or caused to
be filed in a manner consistent with past practice and in the ordinary course of
business  (subject  to any departure required to comply with any applicable law)
relating  to periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date and shall provide to
Buyer,  or  cause to be provided, at Sellers' sole cost and expense, any records
and  other  information  reasonably  requested  by  such  parties  in connection
therewith  as well as access to, and the cooperation of, the auditors of Sellers
and  their  Affiliates.  After the Closing, Sellers shall, and shall cause their
Affiliates  to,  cooperate  fully  with  Buyer  in  connection  with  any  tax
investigation,  audit  or  other  proceeding relating to the Acquired Companies.
After  the  Closing,  Buyer  shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, cooperate
fully with Sellers in the preparation of all tax returns required to be filed by
Sellers  relating  to the golf business and to periods ending on or prior to the
Closing  Date  and  shall provide to Sellers, or cause to be provided at Buyer's
sole  cost  and  expense,  any  records  and other information requested by such
parties  in  connection  therewith as well as access to, and the cooperation of,
Buyer's  auditors.    Any  information  obtained pursuant to this Section 4.9 or
pursuant to any other Section hereof providing for the sharing of information or
the  review  of  any  tax  return  or  other Schedule relating to taxes shall be
subject  to  Section  4.4  hereof.

(b)         If and to the extent so requested by the Sellers, and subject to the
Buyer's  reasonable  judgment that all other conditions precedent of the Sellers
to  the  Closing  have  been,  or  will be, satisfied or waived, the Sellers may
revise  the  method  of  effecting  Buyer's  acquisition  of  MGG, MGG II and/or
Cobblestone, including without limitation an acquisition of all of the assets of
such  entity  or  entities;  provided,  however,  that  (i)  any  breach of this
Agreement  by  Buyer  and any inability of the Buyer to satisfy any condition to
the  Closing arising, in each case, solely as a result of such revised method of
effecting  such  acquisition  shall  not be deemed a breach or a failure of such
condition  to  the  Closing,  and (ii) the Buyer receives substantially the same
economic  benefit  as  a  result  of  such  revised transaction as it would have
received  as  a  result  of  acquiring the Acquired Shares.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  the  Sellers  shall  have  the  right,  in their sole discretion, to
convert MGG, MGG II and/or Cobblestone into a limited liability company which is
treated  as  a  "disregarded"  entity  for  Federal  income  tax purposes, or to
transfer the "Cobblestone" trade name and any similar intangibles held by MGG to
a  corporation  all  of  the capital stock of which would be owned by MGG and/or
Cobblestone.    The  parties hereto agree that they will execute, and will cause
their  respective  direct  and indirect subsidiaries to execute, such agreements
and documents and such amendments to this Agreement and any related documents as
shall  be  appropriate  in  order  to  reflect  such  revised  structure.

Section  4.10  Repair  of  Damage;  Condemnation.

(a)          In  the  event that prior to the Closing there is any damage to the
Properties, or any part thereof, which has not been restored prior to Closing to
substantially  similar  condition  as  immediately prior to the date such damage
occurred,  Buyer  shall  accept such Properties in their then-current condition,
and  Sellers  shall  remit  to  the  Buyer  the net amount of insurance proceeds
actually  received by Sellers with respect to such damage, and Buyer and Sellers
shall  proceed  with  the  Closing.

(b)     In the event that prior to the Closing, any portion of the Properties is
subject  to  a  taking,  Buyer shall accept the Properties in their then-current
condition  and  proceed  with the Closing, in which case Sellers shall remit the
net  amount  of  any  award actually received by Sellers in connection with such
taking.    In  the  event  of  any such taking that will have a Material Adverse
Effect, Sellers shall not compromise, settle, or adjust any claims to such award
without  Buyer's  prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld  or  delayed.

(c)        Sellers agree to give Buyer prompt notice of any taking of, or damage
to,  any  material  part  of  the  Properties.

Section  4.11  Liquor  Licenses.

(a)          The  parties hereto agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to
preserve  or  to  otherwise  obtain  those authorizations, consents or approvals
necessary  to assure that each Property currently operating with a liquor (beer)
license,  or that is in the process of applying for such license, either retains
such  liquor  (beer)  license immediately prior to the Closing or receives a new
liquor  (beer) license no later than the Closing Date provided, however, that in
the  event  the  Sellers  use  their commercially reasonable efforts as provided
herein,  neither  Sellers nor any of their Affiliates or subsidiaries shall have
any liability or obligation to Buyer or any person claiming through Buyer in the
event  that  any or all such liquor (beer) licenses, authorizations, consents or
approvals  are  not  retained  or  received,  as  applicable.

(b)     The Sellers and the Buyer agree that, in the event any consent, approval
or authorization necessary or desirable to preserve or otherwise obtain a liquor
(beer)  license  for  any  Property  is  not  obtained prior to the Closing, the
Sellers  will,  subsequent  to  the  Closing,  cooperate  with the Buyer and the
Acquired  Companies  (at  Buyer's sole cost and expense) in attempting to obtain
such  consent,  approval or authorization as promptly thereafter as practicable.
Until  such  consent,  approval  or  authorization can be obtained, but (I) with
respect  to those liquor (beer) licenses which have been issued and are in place
immediately  prior  to  Closing only and (II) for a period not to exceed six (6)
months  after  Closing, the Sellers, will enter into such customary arrangements
(including,  without  limitation,  reasonable  compensation  to the Sellers (but
without  a  profit  component), the assumption of all loss, cost, obligation and
liability  of  any  kind  or  nature,  the  full  indemnification  of Sellers in
connection  therewith  and the maintenance of all applicable insurance by Buyer)
as  the Buyer may reasonably request and the Sellers' shall reasonably agree to,
subject in all events to applicable Law and at Buyer's sole cost and expense, to
provide  the Buyer or the Acquired Companies with the rights and benefits of the
existing  liquor  (beer) license for such period.  Notwithstanding the forgoing,
Buyer  and  Sellers  acknowledge and agree that (i) certain of the liquor (beer)
licenses  may  not  be under the direct control of the Sellers, and as a result,
provided that Sellers undertake, in a commercially reasonable manner, to require
that  the  holder(s)  of  the  liquor (beer) license enters into the arrangement
contemplated  in  the preceding sentence, Sellers' obligations set forth therein
shall  be  deemed  satisfied,  (ii)  certain governmental and quasi-governmental
agencies  and  authorities  (including  without  limitation,  applicable alcohol
beverage  commissions  and  comparable  entities)  may  prohibit  or  materially
restrict  the  use  by  Buyer  of the rights and benefits of the existing liquor
(beer)  licenses,  in which event (provided that Sellers cooperate in good faith
with  the Buyer in order to structure a customary arrangement which will provide
the  Buyer  with the rights and benefits of the existing liquor (beer) licenses)
Sellers'  obligations  under  the  preceding sentence shall be waived as to each
applicable  liquor  (beer)  license  (it  being  further  acknowledged  that the
customary  arrangements contemplated above may differ in various jurisdictions),
(iii)  REITCO  is  a  publicly  traded  company  and has a material and on-going
interest  in  maintaining strict controls over the public's perception of REITCO
and its affiliates, which interest shall be a material concern to both Buyer and
Sellers  in  establishing  any  contemplated  customary  arrangements.

(c)        It is the intention of the Buyer pursuant to this Section 4.11 (which
intention  is  acknowledged  by  the  Sellers  in  agreeing  to  (i)  use  their
commercially reasonable efforts to preserve or obtain the necessary licenses and
consents  as  provided in (a) above, and (ii) make available, on customary terms
reasonably  acceptable  to Sellers, the rights and benefits of Sellers' existing
liquor licenses as provided in (b) above), that to the maximum extent reasonable
and  provided  that the terms of this Section 4.11 are satisfied, there shall be
little  or  no  interruption  in  the  sale  of  alcohol  at  any  Property.

Section  4.12       Environmental Assessments. Prior to the Closing Date, Buyer
and  Buyer's  environmental  consultant,  which  consultant  shall be reasonably
satisfactory  to  Sellers (it being agreed that ATC is reasonably satisfactory),
shall  be  permitted  reasonable access to the Properties (or any one or more of
them), for the sole purpose of conducting Phase I environmental site assessments
of such Properties which conform to the ASTM Standard Practice for Environmental
Site  Assessments:  Phase  I  Process  E  1527-97, modified to include a limited
asbestos  survey.  Such access shall be under reasonable terms and conditions so
as not to materially interfere with the operations of the Sellers.  In the event
that  Buyer's  environmental consultant, upon the conclusion of the Phase I site
assessment,  reasonably  recommends  any  Phase  II  assessment  or  subsurface
investigation  of the Properties, including but not limited to soil, sediment or
groundwater testing or sampling, borings, installation or sampling of monitoring
wells  (generally,  "Phase II Investigations"), permission for access to perform
such  Phase  II  Investigations  must be obtained in writing from the Sellers in
advance of any such activity, such permission not to be unreasonably withheld or
delayed  (and  to be granted provided that such Phase II Investigations are of a
usual  and  customary  nature in consideration of the issue which is the subject
matter  of  such  Phase  II  Investigation).    If  Buyer  conducts any Phase II
Investigations  on  the  Properties,  Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold Sellers
harmless from any and all damages, losses, liabilities, expenses, costs, claims,
actions, suits, proceedings, assessments, orders, judgments, fines and penalties
(including  without  limitation,  reasonable  legal,  accounting,  consulting,
engineering  and  other expenses), which may be incurred, arise out of or result
from  any acts and omissions of Buyer, its employees, agents and representatives
taken  in connection with such Phase II Investigations.  This provision, and any
rights  with respect to pre-closing environmental investigations, testing and/or
site  assessments,  applies  only  to  the  Properties.    Any  and all testing,
investigations  and/or site assessments shall be at the sole cost and expense of
the  Buyer.

Section  4.13    Property  Holdback  Rights.   On or prior to the date which is
fifteen  (15) days prior to the Closing Date (as the same may have been extended
by  Sellers  in  accordance  with  Section  1.4 above, the "Holdback Designation
Date"), Sellers shall have the right to deliver to the Buyer a property holdback
designation letter for any Property (a "Holdback Property") for which a Required
Consent  under a ground lease or other agreement identified on Schedule 4.13 has
not  been  obtained  by  such  date (a "Holdback Letter") in accordance with the
terms,  conditions  and  limitations  set  forth in this Section 4.13.  Sellers'
failure  to  deliver to the Buyer, on or prior to the Holdback Designation Date,
an  executed  Holdback  Letter  shall  be  conclusively  deemed  as  Sellers'
confirmation  of  the  absence of any Holdback Properties.  Sellers specifically
waive any right to deliver a Holdback Letter after the Holdback Designation Date
unless  the  Sellers incur all costs incurred in connection with the exercise of
the  rights  hereunder,  including  any  incremental  costs  resulting from such
failure  to timely deliver a Holdback Letter.  Notwithstanding the delivery of a
Holdback  Letter  by  the  Sellers  with  respect  to  any  one or more Holdback
Properties,  the  Buyer shall have the right, by written notice delivered to the
Sellers  on  or before the date which is ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date
(or  such  later date if accepted by the Sellers), to waive the Required Consent
requirement  with  respect  to  any  or  all  such  Holdback  Properties  and to
thereafter  proceed  to  Closing  with respect to such Holdback Properties as if
such  Required  Consent  had  been  obtained.

Notwithstanding  anything  to  the contrary contained in this Agreement, and for
the  purposes  of  this Section 4.13 only, the Buyer and the Sellers irrevocably
agree  that  the  allocated  purchase  price (individually and collectively, the
"Allocated  Value")  with  respect to each Property that could become a Holdback
Property  (i.e.,  the Properties identified on Schedule 4.13), in the event such
Property  becomes  a  Holdback  Property  hereunder, is as set forth on Schedule
4.13,  it  being  further  acknowledged  that  such allocation does not have any
bearing  or  relationship  to,  and  has  been  derived  independently from, the
allocation  of  the  Purchase  Price  set  forth  elsewhere  in  this Agreement.

With  respect  to  each Holdback Property, the Closing Date with respect to such
Holdback  Property  shall be deferred to the earlier of (x) the day which is six
(6)  months  after  the  Closing  Date, or (y) the day that is fifteen (15) days
following  receipt  of  the  applicable Required Consent (the "Holdback Property
Closing  Date").

With  respect  to each Holdback Property, Buyer and Sellers, respectively, shall
remain fully obligated to purchase and sell (i) such Holdback Properties (or the
Acquired  Shares  of  the entity which owns such Holdback Property) and (ii) all
other  Acquired  Shares  (and  the  Properties related thereto) on the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement, provided that (i) the aggregate Purchase
Price  payable  on the Closing Date, pursuant to Section 1.3(a) above applicable
to  all  other Acquired Shares (and the Properties related thereto) shall be (x)
reduced  by the Allocated Value of the Holdback Property or Holdback Properties.
Any  costs  incurred  with respect to the holdback of a Holdback Property (which
may  include  a real property transfer) shall be for the account of the Sellers.

With  respect  to  the  Holdback Properties, (i) an amount equal to
      of  the Allocated Value of each Holdback Property shall be retained by the
Escrow  Agent  as  a  continuing  deposit  subject to disposition, as liquidated
damages,  in  accordance  with Article IX as to such Holdback Property; and (ii)
the  Closing  Date with respect to the Holdback Properties shall be the Holdback
Property  Closing  Date.  It is the intention of the parties hereunder that: the
Holdback  Property  Closing  Date  shall  be  deemed to be the Closing Date with
respect  to  the  Holdback Properties under this Agreement; that on the Holdback
Property  Closing  Date  the Holdback Properties (or the Acquired Shares related
thereto)  shall be conveyed to the Buyer in exchange for the Allocated Value for
each  Holdback  Property, and that; with respect to the Holdback Properties, the
date  of  March  31,  1999  as set forth in Section 9.1(b) shall be deemed to be
              time  being  of  the  essence with respect to such dates.

The  Sellers  and  the Buyer agree that, with respect to each Holdback Property,
the  applicable Acquired Company and the Buyer shall, with respect to the period
ending  on  the  Holdback  Property Closing Date with respect to each applicable
Holdback  Property,  enter  into  such management or other arrangements, each in
form  and substance reasonably acceptable to the Buyers and Sellers, but only if
such  arrangements  can  be  entered  into  and  performed without violating the
provisions  of  any  law  or  any  agreement  or other contracts relating to the
applicable  Holdback  Property  so  as  to  provide Buyer, to the maximum extent
reasonably possible, with the net economic benefits as if such Holdback Property
had  been  acquired  by  Buyer  on  the  initial  Closing  Date.


Section  4.14  Observation  Rights;  Certain  Communications.

(a)       Commencing on the date which is one (1) Business Day after the date of
this Agreement, Buyer's representatives shall have the right, from time to time,
to  visit  and  observe  all  of  the  Properties  and Cobblestone corporate and
regional headquarters during normal business hours, provided, however, that such
visits  and  observations  shall  not  unreasonably  interfere  with  the normal
business  operations of the Acquired Companies.  Such visitation and observation
rights  shall  include  the  right  to  attend  all  meetings  relating  to  the
operations,  management,  financial  and  accounting  matters  of  the  Acquired
Companies,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  all meetings attended by persons
identified  in  Section 2.18(c) excluding meetings relating to the conveyance of
the  Acquired  Companies  to  Buyer.    Sellers  shall  use their good faith and
commercially  reasonable  efforts  to  provide  timely  notice  to  Buyer's
representatives  of  each  of  such  meetings  and  to  accommodate  Buyer's
representatives'  reasonable  requests  for access to office space, services and
equipment.    Buyer's  rights  hereunder shall be subject, in all events, to the
Confidentiality  Agreement  (as  defined  in  Section  4.4).

(b)       The Buyer and Sellers agree that, in the event Buyer identifies issues
with  respect  to  the  operation  or  management  of  the Acquired Companies in
connection  with  the  exercise  of its rights under Section 4.14(a) hereof that
Buyer  believes  in  good  faith  and  in  its  commercially reasonable business
judgment  to  be  detrimental  to, or to have an adverse impact on, the Acquired
Companies  or  their  respective  operations,  representatives  of the Buyer may
engage  in discussions about such issues with the Sellers' Designees.  The Buyer
and  the  Sellers,  through  the Sellers' Designees, agree to communicate and to
work together in good faith with respect to such issues in order to correct such
issues,  if  appropriate,  or  to  develop a plan or process to address any such
issues  in  order  to  preserve the Acquired Companies operations and reputation
[goodwill].  For purposes, hereof, the term "Sellers' Designees" shall initially
mean  Michael  S.  Benjamin  and  David  F.  Benson or such other officer or key
employee  of  a  Seller  as  may subsequently be identified to Buyer in writing.

(c)          The Sellers shall endeavor, in good faith, to notify Buyer promptly
after  the  Sellers  obtain  Sellers'  Knowledge  (as defined in Section 2.18(a)
hereof)  of any breach of any of Sellers' covenants under Section 4.1, provided,
however, that (i) Sellers shall have no obligation to notify Buyer of any breach
of  which  Buyer has Buyer's Knowledge (as defined in Section 3.8, but including
for  such  purposes the knowledge of those individuals who may from time to time
perform  those  actions  permitted  by Section 4.14(a) and (b) hereof), and (ii)
Sellers  agreement  hereunder  shall  not  impose  any  additional  liability or
obligation  under  this  Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE  V
                              EMPLOYEE  MATTERS

Section  5.1  Employees.

(a)          The  Buyer  shall  ensure that all persons who were employed by the
Acquired  Companies  immediately  preceding the Closing Date, including those on
vacation,  leave  of absence or disability (the "Acquired Companies Employees"),
will  remain  employed  in  a  comparable  position on and immediately after the
Closing  Date  for  such  period of time as determined by the Buyer, at not less
than  the  same  base  rate of pay, except as otherwise provided in this Section
5.1.    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Buyer shall not, at any time prior to
60 days after the Closing Date, effectuate a "plant closing" or "mass layoff" as
those terms are defined in the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act
of  1988  ("WARN"),  or  comparable  conduct  under  any  applicable  state law,
affecting  in  whole or in part any facility, site of employment, operating unit
or  employee  of  any of the Acquired Companies without complying fully with the
requirements  of  WARN.

(b)        To the extent permissible under applicable law and to the extent that
service  is  relevant for purposes of eligibility and vesting under any employee
benefit  plan,  program  or  arrangement  established or maintained by the Buyer
(other than any defined benefit pension plan) following the Closing Date for the
benefit  of  Acquired  Companies  Employees at such time as any employee benefit
plan,  program or arrangement is made available to Acquired Companies Employees,
such  plan, program or arrangement shall credit such employees for service on or
prior  to  the  Closing  Date that was recognized by the Sellers or the Acquired
Companies,  as the case may be, for purposes of employee benefit plans, programs
or  arrangements  (including  vacation  policies) maintained by any of them.  In
addition,  with  respect to any welfare benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(1)
of  ERISA) established or maintained by the Buyer following the Closing Date for
the  benefit  of  Acquired  Companies Employees, to the extent permissible under
applicable  law, such plan shall waive any pre-existing condition exclusions and
provide  that  any  covered  expenses  incurred  during the 1999 plan year on or
before  the  Closing  Date  by  an  Acquired  Company  Employee  or by a covered
dependent  shall  be  taken  into  account for purposes of satisfying applicable
deductible  coinsurance  and  maximum out-of-pocket provisions after the Closing
Date.

(c)     Buyer agrees that either Buyer or the Acquired Companies will make COBRA
continuation  coverage  available  to  individuals  who  are  COBRA  qualified
beneficiaries  under  the  Benefit  Plans immediately prior to the Closing Date.

Section  5.2          Employee Benefits.  For a period of one year following the
Closing    Date,  the  Buyer shall provide the Acquired Companies Employees with
benefits  that either are (i) substantially comparable, in the aggregate, to the
benefits  provided under the Benefit Plans as in effect immediately prior to the
Closing  Date  or  (ii)  the  same as the benefits generally made available to a
majority  of  the  Buyer's  similarly  situated  employees.

Section 5.3     Other Employee Benefits.  From and after the Closing Date, Buyer
will,  or  will  cause the Acquired Companies to, honor in accordance with their
terms  all  of the severance payments pursuant to Severance Arrangements between
any  of the Acquired Companies and the Acquired Companies Employees in effect as
of  the  date  hereof and listed on Schedule 2.12(a).  Seller shall honor and be
liable  for  all  payments  related  to  the  Retention  Bonuses.

Section  5.4          Indemnity.  Anything  in  this  Agreement  to the contrary
notwithstanding,  (i) the Buyer hereby agrees to indemnify the Sellers and their
respective  Affiliates  against  and  hold  the  Sellers  and  their  respective
Affiliates  harmless  from  any  and  all  Losses arising out of or otherwise in
respect  of  (a)  any  claim  made  by any Acquired Company Employee against the
Sellers  or  any  of  their Affiliates for any severance or termination benefits
pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  the  Severance Arrangements or any applicable
federal  or  state law arising after the Closing, (b) any action taken after the
Closing  by the Buyer with respect to any plan (including any Benefit Plan), (c)
any  claim  for  payments  or  benefits by Acquired Companies Employees or their
beneficiaries  under  any  Benefit  Plan,  and  (d)  any failure of the Buyer to
discharge  their  obligations  under this Article V, and (ii) the Sellers hereby
jointly  and  severally  agree to indemnify the Buyer and its Affiliates against
and  hold  the Buyer and its Affiliates harmless from any and all Losses arising
out  of  or  otherwise  in  respect  of  any  claim made by any Acquired Company
Employee  against  the Buyer or any of its Affiliates for any Retention Bonuses,
in  the  case of clauses (i) and (ii), without regard to the Threshold Amount or
the  Maximum Amount (as defined in Article VIII hereof); provided, however, that
the  procedural requirements of Sections 8.2 and 8.3 shall apply to Sellers' and
the  Buyer's  indemnification  obligations  under  this  Section  5.4.

Section  5.5        No Third Party Beneficiaries.  Notwithstanding anything else
contained  herein  to the contrary, nothing in this Article V shall be construed
to create any third party beneficiary rights in any person who is not a party to
this  Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE  VI
                                 TAX  MATTERS

Section  6.1        Conveyance Taxes; Costs.  The Buyer shall be liable for and
shall  hold the Sellers harmless against any real property transfer, sales, use,
transfer,  value  added,  excise, stock transfer, stamp, recording, registration
and  any similar Taxes that become payable in connection with the acquisition by
the  Buyer  contemplated  hereby,  and  the  applicable  parties shall file such
applications  and documents as shall permit any such Tax to be assessed and paid
on or prior to the Closing Date in accordance with any available pre-sale filing
procedure.    The  Sellers agree to cooperate with the Buyer and, subject to the
other  terms  of  this Agreement, to take any action reasonably requested by the
Buyer, at no cost to the Sellers, in order to minimize the amount of such Taxes.
The parties shall execute and deliver all instruments and certificates necessary
to permit compliance with the foregoing.  The Buyer shall pay the entire cost of
any title insurance (for itself or any lender, including lenders of indebtedness
assumed by the Buyer hereunder), surveys, title inspections, and appraisals that
the  Buyer  elects  to  obtain  in connection with the transactions contemplated
hereby.    The  Buyer  shall  pay any and all attorneys' fees of its lenders and
lenders  of  indebtedness  assumed  by  the  Buyer  hereunder.

Section  6.2         Treatment of Indemnity Payments.  All payments made by the
Sellers  or  the  Buyer,  as the case may be, to or for the benefit of the other
party  pursuant to any indemnification obligations under this Agreement shall be
treated  as  adjustments  to the consideration for Tax purposes, and such agreed
treatment  shall  govern  for  purposes  of  this  Agreement.

Section  6.3       Employee Withholding.  The Sellers and the Buyer agree that,
pursuant  to and to the extent permitted by the "Alternative Procedure" provided
in Section 5 of Revenue Procedure 84-77, 1984-2 C.B. 753, with respect to filing
and  furnishing  IRS Forms W-2, W-3 and 941, (a) the Sellers and the Buyer shall
each  report  on  a "predecessor-successor" basis, as set forth therein, (b) the
Sellers  shall  be relieved from furnishing Forms W-2 for the 1999 calendar year
to  any of the Sellers' employees that become employees of the Buyer and (c) the
Buyer  shall  assume the obligations of the Sellers to furnish such Forms W-2 to
such  employees  for  the  full  1999  calendar  year.

                                 ARTICLE  VII
                           CONDITIONS  TO  CLOSING

Section  7.1      Conditions to the Obligations of Each Party.  The respective
obligations  of  each  party to consummate the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement  shall  be  subject  to the satisfaction or waiver, at or prior to the
Closing, of each of the following conditions, any or all of which may be waived,
in  whole  or  in  part  by the parties hereto (but only to the extent that such
matter  is  a  precondition  to  the  obligations of such waiving party), to the
extent  permitted  by  applicable  law:

(a)       HSR Act.  Any waiting period (and any extension thereof) under the HSR
Act  applicable  to the transactions to be consummated at the Closing shall have
expired  or  been  terminated;  and

(b)      No Order.  No Governmental Authority or court of competent jurisdiction
shall  have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any statute, rule,
regulation,  injunction  or  other  order  (whether  temporary,  preliminary  or
permanent)  that  is  in  effect  and  has the effect of making the transactions
contemplated  by this Agreement for the Closing illegal or otherwise restraining
or  prohibiting  consummation  of such transactions; provided, however, that the
provisions  of  this Section 7.1(b) shall not apply to a party unless such party
has  used  its  best  efforts  to  have  any  such  order or injunction vacated.

Section  7.2     Conditions to Obligations of the Sellers.  The obligations of
the  Sellers to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall
be subject to the satisfaction or waiver, at or prior to the Closing, of each of
the  following  conditions:

(a)         Covenants.  All covenants contained in this Agreement to be complied
with  by the Buyer on or before the Closing shall have been complied with in all
respects except where the failure to so comply would not have a material adverse
effect  on  the Buyer's ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement,
and  the  Sellers  shall have received a certificate of the Buyer to such effect
signed  by  a  duly  authorized  officer  of  the  Buyer;  and

(b)         Consents.  The Buyer shall have received the authorizations, orders,
approvals  and  consents of Governmental Authorities and third parties described
in Schedules 3.3(a) and 3.3(b), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the  Sellers,  except  where the failure to so receive would not have a material
adverse  effect  on  the  Buyer's  ability to perform its obligations under this
Agreement.

Section  7.3       Conditions to Obligations of the Buyer.  The obligations of
the Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be
subject  to the satisfaction or waiver by the Buyer, at or prior to the Closing,
of  each  of  the  following  conditions:

(a)      Covenants.  All covenants contained in this Agreement (except for those
contained  in Sections 4.1(a)(A) through 4.1(a)(G) and in Section 4.1(c) hereof)
to  be  complied  with  by  the Sellers on or before the Closing shall have been
complied  with  in all respects, except where the failure to so comply would not
have  (A)  a  Material  Adverse  Effect  or (B) a material adverse effect on the
Sellers'  ability  to  perform  their  obligations under this Agreement, and the
Buyer  shall have received a certificate of the Sellers to such effect signed by
a  duly  authorized  officer  thereof;

(b)          Consents.    The  Buyer,  Sellers,  and  the Acquired Companies, as
applicable,  shall  have  received  (A)  those  consents  to  the  transactions
contemplated  hereby listed on Schedule 7.3(b) hereto (the "Required Consents"),
subject  in  all  circumstances  to  Section  4.13,  and (B) the authorizations,
orders,  approvals  and  consents  of Governmental Authorities and third parties
described  in  Schedules  2.6(a)  and  2.6(b)  in  form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Buyer, except where the failure to so receive would not have
(A)  a  Material Adverse Effect or (B) a material adverse effect on the Sellers'
ability  to  perform  their  obligations  under  this  Agreement;

(c)        FIRPTA Withholding.  At or prior to the Closing, the Buyer shall have
received  from each Seller a "transferor's certificate of non-foreign status" as
provided  in the Treasury Regulations under Section 1445 of the Code in the form
attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  D;

(d)         Absence of Certain Breaches.  There shall not then exist a breach or
multiple  breaches  of  (i)  any representation or warranty of the Sellers which
would  give  rise  to  aggregate  Losses  in  excess  of  an amount equal to the
Threshold  Amount  plus  the Maximum Amount (as each is hereinafter defined); or
(ii) any of the covenants of the Sellers contained in Sections 4.1(a)(A) through
4.1(a)(G)  or  Section  4.1(c)  which  has  given rise to, or will give rise to,
aggregate  Losses  (including  for such purpose only, the impairment of the fair
market  value  of the Properties and assets of the Acquired Companies) in excess
of         , which breach or multiple breaches, in the case of subclause (i) and
subclause (ii) of this Section 7.3(d), remains uncured as of the Closing (as the
same  may  be extended pursuant to Section 1.4 hereof); provided, however, that,
in  the event the Sellers elect to cure any such breach contemplated hereby, the
Sellers  shall  fully  cure  such  breach;

(e)          Legal  Opinion.   The Buyer shall have received from counsel to the
Sellers  an opinion in form reasonably acceptable to the Buyer, that each of the
Sellers  is  a  corporation  duly  incorporated,  validly  existing  and in good
standing  under  the  laws  of  the  State of Delaware and has all the requisite
corporate  power  and  authority  to enter into this Agreement, to carry out its
obligations  hereunder  and  to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby;
and

(f)       Absence of Significant Environmental Liabilities.  The investigations,
tests  and  site  assessments permitted to be conducted pursuant to Section 4.12
hereof shall not have revealed Significant Environmental Liabilities (as defined
in  Section  9.1(e)  hereof).

                                  ARTICLE  VIII
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

Section  8.1  Survival.

(a)       Subject to the limitations and other provisions of this Agreement, the
representations  and  warranties  of the parties hereto contained herein, as the
case  may  be,  shall  survive  the  Closing  and shall remain in full force and
effect,  for a period of one (1) year after the Closing Date; provided, however,
that  the  representations  and  warranties of the parties contained in Sections
2.1,  2.2,  2.17,  3.1  and  3.6 shall survive the Closing in perpetuity and the
representations  and warranties of the Sellers contained in Sections 2.8 and 2.9
shall  survive  until  the  seven  (7)  year  anniversary  of  the Closing Date.

(b)          Subject  to the limitations and other provisions of this Agreement,
including  Section  8.1(a)  above,  each  covenant  and agreement of the parties
hereto contained herein shall survive the Closing and shall remain in full force
and  effect for: (i) one (1) year or (ii) until the end of the applicable period
specified  elsewhere  in  this  Agreement  with  respect  to  such  covenant  or
agreement.

Section  8.2  Indemnification  by  the  Sellers

(a)      The Sellers jointly and severally agree, subject to the other terms and
conditions  of  this  Agreement,  to  indemnify  the  Buyer  and its Affiliates,
officers,  directors,  employees,  agents, successors and assigns (each a "Buyer
Indemnified  Party")  against and hold them harmless from all Losses arising out
of  (i)

















           Anything in Section 8.1 to the contrary notwithstanding, no claim may
be  asserted  nor  any  action  commenced  against the Sellers for breach of any
representation or warranty contained herein, unless written notice of such claim
or  action  is  received  by  the  Sellers  describing  in  detail the facts and
circumstances  with  respect to the subject matter of such claim or action on or
prior  to the thirtieth (30th) day after the date on which the representation or
warranty  on  which such claim or action is based ceases to survive as set forth
in  Section  8.1  (the "Indemnification Cut-Off Date"), and such claim or action
arose on or prior to the date such representation or warranty ceased to survive,
in  which  case  such  representation  or  warranty,  and  the  Buyer's right to
indemnification  hereunder  will  survive  as to such claim until such claim has
been  finally  resolved  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of this Article VIII.

(b)          The  indemnification obligations of the Sellers pursuant to Section
8.2(a)  (excluding  the  indemnification obligations of the Sellers for Excluded
Claims;  the amount paid with respect to Excluded Claims shall not be counted in
any  calculation  of  the  Threshold  Amount or the Maximum Amount) shall not be
effective  until  the  aggregate  dollar amount of all Losses (including without
limitation  Sellers'  expenses of defending and/or settling any claim or dispute
giving  rise  to  such  indemnification  obligation)  that  would  otherwise  be
indemnifiable  pursuant  to  Section  8.2(a)  exceeds                     of the
aggregate  Purchase  Price (the "Threshold Amount"), and then only to the extent
such  aggregate  amount  exceeds  the  Threshold  Amount.    The indemnification
obligations  of  the  Sellers  pursuant  to  Section  8.2(a)  (excluding  the
indemnification  obligations of the Sellers related to Excluded Claims) shall be
effective  only until the dollar amount paid in respect of the Losses (including
without  limitation  Sellers' expenses of defending and/or settling any claim or
dispute  giving  rise  to  such  indemnification obligation) indemnified against
under  Section  8.2(a) (excluding the indemnification obligations of the Sellers
related  to  Excluded Claims) equals                   of the aggregate Purchase
Price  (the  "Maximum  Amount") for all Losses.  For purposes of determining the
Threshold  Amount  and the Maximum Amount hereunder, the Purchase Price shall be
the sum calculated in accordance with Section 1.3(a) hereof, using the


For  purposes  of this Section 8.2(b), in computing such individual or aggregate
amounts  of  claims,  the  amount  of  any insurance proceeds and any indemnity,
contribution or other similar payment actually received by the Buyer Indemnified
Parties  from  any  third party with respect thereto shall be deducted from each
such  claim.

(c)  [Not  applicable]

(d)       A Buyer Indemnified Party shall give the Sellers written notice of any
claim,  assertion,  event  or proceeding by or in respect of a third party as to
which  such  Buyer Indemnified Party may request indemnification hereunder or as
to  which  the  Threshold Amount may be applied as soon as is practicable and in
any  event within thirty (30) days of the time that such Buyer Indemnified Party
learns  of  such  claim, assertion, event or proceeding; provided, however, that
the  failure to so notify the Sellers shall not affect rights to indemnification
hereunder  except to the extent that the Sellers are actually prejudiced by such
failure.    The Sellers shall have the right to direct, through counsel of their
own choosing, the defense or settlement of any such claim or proceeding at their
own  expense.    If the Sellers elect to assume the defense of any such claim or
proceeding,  the  Sellers shall consult with the Buyer Indemnified Party and the
Buyer  Indemnified  Party  may participate in such defense, but in such case the
expenses  of  the Buyer Indemnified Party shall be paid by the Buyer Indemnified
Party.  The Buyer Indemnified Party shall provide the Sellers with access to its
records and personnel relating to any such claim, assertion, event or proceeding
during  normal  business hours and shall otherwise cooperate with the Sellers in
the  defense  or  settlement  thereof, and the Sellers shall reimburse the Buyer
Indemnified  Party  for  all its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection
therewith.    If  the  Sellers  elect to direct the defense of any such claim or
proceeding, the Buyer Indemnified Party shall not pay, or permit to be paid, any
part  of  any  claim  or  demand arising from such asserted liability unless the
Sellers consent in writing to such payment or unless the Sellers, subject to the
last sentence of this Section 8.2(d), withdraw from the defense of such asserted
liability  or unless a final judgment from which no appeal may be taken by or on
behalf  of  the  Sellers is entered against the Buyer Indemnified Party for such
liability.  If the Sellers fail to defend or if, after commencing or undertaking
any  such  defense, the Sellers fail to prosecute or withdraw from such defense,
the  Buyer  Indemnified  Party  shall have the right to undertake the defense or
settlement  thereof,  at  the  Sellers' expense.  If the Buyer Indemnified Party
assumes  the  defense  of  any such claim or proceeding pursuant to this Section
8.2(d) and proposes to settle such claim or proceeding prior to a final judgment
thereon or to forego any appeal with respect thereto, then the Buyer Indemnified
Party  shall  give  the  Sellers  prompt written notice thereof, and the Sellers
shall  have the right to participate in the settlement or assume or reassume the
defense  of  such  claim  or  proceeding.

(e)          The  Buyer  hereby  acknowledges and agrees that from and after the
Closing,  its  sole  and  exclusive  remedy  with  respect to any and all claims
relating  to this Agreement, including the Acquired Shares, shall be pursuant to
the  indemnification  provisions set forth in this Article VIII.  In furtherance
of the foregoing and except as specified herein, the Buyer hereby waives, to the
fullest  extent  permitted  under applicable Law, any and all rights, claims and
causes  of action relating to the subject matter of this Agreement that they may
have against the Sellers arising under or based upon any Law (including, without
limitation,  any  such rights, claims or causes of action arising under or based
upon  common  law  or  otherwise).

(f)        Except as set forth in this Agreement, the Sellers are not making any
representation,  warranty,  covenant  or  agreement  with respect to the matters
contained herein.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no breach of
any  representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein shall give
rise  to  any  right  on  the  part  of the Buyer, after the consummation of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby,  to  rescind  this  Agreement  or any of the
transactions  contemplated  hereby.

(g)          The  Sellers  shall  have  no liability under any provision of this
Agreement  for  and  in  no  event  shall the Threshold Amount be applied to any
consequential  damages.    The Buyer shall take all reasonable steps to mitigate
Losses  for which indemnification may be claimed pursuant to this Agreement upon
and  after becoming aware of any event that could reasonably be expected to give
rise  to  any  such  Losses.

Section  8.3  Indemnification  by  the  Buyer.

(a)          The Buyer agrees, subject to the other terms and conditions of this
Agreement  to  indemnify  the  Sellers  and its Affiliates, officers, directors,
employees,  agents,  successors  and assigns (each a "Seller Indemnified Party")
against  and hold them harmless from all Losses arising out of (i) the breach of
any  representation  or  warranty  of  the  Buyer contained herein, and (ii) any
breach  of any covenant or agreement of the Buyer contained herein.  Anything in
Section  8.1  to  the contrary notwithstanding, no claim may be asserted nor may
any  action  be  commenced against the Buyer for breach of any representation or
warranty  contained  herein,  unless  written  notice of such claim or action is
received  by  the    Buyer describing in detail the facts and circumstances with
respect  to  the  subject  matter  of  such  claim  or action on or prior to the
thirtieth  (30th)  day after the date on which the representation or warranty on
which  such  claim  or action is based ceases to survive as set forth in Section
8.1,  and such claim or action arose on or prior to the date such representation
or  warranty  ceased  to  survive, in which case such representation or warranty
will  survive  as  to  such  claim  until  such claim has been finally resolved.

(b)      The indemnification obligations of the Buyer pursuant to Section 8.3(a)
shall  not  be  effective  until  the  aggregate  dollar  amount  of  all Losses
(including  without limitation the Buyer's expenses of defending and/or settling
any  claim or dispute giving rise to such indemnification obligation) that would
otherwise  be  indemnifiable  pursuant  to  Section 8.3(a) exceeds the Threshold
Amount,  and then only to the extent such aggregate amount exceeds the Threshold
Amount.  The indemnification obligations of the Buyer pursuant to Section 8.3(a)
shall  be  effective  only until the dollar amount paid in respect of the Losses
(including  without limitation the Buyer's expenses of defending and/or settling
any claim or dispute giving rise to such indemnification obligation) indemnified
against  under  Section  8.3(a)  aggregates  to  equal  the Maximum Amount.  For
purposes  of  this  Section  8.3(b),  in  computing such individual or aggregate
amounts  of  claims,  the  amount  of  any insurance proceeds and any indemnity,
contribution  or  other  similar  payment  actually  recovered  by  the  Seller
Indemnified  Parties from any third party with respect thereto shall be deducted
from  each  such  claim.

(c)  [Not  applicable]

(d)        A Seller Indemnified Party shall give the Buyer written notice of any
claim,  assertion,  event  or proceeding by or in respect of a third party as to
which  such Seller Indemnified Party may request indemnification hereunder or as
to  which  the  Threshold Amount may be applied as soon as is practicable and in
any event within thirty (30) days of the time that such Seller Indemnified Party
learns  of  such  claim, assertion, event or proceeding; provided, however, that
the  failure  to  so notify the Buyer shall not affect rights to indemnification
hereunder  except  to  the  extent that the Buyer is actually prejudiced by such
failure.    The Buyer shall have the right to direct, through counsel of its own
choosing,  the  defense or settlement of any such claim or proceeding at its own
expense.    If  the  Buyer  elects  to  assume  the defense of any such claim or
proceeding,  the  Buyer  shall  consult  with  the Seller Indemnified Party, the
Seller  Indemnified  Party may participate in such defense, but in such case the
expenses of the Seller Indemnified Party shall be paid by the Seller Indemnified
Party.   The Seller Indemnified Party shall provide the Buyer with access to its
records and personnel relating to any such claim, assertion, event or proceeding
during normal business hours and shall otherwise cooperate with the Buyer in the
defense  or  settlement  thereof,  and  the  Buyer  shall  reimburse  the Seller
Indemnified  Party  for all the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of such Seller
Indemnified  Party  in  connection therewith.  If the Buyer elects to direct the
defense  of any such claim or proceeding, the Seller Indemnified Party shall not
pay,  or  permit  to  be paid, any part of any claim or demand arising from such
asserted  liability,  unless  the  Buyer  consents in writing to such payment or
unless the Buyer, subject to the last sentence of this Section 8.3(d), withdraws
from  the  defense  of  such asserted liability, or unless a final judgment from
which no appeal may be taken by or on behalf of the Buyer is entered against the
Seller  Indemnified  Party  for such liability.  If the Buyer fails to defend or
if,  after  commencing  or  undertaking  any  such  defense,  the Buyer fails to
prosecute  or  withdraws  from  such defense, the Seller Indemnified Party shall
have  the  right  to undertake the defense or settlement thereof, at the Buyer's
expense.   If the Seller Indemnified Party assumes the defense of any such claim
or  proceeding pursuant to this Section 8.3(d) and proposes to settle such claim
or proceeding prior to a final judgment thereon or to forego appeal with respect
thereto,  then such Seller Indemnified Party shall give the Buyer prompt written
notice  thereof  and  the  Buyer  shall  have  the  right  to participate in the
settlement  or  assume  or  reassume  the  defense  of such claim or proceeding.

(e)          The  Sellers  hereby  acknowledge and agree that from and after the
Closing,  their  sole  and  exclusive  remedy with respect to any and all claims
relating  to  this Agreement shall be pursuant to the indemnification provisions
set  forth  in this Article VIII.  In furtherance of the foregoing and except as
specified herein, the Sellers hereby waive to the fullest extent permitted under
applicable  Law, any and all rights, claims and causes of action relating to the
subject  matter  of  this Agreement that they may have against the Buyer arising
under  or  based  upon  any Law (including, without limitation, any such rights,
claims or causes of action arising under or based upon common law or otherwise).

(f)          Except  as set forth in this Agreement, the Buyer is not making any
representation,  warranty,  covenant  or  agreement  with respect to the matters
contained herein.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no breach of
any  representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein shall give
rise  to  any  right  on  the part of the Sellers, after the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to rescind this Agreement or any of
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby.

(g)      The Buyer shall have no liability under any provision of this Agreement
for  and  in no event shall the Threshold Amount be applied to any consequential
damages.    The  Sellers  shall take all reasonable steps to mitigate Losses for
which  indemnification  may be claimed pursuant to this Agreement upon and after
becoming  aware  of  any event that could reasonably be expected to give rise to
any  such  Losses.

(h)       No indemnification shall be payable to a Seller Indemnified Party with
respect  to claims asserted by such Seller Indemnified Party pursuant to Section
8.3(a)  after  the  Indemnification  Cut-Off  Date.

                                 ARTICLE  IX
                    TERMINATION,  AMENDMENT  AND  WAIVER

Section  9.1  Termination.  This  Agreement  may be terminated:

(a)     at any time, by the mutual written consent of the Sellers and the Buyer;

(b)         by the Sellers if the Closing shall not have occurred on or prior to
March  31, 1999; provided, however, such date may be extended by the Sellers for
additional  time  as  provided in Section 1.4 hereof; provided further, however,
that  the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(b) will
not  be  available  to  Sellers  if, at the time of such termination by Sellers,
their  failure  to  perform  any  of  their obligations under this Agreement has
resulted in the failure of the Closing to occur at the time of such termination,
excluding,  however,  any such failure of the Sellers to so perform any of their
obligations  hereunder that is caused by or is the result of a Buyer's breach of
its  obligations  hereunder  or a failure of the Buyer to satisfy a condition to
the  Sellers'  performance  or  obligation under this Agreement, as set forth in
Section  7.2  hereof;

(c)      by the Sellers (provided that the Sellers are not then in breach of any
representation,  warranty,  covenant  or  other agreement contained herein which
would  cause  the  Sellers to be unable to satisfy the conditions to the Buyer's
performance  set  forth  in  Section 7.3 hereof, excluding however, any Sellers'
breach  which  is  caused  by  or  is  the  result  of  a  Buyer's breach of its
obligations  hereunder  or  a  failure  of  the  Buyer to satisfy a condition to
Sellers' performance or obligation under this Agreement, as set forth in Section
7.2  hereof),  upon  written  notice  to  Buyer,  upon  a material breach of any
representation,  warranty  or covenant of the Buyer contained in this Agreement,
provided  that such breach is not capable of being cured prior to March 31, 1999
(or,  if later, the Closing Date as extended by the Sellers) or, if earlier, has
not been cured within thirty (30) days after the giving of notice thereof by the
Sellers  to  the  Buyer;

(d)      by the Buyer, if the Closing shall not have occurred on or prior to the
latest date to which the Sellers may extend the Closing Date pursuant to Section
1.4  hereof  (including  by  reason  of  the  Sellers'  inability to satisfy the
precondition  to  Buyer's  obligation  under this Agreement set forth in 7.3(d),
Absence  of Certain Breaches; provided, however, that Buyer shall have satisfied
all  conditions  to the Sellers' performance or obligation under this Agreement,
as  set  forth  in  Section 7.2 hereof (except only those conditions to Sellers'
performance  which cannot be satisfied by Buyer as a result of a Sellers' breach
of its obligations hereunder or a failure or inability of the Sellers to satisfy
a  condition  to Buyer's performance or obligation, as set forth in Section 7.3)
and  Buyer  is  prepared,  as of the date of such termination, to satisfy in all
material  respects  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement,  including without
limitation,  Article  I  hereof;

(e)          by  the  Buyer, if the environmental assessments conducted by Buyer
pursuant  to  Section  4.12  reveal  Significant Environmental Liabilities.  For
purposes  of  this  subparagraph,  "Significant Environmental Liabilities" shall
mean  (i)  costs and expenses associated with an obligation or responsibility to
conduct  cleanup, remedial or response actions at the Properties, as required by
Environmental  Law,  (ii)  costs  and  expenses associated with actions that are
necessary  to  come  into  material compliance with Environmental Laws, or (iii)
fines  or  penalties  incurred pursuant to Environmental Laws, provided that all
liabilities  described  in  subsections (i) - (iii) above are, in the aggregate,
reasonably  expected  to  exceed                 over  and  above  any  and  all
Environmental Liabilities and Costs (as defined in Section 2.14 herein) that may
be  associated with the Baseline Condition.  The term "Significant Environmental
Liability"  shall  not  include (i) any actual or potential threats of liability
under  any  Environmental  Law  with respect to an actual or potential liability
identified solely due to the nature of the present or former use of any property
surrounding  the  specific Property, so long as the contamination is not on such
Property  (or,  if  such  contamination  has migrated onto such Property, if the
associated  liability  is  acknowledged  to  be  the obligation of a third-party
unaffiliated  with  the Sellers, which third-party is capable of satisfying such
liability  to  the reasonable satisfaction of the Buyer), (ii) any liability for
cleanup,  remedial  or response actions not required to be performed pursuant to
any Environmental Law, or (iii) any liability for which the responsible party is
reasonably likely to be a party other than an Acquired Company.  For purposes of
this  subparagraph,  "Baseline  Condition"  shall mean any and all environmental
conditions,  including  levels  of hazardous materials, of, at or related to the
Properties  as  established by the reports listed in, or the items disclosed on,
Schedule  2.14  hereof;  or

(f)      by the Sellers if the Sellers decide to enter into a binding definitive
agreement  to  effect  a  Superior Proposal; provided, however, that the Sellers
shall first (i) notify Buyer in writing at least five (5) business days prior to
Sellers  entering  into any binding agreement to effect a Superior Proposal, and
(ii) include in such notice to the Buyer detailed disclosure of all of the terms
and  conditions  of  any  Superior Proposal and the Sellers shall be jointly and
severally  liable  for  any  payment  required  under  Section  9.2(b)  hereof.

Time  shall  be  of  the  essence  for  the  purposes  of  this  Section  9.1.

Section  9.2  Effect  of  Termination.

(a)         In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section
9.1,  this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability
on  the  part of any party hereto except (a) as set forth in Sections 1.2, 2.17,
3.6, 4.4, and Articles 8, 9 and 10, provided, however, that nothing herein shall
relieve  either  party  from  liability  for  any  willful  breach  hereof.

(b)       In the event that on or after the date hereof (provided, however, that
Sellers shall have no such right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section
9.1(f)  hereof  at  any  time  after March 31, 1999), any Seller terminates this
Agreement  pursuant  to  the  provisions of Section 9.1(f) hereof, Sellers shall
jointly  or  severally  pay,  or  cause  to  be  paid  to  Buyer  at the time of
termination  of  this  Agreement,  and  Buyer  shall receive (in addition to the
return  of the Deposit (together with interest (if any) actually earned thereon)
contemplated  by  Section 9.2(c) hereof), as liquidated damages and its sole and
exclusive  remedy  therefor,  the  greater of (i)



                                                         and each party shall be
relieved  and  released  from  any  further  liability and obligation hereunder.
Sellers and the Buyer agree that actual damages accruing from such a termination
of  this Agreement are incapable of precise estimation and would be difficult to
prove,  that  the  payments  stipulated in this Section 9.2(b) bear a reasonable
relationship to the potential injury likely to be sustained in the event of such
a breach and that the stipulated payments are intended by the parties to provide
just  compensation  in the event of such a breach and are not intended to compel
performance  or to constitute a penalty for nonperformance.  If the Sellers fail
to  pay  promptly  to  the  Buyer any amounts due under this Section 9.2(b), the
Sellers  shall  be jointly and severally obligated to pay all costs and expenses
(including legal fees and expenses) in connection with any action, including the
filing  of any lawsuit or other legal action, taken to collect payment, together
with  interest  on the amount of any unpaid amount from the date such amount was
required to be paid at an interest rate equal to the prime rate published by The
Wall  Street Journal from time to time.  The parties hereby acknowledge that the
agreements  contained  in  this  Section  9.2(b)  are  an  integral  part of the
transactions  contemplated  by  this  Agreement.

(c)         Upon termination of this Agreement by the parties hereto pursuant to
Section  9.1(a),  by the Sellers pursuant to Section 9.1(f) or by Buyer pursuant
to  Section  9.1(d)  or  9.1(e),  Buyer  shall  be entitled, pursuant to Section
1.2(a)(i)  hereof,  to  the  return  of  the  Deposit  and all interest (if any)
actually  earned  thereon and such return, except as provided in Section 9.2(b),
shall  constitute  Buyer's  sole  and exclusive remedy for any such termination.

(d)         Upon termination by the Sellers pursuant to Section 9.1(b) or 9.1(c)
hereof,  the  Deposit and all interest (if any) actually earned thereon shall be
delivered  when,  as  and if permitted by Sections 1.2(a)(ii), 1.2(b) and 1.2(c)
hereof.

Section  9.3       Waiver.  At any time prior to the Closing, the Buyer and the
Sellers  hereto  may  (a)  extend  the  time  for  the performance of any of the
obligations  or other acts of the other party hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies
in  the representations and warranties of the other party contained herein or in
any  document  delivered  by  the  other  party  pursuant  hereto  or  (c) waive
compliance  with  any  of the agreements of the other party or conditions to its
own  obligations  contained herein.  Any such extension or waiver shall be valid
only  if  set  forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party to be bound
thereby.  Waiver of any term or condition of this Agreement by a party shall not
be  construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach or waiver of the same term or
condition  by  such  party,  or  a waiver of any other term or condition of this
Agreement  by  such party.  The failure of any party to assert any of its rights
hereunder  shall  not  constitute  a  waiver  of  any  such  rights.

                                 ARTICLE  X
                           GENERAL  PROVISIONS

Section  10.1         Notices.  All notices, requests, claims, demands and other
communications  under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed given
if  delivered  personally,  sent  by  overnight  courier  (providing  proof  of
delivery),  or  via  facsimile  to the parties at the following addresses (or at
such  other  address  for  a  party  as  specified  by  like  notice):

(a) if  to  REITCO,  to:

Meditrust Corporation
197 First Avenue
Suite 300
Needham, MA  02194
Attn:  President
Facsimile (781) 433-1235

with copies to:

Meditrust Corporation
197 First Avenue
Suite 100
Needham, MA  02194
Attn:  General Counsel
Facsimile (781) 433-1224

and

Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP
Exchange Place
Boston, MA  02109
Attn:  Gilbert G. Menna, P.C.
Facsimile  (617)  523-1231

and

Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY  10022
Attn:  Ross D. Gillman, Esq.
Facsimile (212) 355-3333

(b)  if to Operating Company, to:

Meditrust Operating Company
197 First Avenue
Suite 100
Needham, MA  02194
Attn:  President
Facsimile: (781) 433-1235

with copies to:

Meditrust Corporation
197 First Avenue
Suite 300
Needham, MA 02194
Attn:  General Counsel
Facsimile (781) 433-1224

and

Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP
Exchange Place
Boston, MA  02109
Attn:  Gilbert G. Menna,  P.C.
Facsimile (617) 523-1231

and

Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY  10022
Attn:  Ross D. Gillman, Esq.
Facsimile (212) 355-3333

(c)  if to the Buyer, to:

Golf Acquisitions, L.L.C.
3030 LBJ Freeway, Suite 700
Dallas, Texas 75234-7703
Attn:  Chief Executive Officer
Facsimile: (972) 888-7788

with a copy to:

ClubCorp, Inc.
3030 LBJ Freeway, Suite 700
Dallas, Texas 75234-7703
Attn:  General Counsel
Facsimile:  (972) 888-7717

and a copy to:

Munsch, Hardt, Kopf & Harr
1445 Ross Avenue
4000 Fountain Place
Dallas, Texas 75202
Attn: John Rutherford, Esq.
Facsimile:  (214) 855-7584


Section  10.2  Certain  Definitions.  For  purposes of this Agreement:

(a)          An  "Affiliate" of any Person means another Person that directly or
indirectly,  through  one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or
is  under  common  control  with,  such  first  Person;

(b)       "Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other
day  on which banks are required by law to be closed in New York City or Boston,
Massachusetts;

(c)          "Encumbrance"  means  any security interest, pledge, mortgage, lien
(including without limitation, environmental and tax liens), charge, encumbrance
adverse  claim,  preferential  arrangement  or  restriction  of  any  kind;

(d)        "Losses" of a Person means any and all losses, liabilities (including
liabilities  for  Taxes), damages, claims, awards, judgments, costs and expenses
(including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) actually suffered or
incurred  by  such  Person;

(e)          "Person"  means  an  individual,  corporation, partnership, limited
liability  company,  joint  venture,  association,  trust,  unincorporated
organization  or  other  entity;  and

(f)          a "Subsidiary" of any Person means another Person, an amount of the
voting  securities,  other  voting  ownership or voting partnership interests of
which  is  sufficient  to elect at least a majority of its Board of Directors or
other  governing body (or, if there are no such voting interests, 50% or more of
the  equity  interests  of  which) is owned directly or indirectly by such first
Person.    A  "Significant  Subsidiary"  means  any  subsidiary  of the Buyer or
Sellers, as the case may be, that would constitute a "significant subsidiary" of
such  party  within  the  meaning  of  Rule  1-02  of Regulation S-X of the SEC.

Section  10.3     Interpretation.  When a reference is made in this Agreement to
an  Article,  Section, Annex or Exhibit, such reference will be to an Article or
Section  of,  or  an  Annex  or  Exhibit  to,  this  Agreement  unless otherwise
indicated.    The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are
for  reference  purposes  only  and  will  not  affect in any way the meaning or
interpretation  of  this Agreement.  Whenever the words "include", "includes" or
"including"  are  used  in this Agreement, they will be deemed to be followed by
the  words  "without  limitation".  The words "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder"
and  words  of  similar  import  when  used in this Agreement will refer to this
Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.  All
terms  used  herein  with  initial capital letters have the meanings ascribed to
them  herein  and  all  terms  defined  in this Agreement will have such defined
meanings  when  used  in  any  certificate  or  other document made or delivered
pursuant  hereto unless otherwise defined therein.  The definitions contained in
this  Agreement  are  applicable  to the singular as well as the plural forms of
such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of
such  term.   Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to herein
or  in  any  agreement  or  instrument  that  is  referred  to herein means such
agreement,  instrument  or  statute  as  from  time to time amended, modified or
supplemented,  including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or
consent  and  (in  the  case  of statutes) by succession of comparable successor
statutes  and references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated
therein.    References  to  a  Person  are  also to its permitted successors and
assigns.

Section  10.4       Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts,  all  of  which  will be considered one and the same agreement and
will  become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of
the  parties  and  delivered  to  the  other  parties.

Section  10.5      Entire Agreement; No Third-Party Beneficiaries; Severability.
This  Agreement  (including  the  documents and instruments referred to herein),
together  with  the Confidentiality Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement,
and  supersedes  all  prior  agreements  and  understandings  (except  for  the
Confidentiality  Agreement),  both  written  and  oral,  among  the parties with
respect  to  the  subject  matter  of this Agreement.  If any term, condition or
other  provision  of this Agreement is found to be invalid, illegal or incapable
of  being  enforced  by  virtue  of  any  rule  of  law,  public policy or court
determination,  all  other  terms,  conditions  and provisions of this Agreement
shall  nevertheless  remain  in  full  force  and  effect.

Section 10.6    Amendment.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified except
(a)  by an instrument in writing signed by, or on behalf of, the Sellers and the
Buyer  or  (b)  by  a  waiver  in  accordance  with  Section  9.3.

Section  10.7         Governing  Law.    This Agreement will be governed by, and
construed  in  accordance  with,  the  internal  laws  of  The  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts  regardless  of  the  laws  that  might  otherwise  govern  under
applicable  principles  of  conflict  of  laws.

Section  10.8         Assignment.  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights,
interests  or  obligations  under this Agreement may be assigned, in whole or in
part,  by  operation of law or otherwise by either of the parties hereto without
the  prior  written  consent of the other party.  Any assignment in violation of
the  preceding  sentence  will be void.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this
Agreement  will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by,
the  parties  and  their  respective successors and assigns.  The parties hereto
acknowledge  and  agree  that  the  rights, interests and obligations under this
Agreement  shall  remain,  in the case of REITCO, exclusively with REITCO in the
event  REITCO  spins-off  its health care financing business as disclosed by the
Sellers  in  a  press  release  issued  November  12,  1998.

Section  10.9    Expenses.  Except as otherwise specified in this Agreement, all
costs  and  expenses,  including,  without limitation, fees and disbursements of
counsel,  financial  advisors  and accountants, incurred in connection with this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the Buyer or
the  Sellers,  as  applicable, incurring such costs and expenses, whether or not
the  Closing shall have occurred; provided, however, that, in the event a filing
or  filings  of  a  Notification  Form  pursuant to the HSR Act is required, any
filing  fee  or  fees due in connection therewith shall be shared equally by the
parties  hereto.


[Remainder  of  page  intentionally  left  blank]

IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF, Meditrust Corporation, Meditrust Operating Company and the
Buyer  have  caused  this  Agreement  to  be signed by their respective officers
thereunto  duly  authorized,  all  as  of  the  date  first  written  above.


MEDITRUST CORPORATION


By:
Name:   Michael  S.  Benjamin
Title:  Senior  Vice  President


MEDITRUST  OPERATING  COMPANY


By:
Name:   William  C.  Baker
Title:  President


GOLF ACQUISITIONS, L.L.C.


By:
Name:   Robert  H.  Dedman,  Jr.
Title:  Chief  Executive  Officer


                                  EXHIBIT 21.1

                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT


1.  ClubCorp,  Inc.

    (a)  Operating  in  the  hospitality  line  of  business

    (b)  Names  of:

         (i)  314  consolidated  subsidiaries operating in the
United  States  have  been  omitted;  and

         (ii)  47 consolidated subsidiaries operating in foreign
countries  have  been  omitted.


                                  Exhibit 23.1





                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT


The  Board  of  Directors
ClubCorp,  Inc.:

We  consent  to  incorporation by reference in the registration statements (Nos.
33-96568,  33-89818,  333-08041  and  333-57107)  on Form S-8 of ClubCorp, Inc.,
formerly  Club Corporation International, of our report dated February 26, 1999,
relating to the consolidated balance sheet of ClubCorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as
of  December  31,  1997  and  December  29,  1998,  and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders' equity and comprehensive income and cash
flows  for  each  of the years in the three-year period ended December 29, 1998.



                                            KPMG  LLP

Dallas,  Texas
March  25,  1999





                                  Exhibit 23.3

                          Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin
                               FINANCIAL ADVISORS
                                  [Letterhead]


March  24,  1999


Mr.  Jim  McCoy
Executive  Vice  President
ClubCorp,  Inc.
3030  LBJ  Freeway,  Suite  500
Dallas,  TX  75234-7703

Dear  Mr.  McCoy:

We hereby consent to the references to our firm that appear in the Form 10-K for
ClubCorp,  Inc.  for  the  fiscal  year ended December 29, 1998, relating to our
independent  confirmation  of  the fair market value of the common stock, and to
the  incorporation  by  reference  in the registration statement (Nos. 33-96568,
33-89818,  333-08041  and  333-57107)  on  Form  S-8  of  ClubCorp,  Inc.

          /s/HOULIHAN  LOKEY  HOWARD  &  ZUKIN  FINANCIAL  ADVISORS,  INC.





                                  EXHIBIT 24.1



                                POWER OF ATTORNEY


KNOW  ALL  MEN  BY  THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears
below  constitutes  and  appoints James P. McCoy, Jr. and Charles A. Little, and
each  of  them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power
of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in
any and all capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K of ClubCorp, Inc.
for  the year ended December 29, 1998, together with any amendments thereto, and
to  file  the  same  with  all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection
therewith,  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact  and  agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do
and  perform  each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in
and  about  the  premises,  as  fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could  do  in  person,  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said
attorneys-in-fact  and  agents  or either of them, or their or his substitute or
substitutes,  may  lawfully  do  or  cause  to  be  done  by  virtue  hereof.

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, this
Power of Attorney has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and
on  the  dates  indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Signature                                       Title                             Date
- -------------------------  ------------------------------------------------  --------------
<S>                        <C>                                               <C>
/s/ Robert H. Dedman, Sr.
- -------------------------
Robert H. Dedman, Sr.      Chairman of the Board                             March 19, 1999

/s/ Robert H. Dedman, Jr.
- -------------------------
Robert H. Dedman, Jr.      Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
                           (Principal Executive Officer)                     March 19, 1999

/s/ James M. Hinckley
- -------------------------
James M. Hinckley          Chief Operating Officer and Director              March 19, 1999

/s/ Patricia Dedman Dietz
- -------------------------
Patricia Dedman Dietz      Director                                          March 19, 1999

</TABLE>






                                  Exhibit 99.1

                                  [Letterhead]
                          Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin
                               FINANCIAL ADVISORS



March  24,  1999



To  The  Trustees  of  the
ClubCorp,  Inc.
Employee  Stock  Investment  Plan


On  behalf  of The Employee Stock Investment Plan of ClubCorp, Inc. (hereinafter
sometimes  referred  to  as  "ClubCorp"  or  the  "Company"),  you have retained
Houlihan,  Lokey,  Howard & Zukin Financial Advisors, Inc. (hereinafter referred
to  as  "Houlihan Lokey"), as financial advisor, to determine whether ClubCorp's
stock price as outlined in a letter dated March 23, 1999, is a proper reflection
of  the  fair  market  value of the Company's common stock as of March 24, 1999.

The  term "fair market value," as used herein, is defined as the amount at which
the capital stock would change hands between a willing buyer and willing seller,
each  having reasonable knowledge of all relevant facts, neither being under any
compulsion  to act, with equity to both. Furthermore, the fair market value of a
share  of  stock  may be viewed as a specific value within a reasonable range of
values  and,  accordingly, any specific value within such a reasonable range may
be  viewed  as  reflecting  the  fair  market  value  of a share of stock. It is
Houlihan  Lokey's  understanding,  upon  which it is relying, that the ClubCorp,
Inc.  Employee  Stock  Investment  Plan Committee and any other recipient of the
Opinion  will  consult  with  and  rely solely upon their own legal counsel with
respect  to  this  definition  of  fair  market value. No representation is made
herein,  or  directly or indirectly by the Opinion, as to any legal matter or as
to  the  sufficiency of this definition for any purpose other than setting forth
the  scope  of  Houlihan  Lokey's  engagement  hereunder.

Our  investigation  included  discussions with management, a review of financial
data  bearing  upon  recent  and  proposed operations, and other factors that we
considered  necessary  under  the  circumstances. These data have been accepted,
without  further  verification,  as  correctly  reflecting  the  results  of the
operations  and financial condition of the Company, in accordance with generally
accepted  accounting  principles.

Based  on  the  above analysis, and subject to the foregoing and to the attached
"LIMITING  FACTORS  AND OTHER ASSUMPTIONS,"  it is our opinion that, as of March
24,  1999,  the  value  of  ClubCorp's common stock of SIXTEEN DOLLARS AND SIXTY
CENTS  ($16.60) per share, calculated using the formula approved by its Board of
Directors,  appears  to  fall  within  a  reasonable range of fair market value.

          /s/HOULIHAN,  LOKEY,  HOWARD  &  ZUKIN  FINANCIAL  ADVISORS,  INC.

Attachment

<PAGE>
LIMITING  FACTORS  AND  OTHER  ASSUMPTIONS
- ------------------------------------------


In accordance with recognized professional ethics, the professional fee for this
service is not contingent upon Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin Financial Advisors,
Inc.'s  ("Houlihan  Lokey")  conclusion of value, and neither Houlihan Lokey nor
any  of  its  employees  has  a  present  or  intended financial interest in the
Company.

The  opinion  of value expressed herein is valid only for the stated purpose and
date  of  the  letter.

The  conclusions  are  based  upon  the assumption that present management would
continue  to  maintain the character and integrity of the enterprise through any
sale,  reorganization,  or  diminution  of  the  owners'  participation.

This  letter  and the conclusions arrived at herein are for the exclusive use of
the  Company.  Furthermore,  the  letter and conclusions are not intended by the
author,  and  should  not be construed by the reader, to be investment advice in
any  manner  whatsoever. The conclusions reached herein represent the considered
opinion  of Houlihan Lokey based upon information furnished to it by the Company
and other sources. The extent to which the conclusions and valuations arrived at
herein  should  be  relied  upon,  should  be governed and weighted accordingly.

No  opinion, counsel or interpretation is intended in matters that require legal
or  other  appropriate  professional  advice.  It is assumed that such opinions,
counsel  or  interpretations  have been or will be obtained from the appropriate
professional  sources.





<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM SEC FORM
10-K AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-29-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-29-1998
<CASH>                                          72,423
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  111,333
<ALLOWANCES>                                     3,933
<INVENTORY>                                     18,082
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               193,007
<PP&E>                                       1,034,590
<DEPRECIATION>                                 283,520
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               1,110,158
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          174,586
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           902
<OTHER-SE>                                     408,134
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 1,110,158
<SALES>                                        249,104
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               851,336
<CGS>                                          211,303
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  784,515
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                 3,460
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              28,901
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 45,319
<INCOME-TAX>                                     5,807
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             39,512
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                (1,176)
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    38,336
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .45
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .44
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission